Francine Shapiro Library - EMDR Bibliography Links
Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."
Your Results - you searched for the keyword Dual Focus 488 Results
1. Maxfield, L. (2003, September). A working memory explanation for the effects of EMs in EMDR. In N. Smyth (Chair), Recent research evaluating the role of eye movements in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Research has consistently demonstrated that performance is degraded when participants engage in two simultaneous tasks that require the same working memory resources. This study tested predictions from working memory theory to investigate the effects of eye movement (EM) on the components of autobiographical memory. In two experiments, 24 and 36 participants, respectively, focused on negative memories while engaging in three dual-attention EM tasks of increasing complexity. Compared to No- EM, Slow-EM and Fast-EM produced significantly decreased ratings of image vividness, thought clarity, and emotional intensity, and the more difficult Fast-EM resulted in larger decreases than did Slow-EM. The effects on emotional intensity were not consistent, with some preliminary evidence that a focus on memory-related thought might maintain emotional intensity during simple dual-attention tasks (Slow-EM, No-EM). The findings of our experiments support a working memory explanation for the effects of EM dual-attention tasks on autobiographical memory. Implications for understanding the mechanisms of action in EMDR are discussed.
Keywords: EMs Eye Movements Working Memory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
2. Ouellette, D. W. (2007, September-October). "Getting the war out:" New paradigms for healing post-traumatic stress. Natural Life News & Directory.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
EMDR is a psychotherapeutic approach developed by Francine Shapiro that uses dual
attention stimulation, such as eye movements, bilateral sound, or bilateral tactile stimulation,
to resolve symptoms resulting from exposure to a traumatic or distressing event.
Clinical trials have demonstrated EMDR's efficacy in the treatment of PTSD. It has
shown to be more effective than some alternative treatments and equivalent to cognitive
behavioral and exposure therapies.Although some clinicians may use EMDR for
various problems, its research support is primarily for disorders stemming from
distressing life experiences.
Keywords: Combat Veterans War
Accuracy Verified: Yes
3. 福井 義一 [Fukui Yoshikazu]. (2007年3月). 催眠とEMDRの併用と統合的使用(その1)書痙の訴えから母子関係におけるトラウマの再処理へ移行した事例を通して[The combined and integrative use of hypnosis and EMDR (1) From a case study in which treatment focus shifts from graphospasm to reprocessing of mother-child relationship]. 臨床催眠の日本誌、8、55から64 [Japanese Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 8, 55-64] .
Language: Japanese
Format: Journal
Keywords: Hypnosis Mother-Child Relationship
Accuracy Verified: Yes
4. Koshal, A. (2010, June). The 4-fields-technic in the traumatherapy of complex traumatized and drug-addicted people (in methadone-treatment). In Addictions. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Nowadays several international studies demonstrate
that the problem of drug-addiction is very often found in combination
with complex traumatization in early childhood and
youth. (Felitti. 2903; Kufner et al. 2000; Langeland et al. 2006;
Schmidt, 2000 etc.)
As we all know PTSD and the other trauma symptoms cause a
lot of psychophysical dysregulation. So the psychiatrist Khantrian
postulated already 1985 the "self-medication hypothesis of addictive disorders". Janina Fisher, Trauma Center Boston, 2000, called
this assumed combination of trauma-consequences and drug-addiction,
"compensatory strategies aimed at self-regulation"
In many years of working with drug-addicted people it became
very obvious that a high percentage of this people are using drugs,
for example to calm down after being aggressive, may be caused by an argue: or to reduce strong inner tensions; to sleep without
nightmares, to alleviate the feeling of helplessness and fear etc.
Drugs and alcohol do reduce all the mentioned symptoms for
a while. To learn to cope in another, more adaptive way, the
addicted people need to learn alternatives strategies for a good
functioning self-regulation.
After stabilization, the trauma therapy can start, so the patient
can reduce some of the sources of psychophysiological dysregulation.
Even when the addicted people still get methadone psychotherapy
is possible. Practical experience over a long time.
started 1990, did show a lot of successful treatments and that
methadone does not interfere a traumatherapy.
The 4-Fields-Technic is a special method of EMDR that was
developed by Jarero et al. 1997 in Mexico after a hurricane
disaster. Dorothee Lansch modified the group method into a
therapy-setting for single persons.
For complex traumatized and drug-addicted people this technic
is very helpful. The focus is more easy to keep in mind, - in
front of the eyes. In the 4-Fields-Technic the patient focuses
on a self-painted picture, that represents the worst part of a
trauma experience.
The patient keeps his focus on this picture, combined with bilateral
stimulation, till he feels the picture should be changed.
And so the process is going on till finished.
The participant will be able to learn:
- about the correlation between complex trauma and drug-addiction
- that drug-addicted people who get methadone are able to do
trauma therapy
-the 4-Fieids-Technic as a method to create resources.
Psychotherapy and specially psychotraumatherapy with drug-addicted
people who are as well in a methadone-treatment is for
many therapists still controversial. This presentation will give you
an idea how good it can work, based on various case series.
Keywords: 4-Fields-Technic Complex Trauma Drug Addiciton Methodone Treatment Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
5. Sime, W., (2002). Absorption, concentration, dissociation, desensitization, flow and neurofeedback: The essence of Tiger Woods performing optimally focused "In the zone". Winter Brain Meeting.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The Absorption that allows an athlete, a surgeon, an astronaut or a musician to get into the Zone, i.e., to block out all distractions
unrelated to performance has been assessed by Tellegen, Csikszentmihalyi and others in self-report measures. It occurs relatively rarely at the very highest levels and is very elusive to achieve. Qualitatively speaking, it is the phenomena of being totally immersed in the activity with time moving slowly, senses being sharpened, but pain not recognized. Thoughts and images are clear and controllable while physical performance seems effortless and automatic. To measure this phenomenon accurately and completely is not possible in a dynamic state, but to shape it's appearance and to extend duration is essential in finite psychomotor skills like golf.
Physical preparation for performance is mentally grueling and fatiguing. If often results in trance-like, dis-associative and sometimes
dissociative states where depersonalization is a valuable technique to block out the intense suffering and pain associated with running, swimming or bicycling. The difficulty in sport is being able to switch in and out of full alertness for some strategic tasks while remaining in the dissociative state for endurance. The experience of flow, absorption and being in the zone is to harness power and ultimately unleash explosive yet finely titrated effort.
Concentration is the umbrella concept that also encompasses EMDR. The process of actively shifting eye focus from left to right while striving to hold an image or statement of emotionality is exceedingly difficult and ultimately beyond control. The combination of EMDR with neurofeedback is an innovative intervention that holds potential for greater impact in removing negative images of failed effort or in solidifying the recall of a successful effort. The neurofeedback serves to reinforce the development of greater mental stamina toward intensively focus comparable to zooming in a camera lens thus blocking out distractions and irrelevant stimuli. Enhanced quality of visualization is the desired outcome for the performance enhancement sport psychology consultant and his/her client.
Keywords: Absorption Concentration Dissociation Desensitization Flow Neurofeedback Performance Enhancement Tiger Woods The Zone
Accuracy Verified: No
6. Beccari, A. (2008). Abuso sessuale sui minori: Il sostegno alle giovani vittime [On child sexual abuse: Support for young victims]. Universita Degli Studi di Parma, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract: Il filo conduttore di questo report sarà il trauma.
La prima parte sarà incentrata sulla definizione di trauma, sulle risposte adattive e su quelle
patologiche di fronte ad un evento negativo e sulle variabili individuali e soggettive che
determinano nell’individuo un vissuto traumatico. Quest’ultimo aspetto, infatti, sappiamo
essere fondamentale per capire la differenza che intercorre tra le diverse reazioni (emotiva,
cognitiva e comportamentale) delle persone che si trovano ad essere esposte anche al
medesimo evento disturbante.
La seconda sezione sarà invece dedicata al trauma dei bambini e alle diverse modalità di
condurre un assessment adeguato.
La terza parte si concentrerà, nello specifico, sul trauma da abuso sessuale: ne prenderà in
considerazione la definizione, le conseguenze a breve e medio-lungo termine nonchè le
possibilità di sostegno alle giovani vittime di abuso sessuale intra ed extra familiare. Inoltre
verrà trattata una tecnica piuttosto recente dimostratasi efficace nel trattamento del Disturbo
Post-traumatico da Stress negli adulti come nei bambini: l’EMDR (eye movement
desensitization and reprocessing).
The theme of this report is trauma.
The first part will focus on the definition of trauma, and those on adaptive responses
pathological in the face of a negative event and the individual variables and subjective
determine in the individual a traumatic experience. This latter aspect, in fact, we know
be crucial to understand the difference between the different reactions (emotional,
cognitive and behavioral) of persons who are to be presented on the
same event disturbing.
The second section will be devoted to the trauma of children and the different modes of
conduct a proper assessment.
The third part will focus specifically on the trauma of sexual abuse: it will take
consider the definitions, the short-and medium-long term as well as the
possibility of support for young victims of sexual abuse within and outside the family. also
will be treated fairly new technique proved effective in treating the disorder
Post-traumatic Stress in adults as in children: EMDR (eye movement
desensitization and reprocessing).
Keywords: Children Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
7. Lynn, B. (2000, September). Accessing pre-traumatic prenatal experience using EMDR: Uncovering a powerful resource of equanimity, integration, and self-esteem in the pre-traumatized self. EMDRIA Newsletter, 5(3), 6-7.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
This article is a preliminary report on the
remarkable results some of my clients
and I have been achieving using EMDR
to target prenatal trauma, with a focus on the
discovery of an experience of the self prior to
any trauma occurring and the enormous
healing power that derives from revisiting and
reactivating this extraordinarily positive pretraumatic
experience. It is with some hesitation
that I am reporting my experience with prenatal
trauma processing, as I do not wish to be seen
as on the fringe or even over the edge by my
colleagues. However, I realize that I was able
to overcome my prejudices -through
examination of the facts- about the nature of
prenatal experience, when memory begins, and
how it can be accessed. I have found there is a
body of scientific investigation and knowledge
on prenatal experience and trauma, and that
indeed we do experience and are influenced
by our environment in the womb. We can learn
from such experience, and therefore, can be
traumatized prior to birth. The prenatal self
can feel and record this experience. I refer the
reader to www.birthpsychology.com/resources/
index.html for a list of publications on this
matter. The various kinds of pre- and perinatal
trauma and the deep healing that results when
processed with EMDR will be the object of
other articles by myself and Dr. Heather
Pearson, who is also investigating this same
field. What I intend to focus on here is the
discovery of a pre-traumatic experience at the
embryonic stage, which I have found to be a
remarkably powerful internal resource for
healing, already developed and installed,
simply requiring reactivation. When I saw the
powerful healing results of reactivation of this
pre-traumatic experience in a number of
relatively “stuck” clients, I felt ethically bound
to report this immediately to other clinicians
using EMDR so that others may benefit.
Keywords: Prenatal
Accuracy Verified: Yes
8. Lee, C. W., Taylor, G., & Drummond, P. D. (2006, March-April). The active ingredient in EMDR: Is it traditional exposure or dual focus of attention?. Clinical Psychology and Psychotherapy, 13(2), 97-107. doi:10.1002/cpp.479.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Very little is known about the mechanisms that underlie the therapeutic effectiveness of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). This study tested whether the content of participants' responses during EMDR is similar to that thought to be effective for traditional exposure treatments (reliving), or is more consistent with distancing, which would be expected given Shapiro's proposal of dual process of attention. The responses made by 44 participants with PTSD were examined during their first EMDR treatment session. An independent rater coded these responses according to whether they were consistent with reliving, distancing, or focusing on material other than the primary trauma. The coding system was found to have satisfactory inter-rater reliability. Greatest improvement on a measure of PTSD symptoms occurred when the participant processed the trauma in a more detached manner. Cross-lagged panel correlations suggest that processing in a more detached manner was a consequence of the EMDR procedure rather than a measure that covaried with improvement. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Attention Australians Cognitive Processes Empirical Study Mechanism of Action Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Quantitative Study Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
9. Carbonell, J. L. (2008). Active ingredient study: Preliminary findings. In V. R. Volkman, (Ed.), Traumatic incident reduction: Research and results (2nd ed.) (pp. 65-73). Ann Arbor, Michigan: Loving Healing Press.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
In 1994, TIR, V/KD, EMDR, and TFT were investigated through a systematic clinical demonstration (SCD) methodology at Florida State University. This methodology guides the examination but does not test the effectiveness of clinical approaches. Each approach was demonstrated by nationally recognized practitioners following a similar protocol, though their methods of treatment varied. A total of 39 research participants were treated, and results showed that all four approaches had some immediate impact on clients and appear to also have some lasting impact. The paper also discusses the theoretical, clinical, and methodological implications of the study. [Text, p. 65] [Pilot]
Keywords: Adults Americans Neurolinguistic Programming NLP Random Clinical Trial RCT Stressors Survivors TIR Trauma Focus Therapy Traumatic Incident Reduction Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
10. Carbonell, J. (2005). Active ingredient study: Preliminary findings. In V. R. Volkman, (Ed.), Beyond trauma: Conservations in trauma incident reduction (2nd ed.) (pp. 116-124). Ann Arbor, Michigan: Loving Healing Press .
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
In 1994, TIR, V/KD, EMDR, and TFT were investigated through a systematic clinical demonstration (SCD) methodology at Florida State University. This methodology guides the examination but does not test the effectiveness of clinical approaches. Each approach was demonstrated by nationally recognized practitioners following a similar protocol, though their methods of treatment varied. A total of 39 research participants were treated, and results showed that all four approaches had some immediate impact on clients and appear to also have some lasting impact. The paper also discusses the theoretical, clinical, and methodological implications of the study. [Text, p. 116]
Keywords: Adults Americans Neurolinguistic Programming NLP Random Clinical Trial RCT Stressors Survivors TIR Trauma Focus Therapy Traumatic Incident Reduction Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
11. Barreda-Hanson, C. (2012, Septiember). Adaptación del EMDR y terapia breve centrada en el cliente para cambiar percepciones negativas y traumaticas [EMDR adaption of brief client-centered therapy to change negative and traumatic perceptions]. Presentación en la 70 Conferencia Anual del International Council of Psychologist(ICP), Sevilla, España.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
El estrés subsiguiente después de un traumatismo, representa un trastorno disfuncional – tanto interno como externo – que se manifiesta en alteraciones en el reconocimiento cognitivo y en los comportamientos, llevando además asociados síntomas somáticos, afloramiento de problemas inconscientes y ansiedades. Pues una de las características del estrés post-traumático, es precisamente la pérdida de equilibrio entre el mundo interno y externo de quien lo sufre. Por eso, ante la complejidad de las respuestas post-traumáticas, éstas se pueden catalogar en gran medida dentro de las perturbaciones psicopatológicas.
El estrés psicológico surge por una situación estresante “real”, externa, tangible y la reacción ante esta difícil experiencia, evoca un conjunto bastante universal y coherente de síntomas y respuestas que provocan reacciones primitivas relacionadas con temores inconscientes ante las amenazas a la vida, que hacen aflorar incipientemente fantasías e impulsos abrumadores. Los resultados son los pensamientos disfuncionales que conducen a las respuestas y a los comportamientos desadaptativos.
Objetivos: el taller está diseñado para proporcionar a estudiantes y profesionales de la Psicología – que trabajan o desean trabajar en esta área del trauma y el cambio de comportamientos -, la habilidad para utilizar eficaz y rápidamente intervenciones breves, que puedan poner en practicar incluso en casa. En el taller se estudiará la forma inicial de evaluar, tanto al trauma como a la clientela. Se trabajará la historia del trauma y se profundizará en sus consecuencias y en cómo diseñar las intervenciones breves para hacerles frente. También se centrará en averiguar qué cambios quieren los y las clientes a través de relatos y visualizaciones, utilizando una adaptación de las terapias EMDR y la Solución Enfocada tanto a crear el cambio deseado, como a mantenerlo.
En consecuencia el taller es de particular interés para quienes trabajan con personas que han sufrido cualquier tipo de trauma, o quienes perciben acontecimientos de la vida, experiencias, etc. que les afectan de forma negativa en su día a día. También es útil para las personas que sufren de TOC, sobre todo trastornos del pensamiento.
Los aspectos más útiles de las dos técnicas que se han adaptado junto con otras innovaciones de la autora, guardan relación con la creación de un ambiente seguro, no-traumático, que actúa rápidamente y que además, se puede realizar en casa sin peligro de consecuencias negativas.
Objetivos específicos:
1. Ser capaz de describir e identificar las manifestaciones del trauma.
2. Aprender y describir dos técnicas terapéuticas breves en el tratamiento del trauma
3. Definir una técnica breve terapéutica que puede ser utilizada para fomentar el cambio
4. Destacar el rol del o de la terapeuta durante el tratamiento de los traumatismos
5. Ser capaz de describir, diseñar y establecer metas de la terapia y promover cambios mediante el uso de técnicas de terapia breve.
Métodos: la Desensibilización y Reprocesamiento por Movimientos Oculares (EMDR), es un método complejo e integrador de la psicoterapia individual, mediante el que se guía al cliente utilizando un procedimiento para acceder a sus experiencias y resolver sus problemas conductuales y emocionales. El EMDR utiliza elementos de múltiples orientaciones psicoterapéuticas tanto psicodinámicas, como cognitivo- conductuales, enfoques centrados en el cliente, gestalt y bioenergéticos.
La premisa subyacente de EMDR es que las experiencias de pánico y ansiedad se procesan de forma diferente por el cerebro que las experiencias habituales. La teoría subyacente es que durante el estrés, la memoria grava en una parte del cerebro responsable de las emociones de modulación (la amígdala) y se cierra temporalmente otra parte del cerebro (el hipocampo), responsable de procesamiento de la memoria normal. La experiencia traumática queda atrapada en el exterior y potencialmente no forma parte del procesamiento normal del cerebro, y el EMDR permite a la persona acceder a la experiencia y transformarla en memoria declarativa en el hipocampo. Con el método EMDR, el hipocampo se puede abrir a las emociones evocadas por la experiencia para que el/la cliente pueda soportarlas mientras se realiza el tratamiento. La distracción y la atención a la estimulación bilateral, desempeñan un importante papel que ayuda al cliente a experimentar las emociones como tolerables. Aunque cómo la distracción bilateral en concreto, facilita el procesamiento de las experiencias dolorosas, sea algo que todavía no se termina de entender.
Por otra parte, las Intervenciones Breves de Terapias enfocadas al Cliente se centran en las excepciones del problema, pensando que a continuación se desarrollará un cambio natural en el comportamiento. Es una especie de visión orientada no en las formas tradicionales, sino hacia el futuro, sin profundizar demasiado en la “patología” sino más bien centrándose en lo que el sistema puede hacer para adaptarse a ella, puesto que ambos pueden decidir si esa “patología” es un problema o no lo es.
Las Intervenciones de Terapia Breve enfocadas al Cliente se utilizan para resolver una variedad de problemas de comportamientos y actitudes, mediante el uso de los propios recursos de los y las clientes y las observaciones de las estrategias que utilizan para alcanzar los resultados deseados, en sus situaciones vitales habituales. Se trata de una buena técnica para establecer y mantener un contexto de cambio en el que los pequeños, pero útiles cambios, se anticipan y se buscan.
En definitiva, la combinación de ambas técnicas con algunas variaciones desarrolladas por la Dra. Barreda-Hanson, han demostrado ser una herramienta poderosa para mejorar la respuesta al tratamiento en un período de tiempo más corto, teniendo también la ventaja de permitir practicar los ejercicios en casa.
Aplicaciones: la aplicación habitual del EMDR ha sido el tratamiento de trastornos emocionales relacionados con eventos muy perturbadores o traumáticos. Pero también se usa para trabajar síntomas preocupantes como la ansiedad, la depresión, la culpa y la ira. E igualmente, se puede utilizar para mejorar recursos emocionales tales como la confianza y la autoestima.
Procedimientos:
- El taller se impartirá en español y el alumnado recibirá amplios folletos complementarios.
- Se realizará en una única jornada, en sesión de mañana para teoría y de tarde para prácticas, trabajando cada modelo por separado.
- Se espera que quienes asistan lleven una cuestión-problema sobre la que trabajar utilizando las diversas técnicas, pues aunque se utilizarán múltiples ej. de casos reales, se alentará a quienes participen a traer sus propias experiencias e ideas para debatir y trabajar sobre ellas.
The subsequent stress after trauma represents a dysfunctional disorder - internal and external - that is manifested in alterations in cognitive recognition and behavior, besides being associated somatic symptoms outcrop unconscious problems and anxieties. As one of the characteristics of post-traumatic stress, is the loss of balance between internal and external world of the sufferer. Therefore, given the complexity of post-traumatic responses, they can be categorized largely into psychopathological disturbances.
Psychological stress arises from a stressful situation "real" external, tangible and reaction to this difficult experience, quite evokes a universal and consistent set of symptoms that cause reactions and responses primitive unconscious fears related to threats to life, which bring out fantasies and impulses incipiently overwhelming. The results are the thoughts that lead to dysfunctional responses and maladaptive behaviors.
Objectives: The workshop is designed to provide students and psychology professionals - who work or want to work in this area of trauma and behavior change - the ability to quickly and efficiently use brief interventions, which may put in practice even in house. The workshop will explore how to evaluate initial both trauma as to clients. It will work history of trauma and its consequences will deepen and how design brief interventions to address them. It will also focus on finding out what changes customers want and through stories and views, using an adaptation of EMDR therapy and Solution Focused both to create the desired change, and to keep it.
Thus the workshop is of particular interest to those working with people who have suffered any kind of trauma, or who perceive life events, experiences, etc.. that negatively affect them in their day to day. Also useful for persons suffering from OCD, especially disorders of thought.
The most useful of the two techniques that have adapted along with other innovations of the author, are related to the creation of a safe, non-traumatic, acting quickly and also can be done at home without fear of consequences negative.
Specific objectives:
1. Be able to describe and identify the manifestations of trauma.
2. Learn and describe two brief therapeutic techniques in the treatment of trauma
3. Define a short therapeutic technique that can be used to promote change
4. Outline the role of the therapist or during treatment of injuries
5. Be able to describe, design and establish goals of therapy and promote change through the use of brief therapy techniques.
Methods: Desensitization and Reprocessing Eye Movement (EMDR), is a complex and inclusive method of individual psychotherapy, which is guided by the client using a procedure to access their experiences and address their behavioral and emotional problems. The EMDR uses multiple elements of both psychodynamic psychotherapeutic approaches as cognitive-behavioral, client-centered approaches, gestalt and bioenergy.
The underlying premise of EMDR is that experiences panic and anxiety are processed differently by the brain than normal experiences. The underlying theory is that during stress, gravel memory part of the brain responsible for emotions modulation (amygdala) and temporarily closes another part of the brain (hippocampus), responsible for normal memory processing. The trapped traumatic experience abroad and potentially not part of the normal brain processing, and EMDR allows people access to the experience and transform it into declarative memory in the hippocampus. With EMDR, the hippocampus can be opened to the emotions evoked by the experience that he / the client is able to bear while performing the treatment. Distraction and attention to bilateral stimulation, play an important role to help the client to experience emotions as tolerable. Although bilateral distraction how specifically facilitates the processing of painful experiences, is something that is not yet fully understood.
Moreover, brief interventions focused Customer Therapies focus on the exceptions of the problem, thinking that then will develop a natural change in behavior. It is a kind of non-oriented view on traditional forms, but to the future, without going too deeply into the "pathology" but rather focus on what the system can do to adapt to it, since both can decide whether this "pathology "is a problem or not.
Brief therapy interventions focused Customer are used to solve a variety of problem behaviors and attitudes, using their own resources and comments from customers and the strategies used to achieve the desired results in their situations normal life. This is a good technique to establish and maintain a context of change in that small but useful changes, anticipate and seek.
In short, the combination of both techniques with some variations developed by Dr. Barreda Hanson, have proved a powerful tool for improving the response to therapy in a shorter period of time, having also the advantage of allowing in practice exercises house.
Applications: the routine application of EMDR has been the treatment of emotional disorders associated with very disturbing or traumatic events. But also used to work worrying symptoms such as anxiety, depression, guilt and anger. And also, can be used to enhance emotional resources such as confidence and self-esteem.
Procedures:
- The workshop will be taught in Spanish and students will receive extensive additional brochures.
- Will be held in a single day, in morning session and afternoon theory to practice, working each model separately.
- Who are expected to attend with a question-problem on which to work using various techniques, for example, although multiple use. real cases, those involved are encouraged to bring their own experiences and ideas to discuss and work on them.
Keywords: Brief Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
12. Schubert, S., & Lee, C. W. (2009). Adult PTSD and its treatment with EMDR: A review of controversies, evidence, and theoretical knowledge. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(3), 117-132. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.3.117.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article provides an overview of selective issues relating to adult posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and its treatment with eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). The article begins by providing a historical overview of PTSD, and debates about the etiology and definition of PTSD are discussed. The most predominant theories of PTSD are summarized by highlighting how they have evolved from traditional behavioral accounts based on the assumption that PTSD is an anxiety disorder to theories that now incorporate information-processing models. This article then examines the development of EMDR and the corresponding body of research that clearly demonstrates its efficacy for the treatment for adult PTSD. The underlying mechanisms of EMDR are discussed, with a focus on the importance of the eye movement component and how the therapeutic processes in EMDR differ from those of traditional exposure therapy. Finally, the adaptive information-processing (AIP) model that underlies EMDR is outlined, and evidence for the model is summarized. The article concludes by suggesting future research based on questions raised about PTSD and its treatment with EMDR when the AIP model is compared to other information-based theories of PTSD.
Keywords: Adult Mechanism of Action Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
13. Litt, B. (2012, October). Advanced techniques in the EMDR-based treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Abstract:EMDR is an efficacious therapy for the treatment of PTSD. Increasingly, EMDR is being recognized as an important and viable therapy in the treatment of complex PTSD, including Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified, Dissociative Identity Disorder, and personality disorders that have their origins in attachment trauma. This population presents unique clinical challenges in terms of stability, affect tolerance, and accessibility to trauma resolution. While much has been written and presented about affect regulation, attachment issues, and dissociation, therapists are not often aware that these phenomena emerge and must be managed throughout all phases of EMDR therapy. This presentation will focus on advanced techniques that provide solutions to problems within phases 2,3, and 4. Clinicians will learn techniques to incorporate in the stabilization/ preparation phase and to revisit as necessary in later stages of EMDR treatment. Objectives include helping the patient effectively deal with reactions such as avoidance, freeze, hyperarousal and numbing. Techniques include ego state work and somatic interweaves.In Phase 4, (desensitization) therapists will be learn about the Zone of Optimal Arousal and learn a sequence of advanced techniques to maintain client stability and safety, and to identify when and why a patient has stopped processing.
Learning Objectives:
Participants will be able to perform a series of strategies for overcoming looping and blocking in EMDR phases three and four.
Participants will be able to utilize the Domains of Self Model to rapidly assess triggers and anticipate processing style and resolution profile.
Participants will be able to utilize the Zone of Optimal Processing model to assess problems with processing and select appropriate strategies to safely resume desensitization.
Keywords: Advanced Techniques Complex Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
14. Giannantonio, M., Guzzi, R., Fernandez, I., & Ziveri, D. (2003, May). Advances in EMDR research – Qualitative analysis of EMDR – Efficacy for PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Research on the efficacy of EMDR as a treatment for PTSD has concentrated its focus mostly on the measurement of quantitative variables. This approach facilitates the application of effective procedures of statistical analysis and the comparison of EMDR efficacy with other treatments. Conversely, important information is not reported like the different levels of efficacy in relation to individual characteristics. During this presentation, through the thorough discussion of 3 experimental cases treated with EMDR, we will review how different analysis tools (clinical interviews, biofeedback measures, tests, self-report, etc.) show evidence of different features of EMDR efficacy. The positive results achieved with EMDR treatment with these three subjects will be compared through biofeedback measures and self-administered tests.
Keywords: Efficacy Qualitative Analysis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
15. Boodman, S. G. (2004, June 29). All in the head: Three approaches to mental health treatment that stretch the boundaries – and, sometimes, credulity. Washington, DC: The Washington Post, Health, F1.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
Imagine being able to quickly banish phobias by rhythmically tapping on various body parts. How about a painless treatment that eliminates depression by exerting gentle pressure on a patient's shoulders or torso? What if it were possible to overcome attention- deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) by having a child focus on a computer image that retrains his brain waves?
Keywords: General Overview Wasington, DC
Accuracy Verified: Yes
16. Rogers, S. (1998). An alternative interpretation of “intensive” PTSD treatment failures. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 11(4), 769-775. doi:10.1023/A:1024401601800.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
An evaluation of program failures in the treatment of combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder has led some reviewers to conclude that the focus of treatment should be shifted away from combat trauma and directed toward other problems. A more detailed examination of these programs reveals that they rarely involve the systematic use of the most soundly-validated PTSD treatment, trauma-focused therapy.
Keywords: Exposure Outcome Treatment Program
Accuracy Verified: Yes
17. Lee, C. (2005, September). An analysis of critical processes and components in EMDR treatment of trauma memories. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Very little is known about the mechanisms that underlie the effectiveness of EMDR. Participants will be presented with information to
facilitate their understanding of two competing hypotheses to account for EMDR effectiveness. Namely, because it uses similar processes found effective in traditional exposure treatments (reliving). Alternaitvely according to Shapiro's proposal of dual process of attention, the procedure may be successful because it elicits distancing responses. Participants will be able to describe how these competing hypotheses were investigated. The responses made by 44 participants with Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) were examined during their first EMDR treatment session. Participants will be able to describe the key process variable found to be effective in EMDR treatment of trauma memories and the extent to which this process is determined by eye movement or by therapist instructions.
Keywords: Dual Attention Mechanism of Action Reliving
Accuracy Verified: Yes
18. Miller, E. (1992, December). Anorexia, body image, and self-acceptance. EMDR Network Newsletter, 2(2), 2.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
From the ages of 6 to 13, Melody, who
was a gymnast, practiced 6 to 8 hours
per day and was thin, lean, and wiry.
She cut back on her athletics to focus
on schoolwork, but by her senior
year in high school had begun a
dietary regimen to try to regain her
13 year-old body. This was a goal
that seemed healthy in her mind,
had been promoted as healthy by her
exercise-addicted family, and was the
image she saw paid homage to in the
media.
Keywords: Acceptance Anorexia Body Image
Accuracy Verified: Yes
19. Hartung, J. (2008, Novembro). Aplicações de EMDR para o desenvolvimento de recursos, melhoria de desempenho e treinamento [Applications of EMDR to resource development, performance enhancement, and coaching]. Apresentação no II Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasilia, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract: The traditional focus of psychotherapists (and their clients) has been on pathology and symptom reduction. Professional therapists are becoming increasingly interested in applications of psychotherapeutic principles to prevention, growth, and other examples of what is being generically called “positive psychology”. EMDR clinicians, like other psychotherapists, are seeking more positive ways to practice, both to increase the services they offer, and to redefine themselves professionally. A focus on performance enhancement and coaching are two examples of how clinicians can offer services beyond symptom reduction. A model for using EMDR in positive applications, pilot tested in several countries, will be presented and demonstrated. The EMDR phases will be reconsidered in light of this positive focus: history taking has a greater focus on solutions; the safe place will be discussed as a tool for developing more specific and relevant resources; the TICES acronym will be expanded to include behavior and the therapy relationship; and greater flexibility will be suggested between the parallel processes of desensitization (of the traumatic past) and installation (of the positive future). This last comment relies on the assumption that participants are already skilled in the use of EMDR as a preferred treatment of trauma. The model to be presented has been successfully field tested in several countries in Asia, Europe, and the Americas.
Keywords: Coaching Performance Enhancement Resource Development
Accuracy Verified: Yes
20. Hase, M. (2004, June). Application of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) on severe posttraumatic stress disorder following a single traumatic event in elderly psychiatric patients. In single trauma and grief (L. Cornil, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Single traumatic events can lead to severe posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) with serious effects on some and psyche as well as on social functioning. Often our focus in diagnostics is limited on obvious traumatic experiences according to the ICD-10 or DSM-IV criteria of what a traumatic event should be. But trauma can be variant or masked by somatic illness or comorbid psychiatric disorder. Beside the straightforward PTSD cases, the clinician should pay attention to comorbidity and the effect of dysfunctionally stored, incompletely processed information in a variety of patients. PTSD seems to be underdiagnosed in elderly patients. This paper, as part of the symposium on the treatment of single traumatic events using EMDR, has it foundation in clinical practice and gives evidence on the importance if diagnosing for PTSD and applying appropriate treatment especially EMDR, in the subgroup of elderly patients. Two case examples of PTSD following a single traumatic event in the course of depressive illness and the course somatic illness illustrate important principles and give evidence of the successful application of EMDR in the treatment of PTSD following a single traumatic event with elderly patients. The guidelines for good clinical practice in the treatment of PSTD following a single traumatic event regarding EMDR standard protocol and procedural rules will be outlines. In some respects EMDR treatment has to be adapted to the special demands of the elderly. Some ideas will be formulated and discussed. The aim of the presentation is to encourage the clinician in engaging in active treatment of the sequelae of single traumatic events in general and specially to apply EMDR with elderly patients, hereby stimulating research on the application of EMDR with the elderly, a hitherto often neglected subgroup of patients.
Keywords: Elderly Grief Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Single Trauma Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
21. Forgash, C. (2008). Applying EMDR and ego state therapy in collaborative treatment. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley, (Eds.), Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 313-341). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This chapter will describe the application of the collaborative treatment model to clients who undergo EMDR and ego state therapy with a specialist in addition to their regular therapy. EMDR and ego state therapy specialists are uniquely positioned to assist primary therapists in resolving stalled therapies and enhancing the treatment provided by the primary therapist. We will explore in this chapter the issues that become problematic over time in a course of therapy, which clients are good candidates for collaborative EMDR and ego state treatment, how to develop an effective working relationship with the primary therapist, and how to avoid problems that may arise out of this dual relationship. A detailed case study will illustrate each step of the treatment, from the initial contact with the primary therapist through the conclusion of the adjunct therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Collaborative Treatment Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
22. Haycock, R. D. (2009). Arming commanders to combat PTSD: A time for change – Attacking the stressors vice the symptoms. School of Advanced Military Studies, United States Army Command and General Staff College, Fort Leavenworth, Kansas.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Arming Commanders to Combat Posttraumatic Stress Disorder by COL Robert D. Haycock, US Army, 53 pages.
Just as war is not a new phenomenon, neither are the issues associated with the mental and emotional scars combat brings to those who fight a nation’s wars. Historically, the United States has assumed a reactive vice proactive posture as it relates to coping with the fiscal, and humanistic challenges that manifest within a nation at war, and those who experience the trauma of combat. The Army has proven slow to respond to the need to train and educate its leaders and instead has devoted vast capital on the assessment and treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), attacking the symptoms as they arise, vice attacking the stressors which cause the affliction. The invasions of Iraq and Afghanistan and the deployment of forces throughout the world to combat terror, however, have created conditions whereby PTSD is again in the lime-light.
This monograph examines PTSD from a historical perspective reviewing the manner in which the Army viewed, assessed, and treated those afflicted with PTSD as well its methods for training and educating those honored with the opportunity to lead these warriors in battle. This monograph highlights existing shortfalls in assessment, training, doctrine, and education as it relates to those commanding at the battalion-level.
The Army does not properly prepare battalion commanders for the complexities of coping with PTSD in their units nor arm them with the tactics, techniques, and procedures necessary to mitigate the effects of PTSD on the combat effectiveness of their units and the soldiers that fill the ranks.
The Army should implement more rigorous assessment programs for units deployed to identify those at risk of PTSD or demonstrating stress-related symptoms before the mental well-being of the soldier is dramatically affected and treatment becomes more difficult. Further, the Army should review and update existing doctrine and training techniques (Battlemind training) to focus specifically on commanders at the battalion level. The Army must demonstrate a linkage between doctrine, training and education, enhance efforts to consolidate PTSD resources for ease of access, and revise strategic communications procedures to reduce stigmas associated with PTSD. The Army must arm its tactical commanders with the tools to address the stressors associated with PTSD in order to preserve the force and ensure its effectiveness in the ambiguous and complex environment which appears to best characterize the way ahead.
Keywords: Combat Military Monograph Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
23. Solomon, R. M. (2007, June). The art of EMDR: Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic emotions, often involved the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in talking therapy, utilize resource installation, or provide an interweave to lower the level of intensity. While this can, at times, be appropriate and helpful, often it is counter indicated and a perceived resolution may be short lived and/or needlessly circumscribed. It is important to recognize the markers of treatment, and what choices are appropriate. Ironically, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotion.
The hallmark of EMDR is “staying out of the way” if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural processing and the client’s natural healing patterns. Assuming client readiness and preparation to deal with emotional material, an interweave (which elicits other neural networks), or resource installation (which initiates a state change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an interpersonal process) – though often useful – can interfere with the client’s own internal processing and take the client away form their natural and unique resolution and integration. The therapist can enable the client to process intense material utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the client one’s therapeutic presence, b) recognition of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing, c) using different rate, speed and tempo to control emotional intensity of the processing, d) and knowing when to verbally intervene and when to “stay out of the way.”
This workshop will focus on:
a) Assessment of client readiness
b) Therapeutic clinical presence and attunement skills
c) Detecting behavioral manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral stimulation to the client in order to maximize processing and control intensity
d) Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal interventions and “staying out of the way."
Demonstration and video tapes will be used to illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be aware that the videos have intense emotional content).
Keywords: Abreactions Intense Affect
Accuracy Verified: Yes
24. Solomon, R. M. (2006, September). The art of EMDR: Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic memories, often involves the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in verbal interventions (e.g. interweave, resource installation, talking therapy). While this can indeed be appropriate and helpful, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of & client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotions. The hallmark of EMDR is "staying out of the way" if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An
inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural
processing and the client's natural patterns. Assuming client readiness and
preparation to deal with emotional material, an
interweave (which elicits other neural networks),
or resource installation (which initiates a state
change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an
interpersonal process) - though often useful - can
interfere with the client's own internal processing and take the client away from their natural and
unique resolution and integration. The therapist
can enable the client to process intense material
utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the
client in one's therapeutic presence, b) recognition
of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate, and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing c) using different rate, speed, and tempo to control emotional intensity of processing; d) and knowing when to verbally
intervene and when to "stay out of the way". Hence,
more important than the mechanics of bilateral
stimulation is the way EMDR is delivered. EMDR
is a "dance" between client and therapist with the
therapist interacting through bi-lateral stimulation
even more than through verbal communication.
This workshop will focus on dealing with intense
affect with EMDR (the dance) and include
discussjon of 1) How to assess client readiness for
dealing with intense material, both before and during
EMDR processing. 2) Therapist clinical presence
and attunement skills. 3) Detecting behavioral
manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral
stimulation to the client in order to maximize
processing, and control intensity of processing. 4)
Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal
interventions and "staying out of the way". Demonstration and video tapes will be used to
illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be
aware that the videos have intense emotional content).
Keywords: Abreactions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
25. Scurfield, R. M., & Wilson, J. P. (2003, April). Ask not for whom the bell tolls: Controversy in post–traumatic stress disorder treatment outcome findings for war veterans. Trauma, Violence, and Abuse, 4(2), 112-126. doi:10.1177/1524838002250763 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article reviews and analyzes two national studies of the efficacy of treatment
for war veterans suffering from post–traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Acareful
analysis of the studies conducted by the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA)
Northeast Program Evaluation Center (NEPEC) reveals conceptual, methodological,
and design flaws in the research, which reports minimal treatment efficacy for
PTSD. Based on this limited, if not biased, data, the results were used for policy
purposes to dismantle inpatient PTSD hospital units and trauma-focus treatments.
Acritique is offered as a review to suggest how future studies might be conducted,
designed, and evaluated, including the need for independent, “outside”
peer reviews inasmuch as the issue of treatment outcomes generalizes to many
nonmilitary populations.[Sagepub]
Keywords: DVA Outcome Policy PTSD Research Therapy Treatment Vietnam Veterans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
26. Roberts, A. R. (2002, Spring). Assessment, crisis intervention, and trauma treatment: The integrative ACT intervention model. Brief Treatment & Crisis Intervention, 2(1), 1-21.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article presents a conceptual three-stage framework and intervention model that should be useful in helping mental health professionals provide acute crisis and trauma treatment services. The ACT model stands for Assessment, Crisis Intervention, and Trauma Treatment. This new model may be thought of as a sequential set of assessments and intervention strategies. The ACT intervention model integrates various assessment and triage protocols with the seven-stage crisis intervention model, and the ten-step acute traumatic stress management protocol. In addition, this article introduces and briefly highlights the other eight narrative, theoretical, and empirically based papers in this issue that focus on mental health and crisis-oriented intervention strategies implemented within 1 month after the September 11, 2001, terroristic mass disaster at the World Trade Center and the Pentagon.
Keywords: ACT Model Assessment Assessment Crisis Intervention Triage Crisis Assessment Crisis Intervention Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
27. Dworkin, M. (2009, August). Attachment, attunement, and resonance in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Attachment, attunement, and resonance in the eight phases of EMDR enhance therapeutic outcomes. Patients with disorganized attachment processes may have complications that may make EMDR treatment more difficult. This workshop is designed to teach attunement, resonance, and therapeutic relatedness strategies in the work with patients with complicated attachment histories. Problems and solutions for misattunements during the eight phases will be the main focus of this workshop. Interpersonal neurobiological concepts will be taught to enhance the participant’s effectiveness. The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire will be demonstrated as a tool to deal with correct therapist misattunement.
Keywords: Attachment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
28. Forbes, D., Creamer, M., Phelps, A., Bryant, R., McFarlane, A., Devilly, G. J., Lynda Matthews, L., Raphael, B., Doran, C., Merlin, T., & Skye N. (2007, August). Australian guidelines for the treatment of adults with acute stress disorder and post-traumatic stress disorder. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 41(8), 637-648. doi:10.1080/00048670701449161.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Over the past 2-3 years, clinical practice guidelines (CPGs) for post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and acute stress disorder (ASD) have been developed in the USA and UK. There remained a need, however, for the development of Australian CPGs for the treatment of ASD and PTSD tailored to the national health-care context. Therefore, the Australian Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health in collaboration with national trauma experts, has recently developed Australian CPGs for adults with ASD and PTSD, which have been endorsed by the National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC). In consultation with a multidisciplinary reference panel (MDP), research questions were determined and a systematic review of the evidence was then conducted to answer these questions (consistent with NHMRC procedures). On the basis of the evidence reviewed and in consultation with the MDP, a series of practice recommendations were developed. The practice recommendations that have been developed address a broad range of clinical questions. Key recommendations indicate the use of trauma-focused psychological therapy (cognitive behavioural therapy or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in addition to in vivo exposure) as the most effective treatment for ASD and PTSD. Where medication is required for the treatment of PTSD in adults, selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitor antidepressants should be the first choice. Medication should not be used in preference to trauma-focused psychological therapy. In the immediate aftermath of trauma, practitioners should adopt a position of watchful waiting and provide psychological first aid. Structured interventions such as psychological debriefing, with a focus on recounting the traumatic event and ventilation of feelings, should not be offered on a routine basis. [InformaWorld]
Keywords: ASD Guidelines Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
29. Australian Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health (2007, February). Australian Guidelines for the treatment of Adults with Acute Stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Melbourne, Victoria: ACPMH.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
The Australian Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health in collaboration with national trauma experts, has recently developed Australian CPGs for adults with ASD and PTSD, which have been endorsed by the National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC). In consultation with a multidisciplinary reference panel (MDP), research questions were determined and a systematic review of the evidence was then conducted to answer these questions (consistent with NHMRC procedures). On the basis of the evidence reviewed and in consultation with the MDP, a series of practice recommendations were developed. The practice recommendations that have been developed address a broad range of clinical questions. Key recommendations indicate the use of trauma-focused psychological therapy (cognitive behavioural therapy or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in addition to in vivo exposure) as the most effective treatment for ASD and PTSD. Where medication is required for the treatment of PTSD in adults, selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitor antidepressants should be the first choice. Medication should not be used in preference to trauma-focused psychological therapy. In the immediate aftermath of trauma, practitioners should adopt a position of watchful waiting and provide psychological first aid. Structured interventions such as psychological debriefing, with a focus on recounting the traumatic event and ventilation of feelings, should not be offered on a routine basis. [InformaWorld]
Keywords: Treatment Guidelines
Accuracy Verified: Yes
30. Uddane, L. (2004, March 14). Author looks at alternative self-help techniques. Orange County, CA: The Orange County Register, Life, HF3.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. Servan-Schreiber believes that in a short period, EMDR may help people cope with difficult memories. In a typical session, the patient is asked to remember the painful, debilitating memory and visually focus on the moving hand of the therapist or moving set of lights. It's not clear how EMDR works, so it's a controversial approach.
Keywords: Orange County Self-Help Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
31. van den Hout, M., Muris, P., Salemink, E., & Kindt, M. (2001). Autobiographical memories become less vivid and emotional after eye movements. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 40(2), 121-130. doi:10.1348/014466501163535.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Objectives: To test (1) whether eye movements during retrieval of emotional memories are followed by less vividness and less emotionality of future recollections, (2) whether this effect, if present, is stronger than the effects of a control activity (finger tapping), (3) whether the alleged effects of tapping and eye movements are stronger than a no-movement, control condition (mere imagery), (4) whether reductions in vividness and emotionality after eye movements (and finger tapping) are specific to negative memories or also occur in the case of positive memories. Method: 60 healthy volunteers recalled either positive or negative memories and scored the vividness and emotionality of the recollections. Next, memories were recalled whilst the participant was performing rapid eye movements, finger tapping, or not performing a dual task. Then participants were asked to recall the event again and to rate its vividness and emotionality. Results: Compared to finger tapping and the no-dual-task condition, recollections after eye movements made future recollections less vivid. After eye movements, but not after the other interventions, negative memories became less negative, and positive memories became less positive. Conclusion: The findings show that eye movements not only reduce vividness and emotionality of memories during the eye moving, but also affect future recollections, during which no eye movements are made. Some theoretical explanations are discussed. As to clinical implications, it is suggested that if there is a role for eye-movement-based treatments, it is very limited. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adolescents Cognitive Processes College Students Dutch Exposure Therapy Memory Impairment Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness Young Adults
Accuracy Verified: Yes
32. Cortés, C. (2012, June). Ayudando a desarrollar el sistema de procesamiento de la información para la reconstrucción del apego en niños adoptados [Helping to develop the adaptive information system for attachment reconstruction in adopted children]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR
is
based
on
the
adaptive
information
system
model.
Humans
have
an
inherent
information
processing
system
that
generally
processes
the
complex
elements
of
an
experience
to
an
adaptive
state.
In
other
words,
we
have
the
innate
capacity
to
resolve
difficult
emotional
experiences
and
move
forward
in
our
lives.
There
are
cases
where,
besides
the
trauma
of
abandonment
and
lack
of
attachment,
there
has
been
no
early
stimulation,
mainly
during
the
first
year
of
life.
Sometimes
the
emotional
environment
is
so
poor
that
results
in
insufficient
attachment,
and
prevents
the
motivational
system
from
becoming
strong
enough
to
push
the
baby
to
find
and
produce
stimulation.
Other
times,
the
environment
has
been
so
negligent
that
has
not
provided
the
conditions
for
the
baby
to
adequately
cover
this
first
sensory
stimulation.
Whether
it
is
poor
emotional
environment
or
a
negligent
environment,
or
both
at
once,
the
result
is
that
we
find
children
who
have
not
had
the
opportunity
to
generate
enough
neural
connections
or
the
quality
required
for
the
reptilian
brain
to
mature.
This
phenomenon
hinders
the
brain
integration,
both
vertically
and
horizontally,
and
makes
the
processing
of
the
adaptive
information
system
difficult,
if
not
impossible.
Aiming
to
promote
and
foster
the
development
of
the
adaptive
information
system,
we
have
focused
on
a
dual
purpose:
rebuilding
attachment
and
ensuring
the
neurofunctional
reorganization
and
development
of
the
child
at
early
stages.
For
this
we
rely
on
both;
EMDR
processing,
as
well
as
sensory
integration
and
sensorimotor
therapies,
which
promote
the
integration
of
primitive
reflexes
and
the
child´s
development
at
early
years.
Given
the
baby's
phylogenetic
development
and
the
ideal
conditions
for
such
development
to
occur,
we
try
to
generate
the
same
conditions,
with
the
aim
to
facilitate
and
complete
part
of
the
child's
development
that,
so
far,
has
not
occurred
yet.
Therefore,
the
quality
of
attachment
is
what
will
define
the
self-‐regulation
capacity
and
the
child's
motivational
system.
And
in
this
sense,
the
neurofunctional
organization
and
sensory
integration
will
provide
the
child
with
the
necessary
resources
to
meet
the
challenges
of
both,
development
and
growth,
and
the
possibility
to
achieve
success
and
thus
to
obtain
the
perception
of
efficiency.
Both
aspects,
attachment
and
neurofunctional
organization,
are
interwoven
with
each
other
and
feed
the
adaptive
information
system.
Through
videos
and
clinical
material,
we
show
the
evolution
of
adopted
children
with
whom
we
have
already
intervened
from
this
dual
therapeutic
point
of
view;
generating
a
greater
vertical
and
horizontal
integration
and
a
better
attachment
consolidation.
Parents
will
play
a
key
role
in
this
intervention
and
we
prepare
them
for
it
through
both;
psycho-‐education
and
EMDR.
In
this
way,
they
can
become
proper
therapeutic
parents,
capable
to
parenthesize
their
own
children.
EMDR
está
basado
en
el
modelo
del
sistema
adaptativo
del
procesamiento
de
la
información.
El
ser
humano
posee
un
sistema
inherente
de
procesamiento
de
la
información
que
normalmente
procesa
los
elementos
complejos
de
una
experiencia
en
un
sistema
adaptativo.
En
otras
palabras,
tenemos
una
capacidad
innata
para
resolver
las
experiencias
emocionalmente
difíciles
y
seguir
adelante
con
nuestras
vidas.
Existen
casos
donde,
tras
el
trauma
de
abandono
y
la
falta
de
apego,
no
ha
existido
estimulación
temprana,
principalmente
durante
el
primer
año
de
vida.
A
menudo
el
ambiente
emocional
es
tan
pobre
que
da
como
resultado
un
apego
insuficiente,
e
impide
que
el
sistema
emocional
sea
lo
suficientemente
fuerte
para
conseguir
que
el
bebe
encuentre
y
produzca
estimulación.
En
otras
ocasiones,
el
ambiente
ha
sido
tan
negligente
que
no
proporciona
las
condiciones
adecuadas
para
que
el
bebe
cubra
su
primera
estimulación
sensorial.
Ya
sea
por
ambiente
emocional
pobre
o
un
ambiente
negligente,
o
bien
ambos,
el
resultado
es
que
encontramos
niños
que
no
tienen
la
oportunidad
de
generar
conexiones
neurales
suficientes
o
de
calidad
requeridas
por
el
cerebro
reptiliano
para
madurar.
Este
fenómeno
dificulta
la
integración
del
cerebro
vertical
y
horizontalmente
y
hace
que
el
sistema
de
procesamiento
de
la
información
sea
deficitario,
si
no
imposible.
Con
el
objetivo
de
promover
y
fomentar
el
desarrollo
del
sistema
adaptativo
del
procesamiento
de
la
información,
nos
hemos
centrado
en
un
propósito
dual:
Reconstruir
el
apego
y
asegurarnos
de
reorganizar
y
desarrollar
la
neurofuncionalidad
del
niño
en
las
etapas
tempranas
del
niño.
Para
ello
nos
apoyamos
en
el
procesamiento
del
EMDR,
así
como
en
las
terapias
de
integración
sensorial
y
sensoriomotoras,
que
fomentan
la
integración
de
los
reflejos
primitivos
y
el
desarrollo
del
niño
en
las
etapas
tempranas.
Dado
el
desarrollo
filogenético
del
niño
y
las
condiciones
ideales
para
que
dicho
desarrollo
ocurra,
intentamos
generar
las
mismas
condiciones,
con
el
objetivo
de
facilitar
y
completar
parte
del
desarrollo
del
niño
que
hasta
ahora,
no
ha
ocurrido
todavía.
Por
tanto,
la
calidad
del
apego
es
aquella
que
será
definida
por
la
capacidad
de
autorregulación
y
el
sistema
motivacional
del
niño.
Y
en
este
sentido,
la
organización
neurofuncional
y
la
integración
sensorial
promoverán
en
el
niño
los
recursos
necesarios
para
encontrarse
con
los
retos
de
desarrollo
y
crecimiento
y
la
posibilidad
de
conseguir
el
éxito
en
ambos,
además
de
obtener
la
percepción
de
eficiencia.
Ambos
aspectos,
apego
y
organización
neurofuncional,
están
entrelazados
y
alimentan
el
sistema
adaptativo
del
procesamiento
de
la
información.
A
través
videos
y
material
clínico,
mostramos
la
evolución
de
los
niños
adoptados
los
cuales
ya
han
sido
intervenidos
desde
esta
perspectiva
terapéutica
dual;
generando
una
gran
integración
vertical
y
horizontal
y
una
mejora
en
la
consolidación
del
apego.
Los
Keywords: Adoptives
Accuracy Verified: Yes
33. Gomez, A. (2008, September). Beyond PTSD: Treating depression in children and adolescents using EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Traumatized children frequently exhibit symptoms of disorders other than PTSD. There is evidence of comorbidity between PTSD, depression and other behavioral disorders and a large overlap in symptom criteria between PTSD and depression in children and adolescents. The first part of this presentation explores what current research has identified as the key factors for the development of depression in children and adolescents. The evidence linking trauma, stress and PTSD to some forms of depression and the relationship between disorders of attachment, difficulties with affect regulation and the development of depression in children and adolescents will be explored. The second part of this presentation will introduce preliminary evidence that EMDR can be a potentially effective treatment for depression in children and adolescents through a series of case studies and anecdotal reports. The presentation will conclude with an overview of strategies for working with depressed children and adolescents across the eight phases of the EMDR protocol. Even though this presentation will focus on working with pediatric depression, it will provide a foundation for understanding and treating adult depression as well. Video clips of sessions will be shown to provide a concrete and tangible experience for clinicians.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Depression
Accuracy Verified: Yes
34. Litt, B. (2009, August). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop explores family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego-state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, reenactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego-state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy. Participants will learn a contextual model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, the indications and contraindications of conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on the salient negative cognitions being triggered, and learn a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal.
Keywords: Family Dynamics
Accuracy Verified: Yes
35. Litt, B. (2010, April/May). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop explores family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, re-enactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy. Participants will learn a contextual model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, the indications and contraindications for conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on salient negative cognitions, and a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal. (Intermediate/Advanced)
Keywords: Relational Self
Accuracy Verified: Yes
36. Litt, B. (2011, April-May). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Workshop in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will explore family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, describe ego state manifestations in couples conflict and learn to manage ego states in the desensitization phase of processing.
In Part One, participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, reenactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy.
In Part Two, participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning using contextual family therapy, the indications and contraindications of conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on the salient negative cognitions being triggered, and learn a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal.
This interactive workshop will include videotape and didactic material designed to facilitate a deeper understanding of this exciting new integrative model. For individual, couples, and family therapists.
Learning Objectives:
•Individual and conjoint therapists will sharpen their diagnostic skills by learning to assess intergenerational patterns that contribute to ego fragmentation in their clients.
•Couples therapists will use knowledge gained to evaluate repetition compulsions or reenactments in their client couples.
•Individual and conjoint therapists will learn to deconstruct reenactments to identify negative cognitions preparatory to doing EMDR.
•Conjoint therapists will assess for indications and contraindications for conducting conjoint EMDR sessions with client couples.
•Therapists will be able to rapidly assess negative cognitions using a new typology of Domains of the Self.
•EMDR therapists will be able to employ a model of the zone of optimal processing for efficient and safe desensitization.
•EMDR therapists will be able to use a variety of techniques for maintaining their clients within the zone of optimal processing.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
37. Offen, L., Walker, R., & Freeman, A. (2008, August). Birmingham psychotherapy service for people with ID: 8 years on. In Symposium: EMDR therapy and psychotherapy and ID presented at the 13th World Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities, Cape Town, South Africa.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Aim: This study aimed to generate descriptive data relating to Birmingham
Psychotherapy Services for People with Intellectual Disabilities
in order to: a) Provide an understanding of the key characteristics
of clients using the service. b) Identify those clients who find it difficult
to engage with the service in order to introduce measures to
improve its accessibility. c) Identify gaps in the information collected
to date so that information gathering mechanisms can be improved. d)
Provide a platform from which appropriate outcome measures for the
service can be examined. Method: Data was collected by use of a
proforma from client files. A selected sample of 141 files was analysed
and the results collated. Results: Data pertaining to the above was
analysed and the results recorded. Conclusions: A clearer profile of
the clients using the service was developed that facilitated a change in
clinical focus and the implementation of key changes in service delivery.
This has led to a greater emphasis on the use of groups and on
the development of more accessible information.
Keywords: Adolescents Adults Children ID Intellectual Disabilities Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
38. Korman, S. (2007, June). Body-based interventions for self-reguation and resourcing in the treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the clinical treatment of complex trauma, it is important to evaluate a patient’s readiness for trauma processing. This includes recognizing a clinical presentation of complex trauma and an understanding of it etiology. Additionally, it is imperative to understand the effects of trauma on the body system. Pre-mature trauma processing can serve to symptomatically worsen a pervasive pattern of systemic dysregulation. Prior to successful trauma processing, a patient must be able to maintain dual attention, regulate their affect, and tolerate the experience of affective state change. Body-based resourcing and regulatory skills can be utilized by the clinician to increase a patient’s ability to tolerate and more fully integrate pre-frontal lobe cognitive activity with the emotional and sensory experiences resultant of trauma. Strategies from many modalities, such as Dialectic Behavior Therapy, Mindfulness Practices and EMDR Resourcing can be taught to and practiced by the client in preparation for successful regulated integration of traumatic memory.
Keywords: Complex PSTD Creativity Mind/Body Resourcing Self Regulation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
39. Lendl, J. (2002, June). Brain performance and possible EMDR intervention. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
New brain imaging technologies are giving a clearer picture of how memories are stored and how effective treatment may alter brain function. Neuroimaging researchers Bessel van der Kolk and Daniel Amen are investigating EMDR treatment effects. Van der Kolk is studying how traumatic memories differ from memories of ordinary events, while Amen concentrates on evaluating difficult psychiatric cases, ADD, head trauma, memory problems, dementia, aggression, and exposure to toxic substances. This workhop will focus on Amen's research regarding frequently found patterns of brain performance, including specific area functions and problems from a clinician's view. Significant attention will be devoted to integrating EMDR with the Amen multi-discipline intervention approach for problem brian areas.
Keywords: Amen Brain Performance van de Kolk
Accuracy Verified: Yes
40. Gannon, J. P. (2011, April). A brain-based peak performance model using meditation, EMDR and cardio imagery and rehearsal. Peak Performance Systems, San Francisco.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
This pilot study investigated the effectiveness of a new model of peak performance training based on applications of brain research to stimulate mental skill acquisition leading to enhanced performance capabilities. Brain-based techniques such as Mindfulness Meditation (MM), Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and Cardio Imagery and Rehearsal (CIR) appear to stimulate various neurological processes including alpha and theta brain waves, higher interhemispheric coherence and reduced sympathetic nervous system arousal. Clinical application of these techniques in a preliminary pilot study with a variety of performers was shown in follow-up self-assessments to have enhanced performance outcomes on seven measures including reduced performance anxiety and self-consciousness, enhanced concentration and focus, improved memorization of performance routines and enhanced overall performance goals. The idea that specific performance routines can be installed using these brain-based techniques that enhance peak performance functioning on demand was supported by these findings.. However, the results of this pilot study are preliminary and further studies using a larger subject sample, empirically validated test measurements and independent control groups are necessary before these findings can be corroborated.
Keywords: Brain-Based Peak Performance Brainscripting Cardio Imagery and Rehearsal Flow Interhemispheric Coherence Mindfulness Meditation Neurofeedback Neuroplasticity Performance Anxiety Pilot Study
Accuracy Verified: Yes
41. Emard, P. (1995, June). A brief look at MRI brief therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The MRI approach to brief therapy originated out of the serendipitous coming together of several incredibly creative minds that
resulted in a form of psychotherapy in which the major goal was to make psychotherapy more efficient and more effective. It evolved
out of research project on communication begun by anthropologist Gregory Bateson that soon involved the work of hypnotherapist
Milton H. Erickson and psychiatrist Don Jackson. John Weakland, Jay Haley, Paul Watzlawick and Richard Fisch began to publish
the ideas that resulted fiom the early research findings and in doing so developed a particular set of assumptions about the formation
and resolution of human problems that differed significantly from traditional treatment models of the time. Further refinements
through the clinical application of these methods resulted in a model of treatment that was a pioneer of the brief psychotherapy
movement. It is based on a non-normative and non-pathological way of viewing people with problems; it looks at people in the
context of their living situations; it resists the idea of client resistance, it places great emphasis on the use of language; and it seeks
to amplify client assets and resources and minimize client liabilities and shortcomings.
Brief therapists assume a willingness to be an active change agent for the benefit of their clients. They accept responsibility for
creating an atmosphere of respect, patience, and creativity in which clients can find alternative ways to think and behave. They
believe they have a set of tasks to perform that will hopefully result in the resolution or, as a minimum, the diminishment of the
problem situation for which the client originally sought help.
These tasks consist of a combination of ways of thinking and acting that are designed to increase the likelihood that the client will
experience relief from a painful problem. One of the main tasks for a brief therapist is to find ways to construe the problems
presented by the client so that a solution can be found. Brief therapists inquire into the interactional systemic aspects of a problem,
the context or environment in which the problem occurs, the people involved in the problematic situation, and the ways the client has
attempted to resolve the problem thus far.
Another very important task is to identify and gain access to the persons who are the most interested in and willing to work toward
changing the problem situation. The idea here is to spend the bulk of the therapeutic time and effort working with the person who is
most invested in the change process. Brief therapists find ways to appeal to this person's values and belief systems so that (s)he will
engage in activities and/or alter her/his behavior in ways that are likely to change the problem situation.
A third task on which brief therapists concentrate is the establishment of clear, concrete, and doable goals of treatment. They
collaborate with the client to determine what the client hopes to gain from treatment and when the client will know she is ready to
handle life on his/her own, this assumes an emphasis on the client's present and the possibilities for the client's future rather than
his/her past.
The fourth task brief therapists focus on is the development of ways of intervening in the way the presenting problem is being
handled in the present time. This is based on the central assumption that one of the main goals of psychotherapy is to induce
clients to change the way a problem is handled. Such intervening is the result of thoughtful and careful consideration of many factors
surrounding the problem situation and involves the use of a variety of skills.
A final task for the brief therapist is to find ways to remove him/herself from the client's life in such a way that the client has faith in
her/his own ability to function effectively without the therapist.
This treatment model offers clinicians an opportunity to work in positive, goal-directed ways that clients find helpful and therapists
find challenging and satisfying. It calls upon clinicians to develop keen observation skills, the ability to see things fiom a variety of
perspectives, and an appreciation for the vast resources clients bring with them to therapy. While it is a simple model of treatment, it
is by no means an easy one to master. It requires clinicians to step outside their usual frames of reference in the pursuit of creative
solutions to difficult human problems. It rewards them with a greater sense of accomplishment and increased client satisfaction.
In the ever-changing world of mental health, this is no small achievement.
Keywords: MRI Brief Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
42. Staff. (2006, July 24). Business snapshots column. Butte, MT: The Montana Standard.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
EMDR is an adaptive information processing treatment model that uses dual attention through bilateral stimulation to help resolve traumatic and distressing emotional experiences.
Keywords: Butte General Overview
Accuracy Verified: Yes
43. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2009, August). Case conceptualization: Decision points in EMDR with children for attachment, dissociation, and concurrent diagnosis including OCD, ADHD, and PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will focus on illustrating decision points in EMDR in case conceptualization with children involving complex diagnoses. Videotapes will include sessions with young children diagnosed with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), attachment traumas, Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI), dissociation and other diagnoses. This is an interactive workshop where participants are encouraged to bring questions about the protocol and challenging issues in practice. Areas to be discussed: how attachment affects the progression of EMDR, at what point does dissociation impact the protocol, and at what point does the therapist consider installing mastery, resource development, or the Inverse Protocol.
Keywords: ADHD Attachment Disorders Attention Deficity Hyperactivity Disorder Case Conceptualization Children Dissociation Inverse Protocol Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
44. Shapiro, R., Hofmann, A., & Grey, E. (2013). Case consultation: Unremitting depression. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(1), 39-44. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.1.39.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Case Consultation is a new regular feature in the Journal of EMDR Practice and Research. In this article,
an eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) clinician briefly describes a challenging case
in which a man, “George,” was referred for EMDR for treatment of a depression that began more than
2 years previously. After all his reported traumatic memories were completely processed with EMDR,
George remains severely depressed and the therapist asks how to proceed effectively with treatment.
Responses are written by three experts. The first expert, Robin Shapiro, describes a comprehensive list
of possible etiologies, including attachment, early trauma, genetic, and other biological causes and their
appropriate EMDR, ego state, or medical treatments. The second expert, Arne Hofmann, reviews the
treatment that was provided and makes suggestions for alternate treatment targets, suggesting that the
therapist could address the client’s belief that “nothing will change” and try the EMDR inverted protocol.
The third expert, Earl Grey, recommends that the clinician focus on addressing small “t” traumas, even if
the client indicates that he or she has little to no disturbance and explains how to develop and implement
a “restorative life span target sequence.”
Keywords: Consultation Depression Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
45. Campbell-Beattie, J. (2002, May). Case presentation: "Swimming/fish phobia" - A single session case using an abbreviated EMDR protocol . The EMDR Practitioner. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net on 12/27/2008.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
I have been using a short EMDR session along the same protocol lines as Parnell(1999),
being less pedantic about the ordered protocol set-up.
While the patient tells me about self and their issues, I consider the necessary approach.
In this case the value of EMDR, and a focus on what is needed for it to work best.
Working within a 40 minute time limit window some direct questioning is usually
necessary to focus the patient's attention.
Keywords: Fish Phobia Swimming Phobia
Accuracy Verified: Yes
46. Amen, D. G. (1999, June). Change your brain, change your life (EMDR not the focus). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn the functions the problems associated with five different brain systems; 2) learn the impact of head injuries on psychological behavior; and 3) develop three psychological strategies for enhancing each different brain system.
Keywords: Brain Brain Systems Head Injuries SPECT
Accuracy Verified: Yes
47. Adler-Tapia, R. L. (2012, June). Child psychotherapy: Integrating developmental theory into clinical practice. New York, NY: Spring Publishing.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Children are often diagnosed and medicated without the consideration that their symptoms may actually be a healthy response to stressful life events. This integrative guide for mental health practitioners who work with children underscores the importance of considering the etiology of a child's symptoms within a developmental framework before making a diagnosis. By providing advanced training and skills for working with children, the book guides the therapist, step-by-step, through assessment, case conceptualization, and treatment with a focus on the tenets of child development and a consideration of the impact of distressing life events.
The book first addresses child development and the evolution of child psychotherapy from the perspectives of numerous disciplines, including recent findings in neurodevelopment trauma, attachment, and neurobiology. It discusses assessment measures, the impact of divorce and the forensic/legal environment on clinical practice, recommendations for HIPAA compliance, evidence-based best practices for treating children, and the requirements for an integrated treatment approach. Woven throughout are indications for case conceptualization including consideration of a child's complete environment. This book provides an integrative approach to child psychotherapy from the perspective of healthy development through the lens of EMDR.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
48. Beer, R., & de Roos, C. (2005, October). Children and adolescents: EMDR for children and adolescents, applications on acute and chronic trauma. Presentation at the 1st European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
After a theoretical introduction to EMDR, this workshop will focus on several applications on acute and chronic trauma. Due to the complexity
of problems related to chronic traumatisation, attention will also be focussed on how to embed EMDR in an overall treatment plan. Case
material and video fragments will illustrate this workshop.
Keywords: Acute Trauma Adolescents Children Chronic Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
49. Greenwald, R. (1995, June). Children-case presentations. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
One major limitation of EMDR is that it is an individual treatment modality. However, individual treatment of a child may be
insuflicient, and broader interventions are often required. This is especially likely when environmental forces are unsupportive or in
opposition to the healing process. This presentation will focus on the use of EMDR on several levels in child treatment, including
individual treatment of traumatic memories, enhancing family support for healing, and addressing family obstacles to healing.
Format will include lecture, vignettes, and a video case presentation of the EMDR treatment of a young girl who had been raped by
a babysitter, along with the EMDR treatment of her older brother who bullied her.
Assessment of child problems includes consideration of many factors. The focus here will be on the child's trauma history, and on
the current family situation it pertains to treatment of the child's traumatic memories. Methods of assessment addressed here include
interview of the child and the parent, observation of family interactions, and observation of the child's progress, both during and after
EMDR treatment.
A number of interventions are available to enhance or augment individual EMDR treatment of the child. Vignettes will be
presented to illustrate the following interventions: referral to family therapy when successful EMDR highlighted the symptom's
functional role; EMDR with a parent to reduce reactivity to the child; and prompting the parent(s) to produce statements and
behaviors to be used later as content for installations.
A challenging case will be presented in which a family, though motivated, demonstrated a number of behaviors which threatened to
undermine the child's treatment. The family consisted of a single father in his late twenties, an eight year-old boy, and a seven-yearold
girl. The presenting problem was the girl's ongoing post-traumatic symptoms, particularly nightmares and social withdrawal,
some two years after having been raped by a babysitter. (the boy also had social and behavioral problems in school.) Unfortunately,
the "lessons" of the girl's traumatic experience were frequently reinforced in the family context, through the brother's bullying of his
younger sister, the father's complicity in the bullying, and the father's own tendency to be overly controlling and threatening.
Treatment began with two family sessions and one with the father alone. The next three sessions were split to provide some
individual time for each child as well as for the father. The seventh, final session included a family meeting and then some time for
each individual. Work with the father was difficult and slow, as he was very defensive regarding his own possible contributions to
his children's problems. Early interventions included delicate attempts to help the father understand the effect of his yelling and
threatening - even though he was no longer in the habit of physically striking his children. Meanwhile, in part to enhance the
therapeutic alliance, the primary focus was on direct treatment of the children. Some of this is shown on video.
The girl was asked to draw a picture of her bad dream, and then to draw it "all better." She first drew a dark picture of a large man
with fangs dripping blood. The next picture was of a nicer man on a sunny day. This activity was used as part of her introduction to
the upcoming EMDR work. In the next session she agreed to do EMDR and completed processing in 25 minutes. The following
session she indicated that the memory was no longer disturbing, and many of the symptoms had disappeared. She began to raise her
next concern, by playing with a doll and a baby bottle, and complaining that she did not get to see her mother enough.
Over the same three sessions the boy was also treated with EMDR for a number of relatively minor traumatic memories, including a
car accident, the loss of two pets, and a vision of the devil. Despite apparently successfull processing, he was unable to conclude that
he was a "good boy," due to evidence to the contrary: memories of his father's anger at him. Cognitive interweave was used to
access a sense of inner goodness. The bullying behavior reportedly disappeared both at home and at school, and he also moved on,
to express concerns about missing his mother.
Treatment was interrupted due to a change in insurance coverage, so continued treatment and follow-up was not accomplished. This
case illustrates some ways that EMDR can be enlisted to address aspects of the family context which may constitute obstacles to
healing. The girl's brother was treated with EMDR to reduce his mistreatment of her; and the boy's sense of badness, largely gained
by interaction with his father, was overcome by accessing internal resources in the absence of parental support. In conclusion,
EMDR can play multiple roles in both the diagnosis and treatment of family obstacles to healing.
Keywords: Case Presentations Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
50. Knipe, J. (2008, June). The CIPOS method -- procedures to therapeutically reduce dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
It is well documented (Maxfield and Hyer, 2002) that the 8-phase EMDR model is highly effective for clients who
are troubled by disturbing memories. However, clients who are dissociative often have great difficulty in
maintaining present orientation and the "dual attention" that is a necessary condition for processing. Dissociative
clients are highly vulnerable, during the EMDR Preparation, Assessment and Dissociation Phases, to becoming
disoriented and overwhelmed by the surprising intrusion of dissociated parts that bring intensely disturbing
images and other information. Since, with these clients, there is a greater risk of non-therapeutic dissociative
abreaction, it is very important to counter this risk with an increased emphasis on safety and containment of
affect. In this presentation, I will describe two procedures that can be helpful in making the healing power of
EMDR available to clients who have this kind of vulnerability. One is the BHS (Back of the Head Scale), a
procedure that can be useful in assessing a client’s moment-to-moment level of dissociation during a traumafocused
EMDR session. The other is the CIPOS (Constant Installation of Positive Orientation and Safety)
procedure, which is a method of slowing down processing, and carefully containing and controlling the
emergence of potentially overwhelming post-traumatic material. These methods will be illustrated with video
segments of a therapy session.
Keywords: Back-of-the-Head Scale BHS CIPOS Method Contant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety Emotional Safety Psycholgical Defenses Targeting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
51. Korn, D. (2001, June). Clinical applications of EMDR in treating adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into a phase-oriented recovery plan in treating adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. EMDR applications with the full range of trauma-related syndromes, including simple and complex PTSD, Borderline Personality Disorder and Dissociative Disorders, will be addressed. Treatment planning and pacing will be discussed in view of presenting problem, attachment style, defenses, and self-capacities. In recognition of clients' rigid, maladaptive schemas, poor impulse control, dissociative tendencies and limited affect tolerance, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored, Significant attention will be devoted to integratring EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment.
Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder Child Abuse Dissociative Disorders Ego Strengthening Neglect Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Resource Development
Accuracy Verified: Yes
52. Opdyke, D. C. (1995, May). Clinical efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder. Georgia State University. AAT 9608510.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has gained notoriety as a brief treatment for PTSD. In EMDR, clients repeatedly bring up traumatic events in memory and visually track stimuli moving back and forth in front of them. Previous group studies of EMDR have had methodological problems, however. The present study attempted to (1) assess EMDR's effectiveness compared to an Eye Focus treatment controlling for eye movement; (2) compare both treatments to a wait-list control; and (3) rate therapist characteristics to check experimenter bias.20 participants suffering from PTSD were randomly assigned to either EMDR or Eye Focus (EF) treatments, and immediate treatment or wait-list conditions. After two 90-minute treatment sessions, outcomes were assessed on subjective measures of anxiety (SUDs) and cognitive beliefs (VOCs). The mean SUDs pre-post differences on matched pairs t-tests indicated significant reduction of disturbance for both the EMDR group, p < .001, and the Eye Focus group, p < .001. VOC ratings showed similar treatment gains. Two-factor analyses assessed changes across groups (2 administrations x 2 treatment groups) on two standardized measures, the Impact of Event Scale (IES) and the Modified PTSD Symptom Scale (MPSS). The IES showed a main effect for treatment F (2, 18) = 16.45, p < .001, while wait-list remained unchanged F (2, 18) = 1.09, p > .05. A significant interaction F (2, 18) = 6.69, p < .05 supported treatment efficacy. EMDR and EF participants improved equally on the IES, i.e., no differences for type of treatment, F (2, 18) = 0.54, p > .05. The MPSS also showed a main effect for treatment, F (2, 18) = 6.46, p < .05, with wait-list unchanged, F (2, 18) = 0.27, p > .05. This interaction was not significant, p =.10. Further, both EMDR and EF groups demonstrated improvement on the MPSS. Results suggest that (1) EMDR and Eye Focus are both effective in reducing some self-reported PTSD symptoms; (2) EMDR and Eye Focus scores improved significantly compared to wait-list; and (3) ratings of experimenter bias suggested that the EMDR and Eye Focus participants were treated equally by the therapist. Future comparison studies should use larger samples, independent assessors, and equally-trained independent therapists. [Author Abstract]
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 56(11-B), May 1996, pp. 6402
Keywords: Empirical Study Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Treatment Effectiveness Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial
Accuracy Verified: Yes
53. Lakey, J. (2007, February). Cognitive behavioral therapy and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A comparative analysis for the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder. St. Gregory’s University.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder is the primary mental health issue resulting in
tours of duty in combat operations. The soldiers returning home from these operations
often require treatment in dealing with many of their physical and emotional changes.
The therapist who treats these brave men and women needs to understand the treatment
methods available for the successful recovery of their clients. After identifying the terms
necessary to understand the principles and the historical and etiological background of
the disorder and the treatments available, this paper will illuminate several treatment
modalities and their success rates in the treatment of PTSD. Cognitive Behavioral
Therapy and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing will be the primary focus
of comparison through out this work.
Keywords: Comparative Analysis Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
54. Makinson, R. A., & Young, J. S. (2012, April). Cognitive behavioral therapy and the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: Where counseling and neuroscience meet. Journal of Counseling & Development, 90(2), 131-140. doi:10.1111/j.1556-6676.2012.00017.x .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
There is increasing evidence to support the biological basis of mental disorders. Subsequently, understanding the neurobiological context from which mental distress arises can help counselors appropriately apply cognitive behavioral therapy and other well-researched cognitive interventions. The purpose of this article is to describe the neurobiological context underlying the formation and treatment of posttraumatic stress disorders, a mental disorder frequently encountered by counselors, from a cognitive therapy framework.
Recent changes to the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (2009) accreditation standards include the need for counselors-in-training to understand the neurobiological basis of behavior, which marks a new direction for the training of professional counselors who have historically reacted ambivalently toward medical models for understanding client concerns and treatments. Yet recent findings in neuroscience actually support the verbally based interventions that counselors typically use in treatment; therefore, there is much to be gained by counselors and counselor educators in understanding the basics of human neurobiology and how commonly used counseling interventions intervene on these biological systems. The National Institute of Mental Health (2010) stated in a recent strategic plan that “Important discoveries in areas such as genetics, neuroscience, and behavioral science largely account for the substantial gains in knowledge that have helped us to understand the complexities of mental illnesses and behavioral disorders over the past 15 years” (“Introduction,” para. 4).
Given the increasingly biological focus of mental health research, the practicing counselor is faced with the task of understanding and using the emerging mental health treatments and explaining to clients, to reimbursing agencies, and to the broader public how counseling fits within the medically dominated mental health culture. Some counselors have long reacted ambivalently toward the pathologically oriented diagnostic categories of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (4th ed.; DSM-IV;American Psychiatric Association, 1994) system and the medication-dominated world of psychiatry. For example, the contrasting viewpoints on this issue were published in the Journal of Counseling & Development between Allen and Mary Ivey (1998, 1999) and Scott Hinkle (1999). Ivey and Ivey (1998) argued for a developmental interpretation to the DSM-IV, opposing what they called the “pathological view” (p. 334) of the manual. According to Ivey and Ivey, disorders could be viewed through a positive development tradition to lie not within the individual but within the contextual systems in which a person lives. Subsequently, disorders are viewed as a “logical response to a developmental history” (Ivey & Ivey, 1999, p. 484). By contrast, Hinkle (1999) argued that because anxiety and depressive disorders “are the most common clinical symptoms associated with presentation to counseling” (p. 475), the counseling profession is weakened if counselors shy away from direct participation in the DSM nomenclature and treatment parlance. As Hinkle indicated, “mental disorders according to the medical model describe disease processes, not people” (p. 475). Regardless of the reader's philosophical perspective, practicing counselors know participation in medical and psychiatric systems is necessary at times. Also, recent discoveries in the field of neuroscience are providing evidence that interventions often used by counselors have direct physiological impact on client neurobiology (Kennedy et al., 2007; Linden, 2006). For example, Felmingham et al. (2007) demonstrated significant differences in brain activity before and after 8 weeks of exposure therapy, which correlated with a reduction in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptom severity. Similarly, Paquette et al. (2003) found that cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) alters the activation and metabolism of specific brain regions following successful treatment of spider phobia. These findings, along with others (for a detailed review, see Beauregard, 2007; Frewen, Dozois, & Lanius, 2008), are significant because they support the techniques, interventions, and approaches used by counselors and provide a mechanism by which counseling positively affects brain physiology. Within the emerging physiologically based treatment milieu, counselors should be prepared to articulate how cognitive counseling interventions make measurable changes to the client. Although cognitive-behavioral-based approaches are effective in the treatment of a number of psychiatric illnesses, adult PTSD is arguably one of the best understood mental disorders from a neurological perspective. It thus presents a valuable model for exploring not only the basic tenets of neurobiology but also the mechanisms behind its successful treatment. Furthermore, PTSD is a disorder that counselors will likely encounter in practice.
PTSD is a mental disorder characterized by a sudden onset of symptoms due to environmental exposure to a psychologically stressful event such as war, natural disaster, or sexual victimization. Thus, it provides a clear example of how, even in adulthood, neurological adaptation (in this case maladaptive changes) can functionally “rewire” the brain in a short period of time, resulting in a sustained array of clinical symptoms. The diagnostic criteria for PTSD are a history of exposure to a traumatic event meeting two criteria and symptoms from each of three symptom clusters: intrusive recollections, avoidant/numbing symptoms, and hyperarousal symptoms. A fifth criterion concerns duration of symptoms and a sixth assesses functioning (American Psychiatric Association, 2000).
The National Comorbidity Survey Replication, conducted between February 2001 and April 2003 (Kessler et al., 2005), determined that the estimated lifetime prevalence of PTSD among American adults is 6.8%, with women (9.7%) twice as likely as men (3.6%) to have the disorder at some point in their lives. These findings are very similar to those of the first National Comorbidity Survey conducted in the early 1990s (Kessler, Sonnega, Bromet, Hughes, & Nelson, 1995), which was composed of interviews of a representative national sample of 8,098 Americans ages 15 to 54 years. In this earlier sample, the estimated prevalence of lifetime PTSD was 7.8% in the general population. As in the more recent survey, women (10.4%) were more than twice as likely as men (5%) to have PTSD at some point in their lives (Kessler et al., 2005; Kessler et al., 1995).
Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Neurobiological Basis of Behavior Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
55. Brewin, C. R. (2001, April). A cognitive neuroscience account of posttraumatic stress disorder and its treatment. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 39(4), 373-393. doi:10.1016/S0005-7967(00)00087-5.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Recent research in the areas of animal conditioning, the neural systems underlying emotion and memory,
and the effect of fear on these systems is reviewed. This evidence points to an important distinction between
hippocampally-dependent and non-hippocampally-dependent forms of memory that are differentially affected
by extreme stress. The cognitive science perspective is related to a recent model of posttraumatic stress
disorder, dual representation theory, that also posits separate memory systems underlying vivid reexperiencing
versus ordinary autobiographical memories of trauma. This view is compared with other accounts in
the literature of traumatic memory processes in PTSD, and the contrasting implications for therapy are
discussed. 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
Keywords: Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
56. Barfoot, K. M., Casey, M. C., & Callaway, A. J. (2012, July). Combined EEG and eye-tracking in sports skills training and performance analysis. Presentation at the World Congress of Performance Analysis of Sport IX, University of Wooster.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The use of mobile EEG brainwave monitoring and eye-tracking recorded synchronously
during the training of sports skills offers significant opportunities but creates challenges.
Opportunities:
¨ Measuring neurocognitive activity and visual focus in real time which can be used to
provide immediate feedback to the coach, in ‘real world’ settings, for optimising training
protocols for the individual athlete.
¨ Use of sound output (‘sonification’) in proportion to EEG regions of interest as a
neurofeedback mechanism for athlete self-training.
¨ Application of visualisation protocols and ‘EEG-driven’ PC games where game feedback
based on state of mind is used to optimise mental state prior to performance.
¨ Examining the relationship between eye movement and neuro activity (e.g. saccades and
gamma waves) and in athlete coaching interventions such as sports visual scanning
strategies, Eye Movement Desensitisation & Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy, focussed
relaxation, etc.
Challenges:
¨ The recording of EEG during gross motor behaviour is subject to non-brain artefacts in
the raw (time-domain) EEG, due to the much larger (than EEG) electrical voltages
arising from muscle and eye movements. Practical approaches and signal processing
(frequency domain spectrum) techniques to address these problems will be discussed.
¨ The synchronisation of data recorded on different types of equipment (e.g. EEG, eyetracker,
video, sound, EMG, etc.) with different ‘clocks’ and diverse data formats is
difficult – both in terms of time-stamping the original recordings across all the systems
and playing them back synchronously for subsequent performance analysis. Progress on
creating real-time data export methods which allow synchronous data recording and
playback will be reported.
Examples of studies carried out in archery, golf, motorsport, football and skiing will be
discussed, with a focus on archery where:
¨ Measurements were taken from intermediate, county level, near elite and elite archers.
¨ Archery was chosen to demonstrate the real-time and in-situ quantification of neural
activity compared with target-based measures of performance that archery provides, over a
range of time-spans and skills.
¨ Results demonstrate that there are significant and measurable changes in EEG patterns
during a shot with evidence suggesting that the patterns vary as a function of skill level,
but not simply as a function of score.
Significance of each of these studies for goal-directed learning and performance enhancement
are discussed.
Keywords: EEG Eye Tracking Performance Analysis Sports Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
57. McMulin, T. (1998, June). Combining EMDR with relapse prevention programs to enhance treatment outcomes with sex offenders. EMDRIA Newsletter, 3(2), 20-24.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
There have been numerous barriers to the development of comprehensive and successful treatment for sex offenders. One of the primary barriers involved societal views of offenders as being incorrigible and first and foremost deserving of punishment. Offenders themselves have fed that view because of seemingly impenetrable defense mechanisms they develop to maintain a sense of safety from others as well as their own thoughts, feelings, and memories. Other barriers to development of comprehensive treatment models involve the failure of traditional psychodynamic techniques, which focus primarily on resolving intrapsychic conflicts, to provide cost effective, adequate, and reliable treatment results (Lockhart, Saunders, & Cleveland, 1989).
Keywords: Relapse Prevention Programs Sex Offenders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
58. Morgan, T. (2008, August 27-September 2). Communicating culture. Boise Weekly, 17(9), 11-15.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
There's a technique called EMDR-Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing. It's a simple technique that activates both sides of the brain," [Leslye Boban] explained. The technique has patients focus on their trauma while an external stimulus, like tapping, is applied to the head. "We're combining it with art therapy to help them release traumas without actually having to talk about the trauma. We're working with a counseling group to also do the same technique with the parents, because you can't work with the kids and open them up like that and go home to a chaotic, unstable environment."[Alt-Press Watch]
Accuracy Verified: Yes
59. Seidler, G. H., & Wagner, F. E. (2006, November). Comparing the efficacy of EMDR and trauma-focused cognitive-behavioral therapy in the treatment of PTSD: A meta-analytic study. Psychological Medicine, 36(11), 1515-1522. doi:10.1017/S0033291706007963.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Background: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and trauma-focused cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) are both widely used in the treatment of PTSD. There has, however, been debate regarding the advantages of one approach over the other. This study sought to determine whether there was any evidence that one treatment was superior to the other. Method: We performed a systematic review of the literature dating from 1989 to 2005 and identified 8 publications describing treatment outcomes of EMDR and CBT in active-active comparisons. 7 of these studies were investigated meta-analytically. Results: The superiority of one treatment over the other could not be demonstrated. Trauma-focused CBT and EMDR tend to be equally efficacious. Differences between the two forms of treatment are probably not of clinical significance. While the data indicate that moderator variables influence treatment efficacy, we argue that because of the small number of original studies, little benefit is to be gained from a closer examination of these variables. Further research is needed within the framework of randomized controlled trials. Conclusions: Our results suggest that in the treatment of PTSD, both therapy methods tend to be equally efficacious. We suggest that future research should not restrict its focus to the efficacy, effectiveness, and efficiency of these therapy methods but should also attempt to establish which trauma patients are more likely to benefit from one method or the other. What remains unclear is the contribution of the eye movement component in EMDR to treatment outcome. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Cognitive Therapy Meta Analysis Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
60. Kristjánsdóttir, K., & Lee, C. W. (2011). A comparison of visual versus auditory concurrent tasks on reducing the distress and vividness of aversive autobiographical memories. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(2), 34-41. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.2.34.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This study investigated the benefits of eye movement similar to that used in eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) on reducing the vividness and emotionality of negative autobiographical memories. It was hypothesized, based on the working memory model, that any task that disrupts working memory would reduce the vividness and emotionality of distressing memories. In addition, it was predicted that the more visual a memory, the greater the reduction in vividness by a concurrent visual task over an auditory task (counting). Thirty-six nonclinical participants were asked to recall an unpleasant autobiographical memory while performing each of three dual-attention tasks: eye movement, listening to counting, or control (short exposure). Results showed that vividness and emotionality ratings of the memory decreased significantly after eye movement and counting, and that eye movement produced the greatest benefit. Furthermore, eye movement facilitated greater decrease in vividness irrespective of the modality of the memory. Although this is not consistent with the hypothesis from a working memory model of mode-specific effects, it is consistent with a central executive explanation. Implications for enhancing exposure treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) are discussed.
Keywords: Autobiographical Memory Counting Method Eye Movement Vividness Working Memory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
61. Herbert, C. (2012, October). Complex trauma: Road to psychiatric dysfunction or path toward posttrauma growth?. Keynote at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Healthcare service providers, as well as, mental health practitioners, frequently associate the suffering of complex trauma with pathology, mental illness, personality disorders and severe psychiatric dysfunction. Clients are perceived as difficult to treat, interventions are guided by the nature of the psychiatric diagnosis and therapy focuses on crisis management and on helping clients to achieve reductions of symptoms that account for the psychiatric diagnosis. Although symptom reduction can be of great value and importance to sufferers, sole focus on this misses the great potential to engage a person in a transformative process that can lead to considerable inner strengthening, alignment and positive growth, as a result and in spite of their early traumatic experiences. This keynote introduces a shift in perspective away from the traditional focus on psychiatric dysfunction toward a model of positive growth for clients suffering from Complex Trauma and Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID). It is proposed that development of empathic empowerment of the individual toward greater personal authenticity, honesty, accountability and compassion can open the path toward posttrauma growth. However, in order to achieve such development specific parameters must be fulfilled. These parameters, which include therapist factors, the nature of the therapeutic relationship, an underlying therapeutic framework for working with complex trauma and the guiding principles and ingredients that nurture growth rather than dysfunction, will be outlined and illustrated through the use of client vignettes.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Posttraumatic Growth
Accuracy Verified: Yes
62. de Jongh, A. (2005, June). Could EMDR be a promising treatment in the immediate aftermath of a traumatic incident?. In "EMDR in action." Part 2. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Various studies have shown that the counselling routinely offered to people
in the immediate aftermath of a traumatic incident seldom protects them
from developing post-traumatic stress -and could even delay their recovery.
On the other hand, clinical experience suggests that in many cases with the
proper utilization of EMDR an almost spontaneous integration of perceptions
of sensory input and the cognitive components of the experience takes
place. Although controlled data about types of interventions. the optimal
time to intervene or predictors of response and recovery are still lacking.
within the organization D.O.E.N., providing critical incident stress
management services in the Netherlands, there is broad experience in
utilizing EMDR with clients who exhibit severe early symptoms following
trauma and who need 'first-aid' treatment. EMDR treatment is generally
started when there is no evidence of change or recovery within the course
of 1 or 2 weeks. Since there is a tremendous unmet need, there is an
important challenge to demonstrate in controlled research the advantages
of EMDR for those who suffer from symptoms of acute stress, for example in
emergency departments and/or the immediate aftermath of mass trauma. This presentation will focus on the rationale for early treatment with the use
of EMDR. This approach is illustrated by segments of video taped treatment
sessions of clients with symptoms of acute stress.
Keywords: Practice Symposium Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
63. Joseph, S. A. (2002, May). Counterpoint: Emperor's new clothes?. The Psychologist, 15(5), 242-243.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Argues that present-day scientific knowledge is inadequate to warrant the existence of a fully developed therapeutic approach based on eye movements or any other dual-attention task.
A comment on: Francine Shapiro and Louise Maxfield, "In the blink of an eye," Psychologist 15(3): 120-124 (March 2002. [Pilots]
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Professional Criticism PTSD Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
64. Singer, M. T., & Lalich, J. (1996). Crazy therapies: What are they? Do they work?. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
The relationship between patient and therapist is unique in important ways when compared to relationships between clients and other professionals such as physicians, dentists, attorneys, and accountants. The key difference is present from first contact: it is not clearly understood exactly what will transpire. There is no other professional relationship in which consumers are more in the dark than when they first go to see a therapist.
In other fields, the public is fairly well informed about what the professional does. Tradition, the media, and general experience have provided consumers with a baseline by which to judge what transpires. If you break your arm, the orthopedist explains she will take an X ray and set the bone; she tells you something about how long the healing will take if all goes well and gives you an estimate of the cost. When you go to a dentist, you expect him to look at your teeth, take a history, explain what was noted, and recommend a course of treatment with an estimate of time and cost. Your accountant will focus on bookkeeping, tax reports, and finances, and help you deal with regulatory agencies.
Consumers enter these relationships expecting that the training, expertise, and ethical obligations of the professional will keep the client's best interests foremost. Both the consumer and the professional are aware of each person's role, and it is generally expected that the professional will stick to doing what he or she is trained to do. The consumer does not expect his accountant to lure him into accepting a new cosmology of how the world works or to "channel" financial information from "entities" who lived thousands of years ago; or for his dentist to induce him to believe that the status of his teeth was affected by an extraterrestrial experimenting on him. Nor does the patient expect the orthopedist to lead him to think the reason he fell and broke his arm was because he was under the influence of a secret satanic cult.
But seeing a therapist is a far different situation for the consumer. In the field of psychotherapy there is no relatively agreed upon body of knowledge, no standard procedures that a client can expect. There are no national regulatory bodies, and not every state has governing boards or licensing agencies. There are many types and levels of practitioners. Often the client knows little or nothing at all about what type of therapy a particular therapist "believes in" or what the therapist is really going to be doing in the relationship with the client.
In meeting a therapist for the first time, most consumers are almost as blind as a bat about what will transpire between the two of them. At most, they might think they will probably talk to the therapist and perhaps get some feedback or suggestions for treatment. What clients might not be aware of is the gamut of training, the idiosyncratic notions, and the odd practices that they may be exposed to by certain practitioners.
Consumers are a vulnerable and trusting lot. And because of the special, unpredictable nature of the therapeutic relationship, it is easy for them to be taken advantage of. This makes it all the more incumbent on therapists to be especially ethical and aware of the power their role carries in our society. The misuse and abuse of power is one of the central factors in what goes wrong.
Questions to Ask Your Prospective Therapist
Ultimately, a therapist is a service provider who sells a service. A prospective client should feel free to ask enough questions to be able to make an informed decision about whether to hire a particular therapist.
We have provided a general list of questions to ask a prospective therapist, but feel free to ask whatever you need to know in order to make a proper evaluation. Consider interviewing several therapists before settling on one, just as you might in purchasing any product.
Draw up your list of questions before phoning or going in for your first appointment. We recommend that you ask these questions in a phone interview first, so that you can weed out unlikely candidates and save yourself the time and expense of initial visits that don't go anywhere.
If during the process a therapist continues to ask you, "Why do you ask?" or acts as though your questioning reflects some defect in you, think carefully before signing up. Those types of responses will tell you a lot about the entire attitude this person will express toward you - that is, that you are one down and he is one up, and that furthermore you are quaint to even ask the "great one" to explain himself.
If you are treated with disdain for asking about what you are buying, think ahead: how could this person lead you to feel better, plan better, or have more self-esteem if he begins by putting you down for being an alert consumer? Remember, you may be feeling bad and even desperate, but there are thousands of mental health professionals, so if this one is not right, keep on phoning and searching.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
65. Lee, C. (2008). Crucial processes in EMDR - More than imaginal exposure. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(4), 262-268. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.4.262.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The processes that underlie the effectiveness of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR)
are examined by evaluating the procedural differences between it and exposure therapy. Major factors
include the degree of emphasis placed on reliving versus distancing in the therapies and the degree to
which clients are encouraged to focus on direct trauma experiences versus experiences associated with
the trauma. Research results indicate that, unlike traditional imaginal exposure, reliving responses in
EMDR did not correlate with symptom improvement. Instead, consistent with an information processing
model, the degree of distancing in EMDR was significantly associated with improvement. A case study
is described to highlight these methodological divergences in the respective therapies relating to reliving.
Finally, the research regarding the possible sources of the distancing response within EMDR was
examined. The results indicate that the distancing process was more likely to be an effect produced by
eye movements than by any therapist instructions. Theoretical and research evaluations indicate that the
mechanisms underlying EMDR and traditional exposure therapy are different.
Keywords: Exposure Therapy Information Processing Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Reliving
Accuracy Verified: Yes
66. Luber, M. (2009). Current anxiety and behavior. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 133-141). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This protocol is for clients with anxieties not related to major trauma. The focus here is the Standard EMDR Protocol. This is a summary of the Current Anxiety and Behavior Protocol scripted by Marilyn Luber (Shapiro, 2001, 2006). For current anxiety and behavior problems, the Standard EMDR Protocol should be applied to the following targets (assuming they are available): Past memories; Present triggers; and a Future template. The Current Anxiety and Behavior Protocol Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Current Anxiety Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
67. Maxfield, L. (2002, June). Current research perspectives: What we know and don’t know about EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Besides providing an overview of current EMDR research, this presentation examine related clinical implications. Although EMDR is efficacious in PSTD treatment, different studies have achieved a range of results. Factors that might account for this disparity are examined, and their therapeutic relevance is emphasized. Possible explanations for poor outcomes in phobia/panc disorder studies are discussed, with treatment recommendations highlighted. Although fingings for the contribution of eye-movements are inconclusive, this research suggests aspects of dual attention stimulation that could be clinically monitored. Finally, suggestions are made to assist clinicians in objectively assessing client progress and evaluating edivence from their own practices.
Keywords: Research
Accuracy Verified: Yes
68. Spector, J., & Read, J. (1999, July). The current status of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Clinical Psychology and Psychotherapy, 6(3), 165-174. doi:10.1002/(SICI)1099-0879(199907).
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy (EMDR) has increasingly been proposed as an effective therapeutic procedure for post-traumatic stress disorder and other mental health problems. However, views on EMDR in the research literature have been polarized. Reasons for this are explored as is the nature and theoretical basis of EMDR. Fifteen controlled studies thus far published on EMDR and PTSD are reviewed, and it is concluded that (i) EMDR is an effective psychotherapy, (ii) EMDR's relative efficacy in comparison to behavioural exposure therapies has yet to be established, (iii) the role of eye movements and laterality in attentional focus remains controversial and (iv) a direct link between the theoretical basis of the therapy and observable psychological and neurobiological changes has yet to be established. [Wiley]
Keywords: Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Reprocessing Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
69. Egli-Bernd, H. (2012, Januar). Das neue EMDR dialog‐protokoll, die kognitionen und ihre zentrale bedeutung bei der EMDR arbeit mit komplexen problemstellungen [The new dialogue EMDR protocol: The cognitions and their central role in the EMDR work with complex problems]. Präsentation am Institut für Traumazentrierte Therapie und Beratung, Zürich.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Die Erfahrung zeigt, dass die erfolgreiche Arbeit mit EMDR häufig wesentlich von der treffenden und
emotional bedeutungsvollen Wahl der Kognitionen abhängt. Die Erfahrung zeigt aber ebenfalls, dass diese
richtige Auswahl oft zur schwierigen Hürde werden kann beim Einstieg in komplexe EMDR‐Arbeit in Phase 3,
und zwar nicht nur für AnfängerInnen, sondern auch für erfahrene EMDR TherapeutInnen.
Dies vor allem dann, wenn der Fokus der Arbeit nicht auf klar definierten klassischen traumatischen
Einzelereignissen, sondern auf komplexen, frühen Lebensthemen liegt. Das Herausarbeiten tiefgreifender,
emotional bedeutsamer Kognitionen fällt bei solchen Themen den Betroffenen oft besonders schwer. Diese
Situation erzeugt häufig Verunsicherung bei den Klienten und Therapeuten und stellt eine Herausforderung
für die erfolgreiche und effiziente Anwendung von EMDR dar.
Mittlerweile ist in der Bindungs‐ und Traumaforschung herausgearbeitet worden, dass frühe Störungen sehr
häufig eine dissoziative Struktur bei den Betroffenen zur Folge haben. Wir müssen also davon ausgehen,
dass es in diesen Fällen auch um eine „subtile“ Dissoziation geht, die sich bei der EMDR Arbeit in Phase 3 u.a.
durch Probleme mit der Erarbeitung der Kognitionen manifestieren kann.
In den letzten Jahren habe ich das EMDR Dialog‐Protokoll entwickelt, das den Umgang mit solch komplexen
EMDR Situationen in der Phase 3 wesentlich erleichtert. Im Oktober 2009 wurde eine Kurzversion meiner
Arbeit zu diesem speziellen EMDR Protokoll im deutschen EMDR Rundbrief veröffentlicht und im August
2011 wird eine englische Übersetzung im EMDR Journal for Research & Practice veröffentlicht.
Der Workshop soll einerseits die Bedeutung der Kognitionen für die erfolgreiche EMDR Arbeit nochmals
klären sowie die dazugehörigen theoretischen Grundlagen aus der Neurobiologie, der Bindungstheorie und
den Theorien der Strukturellen Dissoziation und Ego‐State Theorie zusammenfassen. Sodann wird das
Dialog‐Protokoll im Detail erläutert und mittels Fallbeispielen in der praktischen Anwendung dargestellt.
Ein praktischer Teil des Workshops ist dem Üben von Phase 3 mit dem Dialogprotokoll vorbehalten. Die
TeilnehmerInnen sollen anhand von konkreten eigenen Beispielen die Phase 3 mit Anwendung des Dialog‐
Protokolls üben, um für die Praxis eine auf Selbsterfahrung basierende praktische Erfahrung mitzunehmen.
Es geht dabei um das Erfassen von Phase 3 bis zum VOC, nicht um eine komplette Selbsterfahrung mit
EMDR. Dabei soll die emotionale Relevanz der stimmigen und tiefgreifenden Kognition erfahrbar werden.
Wenn es der zeitliche Rahmen erlaubt, können eigene Fälle zur Diskussion gestellt werden. Der Workshop
soll eine kollegiale Diskussion von Problemen in der EMDR Anwendung ermöglichen und neue Perspektiven
eröffnen helfen.
Experience shows that successful work often with EMDR significantly taken from and
emotionally meaningful choice of cognition depends. But experience shows also that these
Proper selection can often be difficult to hurdle in entering complex EMDR work in phase 3,
and not only for beginners but also for experienced EMDR therapists.
This especially when the focus of the work of non-traumatic on clearly defined classical
Individual events, but on complex, early-life subjects. Working out of profound,
emotionally meaningful cognition falls on such topics stakeholders often particularly difficult. This
Situation often creates uncertainty among clients and therapists and offers a challenge
represents for the successful and efficient use of EMDR
Meanwhile, it has been worked into the binding and trauma research that very early interference
often have a dissociative structure among those affected the result. We must therefore assume
that in these cases, a "subtle" dissociation is, among other things, at the EMDR work in phase 3
may be manifested by problems with the development of cognition.
In recent years I have developed the dialogue EMDR protocol, how to deal with such complex
EMDR situations in phase 3 easier. In October 2009, a short version of my
Work on this specific EMDR protocol in German newsletter published EMDR and in August
2011 an English translation of the EMDR Journal for Research & Practice is published.
The workshop on the one hand the importance of cognition in the successful EMDR should work again
and clarify the related theoretical principles from neurobiology, attachment theory and
summarize the theories of Structural Dissociation and ego state theory. Then, the
Dialog protocol described in detail and illustrated using case studies in practical applications.
A practical part of the workshop is reserved for the practice of dialogue with the Phase 3 protocol. The
By means of concrete examples to own participants, phase 3 of the dialogue with application-
Exercise protocol in order for the practice to bring a hands-on experience based on personal experience.
This involves having to capturing phase 3 to the VOC, not a complete self-awareness
EMDR. It is the emotional relevance of coherent and profound cognition can be experienced.
If it is the time frame allowed to own cases are presented for discussion. The workshop
should enable a collegial discussion of issues in application of EMDR and new perspectives
help open up.
Keywords: Cognitions Dialogue Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
70. Cornil, L. (2013, April). De kracht van het NU in EMDR [The power of NOW in EMDR]. Presentatie op Het congres EMDR Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Deze uiteenzetting brengt een theoretisch-filosofische kijk op het tijdsconcept in EMDR. Sinds het prille begin speelt het tijdsconcept een centrale rol in de EMDR benadering. Aan de basis van het AIP model ligt het idee dat geheugennetwerken vervrozen zijn in de tijd (Shapiro 1995). De informatie is op een disfunctionele manier gestockeerd in het vervrozen nu en kan op elk moment worden getriggerd. In EMDR hebben patiënten (en therapeuten) het moeilijk om het NU van de negatieve cognitie te pakken te krijgen. Patiënten begrijpen niet wat gevraagd wordt en raken verward wanneer therapeuten vragen wat ze nu over zichzelf denken als ze denken aan toen. In de EMDR basistraining wordt aangegeven dat het vinden van een adequate negatieve cognitie een moeilijk deel is van het EMDR protocol, maar wel een noodzakelijk deel.
Het NU is wat op dit moment gebeurt. Er is geen verleden, enkel de huidige perceptie van het verleden. Net zoals er geen toekomst is, enkele de huidige perceptie van mogelijkheden. Het heden is datgene waarmee men zich identificeert: wat je ziet, geloof je: wat je op een gegeven moment gewaarwordt, wordt de realiteit van het NU. Wanneer de patiënt getriggerd wordt in de perceptie van het kind, wordt de patiënt het kind en de tijdsperceptie wijzigt.
Het punt dat in deze uiteenzetting naar voor wordt gebracht, is dat verandering ontstaat wanneer de patiënt stopt met zich te vereenzelvigen met het verleden dat daardoor het NU wordt. In EMDR wordt de patiënt door de therapeut uitgenodigd om dingen te laten gebeuren en te merken wat er verandert. Tijd heeft beweging nodig om te bestaan: de wijzers van de klok, de zon in de lucht, de rimpels die verschijnen op de huid verwijzen allemaal naar tijd. In plaats van de pijnlijke informatie op een afstand te proberen houden, die zich bevindt in de niet-tijd zonder beweging, wordt de patiënt juist uitgenodigd om de beweging te observeren die kan ontstaan door de positie van de dubbele aandacht in te nemen: één voet in de reële tijd en één voet in de niet-tijd. We zullen linken met mindfullness aangeven.
This statement brings a theoretical-philosophical perspective on the concept of time in EMDR. Since the very beginning the concept of time plays a central role in the EMDR approach. At the base of the AIP model is the idea that in the memory networks vervrozen time (Shapiro, 1995). The information is stored in a dysfunctional way vervrozen now and can be triggered at any time. In EMDR, patients (and therapists) is difficult to the NOW of the negative cognition to catch. Patients do not understand what is required and get confused when therapists ask what they think about themselves when they think of when. In the EMDR basic training indicated that finding an adequate negative cognition is a difficult part of the EMDR protocol, but a necessary part.
The NOW is what is currently happening. There is no past, only the current perception of the past. Just as there is no future, some of the current perception of opportunities. The present is that with which one identifies: what you see, you believe what you become aware at any given time, the reality of the NOW. When the patient is triggered in the perception of the child, the patient is a child and time perception changes.
The point in this discussion forward is brought, is that change occurs when the patient stops to identify with the past that result it is NOW. In EMDR, the patient by the therapist invited to make things happen and to notice what is changing. Time needs movement to exist: the clockwise direction, the sun in the sky, the wrinkles that appear on the skin all refer to time. In place of the painful information try to keep at a distance, which is located in the non-time without movement, the patient is invited to precisely observing the movement which may be caused by the position of the double attention to take: a foot in real time, and a foot in the non-time. We will link with mindfulness state.
Keywords: Present Focus
Accuracy Verified: Yes
71. Black, J., & Gauvreau, P. (2010, Avril/Mai). De la problématique, à la cible, à la désensibilisation [Of the problem, the target, the desensitization]. Atelier présenté à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Il peut être parfois un défi pour les thérapeutes EMDR à aider les clients à identifier les cibles de travail EMDR lorsque la personne se présente avec un problématique généralisée ou des enjeux « non-traumatiques » par exemple, certains associés à l’estime personnel, l’affirmation de soi, les habiletés relationnelles pour lesquelles des événements traumatiques « petits-t » où les liens ou expériences à cibler ne sont pas facilement identifiables. Cet atelier à pour objectif de permettre aux cliniciens à mieux aider leur clients à préciser d’avantage les enjeux et les cibles de travail potentielles avec l’EMDR; ainsi que de faciliter à ce que le client puisse, à partir de la problématique, de la cible et de l’image, mieux trouver les cognitions/croyances négatives activées. Dans ce processus, on vise aussi à accentuer l’importance de la phase 1 (l’histoire de la personne). Également, l’atelier se penchera sur l’importance de bien identifier/cerner la croyance négative sous-jacente au moment d’amorcer le travail avec les cibles identifiées, afin de maximiser les effets du retraitement et de favoriser la généralisation.
À travers des présentations didactiques, des vignettes cliniques et des exercices de groupes, les participant(e)s pourront développer des stratégies pour mieux conceptualiser les plans de traitement EMDR avec ces types de problématiques. Également, les cliniciens seront amenés à réfléchir sur les thèmes des enjeux travaillés et leurs liens avec les cognitions négatives identifiées, sous les thèmes de responsabilité, sécurité et choix personnel. (Tous les niveaux)
It can sometimes be a challenge for EMDR therapists to help clients identify targets EMDR work when the person presents with a widespread issue or issues "non-traumatic" for example, some associated with the estimated personnel, assertiveness, interpersonal skills for which the traumatic events "small-t" which links or targeting experiments are not easily identifiable. This workshop aims to enable clinicians to better help their clients to clarify issues and benefit the target potential working with EMDR, as well as to facilitate the client can, using the issue of and the target image, find the best cognitions / beliefs turned negative. In this process, it also aims to highlight the importance of phase one (the story of the person). Also, the workshop will focus on the importance of identifying / understanding the underlying negative belief at the time to begin work with the targets identified in order to maximize the effects of reprocessing and to promote generalization. Through didactic presentations, clinical vignettes and group exercises, the participant (s) will develop strategies to better conceptualize the EMDR treatment plans with these types of issues. Also, clinicians will need to reflect on themes and issues worked their links with negative cognitions
Keywords: Target
Accuracy Verified: Yes
72. van Eijk, M. & ter Braak, A. (2008, Maart). De noodkreet van het lijf: Het lichaam spreekt [The cry of the body: The body speaks]. Presentatie aan de derde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
De gevolgen van psychotrauma manifesteren zich in de meeste gevallen in de vorm van herbelevingen, vermijding, emotionele ontregeling, concentratiestoornissen en dergelijke.
Lichamelijke klachten worden inmiddels ook steeds vaker herkend als een van de gevolgen van PTSS.
In deze workshop wordt naast aandacht voor de theoretische achtergrond van psychofysiologische reacties, ingegaan op wat men als EMDR- therapeut in de praktijk kan tegenkomen: dit kan variëren van selectief mutisme tot stigmata en van verlammingsverschijnselen tot visus uitval. Een en ander wordt geïllustreerd aan de hand van voorbeelden en videomateriaal.
The effects of psychotrauma manifest themselves in most cases in the form of reexperiencing, avoidance, emotional disturbance, impaired concentration and the like.
Physical symptoms are also now increasingly being recognized as one of the effects of PTSD.
This workshop will next focus on the theoretical background of psycho-physiological responses, discuss what they like EMDR therapist in practice may encounter: this may range from selective mutism to stigmata and paralysis to vision loss. This is illustrated by examples and video material.
Keywords: Body Psychophysiological Responses Somatic
Accuracy Verified: Yes
73. Rijken, T. A. (2012). De werkzaamheid van eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Ondersteuning voor een afleidingstheorie [The efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Support for a theoretical derivation]. Universiteit Utrecht, Utrecht, Netherlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
De eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) interventie wordt veelvoudig gebruikt in de gezondheidszorg en is een van de meest onderzochte interventies voor posttraumatische stress-stoornis. De populariteit van deze interventie kan mede worden toegeschreven aan de aangetoonde werkzaamheid van EMDR voor het verminderen van traumasymptomen. EMDR is een behandeling die bedoeld is om de helderheid en aversiviteit van traumaherinneringen te verminderen. Tijdens de interventie staat het ophalen van traumatische herinneringen en tegelijkertijd het maken van oogbewegingen centraal. De laatste jaren zijn labstudies toegepast om te achterhalen hoe EMDR precies werkt. Uit deze studies blijkt dat de belasting van het werkgeheugen door een duale taak een belangrijk component van EMDR is. Het werkgeheugen heeft namelijk een beperkte capaciteit. Dit zorgt ervoor dat er minder capaciteit beschikbaar is voor de traumatische herinnering wanneer deze tijdens de behandeling wordt belast met een taak (bv. oogbewegingen). De werkgeheugentheorie is bruikbaar, maar er is wellicht een simpelere verklaring voor de werkzaamheid van EMDR: afleiding. Het is praktisch te weten hoe EMDR werkt zodat er meer duidelijkheid ontstaat over hoe EMDR precies moet worden toegepast. Daarnaast is het begrip van de werking van EMDR belangrijk voor het vaststellen van eventuele bruikbaarheid bij meerdere stoornissen. Het doel van huidig experiment is het kritisch onderzoeken of er een verschil is tussen het ophalen van een negatieve herinnering met een visuele afleidingstaak en het ophalen van een negatieve herinnering met het maken van oogbewegingen op de mate van levendigheid en emotionaliteit. Daarnaast dient het onderzoek als replicatie van Kavanagh et al. (2001) die hetzelfde beoogde te onderzoeken, maar geen rekening hield met de cognitieve belasting van de taken. Uit de resultaten van het huidige onderzoek blijkt dat de oogbewegingstaak en de visuele afleidingstaak verschillen in de mate van vertraging op de reactietijdtaak. De oogbewegingen leiden tot een grotere vertraging. Desondanks laten de resultaten van het experiment zien dat tijdens het toepassen van de interventies de visuele ruis tot grotere reductie van zowel levendigheid als emotionaliteit leidt in vergelijking met de oogbewegingen en het niets doen. Oogbewegingen laten intermediaire resultaten zien. Het lijkt er op dat de resultaten in strijd zijn met de gangbare werkgeheugentheorie en de ‘afleidingstheorie’ ondersteunen als verklaring voor de werkzaamheid van EMDR. Het is wellicht afleiding dat voldoende zou kunnen zijn om de werkzaamheid van EMDR te bewerkstelligen. Meer onderzoek is nodig om deze resultaten te ondersteunen.
The Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) intervention is multiple used in health care and is one of the most studied treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder. The popularity of this intervention may also be attributed to the demonstrated efficacy of EMDR for reducing trauma symptoms. EMDR is a treatment designed to reduce the brightness and aversiviteit memories of trauma reduction. During the intervention is retrieving traumatic memories while making eye movements centrally. In recent years labstudies used to determine how EMDR works. These studies show that the load on working memory by a dual task is an important component of EMDR. The memory has a limited capacity ie. This ensures that there is less capacity available for the traumatic memory during treatment when it is subjected to a task (eg eye movements). The working memory theory is useful, but there may be a simpler explanation for the efficacy of EMDR: distraction. It is practical to know how EMDR works so that more clarity about exactly how EMDR should be applied. In addition, the concept of the operation of EMDR important for determining the potential usefulness in multiple disorders. The purpose of the present experiment is to critically examine whether there is a difference between getting a negative memory with a visual distraction task and retrieval of a negative memory making eye movements on the degree of vividness and emotionality. Research must also as a replication of Kavanagh et al (2001) that the same was intended to investigate, but took no account of the cognitive load of the tasks. The results of the present study show that the oogbewegingstaak and visual distraction task differences in the extent of delayed response task. The eye movements lead to a longer delay. Nevertheless, the results of the experiment show that while applying the intervention visual noise to greater reduction in both vividness and emotionality results in comparison with the eye movements and do nothing. Eye movements show intermediate results. It seems that the results are contrary to the usual working memory theory and the "distraction theory 'support as an explanation for the efficacy of EMDR. It might distractions that may be sufficient to establish the efficacy of EMDR to achieve. More research is needed to support these results.
Keywords: Theory Derivation Working Memory Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
74. Velozo, S. A. C. (2010, Noviembre). Desarrollo y procedimiento del método psicoterapéutico llamado E.M.D.R (Desensibilización y reprocesamiento por movimiento ocular) con pacientes que sufren trastorno por estrés postraumático [Procedure development and method of psychotherapy called EMDR (eye movement desentization and reprocessing) with patients suffering from posttraumatic stress disorder]. Universidad Bolivariana, Escuela de Psicologia, Santiago, Chile.
Language: Spanish
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
El siguiente trabajo consta de una revision bibliografica sobre el modelo psicoterapeutico llamado E.M.D.R (Desensibilizacion y Reprocesamiento por Movimiento Ocular), utilizado en patalogias psiquicas que se originan por una vivencia traumatica, esta tecnica es vilidada cientificamente y enfatiza el Sistema de Procesaiento de Informacion intrinseco del cerebro y como son almacenadas las memorias. Se identifica el problema especifico que sera el foco del tratamiento. Mediante un protocol estructuado, la informacion que estaba atrapada y aislada en la neuro-red en la que habia sido almacenada en su forma originalmente perturbadora, es procesada y desensibilizada transformandose en algo util, functional y libre de conflict. Es un metodo psicopterapeutico innovador que accelera el tratamiento en un amplio rango de patalogias de origen psicologico, como le es el Trastorno por Estres Postraumatico. Parte por una breve resena historica del concepto de truma psiquico, descripcion del cuadro de sintomas del trastorno de ester postraumatico y una revision bibliografica sobre el modelo teorico en el que se inserta principios y procedimiento de la terapia EMDR. Por ello se presentan las fases del procedimiento, que son: 1. Historica clinica y plan de tratamiento, 2. Preparacion, 3 Evaluacion/D.I.C. E.S., 4. Desensibilizacion, 5. Instalacion de la creencia positive, 6. Chequeo corporal – Escaner corporal, 7. Cierre – Conclusion, and 8. Reevaluacion/Seguimiento. Finalmente se hara una docil comparacion con las terapias del modelo convencional en base a la triada do los sintomas del Trastorno por Estres Postraumatico, vale decir: rexpermentacion, evitacion e hiperactivacion.
The following work consists of a literature review on the psychotherapeutic model called EMDR (Desensitization and Reprocessing Eye Movement), used in psychic patalogias that are caused by a traumatic experience, this technique is scientifically and emphasizes vilidada System Information Procesaiento intrinsic brain and how memories are stored. It identifies the specific problem will be the focus of treatment. Using a structured protocol, information that was trapped and isolated in the neuro-network that had been stored as originally disturbing is processed and transformed into something useful desensitized, functional and free of conflict. It is an innovative method accelerates psicopterapeutico treatment in a wide range of psychological origin patalogias, as he is Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Party by a brief history of the concept of psychic Truma, description of box ester disorder symptoms and posttraumatic literature review on the theoretical model that is inserted in the principles and procedure of EMDR therapy. So are procedural steps which are: 1. Historical clinical and treatment plan, 2. Preparation, 3 Evaluation / D.I.C. E.S., 4. Desensitization, 5. Installation of positive belief, 6. Check body - body scanner, 7. Close - Conclusion, and 8. Reassessment / Follow-up. Finally there will be a docile compared to the conventional therapies based on the triad do the symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder, namely: rexpermentacion, avoidance and hyperarousal.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
75. Alblas, E. E. (2012). Desensitisation and facilitation of memory after eye movements: An effort to solve an apparent contradiction. Utrecht, Nederlands: Universiteit Utrecht.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Post-traumatic stress syndrome (PTSD) is a disorder characterized by frequent vivid memories of a traumatic event. A current effective treatment for PTSD is Eye Movement Desensitisation Reprocessing treatment (EMDR). A model to explain the desensitizing effects by eye movements is the dual task hypothesis of working memory (WM). This posits that eye movements as second task exceed WM capacity, thus blurring subsequent reconsolidation of the (traumatic) memory. Eye movements prior to recall however have also been observed to facilitate memory. This thesis reviews several models to analyse whether the conflicting findings could result from one underlying process, or whether procedural differences in study design are likely to generate the opposing effects.
Keywords: Memory Desensitization Memory Facilitation Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
76. Vojtova, H., Bob, P., & Ptacek, R. (2012). Desenzitizace a zpracování pomocí očních pohybů (EMDR) - psychologické a neurobiologické souvislosti terapie posttraumatické stresové poruchy [Desensitization and processing using eye movements (EMDR) - A psychological therapy connection neurobiological posttraumatic stress disorder]. Československá psychologie, 56(5), 463-472.
Language: Czech
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desenzibilizace a přepracování (EMDR) představuje slibný přístup k léčbě posttraumatické stresové poruchy. Empirické poznatky poskytují důkazy o vlivu EMDR na snížení subjektivně vnímané živostí a emocionální zátěž z autobiographic vzpomínek a na snížení vzrušení autonomního nervového systému přesouváním rovnováhy směrem aktivace parasympatiku. Poslední hypotézy naznačují, že účinky EMDR spoléhají na neurobiologických mechanismů pracujících v duálním zaměřit pozornost, orientující reflex a REM spánek. Toto přepracování se zdá vyvolat specifickou neurobiological odpověď, že dělá pro zpracování informací v centrálním nervovém systému efektivnější, zejména u jedinců s PTSD.
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) represents a promising approach to treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder. The empirical findings provide evidence for the effect of EMDR on decreasing of subjectively perceived vividness and emotional burden of autobiographic memories and on reducing arousal of the autonomic nervous system by shifting the balance towards parasympathetic activation. Recent hypotheses suggest that the effects of EMDR rely on neurobiological mechanisms employed in dual focus attention, orienting reflex and REM sleep. This reprocessing seems to provoke a specific neurobiological response that makes the information processing in central nervous system more efficient, particularly in individuals with PTSD [Author Abstract].
Keywords: Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
77. Softic, R, & Becirovic, E, (2009, Septembra). Desenzitizacija pokretima ociju i reprocesiranje (EMDR): Kada su rijeci nemocne [Desensitization of eye movements and reprocessing (EMDR): When words are disabled]. Prvi Psihoterapijski Simpozijum Bosne I Hercegovine Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina.
Language: Serbian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Neki ljudi doţive traumatska stanja koja ne mogu u potpunosti opisati rijeĉima. Mnogi od njih nikada ni ne progovore o tome što su doţivjeli. Ali patnja se u njima nastavlja i organizam, a ĉesto i okolina plaćaju ogromnu cijenu. U takvim sluĉajevima psihoterapija koja koristi rijeĉi je nemoćna. Istraţivanja upućuju da jedna, relativno nova psihoterapijska metoda desenzitizacija pokretima oĉiju i reprocesiranje (EMDR), moţe pomoći i takvim osobama.
Kada neko iskusi ozbiljnu psihološku traumu, ĉini se da dolazi do narušavanja ravnoteţe u nervnom sistemu. Ta ravnoteţa je, moguće, narušena i posredstvom razliĉitih medijatora poput adrenalina, serotonina, dopamina, kortizola itd. Zbog takve neravnoteţe onemogućeno je optimalno funkcioniranje sistema za procesiranje informacija, a informacije vezane uz traumatiĉan dogaĊaj poput slika, zvukova, afekata i fiziĉkih senzacija se zadrţavaju u disfunkcionalnom, uznemirujućem obliku. Danas izranja shvatanje da postoji неуролошки balans u razliĉitim fiziološkim sistemima što omogućuje da informacije budu procesirane na adaptivan naĉin. EMDR kod nekih traumatiziranih djeluje ĉak i kada osoba ne moţe govoriti o tome što je preţivjela. Ono što je bitno jeste da se fokusira na traumatski dogaĊaj i da suraĊuje sa terapeutom u procesu stimulisanja dualne paţnje što omogućava adaptivno procesiranje informacija. Adaptivno procesiranje znaĉi uspostavljanje adekvatnih asocijacija i pojavu da iskustvo biva konstruktivno ugraĊeno u pozitivne kognitivne i emocionalne sheme pojedinca. Odnosno, oslobaĊa od simptoma i omogućava da se nova iskustva doţive bez blokirajućeg uticaja traume.
Some people doţive traumatic conditions that can not fully describe in words. Many of them never to speak of it as doţivjeli. But the suffering in them continues and the body, and environment, and often pay a huge price. In such cases psychotherapy that uses words of the powerless. Research suggests that a relatively new psychotherapeutic methods desensitization and reprocessing eye movement (EMDR), and can help such people.
When someone has experienced serious psychological trauma, it seems that there is a violation of equilibrium in the nervous system. This equilibrium is possible, and disrupted through a variety of mediators such as adrenaline, serotonin, dopamine, cortisol, etc.. Because of such imbalance prevented the optimal functioning of the system for information processing and information related to traumatic an event such as images, sounds, physical sensations and affects it retains in the dysfunctional, disturbing form. It emerges that there is understanding of neurological balance in different physiological systems, which allows information to be processed on adaptive manner. EMDR works by some traumatized even when the person can not talk about what is preţivjela. What is important is to focus on the traumatic events and to co-operate with the therapist in the process of stimulating the attention of the dual provides adaptive information processing. Adaptive processing means getting the right associations and the emergence of the experience of being a built-in positive constructive cognitive and emotional schemas of the individual. That is, oslobaĊa of symptoms and allows for new experiences doţive without blocking effects of trauma.
Keywords: Doţ ivjeli Preţ ivjela
Accuracy Verified: Yes
78. DeGraffenried, D. F. (2005, September). Developing EMDR practice in community mental health & agency settings: Working with clinical or administrative reluctantance. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR has not achieved full acceptance as a practice model within community
mental health and agency settings. Some agencies are reluctant to develop an EMDR practice due to administrative concerns, clinical apprehensions or implementation reluctance. This resistance has constrained the development of EMDR in communities of color, those that are impoverished and often in settings where post traumatic stress is the focus of treatment. This workshop
will identify the three common areas or agency reluctance concerning EMDR and will demonstrate the use af a simple assessment tool designed to identify where thc intervention is needed to accomplish change and support EMDR integration into the agency.
Keywords: Client or Administrative Reluctance Community Mental Health Agencies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
79. O'Connor, M., Russell, A., & Mueller, K. (2008, June). A discussion forum for child practitioners. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The aim of this workshop is to provide participants with an opportunity to join a discussion led by a group of Child
Trained EMDR Consultants. The focus of the discussion will be on the most frequently voiced queries, issues and
concerns raised by EMDR child practitioners in the various support and supervision groups across the UK.
Participants will be invited to join the discussion amongst Panel Members as they share learning arising from
their experiences of leading support and supervision groups where the practice issues range from work with very
young children to older teenagers including those with additional support needs. Members of the Panel are from
a range of professional disciplines and practice EMDR with children and adolescents in a variety of education,
health and community settings.
Keywords: Child Therapists
Accuracy Verified: Yes
80. Cotraccia, A. (2008, June). Disorganized attachment in the “worried well”: EMDR in the treatment of adjustment disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will begin with a focus on current Adjustment Disorder literature. This section will highlight
problems of intrapersonal and interpersonal attunement as defined from an Interpersonal Neurobiological
perspective. Furthermore, literature on attachment theory will explore the importance of contingent
communication in the development of an integrated mind. The relevance of intersubjective experience in
adaptive information processing will help participants learn to identify experiences of misattuned communication
as relational trauma. Information processing will further be explored as related to self states. An emphasis on
recognizing “cohesive vs coherent” self states will be made. The understanding of the multiplicity of the mind in
this section will provide a context for considering dissociation from an attachment theory perspective. In addition
the emergence of cohesive and “disaggregated” self states will be highlighted as a result of the disorganized
attachment experience. This particular type of relational trauma will be conceptualized as a betrayal trauma.
Disavowal of self states will be established as salient in the vagueness of presenting complaints in the patient
with an Adjustment Disorder. AIP case conceptualization of Adjustment Disorders will be established and a focus
for the remainder of the workshop. Identification of memory networks associated with disorganized/unresolved
experiences and integration of cohesive self states will follow. The 8 phased 3 pronged protocol or modified egostate
specific targeting will be highlighted with a case study. Participants will learn to organize a treatment plan
around negative cognitions, affects and behaviours reflected in the presenting problem and history.
Keywords: Adjustment Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
81. Forgash, C. (2010, September/October). Dissociation in the dental chair: Implications for the EMDR treatment of health issues. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR treatment is effective in dealing with many health problems (exacerbated by dissociation)encountered by many complex trauma clients. The negative sequelae of abuse on the physical and mental health of these clients includes flashbacks and dissociative episodes. They are frequently avoidant of health care, which can lead to further consequences. This presentation will focus on expanding the EMDR Preparation Phase; presenting strategies to deal with dissociation, emotional issues, and PTSD symptoms. The Desensitization and Reprocessing Phase will deal with earlier traumatic events, health issues and current and past dissociative events which are frequently at the root of these problems.
Keywords: Dissociation Health Issues
Accuracy Verified: Yes
82. Beere, D. B. (2003, September). The dissociative disorders: Update, current research, and applications of EMDR. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on current advances in the dissociative disorders, emphasizing scientific information supporting the diagnosis, recent advances in assessment, and the most current advances in treatment. The application and appropriateness of EMDR will be emphasized throughout the workshop and the most current applications of EMDR with dissociative disorders presented. Data will be presented that support EMDR-interventions with dissociative disorders.
Keywords: Dissociation Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
83. Furukawa, D. K. (1998, June). The dive method. EMDRIA Newsletter, 3(2), 26, 31.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
In life, we find that much of what holds us back is fear. This was the theme of the movies, “Defending Your Life,” in which, after dying, the main character must examine his life only to find that he continually made decisions which restrained his personal growth due to his fear and lack of belief in self. Certainly other emotions like shame and guilt, sadness and anger play key parts in the reprocessing of trauma. However, experience has shown that fear is quite often either related to the emotion that is associated with the trauma focus, or the stated emotion turns into fear as reprocessing commences.
Keywords: Dive Method Fear
Accuracy Verified: Yes
84. Ehlers, A., Bisson, J., Clark, D. M., Creamer, M., Pilling, S., Richards, D., Schnurr, P. P., Turner, S., & Yule, W. (2010, March). Do all psychological treatments really work the same in posttraumatic stress disorder?. Clinical Psychology Review 30(2), 269–276. doi:10.1016/j.cpr.2009.12.001.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
A recent meta-analysis by Benish, Imel, and Wampold (2008, Clinical Psychology Review, 28, 746-758) concluded that all bona fide treatments are equally effective in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). In contrast, seven other meta-analyses or systematic reviews concluded that there is good evidence that trauma-focused psychological treatments (trauma-focused cognitive behavior therapy and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) are effective in PTSD; but that treatments that do not focus on the patients' trauma memories or their meanings are either less effective or not yet sufficiently studied. International treatment guidelines therefore recommend trauma-focused psychological treatments as first-line treatments for PTSD. We examine possible reasons for the discrepant conclusions and argue that (1) the selection procedure of the available evidence used in Benish et al.'s (2008)meta-analysis introduces bias, and (2) the analysis and conclusions fail to take into account the need to demonstrate that treatments for PTSD are more effective than natural recovery. Furthermore, significant increases in effect sizes of trauma-focused cognitive behavior therapies over the past two decades contradict the conclusion that content of treatment does not matter. To advance understanding of the optimal treatment for PTSD, we recommend further research into the active mechanisms of therapeutic change, including treatment elements commonly considered to be non-specific. We also recommend transparency in reporting exclusions in meta-analyses and suggest that bona fide treatments should be defined on empirical and theoretical grounds rather than by judgments of the investigators' intent. Copyright © 2009 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
85. Lockhart, S. (2009, June 16). Do the eyes have it?. Psychology Today.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
A few years ago, my friend Ally, who had a somewhat unwarranted confidence in my knowledge of Things Psychological, asked if I knew anything about EMDR; she had suffered some severe childhood trauma, and was thinking of trying it. "EMDR?" I asked, "Is that a new street drug?" I guess that showed her what I knew. She explained that her therapist had suggested this relatively new technique, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, that had been shown to ease symptoms of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) in soldiers and rape victims. From what she understood, the therapist would help her to focus on her devastating memories of childhood abuse while directing her eyes to twitch rapidly from side to side. This, according to her shrink, would help her to better "process" her memories. "Sounds like hypnotism," I expertly analyzed. "Who knows, maybe it will work." More recently, when I wrote here about the neurobiological advantages of emotionally "finding a safe place," several readers also wrote in to ask me about EMDR. Now I understand why people want an expert opinion (and I'm no expert, by the way): a heap of controversy surrounds this popular technique.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
86. Shapiro, E., & Laub, B. (2008). Early EMDR intervention (EEI): A summary, a theoretical model, and the recent traumatic episode protocol (R-TEP). Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(2), 79-96. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.2.79.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article examines existing early EMDR intervention (EEI) procedures, presents a conceptual model, and proposes a new comprehensive protocol: the Recent-Traumatic Episode protocol (R-TEP). A review of research and important professional issues regarding application and parameters are presented. The commonly used EEI protocols and procedures are summarized, with the inclusion of descriptive case examples from the Lebanon war and a review of related research. Then a theoretical model is presented in which traumatic information processing is conceptualized as expanding from a narrow focus on the sensory image (perceptual level) to a wider focus on the event/episode (experiential level) and finally to a broad focus on the theme/identity (meaning level). The relationship of this model to the Recent-Traumatic Episode protocol is articulated and case examples are presented. Theoretical speculations are discussed relating to attention regulation and the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model. Further research is encouraged. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model AIP Cognitive Processes Crisis Intervention Early EMDR Intervention Emergency Room Patients Israel-Hezbollah War Israelis Prevention of PTSD Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Recent Events Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
87. Temple, M. (2011, October). Eating disorders and EMDR. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on EMDR in eating disorders, particularly Anorexia Nervosa, commencing with a review of the evidence base particularly in relation to EMDR and perspective on aetiology / causations. The discussion will focus on physical risks and need for combined multi-disciplinary working for safe management with a specific focus on published EMDR work and the importance of the preparatory / resource phase. Target areas for using EMDR including identified trauma, attachment / abandonment issues, fear of need / emotion, specific experiences of the anorexia itself and symptom areas such as body image distortion will all be considered leading to a possible overall ‘EMDR and Eating Disorders’ model. (Author abstract)
Keywords: Eating Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
88. Burt, H. (2006, Fall). Editorial. Canadian Art Therapy Association Journal, 19(2), 1.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
In this issue several common threads weave through the articles that look at working with specific populations, the importance of working with the community in community centres, trauma, and integrating other models into our work. First, a professor from the University of Montreal presents his work with developmentally delayed and dual diagnosed adults in a community centre in Montreal. Then a specialist in the field of community art studio methods adds a political context to her work and takes us on a journey of the development of a community art studio in Albuquerque, New Mexico. And, lastly, a professor at the University of Victoria shares his groundbreaking research in art therapy and EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing). The editorial also observes that it is always exciting to see Canadian Art Therapy researchers pioneer new areas and new ways of utilizing art therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Art Therapy Canadian Community Centre Community Art Studio Communities Delayed Development Developmentally Delayed Dual Diagnosed Adults Dual Diagnosis Editorial Political Context
Accuracy Verified: Yes
89. Freund, B., Ironson, G., & Bira, L. (2012, October). The effect of three treatments for recent trauma on trauma-related cognitions. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Objective: To determine whether (and which) of three brief (4 session) interventions would reduce trauma related cognitions: EMDR, stress management with a trauma focus (SMT), or four sessions of expanded Psychological First Aid (PFA).
Keywords: PFA Psychological First Aid SMT Stress Management with a Trauma Focus
Accuracy Verified: Yes
90. Silverman, S. J. (2011). Effecting peak athletic performance with neurofeedback, interactive metronome®, and EMDR: A case study. Biofeedback, 39(1), 40-42. doi:10.5298/1081-5937-39.1.08.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This case study chronicles the application and effects of a customized combination of therapies, including neurofeedback, Interactive Metronome® (IM), and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) created to help a professional athlete improve his brain function and performance. Brian, a 28-year-old professional baseball player, sought help for difficulty maintaining focus and concentration while playing baseball. He felt his challenges impeded his athletic performance, and he wanted to perform at the highest possible level during the upcoming spring training season. Brian's history combined with the results of a QEEG brain map led to a diagnosis of Attention Deficit Disorder–Inattentive Type. The individualized treatment program for Brian included neurofeedback to lower theta activity and increase beta, IM to improve coordination and timing, and EMDR to address his feelings of anger and lack of self-confidence. At the conclusion of his training, Brian described feeling “clear-headed” and was able to focus his mind when needed. His timing and coordination improved, and he showed a positive attitude about playing baseball and felt confident that he would perform well at spring training.
Keywords: Athelete Attention Deficit Disorder–Inattentive Type IM Interactive Metronome® Neurofeedback Performance ENhancement QEEG Brain Map
Accuracy Verified: Yes
91. Ueda, E., Yamanishi, K., & Fukui, Y. (2010, July). The effective way of controlling of habitual scratching on atopic dermatitis patients with social stress by using EMDR. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This study aims to cure refractory atopic dermatitis (AD) patients, by using EMDR, who severely suffer from habitual scratching
that may derive from their unbearable social stress. The prevalence of AD is 13.2% in 3 year-old children and 8.2% among 1st
grade university students in Japan, according to a Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare study, 2000 to 2002. The patients
with AD have been increasing in the past 20 years. Among these patients, 20% have more than moderate severity, and within
this group, some of the patients have chronic and refractory conditions with some psychosomatic factors. So far a great deal
of effort has been made to care those patients, however, there are still quite some patients who are distressed with their
difficult state of condition. We then focus on treatment of controlling habitual scratching of AD patients that may generally
derive from personal friction or social stress. We obtained fairly significant results with EMDR on which these patients came
to be able to control themselves, reduce their scratching, and also enhance their self-efficacy. These results suggested that
EMDR were useful for controlling the habitual scratching from stress of traumatic memory such as child abuse, bullying of
tragedy and effective for refractory AD patients.
Keywords: Atopic Dermatitis Habitual Stress Scratching
Accuracy Verified: Yes
92. Parker, A., Relph, S., & Dagnall, N. (2008, January). Effects of bilateral eye movements on the retrieval of item, associative, and contextual information. Neuropsychology, 22(1), 136-145. doi:10.1037/0894-4105.22.1.136.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Two experiments are reported that investigate the effects of saccadic bilateral eye movements on the retrieval of item, associative, and contextual information. Experiment 1 compared the effects of bilateral versus vertical versus no eye movements on tests of item recognition, followed by remember-know responses and associative recognition. Supporting previous research, bilateral eye movements enhanced item recognition by increasing the hit rate and decreasing the false alarm rate. Analysis of remember-know responses indicated that eye movement effects were accompanied by increases in remember responses. The test of associative recognition found that bilateral eye movements increased correct responses to intact pairs and decreased false alarms to rearranged pairs. Experiment 2 assessed the effects of eye movements on the recall of intrinsic (color) and extrinsic (spatial location) context. Bilateral eye movements increased correct recall for both types of context. The results are discussed within the framework of dual-process models of memory and the possible neural underpinnings of these effects are considered. [PsycINFO]
Keywords: Bilateral Stimulation BLS Eye Movements
Accuracy Verified: Yes
93. Johnson, M. D. (1996, June). Effects of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing on test anxiety. Texas Woman's University, Denton, TX. AAT 9716578.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) was introduced (Shapiro, 1989) as a treatment for traumatic memories. The necessity of eye movements or another activating stimuli in the treatment of test anxiety and the effectiveness of EMDR as a treatment for test anxiety is the focus of the present study. This study screened subjects for adequate study skills and the presence of test anxiety, and randomly assigned 45 subjects to one of three conditions: EMDR, EMDR with no activating stimuli (EMDR/NS; eyes closed), and a no treatment control group. The results of this study suggest that EMDR and EMDR/NS were equally effective in treating test anxiety and more effective than the control group as measured by the Achievement Anxiety Test, the Emotionality scale of the Test Anxiety Inventory (TAI), the Subjective Units of Disturbance scale, and the Validity of Cognition scale. Test performance and the Worry Scale of the TAI were not significantly impacted by the treatment groups. The inability of EMDR to impact the worry scale or the test performance of subjects in this study draws into question the usefulness of EMDR as a treatment of test anxiety. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 57(12-B), Jun 1997, pp. 7730.
Keywords: Empirical Study Test Anxiety
Accuracy Verified: Yes
94. Farkas, L. (2008, December). The effects of motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) - Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) on traumatized adolescents with conduct problems. Universite de Montreal, Canada. AAT NR55659.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Objective.- This dissertation explored the effectiveness of a treatment package, Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) in combination with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). This intervention was assessed in a sample of traumatized adolescents manifesting conduct problems (CPs) admitted to youth protective services. CP adolescents have been found to be particularly treatment-resistant and the treatments used with them often neglect to target the trauma that many of these youths have faced. Therefore, it seemed promising to implement a trauma-focused treatment with these youths that accounts for their resistance to treatment. MASTR-EMDR was studied with this population due to the favorable findings in the few studies assessing its use with high-risk populations. In addition to examining the effects of this treatment with CP youth exposed to various types of trauma, a particular focus was given to victims of sexual abuse (SA). This type of trauma seemed particularly suited for EMDR due to its circumscribed nature, which may be more easily worked through in this treatment that targets one trauma at a time.
Method.- Participants in the first study were 40 adolescents (ages 13-17) exhibiting CPs and exposed to trauma in youth protective services. A subsample (n = 30), consisting of victims of SA, was included in the second study. Participants in both studies were randomly assigned to MASTR-EMDR treatment or to a wait list condition where they were offered routine care. Self-report questionnaires and semi- structured interviews were administered to participants and one of their parents or caregivers by independent evaluators at three points in time: pre-treatment, post-treatment (12 weeks later) and follow-up (12 weeks after post-treatment). These measures evaluated trauma history, trauma-related sequelae, CPs, social competence and internalizing problems. The MASTR-EMDR sessions were administered once a week over a 12 week period, with each session lasting a maximum of 1.5 hours.
Results.- ANCOVAs and repeated measures ANCOVAs were used to assess treatment effects and the maintenance of gains at a 3-month follow-up. As predicted, MASTR-EMDR led to significant gains in outcome measures compared to routine treatment with both samples. In addition, gains were maintained at follow-up.
Conclusions.- This dissertation supports the use of MASTR-EMDR in populations exposed to general trauma and SA who exhibit CPs. This research was innovative in its implementation of a novel treatment-approach in youth protective services, where empirically-supported treatments are necessary and sometimes lacking. Therefore, the results have both clinical and scientific value and can help pave the way toward more trauma-focused treatments for CP youth, more evidence-based practices in youth protective services as well as enrich current understanding of the effects of this treatment approach.[Author Abstract]
Keywords: Conduct Problems Protective Services Psychotherapeutic Techniques Trauma Treatment Outcome Youth
Accuracy Verified: Yes
95. Ruozzi, A. (2002). Efficacia dell'EMDR nella psicoterapia del PTSD e dei ricordi traumatici [Effectiveness of EMDR psychotherapy on PTSD and traumatic memories]. Retrieved from http://www.psicotraumatologia.com/pubblicazioni_psicotraumatologia_italiane.htm on 10/13/2012.
Language: Italian
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
L’EMDR inoltre progredisce su altri due versanti: da un lato incorpora al suo interno spunti teorici ed applicativi provenienti da diversi paradigmi psicoterapeutici allo scopo di potenziare l’efficacia e la flessibilità (Shapiro, 1995); dall’altro lato, si cerca di applicare il metodo a disturbi che vanno oltre al PTSD. Attualmente nei differenti paesi del mondo le persone che hanno effettuato un training organizzato dall’EMDR Institute sono circa 30.000.In Italia i primi corsi sull’EMDR sono stati condotti nel febbraio 1999 e sono attualmente coordinati dall’Associazione EMDR Italia, a sua volta riconosciuta e patrocinata dalla EMDR Europe (Giannantonio, 2000). L’associazione ha sede a Milano e dispone di un sito internet: www.emdritalia.it.
Il dibattito sull’efficacia di questo metodo è tuttora aperto e sono numerose e contrastanti le ricerche che si sono svolte su questo argomento. La questione ha assunto a tratti i toni dello scontro ideologico e sono subentrati anche problemi di carattere commerciale, un metodo che si propone come più efficace e più rapido nella terapia di alcuni disturbi psicologici non può non essere valutato come un rivale, soprattutto in una realtà come quella del Nord America dove le spese per la psicoterapia sono pagate dalle assicurazioni (Giannantonio, 2000).
L’EMDR è uno dei metodi che vanta il maggior numero di conferme sperimentali nella psicoterapia del PTSD. Questo gli ha consentito nel 1995 di essere considerata “trattamento probabilmente efficace” (valutazione A/B) nella terapia del PTSD dalla Task Force on Psychological Intervention dell’American Psychological Association. Questa valutazione di efficacia è uguagliata solo dallo Stress Inoculation Training e dalle terapie basate sull’esposizione (Chambless et al., 1998).
Gli studi prodotti sull’efficacia dell’EMDR sono numerosi (per una rassegna vedi Giannantonio, 2000), molti sono criticabili perché mal strutturati e con grossi problemi di validità. Esistono tuttavia una serie di studi ben organizzati che si sono dimostrati inattaccabili sul piano metodologico...
Questi studi tuttavia commettono uno o più dei seguenti problemi:
1) Impiegano una o due sedute di EMDR con reduci del Vietnam forse anche a causa dell’equivoco suscitato dalla stessa Shapiro (1989) che riferiva risultati importanti nei confronti del PTSD con una sola seduta di EMDR nel 100% dei soggetti. Una tale concezione dell’EMDR non è quella più attuale e condivisa (Shapiro, 1995).
2) Trattano con l’EMDR solo uno o due episodi traumatici in soggetti che devono essere considerati “pluritraumatizzati” (Shapiro, 1999).
La presente Tesi è divisa in due parti: nella prima di carattere essenzialmente bibliografico ho analizzato la letteratura esistente sull’EMDR e sul PTSD.
Nel secondo capitolo descriverò il Disturbo Post-Traumatico da Stress analizzando i vari approcci teorici al problema del trauma.
Nel terzo capitolo verrà analizzata la teoria dell’EMDR ovvero il modello esplicativo ritenuto più adeguato che fa riferimento alla “elaborazione accelerata dell’informazione”.
Il quarto capitolo, che conclude la prima parte, riporta il protocollo standard di somministrazione dell’EMDR per adulti e adolescenti.
Nella seconda parte viene riportata la descrizione della ricerca che si sta producendo in collaborazione con l’EMDR Italia che si propone di valutare l’efficacia dell’EMDR. Nel quinto capitolo viene descritto il disegno sperimentale. Nel sesto capitolo viene analizzato il metodo di campionamento e i presupposti di validità della ricerca. Nel settimo capitolo sono descritti i test che si è deciso di analizzare nel corso della presente tesi. Infine l’ottavo capitolo si concentra sull’analisi dei primi dati emersi dalla ricerca e sulle prime conclusioni.
EnglishSpanishArabicAlpha
EMDR also progressing on two other fronts: on the one hand it incorporates theoretical insights and applications from different psychotherapeutic paradigms in order to enhance the effectiveness and flexibility (Shapiro, 1995), on the other hand, it tries to apply the method to problems that go beyond PTSD.
Currently in different countries of the world, people who have a training organized dall'EMDR Institute 30.000.In Italy are about the first courses on EMDR have been conducted in February 1999 and is currently coordinated by the Association EMDR Italy, in turn recognized and sponsored by the EMDR Europe (Giannantonio, 2000). The association is based in Milan and has a website: www.emdritalia.it.
The debate on the effectiveness of this method is still open and they are many and conflicting research that took place on this topic. The issue has assumed at times the tone of the ideological battle and were replaced also problems of a commercial nature, a method is proposed as a more effective and faster in the treatment of certain psychological disorders can not be assessed as a rival, especially in a situation such as North America where the cost of psychotherapy are paid by insurance (Giannantonio, 2000).
EMDR is one of the methods which has the highest number of experimental confirmation in psychotherapy for PTSD. This enabled him in 1995 to be considered "probably efficacious treatment" (rated A / B) in the treatment of PTSD by the Task Force on Psychological Intervention of the American Psychological Association. This assessment of effectiveness is equaled only by the stress inoculation training and exposure-based therapies (Chambless et al., 1998).
Studies on the effectiveness of EMDR are numerous products (for review see Giannantonio, 2000), many are questionable because poorly structured and serious problems of validity. There are however a number of well-organized studies that have proven resistant in terms of methodology:
......
These studies, however, have committed one or more of the following problems:
1) They use one or two sessions of EMDR with Vietnam veterans possibly because of misunderstanding caused by the same Shapiro (1989) who reported significant results against PTSD with a single session of EMDR in 100% of subjects. Such a conception of EMDR is not the most current and shared (Shapiro, 1995).
2) They deal with EMDR only one or two traumatic events in people who should be considered "pluritraumatizzati" (Shapiro, 1999).
This thesis is divided into two parts: the first character essentially bibliographic I analyzed the existing literature on EMDR and PTSD.
In the second chapter I will describe the Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder analyzing the various theoretical approaches to the problem of trauma.
In the third chapter we will analyze the theory of EMDR or the explanatory model deemed more appropriate that refers to the "accelerated processing of information."
The fourth chapter, which concludes the first part shows the standard protocol of administration of EMDR for adults and adolescents.
In the second part shows the description of the research that is being produced in collaboration with the EMDR Italy that aims to assess the effectiveness of EMDR. In the fifth chapter describes the experimental design. In the sixth chapter analyzes the sampling method and the conditions for validity of the research. In the seventh chapter describes the tests it was decided to analyze the course of this thesis. Finally, the eighth chapter will focus on early evidence from research and initial findings.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
96. Lee, C. (2006, May). Efficacy and mechanisms of action of EMDR as a treatment for PTSD. Murdoch University, Perth, Australia.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The first aim of this thesis was to describe the characteristics of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and to elucidate its place as a symptom disorder that sometimes develops when people are exposed to a traumatic event. The current major theoretical approaches to account for why some people who are exposed to trauma develop PTSD and the mechanisms by which this occurs were described. Three classes of theories were reviewed: conditioning/learning approach; information processing theories with a particular focus on the meaning of the trauma event; and biological models with an emphasis on recent neurocircuitry and neurochemistry models.
Successful treatment approaches were then reviewed which indicated two major contenders for the most efficacious treatment for PTSD: traditional cognitive behaviour therapies (CBT) using either stress inoculation or prolonged exposure; and eye movement desensitisation and processing (EMDR). Prior to the first study (Lee, Gavriel, Drummond, Richards, and Greenwald, 2002), a review of the literature indicated equivalent effects for EMDR and CBT. There had been very few direct comparison studies and each had serious methodological flaws, particularly with respect to random assignment and treatment fidelity. Therefore, the first study ensured adequate attention to these areas and involved a direct comparison between the two procedures using a sample of 24 participants diagnosed with PTSD. EMDR and stress inoculation training with prolonged exposure were found to lead to similar symptom improvement at the end of treatment, apart from a slight advantage for EMDR on intrusion symptoms. Both treatments led to significantly greater symptom reduction than a wait list control condition. At follow-up, EMDR led to greater gains on both self-report and observer rated measures of PTSD and self-report measures of depression. Overall, the findings were similar to those described in previously published studies, with a suggestion that EMDR was slightly more efficient than the standard CBT approach.
Given that the evidence suggested that EMDR was a more efficient treatment, it became critical to understand the underlying processes. A process study was undertaken that examined the responses of people with PTSD receiving EMDR treatment (Lee, Taylor, and Drummond, 2006). Guided by process studies of other treatments and theories that might account for why EMDR is effective, participants' responses were examined to see which models better accounted for symptom improvement. The main analysis tested whether or not the responses were consistent with processes that occurred during traditional CBT treatment, which prior research had identified as reliving, or whether they were more consistent with Shapiro's proposal that enhanced information processing occurs because there is a dual focus of attention (that is, the person simultaneously focuses on an external stimulus and on the traumatic memory) (Shapiro, 1995). The responses made by 44 participants were coded by an independent rater according to whether they were primarily reliving, distancing, affect or material other than the primary trauma. The coding system was found to have satisfactory inter-rater reliability. Greatest improvement occurred when the participant processed in a more detached or distant manner, whereas reliving responses were not associated with improvement. Cross-lagged panel correlations suggested that processing in a more detached manner was a consequence of the EMDR procedure rather than a measure that co-varied with improvement. The findings underscored a difference in the processes that underlie EMDR and traditional CBT.
The major question left unanswered from this second study was what causes this distancing process? Competing views were that it was facilitated by eye movement; alternatively, the therapist's instructions to participants might have precipitated this distancing phenomenon. The third study tested these ideas by randomly assigning 48 participants to either an eye movement or a no eye movement condition under two types of therapist instructions (reliving or distancing). Participants recalled personal distressing memories, and measures of distress and vividness were taken after treatment and at follow up. Only the eye movements made a significant difference to people's level of distress.
This conclusion appeared at odds with some of the previous literature that had tested the effects of eye movement on levels of distress. A meta-analysis of some of this research had suggested that there was no significant advantage of including eye movement in EMDR treatment unless the person had been diagnosed with PTSD. However, a close examination of this meta-analysis indicated some major methodological flaws in the computation; therefore, this was recalculated. The conclusion from this fourth study was consistent with study three in that EMDR with eye movement was found to lead to significantly greater improvement that EMDR without eye movement.
The results of these four studies were then discussed in terms of their implications for the theoretical models presented in Chapter 1. Aspects of learning theory that might account for EMDR efficiency were discussed as well as the failure of this model to account for treatment gains following EMDR. Information processing models were seen to better account for some of the phenomena observed in EMDR and for the findings from the four studies. Some suggestions of how eye movements might facilitate improved information processing were presented.
Finally, the relative merits of EMDR and CBT treatments were discussed and suggestions made for when to combine approaches. The conclusions highlight the point that EMDR appears to be the most promising treatment for PTSD.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
97. Schubert, S. (2010, July). The efficacy and psycho physiological correlates of dual-attention tasks in EMDR. Poster presented at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Methods: Sixty-two non-clinical
participants with negative autobiographical memories received a single EMDR session that involved fixed or varied rate eye
movements, or exposure without eye movements. Subjective units of distress and vividness of the memory were recorded at
pre-treatment, post-treatment, and 1 week follow-up. EMDR-with eye movements led to greater reduction in distress (SUDs)
than EMDR-without eye movements. Psycho physiological measures were continuously recorded throughout each session.
Results: Heart rate decreased significantly when eye movements began; skin conductance decreased during eye movement
sets; heart rate variability and respiration rate increased significantly as eye movements continued; and orienting responses
were more frequent in the eye movement than no-eye movement condition at the start of exposure. Conclusion: These
findings indicate that eye movements in EMDR are beneficial, and are coupled with distinct psycho physiological changes
that may aid in the processing of negative memories. Implications for clinical practice, directions for future research, and the
importance of building bridges between East & West whilst conducting EMDR research will also be discussed.
Keywords: Dual Attention Poster Physiological Correlates
Accuracy Verified: Yes
98. Schubert, S. (2010, July). The efficacy and psychobiological correlates of dual-attention task. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The study being presented aimed to investigate the psycho physiological correlates and the effectiveness of different dualattention
tasks used during eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR). Sixty-two non-clinical participants
with negative autobiographical memories received a single EMDR session that involved fixed or varied rate eye movements,
or exposure without eye movements. Subjective units of distress and vividness of the memory were recorded at pretreatment,
post-treatment, and 1 week follow-up. EMDR-with eye movements led to greater reduction in distress (SUDs)
than EMDR-without eye movements. Psycho physiological measures were continuously recorded throughout each session.
Heart rate decreased significantly when eye movements began; skin conductance decreased during eye movement sets;
heart rate variability and respiration rate increased significantly as eye movements continued; and orienting responses were
more frequent in the eye movement than no-eye movement condition at the start of exposure. These findings indicate that
eye movements in EMDR are beneficial, and are coupled with distinct psycho physiological changes that may aid in the
processing of negative memories. Implications for clinical practice, directions for future research, and the importance of
building bridges between East & West whilst conducting EMDR research will also be discussed.
Keywords: Dual Attention Psychophysiological Correlates
Accuracy Verified: Yes
99. Schubert, S. (2009, June). The efficacy and psychophysiological correlates of different dual attention tasks in EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Keywords: Dual Attention Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
100. Schubert, S. J., Lee, C. W., & Drummond, P. D. (2011, January). The efficacy and psychophysiological correlates of dual-attention tasks in eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 25, 1-11. doi:10.1016/j.janxdis.2010.06.024.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This study aimed to investigate the psychophysiological correlates and the effectiveness of different dual-attention tasks used during eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Sixty-two non-clinical participants with negative autobiographical memories received a single session of EMDR without eye movements, or EMDR that included eye movements of either varied or fixed rate of speed. Subjective units of distress and vividness of the memory were recorded at pre-treatment, post-treatment, and 1 week follow-up. EMDR-with eye movements led to greater reduction in distress than EMDR-without eye movements. Heart rate decreased significantly when eye movements began; skin conductance decreased during eye movement sets; heart rate variability and respiration rate increased significantly as eye movements continued; and orienting responses were more frequent in the eye movement than no-eye movement condition at the start of exposure. Findings indicate that the eye movement component in EMDR is beneficial, and is coupled with distinct psychophysiological changes that may aid in processing negative memories.
Keywords: Eye Movements Autobiographical Memory Psychophysiology Orienting Response
Accuracy Verified: Yes
101. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (2001, March). An efficient way of targeting traumatic material. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(1), 4.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Besides the correct application of the basic EMDR protocol,
one of the most important factors involving the treatment of
trauma related conditions, is the way the traumatic material is
targeted. For example, if clients have trouble processing, this could
be due to a lack of focus which prevents the client from successfully
tapping into his memory network. It’s our experience that, to
adequately tap into the memory network, it is most useful to use a
somewhat different strategy for ‘going back to target’ than which is
described as part of the standard EMDR procedure. We would
recommend the following procedure (see Box I).
Keywords: Targets
Accuracy Verified: Yes
102. Artigas, L., & Jarero, I. (2007, March). El abrazo de la mariposa [The butterfly hug]. Asociación Mexicana para Ayuda Mental en Crisis, Mexico.
Language: Spanish
Format: Other
Abstract:
El Abrazo de la Mariposa es una Estimulación de Atención Dual (EAD) que consiste en cruzar los brazos sobre el pecho. La punta del dedo medio de cada mano debe de quedar bajo la clavícula correspondiente y el resto de los dedos y la mano deben de cubrir el área que se encuentra debajo de la unión de la clavícula con el hombro y de la clavícula con el esternón. Para ello, mano y dedos deben de estar lo más verticalmente posible (los dedos dirigidos hacia el cuello y NO hacia los brazos). Una vez hecho esto, se pueden entrelazar los dedos pulgares (formando el cuerpo de la mariposa) y los otros dedos formarán sus alas.
The Embrace of a Butterfly Dual Stimulation Care (EAD) that is crossing his arms over his chest. The tip of the middle finger of each hand should be under the collarbone for the rest of the fingers and hand should cover the area immediately below the junction of the clavicle to the shoulder and clavicle to the sternum. To do this, hand and fingers must be as upright as possible (fingers directed toward the neck and NO to the arms). Once done, you can weave your thumbs (forming the body of the butterfly) and fingers form the wings.
Keywords: Butterfly Hug
Accuracy Verified: Yes
103. Artigas, L. & Jarero, I. (2009, Septiembre). El abrazo de la mariposa [The butterfly hug]. Asociación Mexicana para Ayuda Mental en Crisis, EMDR México.
Language: Spanish
Format: Other
Abstract:
El Abrazo de la Mariposa, es una Estimulación de Atención Dual (EAD) que consiste en cruzar los brazos sobre el pecho. La punta del dedo medio de cada mano debe de quedar bajo la clavícula y el resto de los dedos y la mano deben de cubrir el área que se encuentra debajo de la unión de la clavícula con el hombro y de la clavícula con el esternón, para ello, mano y dedos deben de estar lo más verticalmente posible (los dedos dirigidos hacia el cuello y NO hacia los brazos). Una vez hecho esto, se pueden entrelazar los dedos pulgares (formando el cuerpo de la mariposa) y los otros dedos formarán sus alas.
Embrace the Butterfly, is a dual attention stimulation (EAD) that is crossing his arms over his chest. The tip of the middle finger of each hand should be under the collarbone and the rest of the fingers and hand should cover the area immediately below the junction of the clavicle to the shoulder and clavicle to the sternum to Thus, hand and fingers must be as upright as possible (fingers directed toward the neck and NO to the arms). Once done, you can weave your thumbs (forming the body of the butterfly) and fingers form the wings.
Keywords: Butterfly Hug
Accuracy Verified: Yes
104. Artigas, L., & Jarero, I. (2011). El abroza de la mariposa [The butterly hug). Revista Iberoamericana de Psicotraumatología y Disociación, 1(1).
Language: Spanish
Format: Other
Abstract:
El Abrazo de la Mariposa fue originado y desarrollado por Lucina (Lucy) Artigas, M.A., M.T. (Fundadora de la Asociación Mexicana para Ayuda Mental en Crisis). Durante el trabajo realizado en Acapulco, Guerrero (México); con los sobrevivientes del huracán Paulina en 1997. (Artigas et al. 2000; Boel, 1999).
Por la creación y el desarrollo del Abrazo de la Mariposa, Lucina Artigas fue honrada con el Premio a la Innovación Creativa de la EMDR International Association (EMDRIA), en el año 2000.
El Abrazo de la Mariposa es una Estimulación de Atención Dual (EAD) que consiste en cruzar los brazos sobre el pecho. La punta del dedo medio de cada mano debe de quedar bajo la clavícula correspondiente y el resto de los dedos y la mano deben de cubrir el área que se encuentra debajo de la unión de la clavícula con el hombro y de la clavícula con el esternón. Para ello, mano y dedos deben de estar lo más verticalmente posible (los dedos dirigidos hacia el cuello y NO hacia los brazos). Una vez hecho esto, se pueden entrelazar los dedos pulgares (formando el cuerpo de la mariposa) y los otros dedos formarán sus alas.
The Butterfly Hug was originated and developed by Lucina (Lucy) Artigas, MA, MT (Founder of the Mexican Association for Crisis Assistance Mental). During the work done in Acapulco, Guerrero (Mexico), with the survivors of Hurricane Pauline in 1997. (Artigas et al. 2000; Boel, 1999). For the creation and development of the Butterfly Hug, Lucina Artigas was honored with the Award for Creative Innovation of the EMDR International Association (EMDRIA), in 2000. The Butterfly Hug a Dual Attention Stimulation (EAD) that is crossing his arms over his chest. The tip of the middle finger of each hand should be under the collarbone for the rest of the fingers and hand should cover the area immediately below the junction of the clavicle to the shoulder and clavicle to the sternum. To do this, hand and fingers should be as upright as possible (fingers directed toward the neck and NOT to the arms). Once done, you can weave your thumbs (forming the body of the butterfly) and fingers form the wings.
Keywords: Bilateral Stimulation Butterly Hug
Accuracy Verified: Yes
105. Molero-Zafra, M., & Pérez-Marín, M. (2010, Abril). El EMRD aplicado al trastorno de duelo patológico. Presentación de un caso [EMDR applied to pathological grief disorder. Case report]. In EMDR: Un abordaje integral de la personalidad traumatizada (Francisca García Guerrero, Coordinadora). Simposio realizado en el Congreso Internacional sobre Avances en Tratamientos Psicológicos, Granada, Espagna.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
La pérdida de un ser querido es un evento de gran impacto emocional
que afectando a todo el sistema familiar, puede ser muy diferente en el modo
en que cada uno de sus miembros perciba, interprete, afronte y se adapte
a la nueva situación tras la pérdida y las demandas por ella creadas. Es
frecuente que una pérdida no elaborada de forma adecuada dé paso a problemas
emocionales e incluso trastornos psicopatológicos al cabo de meses
o incluso años; sin embargo, un duelo adecuadamente elaborado mejora las
capacidades futuras para enfrentarse a las situaciones de pérdida, frustración
o sufrimiento.
La premisa fundamental del modelo de procesamiento adaptativo de información
(PAI) en la que se basa la terapéutica de EMDR sería: la perturbación
que la persona sufre en la actualidad es el resultado de un almacenamiento
disfuncional de la información (Shapiro, 2001). El procesamiento
implica el forjar nuevas asociaciones con información adaptativa proveniente
de otras redes de memoria disponibles para vincularse en la red de memoria
restaurando la información disfuncional almacenada. Desde este modelo, el
duelo complicado se desarrolla cuando los componentes individuales son
tan dolorosos, que se desarrolla una alta sensibilidad cada vez que se reactiva
un fragmento del recuerdo y no se logra la integración. Los fragmentos
activados pueden competir por la atención en la mente, haciendo que ésta
vaya de atrás para adelante entre dos o más aspectos de la muerte. Esta
falta de foco impide el procesamiento de los fragmentos individuales, como
cuando el procesamiento de la pérdida en si misma se desvía por el recuerdo
de los detalles de cómo la persona murió.
En esta comunicación, presentamos el protocolo de EMDR aplicado al
duelo complicado a través del análisis de un caso clínico.
The loss of a loved one is an event of great emotional impact
that affect the entire family system, may be very different in the way
in that each of its members perceive, interpret, and adapt confronts
to the new situation after the loss and the demands created by it. this is
loss often not adequately prepared to give way to problems
psychopathology emotional and even after months
or even years, but properly prepared duel improves
future capabilities to face situations of loss, frustration
or suffering.
The fundamental premise model adaptive information processing
(AIP) which is based on EMDR therapy would be: the disturbance
the person is currently suffering is the result of a storage
Dysfunctional information (Shapiro, 2001). processing
involves forging new partnerships with adaptive information from
other networks available memory on the network to link memory
restoring the dysfunctional information stored. From this model,
Complicated grief occurs when the individual components are
so painful that develops high sensitivity reactive whenever
a fragment of memory and integration is not achieved. fragments
activated can compete for attention in the mind, causing it
go back and forth between two or more aspects of death. this
lack of focus prevents processing of the individual fragments, as
when processing the loss itself is diverted by the memory
the details of how the person died.
In this paper, we present the EMDR protocol applied to
Complicated grief through the analysis of a clinical case.
Keywords: Bereavement Case Study Grief Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
106. Salvador, M. C. (2010). El trauma psicologico: Un proceso neurofisiologico con consecuencias psicologicas [Psychological trauma: A neurophysiological process with psychological consequences]. Revista de Psicoterapia, 20(80), 5-16.
Language: Spanish
Format: Journal
Abstract:
En este artículo se argumenta el impacto y las secuelas del trauma psicológico en el organismo y sus repercusiones a nivel neurofisiológico. El trauma psicológico, cuando se experimenta disociación, se registra en el sistema de memoria implícita y procedimental de manera somato-sensorial, manifestando alteraciones significativas en multitud de sistemas de funcionamiento fisiológico que posteriormente actúan como mecanismos de mantenimiento y recuerdo. Se presenta una base para el enfoque del trabajo terapéutico sobre los fenómenos fisiológicos como introducción y base al abordaje con técnicas neurofisiológicas como el EMDR y Brainspotting.
This article argues the impact and consequences of psychological trauma on the body and its impact on neurophysiological level. The psychological trauma when experiencing dissociation, is recorded in the system of implicit memory and procedural manner somatosensory, showing significant changes in many physiological functioning systems then act as maintenance mechanisms and memory. We present a basis for the focus of therapeutic work on the introduction and physiological phenomena based on the approach to neurophysiological techniques such as EMDR and Brainspotting.
Keywords: Neurophysiology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
107. Roques, J. (2008, Mai). EMDR - Une révolution et un changement de paradigme thérapeutiques [EMDR – A therapeutic revolution and paradigm shift]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
La présentation comporte trois volets. Le premier volet présente le fondement neurologique de l’EMDR qui est centré sur les réseaux neuronaux de la mémoire - ce qui permet une compréhension nouvelle des phénomènes dissociatifs et qui fait ressortir le potentiel du traitement en EMDR. Le deuxième volet aborde les applications de ce cadre théorique à l’ensemble des manifestations pathologiques : traumatismes simples et
complexes, intoxications psychiques, épisodes psychotiques brefs et même certains cas de début de schizophrénie. Le troisième volet démontre à quel point l’EMDR bouleverse notre compréhension de la pathologie et de son traitement et de ce fait, constitue un véritable changement de paradigme thérapeutique. Cette compréhension nouvelle des phénomènes neuropsychologiques sous-jacents, telle que soulevée par l’EMDR, permet de distinguer ce qui est utile de ce qui ne l’est pas dans la plupart des psychothérapies.
This opening workshop will focus on three axes :
1) The neurological basis of EMDR that focuses on the memory’s neural networks – which in turn allow a fresh understanding of dissociative phenomena and shows the potential of EMDR treatment.
2) The application of this theoretical understanding to the various expressions of psychopathology: simple versus complex PTSD – psychic poisoning – brief psychotic episodes- even certain cases of early schizophrenia.
3) As a conclusion, how EMDR shook up our understanding of pathology and its treatment, and how it provided the impetus toward a genuine paradigm shift. This new understanding of the underlying psychoneurologic phenomena brought on by EMDR helps us to determine what may be useful or not in the various psychotherapies.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
108. Shapiro, F. (2002, January). EMDR 12 years after its introduction: Past and future research. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(1), 1-22. doi:10.1002/jclp.1126 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) was one of the first treatments of PTSD to be evaluated in controlled research and has to date been empirically supported by 13 such studies. This article reviews the historical context and empirical research of EMDR over the past dozen years. Historically, EMDR's name has caused confusion in that "desensitization" is considered to be only a by-product of reprocessing and because the eye movement component of EMDR is only one form of dual stimulation to be successfully used in this integrative approach. Research is needed to determine the comparative efficacy of EMDR relative to cognitive-behavioral treatments of PTSD. However, this has been hampered by the lack of independent replication studies of the latter treatments. Current component analyses of EMDR have failed to effectively evaluate the relative weighting of its procedures. Parameters for future research and the testing of protocols for diverse disorders are suggested. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Cognitive Processes Literature Review Posttraumtic Stress Disorder PTSD Research Needs
Accuracy Verified: Yes
109. Matthess, H., Vojtova, H., & Dellucci, H. (2012, March). EMDR and complex trauma. Presentation at the 3rd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Berlin, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is widely recognized as a therapy of choice in psychotraumatology. However treating clients who suffer from complex traumatization, and especially dissociative disorder, using EMDR straightaway in its standard form is very difficult.
“By far, the greatest number of reported difficulties and stories of clinical problems and potential harm through the improper use of EMDR had involved clients with dissociative disorders.” Shapiro (2001, p. 308).
Does this mean that people who have complex trauma and dissociative disorder could not benefit from EMDR?
Which adaptations of the standard protocols in the different phases of the EMDR process are crucial in order to use EMDR to enhance the clients’ capacities and diminish their suffering?
Which indicators should be considered? How can clinicians provide a safe and efficient help, without getting lost in this difficult treatment patterns, by knowing what to do and why?
This workshop is designed for practitioners familiar with EMDR. It will provide a general overview of essential modifications of the standard EMDR protocol for complex traumatized clients. The theoretical part will focus on an understanding of the underlying EMDR working mechanism as far as discussed today, on knowledge of dissociation as a result of complex traumatization, in the context of the AIP model (adaptive information processing), the attachment theory, the theory of structural dissociation and recent research findings.
The emphasis will be on practical applications of these insights into a comprehensive treatment of this group of clients. Based on the experience of the presenters, implementing use of bilateral stimulation in all phases of therapy will be shown. Important considerations according possible iatrogenic harm will be discussed. Case examples from practice will be provided, including videos.
Keywords: Complex Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
110. Grand, D. (2007, June). EMDR and creativity. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Creativity is interwoven into the discovery and development of EMDR, which itself is an effective tool for unblocking and enhancing creativity. Dr. Shapiro’s discovery of EMDR and her development of the EMDR Protocol are underpinnings of EMDR and Creativity. EMDR processing is also an essentially creative process at the core of healing trauma-based blocks and the therapeutic relationship in EMDR is a co-creative process.
This presentation addresses creative enhancement of EMDR’s healing tools including: “open listening” – avoiding assumptions while tending to all in-the-moment verbal and non-verbal client communications, using eye movement creatively by varying speed, plane and eye gaze, integrating healing sound into AIP and enhancing of body sensations with focus, color, and imagery.
This presentation examines using EMDR with issues of creativity. Creative block often cripple and traumatize artists and interfere with the creativity of daily living of non-artists. The use of the EMDR protocol (with emphasis on assessment, desensitization, installation and body scan) to target creative blocks is discussed as well of the contribution of trauma to these blocks. The EMDR future template is discussed as a tool for enhancing creativity with artists freed from significant blocks. This includes actors, singers, dancers, writers, and graphic artists.
Lecture, PowerPoint, mini-practica and demonstrations are used to illustrate the concepts, supported by handout materials.
Keywords: Creativity
Accuracy Verified: Yes
111. Ostacoli, L. & Bertino, G. (2010, June). EMDR and drawing: A tool to integrate post-traumatic dissociation and overwhelming emotions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The difficulty of the management of overwhelming
emotions aid dissociative reactions are challenging for any EMUR
therapist dealing with complex traumas. As a complement
to the strategies already used in EMDR, drawing gives form to
The inner representations of the trauma, objectivizing it Thus the
person no longer relates only to something inside him/her, but
rather to something he/she can see and can concretely represent
and modify In the act of drawing, the patient makes an initial
reorganisation of the form of the trauma, and begins to differentiate
the adaptive ego, which has the tools and the ability to restructure
the experiences, and the traumatic emotional part that
suffers those experiences in a condition of Impotence and passivity
The person may rapidly access preverbal and motor-sensory
language, activating inborn creative skills. The use of this tool
enables us t0 access the traumatic material gently, limiting dissociative
reactions, bypassing avoidance and flight behaviour and
setting a distance from pan by objectivizing . A protective space
is created between the self and the part that holds the suffering.
p i n g a voice to the inner child. The patient is offered the possibility
of drawing what is occurring in the self's here and now, and given a choice of different graphic materials. At the end of the
drawing and assessment phase the person is asked to note what
has emerged, and a brief space of time may be allowed for description
without interpretation. The represented Image is treated
as the inner image in the classic protocol. To start, the patent is
asked to focus on the drawing, on the negative cognition and
on the bodily location of the emotional disorder, while bilateral
stimulation is applied. At the end of each set, the patient is asked
what he/she has noticed and the therapist verifies where the person
now is in the re-elaboration. If there is a change the person
may either work on the drawing, modifying it, or, if the change of
image is radical, may produce another drawing. After several sets,
an adaptive drawing emerge5 that may be installed as a resource.
The report presents the use of the tool in various psychopathological
conditions, with the support of video and graphic materials,
particularly focusing on how to manage dissociation.
Learning objectives:
1.To learn the use of drawing as a supplementary tool, through
graphic and video material of clinical cases.
2. To recognise the indications in which it provides added value
to the classical protocol.
3. to learn its use in various psychopathological conditions,
with particular emphasis on dissociative states.
The use of drawing as a supplementary tool within the EMDR
protocol gives form to the inner representation of the trauma, objectivising
it, and creates a bridge of communication between the
self and the blocked parts, after which it will be possible to return
to desensitizing and re-elaboration with the standard protocol.
Keywords: Dissociation Drawing Emotion
Accuracy Verified: Yes
112. McNeal, S. A. (2001, July). EMDR and dream interpretation. Presentation at the International Association for the Study of Dreams, Santa Cruz, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper describes a method of dream interpretation useful in psychotherapy.The therapist can use the treatment method EMDR (eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing) for processing dream images. The associations elicited in this manner provide a wealth of significant material for psychotherapy as well as resulting in meaningful dream interpretation.
Learning Objectives:
1) To present a new method of dream interpretation
2) To describe the protocol so that others could use it
3) To indicate how this method can enhance therapeutic results
Evaluation questions:
1) How does this use of EMDR differ from the standard use of EMDR with dream imagery?
2) Summarize briefly how EMDR is used for dream interpretation?
3) What are the advantages and disadvantages of this method of dream interpretation?
EMDR and Dream Interpretation
When utilizing EMDR to resolve a trauma, one of the four target areas in the standard EMDR protocol is the nightmare image. During reprocessing, the nightmare image often changes to reveal the real life experiences that are part of the traumatic material. If processing is complete, the nightmare image will not reoccur.
Theoretically, the periods of REM sleep when dreaming occurs are thought to be natural survival mechanisms whereby experiences from the day are synthesized and stored in memory. It has been speculated that nightmares are the mind's attempts to metabolize trapped information. Because trauma can also produce interrupted and dysfunctional REM sleep, nightmares may reoccur indefinitely without resolution taking place. EMDR has been shown to effectively process nightmare images so that reoccurring nightmares cease.
Less has been reported in the EMDR literature regarding dream images that are not nightmarish and do not reoccur. It is usually assumed that if the dreaming process is natural and healthy without nightmares or interrupted sleep, then it is not to be tampered with and is not a focus of treatment. However, EMDR can be very helpful in processing information from dreams, even when the dream images may not appear to be relevant. Case material will be presented to demonstrate how EMDR can be useful in processing dream images during the normal course of treatment as well as contributing to the resolution of specific traumas.
Keywords: Dreams
Accuracy Verified: Yes
113. Cole, M. (2010, July). EMDR and metacognitive therapy: Same destination, different language. Poster presented at the 38th Annual Conference of the British Association for Behavioural and Cognitive Therapies, Manchester, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The information processing model has been described in many different ways and is potentially the underlying
process that describes the psychotherapy change process, regardless of orientation. In this poster I will briefly
compare Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing and Meta-Cognitive Therapy in light of this information
processing model and conclude that although they may use different language to describe their theories, a
unifying information processing model describes both paradigms. Human beings are meaning making machines
(Robbins, 2009). We give meaning to the world, the deeds we do and the interactions we have, as well as the
more fundamental senses we experience (Frankl, 2004). Information arises either from external stimulus or
internal process’s and this information goes through our filters where we delete, distort and generalise this
information based on the rules created in our information processing unit (Fig 1). This information processing
mechanism gives meaning to this filtered information and generates a response, this response interacts with this
information and the cycle then repeats in a self regulatory manner. This process is repeated for everything we do;
we are and continues until we die. Mental health issues arise when this self regulatory system fails to make a
useful functional meaning of the information. Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) was
developed by Francine Shapiro (1989) for the treatment of trauma memories and associated emotions, changing
the meaning the person gives to their experiences. Metacognitive Therapy (MCT) was developed by Wells and
Matthews (1984) as a way of defining the processes that underpin a range of psychological disorders.
One of the features of psychological disorders such as anxiety or depression is that thinking becomes difficult to
control and biased in particular ways that lead to a worsening and maintenance of emotional suffering. Many
clients report that they feel that they have ‘lost control’ over their thoughts and behaviours. Another important
feature is that the persons thinking and attention becomes fixed in patterns of brooding and dwelling on the self
and threatening information. Both EMDR and MCT describe an information management/processing system that
organises and carries out various tasks such as how to open a door, how to get dressed, how to be anxious, how to
respond to a trauma memory Both therapies appear to change this system / process to something that is much
more adaptive for the client, as if they change the master information management control programme that runs
this system, in the same way a conductor influences the orchestra and the music they produce. Both models
describe the same process, although they utilise different language to describe this change process.
Perhaps a change of focus for the development of pychotherapy towards more process change models rather than
content change interventions.
Keywords: Metacognitive Therapy Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
114. Wachtel, P. L. (1999, June). EMDR and psychoanalysis: An intriguing interface. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Cognitive-behavioral features of EMDR (contrasts with psychoanalytic
treatment):
1. Structured, spelled out "protocols" (versus more free form)
2. Focus on "disorders" (in contract with primary focus on character and
relationships).
3. Emphasis on "cognitions" (differs from the dynamic structures and schemas of
psychodynamic models).
4. View of what it means to be "empirically validated."
Keywords: Psychoanalysis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
115. Lipke, H. (2000). EMDR and psychotherapy integration: Theoretical and clinical suggestions with focus on traumatic stress. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This book is about what I have learned about EMDR and its clinical use, especially with combat veterans. It is also about what trying to understand how EMDR works has taught me about psychotherapy in general. That second lesson is what I call the Four-Activity Model (FAM) of Psychotherapy, which grows out of a concept that Francine Shapiro refers to as Accelerated Information Processing (AIP). Shapiro's AIP description gives name to the idea that learned psychopathology can be considered dysfunctional held information, including thoughts, emotions, sensations, and behavior, that can be modified more quickly than previously believed by most therapists. The Four-Activity Model is an attempt to conceptualize how psychotherapeutic activity can be used most efficiently to reprocess dysfunctional held material and thereby resolve psychological problems.Finally, this book is about what psychotherapy in general has taught me about EMDR. Even in her early explanations of EMDR, Shapiro taught that it was an integrative method, that it relied on the lessons learned by years of clinical work using dynamic, behavioral, and humanistic methods. In this book I will attempt to elaborate on that relationship and offer specific therapeutic suggestions that will rely on the wisdom of previously established therapeutic methods, as well as the wisdom of past philosophical inquiry and religion. The book starts with EMDR, proceeds to try to describe how EMDR and other methods can be integrated into an overall model of psychotherapy, and then works its way back to the concrete practical integration of psychotherapy in general. The second half of the book has a practical focus on examples that are created mostly from my experience working with combat trauma. I hope that readers will see how these examples of interventions are easily generalized to other learning-based problems. [Author Introduction]
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
116. Solomon, R., Hofman, A., Seidler, G., & Tiedt-Schutte, M. (2005, June). EMDR and recent event trauma: The tsunami disaster. In “EMDR in action,” Part 1. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR can be utilized shortly after a traumatic event as described by the
protocol from Shapiro and Solomon (1992 and 1995). Even if there is no
controlled study finalized, there is sufficient experience with the protocol to
guide further research. Experiences from research studies and clinical
experiences on EMDR and acute trauma will be presented. Discussion will
focus on issues of client selection, client readiness for EMDR. and timing of
EMDR. The EMDR recent event protocol and experimental protocols for
extreme dissociation following a traumatic event will be presented. A
European network for developing more research regarding the diversity of
acute trauma reactions are proposed.
Keywords: Recent Event Trauma Symposium Tsunami
Accuracy Verified: Yes
117. Konuk, E., & Epozdemir, H. (2010, July). EMDR and strategic family therapy. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Strategic Family Therapy developed some 50 years ago by a handful of visionaries at MRI (Mental Research Institute) in Palo
Alto, California. This is why sometimes it is known as the “Palo Alto Group”. The kind of therapy evolved at that time changed
the therapy world radically. The major shift was that:
• The theory was a theory of change. The emphasis was on change rather than to understand how and why problems
exist.
• The focus was relationships rather than the phenomena going on under the skin of an individual. This meant that the way
the therapist approached the clients was Systemic or interactional.
• Strategic map was large enough to allow the therapist work with almost any kind of problem, borrow and use different
techniques that belong to other approaches without conflict and confusion.
• At that time therapy meant globally 4-5 sessions a week for many years. This was reduced to an average of 7-10 sessions.
So when a therapist learned one of the Family Therapies, he learned essentially how to do therapy briefly.
One of the approaches that EMDR therapists may integrate efficiently into their practice is Family Therapy. It may speed up
the therapy especially when both trauma and relationships are particularly having a role in the formation and maintenance
of the problem.
In this workshop, the participants will learn:
• The basic principles and techniques of Strategic Family Therapy,
• Why and how change occurs,
• When Strategic Family Therapy is called upon for help,
• How interventions are designed and implemented.
Keywords: Strategic Family Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
118. Konuk, E. & Epozdemir, H. (2010, March). EMDR and strategic family therapy. Presentation at the XVIII World International Family Therapy (IFTA) Congress, Buenos Aires, Argentina.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Strategic Family Therapy developed some 50 years ago by a handful of visionaries at MRI (Mental Research Institute) in Palo Alto, California. This is why sometimes it is known as the “Palo Alto Group”. The kind of therapy evolved at that time changed the therapy world radically. The major shift was that: • The theory was a theory of change. The emphasis was on change rather than to understand how and why problems exist. • The focus was relationships rather than the phenomena going on under the skin of an individual. This meant that the way the therapist approached the clients was Systemic or interactional. • Strategic map was large enough to allow the therapist work with almost any kind of problem, borrow and use different techniques that belong to other approaches without conflict and confusion. • At that time therapy meant globally 4-5 sessions a week for many years. This was reduced to an average of 7-10 sessions. So when a therapist learned one of the Family Therapies, he learned essentially how to do therapy briefly. One of the approaches that Family and Marriage Therapists integrate efficiently into their practice is EMDR. Though EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is relatively new in the therapy world, now it is credited by many professional and governmental organizations as either “treatment of choice” or a valid psychotherapy approach. Especially when trauma is particularly have a role in the formation of the problem, then EMDR is a “life saver” for the therapist. In this workshop, the participants will learn: • The basic principles and techniques of EMDR and Strategic Family Therapy • Why and how change occurs • When EMDR is called upon for help • How interventions are designed and implemented The cases will be presented by live video recordings of sessions.
Keywords: Strategic Family Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
119. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2008). EMDR and the art of psychotherapy with children. New York, NY: Springer Publishing.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
In this book the authors present an overview of how therapists can get started in conceptualizing psychotherapy with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) methodology through Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory. The focus of the book is to teach therapists to effectively use the entire EMDR protocol with young children (Springer).
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
120. Weston, D. L. (1995, June). EMDR and the issues of gay clients. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is an effective therapeutic method for working with the emotional issues of gay clients. The first portion of this workshop
will examine the "pubic" and "relationship" definitions of homosexuality. Being gay is much more than how people express
themselves sexually.
A brief historical and cultural kamework for understanding the emotional issues of lesbian I gay persons will be presented. There
will be a review of the psychological theories and the research about the origins of homosexuality.
The second portion of the workshop will focus on the psychological path of persons recognizing they are gay. The changes in the
"pre-stonewall' and "post-stonewall" experience will be highlighted. This review of psychological experience will look at the points
where EMDR therapists can be sensitive to the presence of emotional issues related to being gay.
Feeling "different" is often a precursor to recognizing that one is gay. It is impossible to grow up in our culture without
internalization of negative attitudes about gay people. When an individual recognizes (s)he is lesbian or gay, this negative learning
now applies to one's self. EMDR is effective in resolving this "internalized homophobia."
"Coming out" to one's self is a shock because, "I am no longer the person I believed myself to be." EMDR helps clients see gayness,
not as an event happening in Me at this moment, but as something with a history related to earlier life experiences and feelings.
This perception of continuity reduces the sense of crisis around being homosexual. As internalized homophobia is resolved,
acceptance and valuing of self increases.
Using the EMDR "future template" protocol assists people in preparing to "come out" to family, fiiends, employers, etc. Gay
activists suggests that lesbian/gay persons need to be "out" in all situations. EMDR can help people understand why they want to
come out to various people in various situations. It assists in idenhfxation of what people want as the result of "coming out."
EMDR is effective in workmg with the myths about homosexuality; the cultural homophobia. Among the myths to be focused are:
gay men are promiscuous, being gay is immoral, gay sexual expression is perversion, gay relationships don't last, lesbian/gay
persons recruit young people, etc.
The third portion of this workshop will focus on issues of HIV disease. There will be a brief epidemiological presentation and focus
on the medical and psychological issues of persons with HIV disease. Application of EMDR at "crisis points" of HIV disease will
be presented: (1) the worried well, a diminishing population as the aids epidmc continues, (2) the time of HIV+ diagnosis when
the potential for suicide is highest, (3) the time of the first AIDS defining illness, (4) response to declining health and approaching
death, and (5) issues of "meaning" as life moves toward death.
EMDR's application in grief and multiple loss will be presented. Our culture's attitude that grief is something to "be resolved" and
"get over" is a mistake. Grief is an ongoing process, especially when people are dealing with multiple losses of partners, fiends, etc.
EMDR is effective in reducing the pain around loss so that the grief process can proceed more comfortably.
The workshop will end with discussion of characteristics which therapists need to evaluate in relation to the decision to work or not
work with gay and gay HIV infected clients. Working with gay men leads to working with clients with HIV disease. Therapists
need to be clear about their boundaries and comfort in dealing with home and hospital visits, touching people who have AIDS, being
present at the death of a client, and other issues that arise in HIVIAIDS care.
The rewards of working with this population and the life changes it may make for the therapist will also be highlighted.
Keywords: Gay Clients Homosexuality
Accuracy Verified: Yes
121. van der Kolk, B. A. (2003, June). EMDR and the lessons from neuroscience research. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome Italy.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Until recently we had little knowledge how to help people integrate such disintegrated traumatic imprints. Traditionally, before the advent of contemporary methods of treatment outcome evaluation, many clinicians, from Pierre Janet to Milton Erikson and his followers, considered hypnosis to be the treatment of choice. Unfortunately the efficacy of hypnosis for the treatment of PTSD was never systematically studied. EMDR was the first of a group of new therapies that did not primarily rely on speaking about one’s traumatic experiences, but that claimed to be able to rapidly and effectively integrate traumatic memories by asking PTSD subjects to focus intensely on the emotions, sensations and meaning of the traumatic experience, while asking to follow the hand of a clinician who induces slow saccadic eye movements. EMDR had a number of advantages over hypnosis, including the fact that it could easily be put into a treatment protocol. This makes it relatively easy to conduct treatment outcome research. Since it was first articulated by Francine Shapiro, around 1988, it has received intense scientific scrutiny and has been found to be quite an effective treatment of PTSD (e.g. Chemtob et. al, 2000), even though the specific role of eye movements in its therapeutic action remains controversial.
Keywords: Neuroscience Plenary Research
Accuracy Verified: Yes
122. Nickerson, M. (2008, June). EMDR and the treatment for angry and violent behaviours. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will assist the EMDR clinician to more effectively treat angry and violent behaviour. It will include
an initial review of the prevalence, impact and dynamics of the problem. The common cyclical nature of violent
acting out will be depicted as well as other characteristics in a spectrum of hostile behaviours including
perpetrator state and trait issues. Current non-EMDR clinical approaches and the evolving field of domestic
violence will be reviewed to aid the EMDR clinician in skilfully integrating into existing clinical contexts and to appreciate the unique capacities of EMDR. The primary focus of the workshop will be on special considerations
in the successfully tailored use of the 8-Phase Treatment approach. Clients with problematic anger or violent
behaviour present many challenges for the often undertrained clinician and commonly avoid, resist and
manipulate treatment or drop out prematurely. Keys to successful clinical engagement, risk assessment and case
formulation will be highlighted as critical to early phases of treatment. A metaphor based guide to case
formulation will be presented and a decision-tree style flow chart will be offered to inform treatment planning
including determining client readiness for trauma processing. EMDR offers the potential for desensitizing the
trauma that often drives violent behaviour. Considerations in the identification, prioritization and sequencing of
targets for processing will be outlined. This will include use of the cycle of violence model for target
identification. Multiple clinical examples will be offered to illuminate points including video taped case material.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
123. Korn, D. L. (2011, August). EMDR and the treatment of complex PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall recovery plan in working with adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Individuals with histories of chronic victimization often struggle with extreme vulnerability and shame, heightened dissociative tendencies, and limited affect tolerance. In considering their unique needs, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored. Fears and blocking beliefs commonly seen in this population will be discussed, along with suggestions for effective cognitive interweave interventions. In addition, significant attention will be devoted to integrating EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment. This program will include lecture, videotape presentations, and case discussion.
Keywords: C-PTSD Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
124. Korn, D. L. (2009). EMDR and the treatment of complex PTSD: A review. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(4), 264-278. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.4.264.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) covers a wide range of conditions, ranging from patients
suffering from a one-time traumatic accident to those who have been exposed to chronic traumatization
and repeated assaults beginning at an early age. While EMDR and other trauma treatments have been
proven efficacious in the treatment of simpler cases of PTSD, the effectiveness of treatments for more
complex cases has been less widely studied. This article examines the body of literature on the treatment
of complex PTSD and chronically traumatized populations, with a focus on EMDR treatment and research.
Despite a still limited number of randomized controlled studies of any treatment for complex PTSD,
trauma treatment experts have come to a general consensus that work with survivors of childhood abuse
and other forms of chronic traumatization should be phase-oriented, multimodal, and titrated. A phaseoriented
EMDR model for working with these patients is presented, highlighting the role of resource development
and installation (RDI) and other strategies that address the needs of patients with compromised
affect tolerance and self-regulation. EMDR treatment goals, procedures, and adaptations for each of the
various treatment phases (stabilization, trauma processing, reconnection/development of self-identity) are
reviewed. Finally, reflections on the strengths and unique advantages of EMDR in treating complex PTSD
are offered along with suggestions for future investigations.
Keywords: Childhood Trauma Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD DESNOS Psychotherapy Research Review
Accuracy Verified: Yes
125. Nickerson, M. (2008, September). EMDR and treatment for angry and violent behaviors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR offers unique potential in the treatment of clients with angry and violent behaviors. This workshop will include an initial review of the issue’s prevalence, common dynamics, and historic intervention strategies. The underaddressed role of trauma often driving these tendencies will be illuminated. Primary focus will be on the tailored implementation of the 8-Phase Treatment approach. Keys to successful clinical engagement, risk assessment and a metaphor based guide to case formulation will be highlighted. Considerations in the identification, prioritization and sequencing of targets for processing will be outlined. Clinical examples will be offered to illuminate points, including video taped case material.
Keywords: Angry Behaviors Violent Behaviors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
126. Eimer, B. N. (1995, June). EMDR applications for pain management. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The focus of this 3-hour workshop will be on using EMDR to alleviate emotional distress attendant to coping with acute physical
pain and living with chronic pain. Participants in this workshop will learn:
(a) how to conduct a targeted assessment of the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain;
(b) a guided pain healing meditation;
(c) an EMDR protocol for installing pain relief imagery and self-care techniques;
(d) an EMDR protocol for reprocessing covert pain talk, pain behaviors and pain-related memories;
(e) how to apply A.J. Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing substance abuse (i.e., Overeating,
drinking) and dependence on pain medication in this population.
The presentation will first address how to conduct a structured assessment that identifies targets for EMDR treatment. The
dysfunctional information package associated with chronic pain (termed the "biogram")and "seven keys" to understanding chronic
pain will be discussed. Then, essential principles for designing an effective individual psychotherapy program for the pain sufferer
will be presented.
Next, use of the "seven keys for constructing a guided healing meditation (i.e., Self-care technique) for the pain patient that also
incorporates Francine Shapiro's "light stream" and "spiral" guided meditations will be demonstrated. A script for this, termed the
"C.O.M.P.I.S.S. Pain Healing Meditation," will be distributed.
The workshop will then address how to introduce EMDR to the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain. What EMDR can
do and probably cannot do for pain patients will then be discussed. Next, principles for choosing an initial tarqet for reprocessing
will be discussed.
The presentation will then cover (with clinical case examples):
(1) Red flags and cautions to consider before proceeding with EMDR-
(2) What to do and what not to do if the patient is dissociative;
(3) How to "mirror" and install with EMDR empathic responses to underlying beliefs associated with
"secondary gains" minus primary losses;
(4) Teaching the distinction between pain sensations and suffering;
(5) How to teach and install with EMDR self-care and pain coping techniques such as pain relief
imagery, mental distraction techniques, safe place imagery, and positive motivation for healthy
self-care behaviors;
(6) How to directly address with the patient the application of "cognitive psychology" and imagery
for pain reduction;
(7) EMDR reprocessing of memories around the pain's origins;
(8) EMDR reprocessing of pain-related conflicts, negative beliefs, negative past experiences,
internalized self-identifications, self-punitive tendencies and self-defeating behaviors;
(9) Eliciting core negative pain coping cognitions and suggesting preferable positive cognitions to the pain patient;
(10) EMDR reprocessing of negative cognitions associated with depression and anxiety.
(11) Use of EMDR to facilitate mental rehearsal of coping responses to pain triggers;
(12) Material that often comes up in using EMDR with pain patients;
(13) Strategically restructuring patient "resistance" with coanitive interweave;
(14) Managing narcotic and pain medication seeking behavior and substance abuse;
(15) Use of Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing medication dependence and substance abuse in
this population;
(16) Treating pain patients who also have PTSD.
Videotaped case excerpts will be shown that illustrate important points covered.
If time permits, participants may be able to briefly discuss EMDR applications to specific medical and pain patient populations.
Keywords: Chronic Pain Pain Pain Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
127. Doctor, R. (1995, June). EMDR applications to anxiety disorders. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR therapy was originally developed around the effects of trauma on emotional and cognitive disorders. We are now seeing its
effect application in other areas related to acquisition and maintenance of deviant and disabling reactions. The results of the
application of EMDR outside of trauma itself have been very encouraging and successful. This presentation will focus on the use of
EMDR with the anxiety disorders. Most of the presentation will concentrate on the most prevalent anxiety disorders, namely, panic,
agoraphobia and phobia. There will be some-discussion on generalized anxiety disorders, social phobias and obsessive-compulsive
disorders.
The anxiety disorders will be discussed as a complex set of disorders that have multiple acquisition factors including life style,
reactivity (which may have some genetic components), "personality, stressors and stress management. The presenter will make a
brief summary of the role of these factors in each anxiety disorder from what we currently know clinically and empirically. The
research on EMDR with anxiety disorders is almost nonexistent but the few case studies that have been published will be discussed
because they offer excellent support for EMDR and for particular forms of its application.
The rest of the presentation is divided into two sections: the use of EMDR as an exclusive treatment and its use with supplemental
tools. The exclusive use of EMDR will depend on premorbid history factors both personally and in regard to the anxiety disorder.
The discussion will focus on important information in the history taking and personal contact with the client as well as the potential
targets for EMDR work with the various anxiety disorders.
In many cases, EMDR therapy must be supplemented with exposure work, relaxation training, medications and other supplemental
tools in order to make the intervention effective and enduring. How these supplemental tools might be implemented in the various
anxiety disorders will be discussed as well as the general factors from client history or client experience that would suggest the use
of supplementals.
Finally, the importance of the client-therapist relationship will be discussed in relation to working with the anxiety disorders and, in
particular, therapist factors that can improve effectiveness.
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
128. de Roos, C., & Went, M. (2012, June). EMDR as trauma treatment for infants (0-4 years) [EMDR como tratamiento para el trauma en niños pequeños (0-‐4 años)]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In
our
therapeutic
EMDR
work
with
deaf
and
hard
of
hearing
clients,
we
are
forced
to
strongly
focus
on
the
visual
world.
But
focus
on
visual
aspects
is
not
only
necessary
with
this
client
group!
When
working
with
pre-‐verbal
trauma,
with
children
or
adults
who
are
(not
yet)
fluent
in
their
native
speech
or
when
we
use
EMDR
with
clients
that
use
a
second
language,
we
will
have
to
use
alternatives
to
spoken
languages.
When
used
correctly,
visual
input
can
enrich
and
enable
the
EMDR
process
greatly.
In
this
presentation
we
invite
visitors
to
explore
the
visual
aspects
and
possibilities
of
the
EMDR
process
with
us.
Visitors
will
feel
more
adequate
in
using
mimic,
visual
and
imaging
techniques
with
their
clients.
Video
material
will
enrich
our
presentation.
We
will
present
in
English
and
Dutch
sign
language.
Our
interpreter
will
translate
the
Dutch
sign
language
in
spoken
English.
Los
infantes
(0-‐4
años)
pueden
ser
expuestos
a
diversos
tipos
de
eventos
traumáticos,
por
ejemplo
procedimientos
médicos
intrusivos,
abuso
sexual
y
otras
formas
de
violencia
física
o
emocional,
y
pueden
desarrollar
síntomas
de
estrés
post-‐traumático.
Por
otro
lado,
no
es
fácil
determinar
si
están
traumatizados
desde
esa
edad,
la
mayoría
de
los
niños
no
son
capaces
de
comunicar
verbalmente
sus
experiencias.
En
la
mayoría
de
los
ejemplo,
son
los
padres
los
que
notan
un
cambio
en
el
comportamiento
de
su
hijo
y
van
en
busca
de
ayuda.
Los
terapeutas
junto
con
los
padres
y
usando
la
información
disponible
del
propio
niño,
desarrollan
una
hipótesis
sobre
el
origen
de
los
síntomas.
Si
existen
indicios
de
que
los
síntomas
actuales
están
relacionados
con
un
evento
traumático
sin
procesar,
EMDR
es
idóneo.
El
método
de
Cuenta-‐cuentos
de
Lovett
puede
ser
usado
para
este
propósito.
Se
necesita
prestar
una
especial
atención
a
la
interacción
entre
los
padres
y
el
niño.
Los
padres
pueden
encontrar
difícil
apoyar
a
su
hijo
o
reaccionar
adecuadamente
al
comportamiento
del
niño
cuando
se
sienten
ansiosos
o
culpables
de
este
evento
traumático.
Este
tipo
de
cuestiones
deben
ser
tomadas
en
cuenta
ya
que
pueden
agravar
los
síntomas
ya
existentes
en
el
niño
Después
de
una
pequeña
introducción
teórica,
numerosos
casos
serán
mostrados
en
video.
Mostramos
como
los
recuerdos
traumáticos
sin
procesar
en
infantes
pueden
ser
activados
y
procesados.
En
uno
de
los
casos
EMDR
se
combinará
con
elementos
de
la
terapia
orientada
a
padres.
Conceptos
sobre
el
apego
y
sus
efectos
en
el
EMDR
serán
mostrados.
Keywords: Infants
Accuracy Verified: Yes
129. Rougemont-Bucking, A. (2010, June). EMDR based treatment of psychotraumatic antecedents in illicit drug abusers: A report of two cases. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Background: EMDR has been recognized to be an efficacious
treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Other,
more recent indications comprise anxiety disorders and substance
use disorders (SUD). With regard to SUD, the application of EMDR
iS very challenging as patients frequently suffer from many
comorbidities. Another concern is the fact that the dissociative
experiencing during EMDR-sessions can potentially weaken the
patients' coping strategies and provoke relapse through activation
of intense drug craving.
General procedure. Sessions were proposed once a week. Specific
techniques like 'Safe Place', the technique of absorption, heart coherence training and ClPOS were applied prior to proposition
of the standard EMDR-protocol. Drug consumption and craving
was regularly monitored by means of the patents' self-reports
and drug craving scores. The therapist was regularly supervised
on the basis of video recordings.
Patient 1: A 49 year old man being diagnosed for PTSD and dependency
of opiates and benzodiazepines asked to benefit form
EMDR with regard to his PTSD symptoms. Patient was abstinent
from heroine consumption but consumed midazolam 3 times per
week when entering the therapy. Initial evaluation showed an
Impact of Event Scale (IES) score of 60, a Dissociative Experiences
Scale (DES) score of 39.6 and a midazolam craving score of 14.
Patient 2 :A 37 old man was diagnosed for borderline personality
disorder and for dependency of opiates. Heroine consumption occurred 1 to 3 times per month when starting the therapy
EMDR based therapy was proposed as he complained about
pertinacious insomnia due to trauma-like events during his childhood.
Initial evaluation showed a DES score of 7.8 and a heroine
craving score of 17.
Global impression: EMDR based treatment of severely affected
SUD patients appears to be a difficult and challenging endeavor
However, some beneficial effects on general comfort and on drug
consumption can be observed. A long stabilisation phase seems
to be mandatory and the standard EMDR protocol needs to be
conducted with much flexibility as patients were not able to handle
intensive emotional stress for a long time period. There was
no provocation of a prolonged psychological crisis or of relapse.
Experiencing of emotional stress could be limited to the sessions
and dissociation could be absorbed with specific techniques without
increasing permanently drug craving.
Learning objectives:
1. EMDR-based treatment is feasible in severely affected drug
abusers
2. Extensive stabilisation of the patient using flexible adaptation
of EMDR-related techniques is mandatory
3. Dissociation occurring during treatment has to be addressed
carefully as it can easily bridge into drug craving and relapse
What is unique: EMDR-based treatment may be a suitable way
to treat patients who are still abusing drugs as these interventions
focus on maladaptive associations that arise from both trauma
and substance related cues.
Keywords: Drug Abusers Heroine Psychotraumatic Antecedents
Accuracy Verified: Yes
130. Braun, P., & van Og, A. (2005, November). EMDR bij klinisch opgenomen TBS-gestelden: ”Elk voordeel heb z’n nadeel” [EMDR clinical TBS recorded as such: "Any benefit me his disadvantage"]. Presentatie op het Eerste Congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Deze lezing gaat over het implementeren van EMDR
in een zeer complexe (TBS) instelling, waarbij beveiliging en onlosmakelijk behandeling verweven zijn, met een diagnostisch zwaar belaste doelgroep:
• Meervoudige persoonlijkheidsstoornissen
• Meervoudig ernstig getraumatiseerd
• Verslavingsproblematiek
• Specifieke psychiatrische problematiek
• Forensische problematiek
• Combinaties
Het TBS systeem van behandelen (met beveiliging als belangrijk punt) verhoudt zich soms moeilijk tot de behandeling met EMDR van de individuele patiënt. Angst voor de beheersbaarheid van een patiënt gedurende de behandeling kan als een contra-indicatie worden gezien voor EMDR-behandeling. Het is de vraag of EMDR gecontraïndiceerd is in een TBS-kliniek vanwege de veiligheid. De inbedding van de behandeling in de TBS-kliniek alsmede het toepassen van zelfcontroletechnieken zijn hierbij belangrijke factoren.
Complicerende factor is dat veel TBS-patiënten zowel zelf getraumatiseerd zijn als wel ernstige delicten hebben gepleegd waarmee ze anderen hebben getraumatiseerd.
In deze lezing willen wij vooral aan de orde stellen hoe de behandeling van het daderschap zich verhoudt tot de behandeling van het slachtofferschap van de patiënt. We willen hiervan zowel de inhoudelijke als de ethische kant belichten. Van belang hierbij is ook de discussie rondom de indicatiestelling: richt men zich eerst op het daderschap of juist op het slachtofferschap? Verder willen we de gelaagdheid van de behandeling benoemen: de behandelaar heeft niet alleen te maken met de problematiek van de patiënt maar ook te maken met de gesloten kliniek en verschillende functionarissen daarin. Die gelaagdheid heeft direct gevolgen voor de vorm en inhoud van de behandeling.
Als hypothese willen we naar voren brengen dat de behandeling van trauma’s essentieel kan zijn voor de behandeling van persoonlijkheidsproblematiek. Schemagerichte Cognitieve Therapie (J. Young), sluit in onze ogen naadloos aan op EMDR. Beide stromingen richten zich op dezelfde type existentiële “Ik ben ….“ opvattingen.
This lecture is about the implementation of EMDR
In a very complex (TBS) of institution, and security are inextricably intertwined treatment, with a heavily loaded diagnostic target:
• Multiple personality disorder
• Multiple severely traumatized
• Addiction Problems
• Specific psychiatric problems
• Forensic issues
• Combinations
The TBS system of treatment (with security as an important point) does sometimes difficult to EMDR treatment of individual patients. Fear of the manageability of a patient during treatment as may be considered a contraindication for EMDR treatment. The question is whether EMDR is contraindicated in a TBS clinic for security reasons. The embedding of treatment in the TBS clinic and the use of self-control techniques are important factors.
Complicating factor is that many TBS patients, both self-traumatized as well have committed serious crimes with which they have traumatized others.
In this talk we mainly discussed how the treatment of the perpetrator is related to the treatment of the victimization of the patient. We wish them both the substantive and ethical angles. Of importance here is the discussion surrounding the needs assessment: the focus is first on the perpetrator or at the very victimization? We also want to appoint the stratification of treatment: the therapist has not only faced with the problem of the patient but also to do with the clinic closed and several officers therein. Such layering has direct implications for the form and content of treatment.
As a hypothesis we want to highlight that the treatment of trauma may be essential for the treatment of personality problems. Schema-Focused Cognitive Therapy (J. Young), close our eyes seamlessly with EMDR. Both schools focus on the same existential type "I am ...." opinions.
Keywords: TBS System of Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
131. Kok, W. & Verschuren, N. (2011, April). EMDR bij mensen met dementie en andere cognitieve stoornissen [EMDR for people with dementia and other cognitive disorders]. Presentatie op de 5e jaarlijkse conferentie van EMDR Vereniging, Nijmegen, Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Er is niet veel bekend over de mogelijkheden van EMDR behandeling bij mensen met hersenbeschadiging. In het casusboek EMDR is een hoofdstuk wat vertelt over de behandeling van rouw bij een vrouw met een CVA in de voorgeschiedenis.
Verder zullen de psychologen werkzaam binnen GGZ ouderenzorg, verpleeghuizen en/of revalidatie centra, EMDR proberen toe te passen in voorkomende situaties.
Werkt het en werkt EMDR altijd? Wanneer werkt het niet? Bij welke beschadiging komt er geen verwerking op gang? Is daar een lokalisatie van te geven? Welke aanpassingen aan het protocol zijn nodig? Kan EMDR helpen bij onrust, bij dementie patiënten? Kan het onrust voorkomen? Hoe uitleg te geven over de behandeling en wie dient betrokken te worden bij beslissingen over de behandeling als patiënt niet alles meer kan overzien (het betreft soms een niet voor de hand liggende stap in de behandeling)? En hoe zit het dan met medicatie? En hoe leg je het uit aan collega’s? Dit zijn enkele van de vragen die opborrelen als dit onderwerp aan de orde komt.
In deze workshop willen wij aandacht besteden aan deze vragen met als doel na te gaan wanneer EMDR het best is in te zetten bij bovengenoemde doelgroepen en hoe dat dan het best kan gebeuren. We willen graag de kennis hierover bundelen, verder onderzoek stimuleren. En zullen waarschijnlijk meer vragen oproepen dan dat we antwoorden kunnen gegeven.
Dit alles aan de hand van theorie en beeldfragmenten van behandelingen.
Inbreng van de deelnemers aan de workshop wordt zeer op prijs gesteld. Bij onvoldoende tijd kan er een vervolg aan worden gegeven.
Werkvorm:
workshop lezing met videomateriaal, enkele casussen. Discussie maakt deel uit van de workshop.
Not much is known about the potential of EMDR treatment in people with brain damage. EMDR in the case book is a chapter that tells about the treatment of grief in a woman with a history of stroke.
Furthermore, the psychologists working in mental health elderly, nursing homes and / or rehabilitation centers, EMDR try to apply in common situations.
EMDR works and always works? When does it not? In which corruption is no processing going on? Is there a localization of giving? What changes to the protocol are needed? EMDR can help with anxiety, dementia patients? Can it prevent unrest? How to explain the treatment and who should be involved in decisions about treatment as a patient can see everything more (in some cases they are not an obvious step in the treatment)? And how about those drugs? And how you put it out to colleagues? Here are some of the questions that bubble up if this topic is discussed.
In this workshop we focus on these questions in order to determine if EMDR is best to work with target groups mentioned above and how it can best be done. We would like to combine this knowledge, further research. And likely more questions than we can answer given.
All this based on theory and images of treatments.
Input from the participants of the workshop is greatly appreciated. Without adequate time, a sequel to be.
Form:
workshop reading, watching videos, some cases. Discussion is part of the workshop.
New! Click the words above to view alternate translations. Dismiss
0.
Keywords: Cognitive Disorders Dementia
Accuracy Verified: Yes
132. Lievegoed, R., & Giltaij, H. (2005, November). EMDR bij mensen met een verstandelijke en/of meervoudige beperking [EMDR with people with mental and/or multiple restriction]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Na een korte inleiding over de speciale problemen die mensen met een Verstandelijke en/of Meervoudige (visueel-en-verstandelijke) Beperking in hun leven ontmoeten en de vele vormen van psychotrauma, die voor hen ontstaan door situaties die door anderen vaak niet als traumatisch worden ervaren (door het vermogen ervaringen zin en plaats te geven), zal vooral aan de hand van casuïstiek worden toegelicht hoe het EMDR standaardprotocol en de werkwijze aangepast kunnen worden aan de meer beperkte vaardigheden van de mensen in deze doelgroep. Hierbij zal ook gerefereerd worden aan de aanpassingen van het protocol zoals die voor jonge kinderen door diverse therapeuten is ontwikkeld, en die voor de onderhavige doelgroep vaak ook zeer relevant zijn.
De behandeling van een vrouw met een sterke visuele beperking plus een verstandelijke handicap zal d.m.v. een video gedemonstreerd worden, nadat kort gewezen is op de problemen die iemand heeft met een dubbele
handicap: er staan dan immers minder compensatiemogelijkheden voor de
handicap(s) ter beschikking.
Doelstelling:
Deelnemers leren zien dat EMDR ook bij de genoemde doelgroep(en) toegepast kan worden en maken kennis met enkele voorbeelden van hoe de behandeling specifiek vorm gegeven kan worden.
Maar belangrijkste doelstelling van deze workshop is dat behandelaars enthousiast kunnen worden voor de toepassing van EMDR juist ook voor deze kwetsbare mensen!
After a brief introduction to the special problems that people with intellectual and / or Multiple (visual and mental) limit in their lives meet and the many forms of psychotrauma, for them arise from situations that others often not as traumatic to experienced (the ability to experience meaning and place), will focus on using case studies explain how EMDR standard protocol and the method can be adapted to the more limited abilities of the people in this audience. It will also be referred to the adjustments of the protocol as for young children by different therapists was developed and used for this target group often highly relevant.
Treating a woman with a strong visual impairment and a mental disability will be using demonstrated a video, after briefly pointed to the difficulties that someone with a double
Disabled: There are after all less than redress for disability (s) available.
Objective:
Participants learn that EMDR also said the target group (s) can be applied and become familiar with some examples of how the specific form of treatment can be given.
But most important objective of this workshop is that therapists are enthusiastic for the use of EMDR for these very vulnerable people!
After a brief introduction to the special problems that people with intellectual and / or Multiple (visual and mental) limit in their lives meet and the many forms of psychotrauma, for them arise from situations that others often not as traumatic to experienced (the ability to experience meaning and place), will focus on using case studies explain how EMDR standard protocol and the method can be adapted to the more limited abilities of the people in this audience. It will also be referred to the adjustments of the protocol as for young children by different therapists was developed and used for this target group often highly relevant. Treating a woman with a strong visual impairment and a mental disability will be using demonstrated a video, after briefly pointed to the difficulties that someone with a doubleDisabled: There are after all less than redress fordisability (s) available.
Objective:Participants learn that EMDR also said the target group(s) can be applied and become familiar with some examples of how the specific form of treatment can be given. But most important objective of this workshop is that therapists are enthusiastic for the use of EMDR for these very vulnerable people!
Keywords: Mental Disabilities Visual Impairments
Accuracy Verified: Yes
133. Aelen, F., & Chateau, K. (2005, November). EMDR bij systeemtherapie [EMDR therapy and systems]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Bij de keuze systeemleden bij de behandeling te betrekken spelen, ook bij behandelaren, cognities een rol mee.
Cognities over de groei-en helingmogelijkheden die het gezin (van oorsprong) biedt en over zijn beperkende of zelfs schadelijke invloed op de ontwikkeling van individuen.
De systeemtherapeut beweegt zich in het -voor anderen soms onoverzichtelijke- moeras van kansen en gevaren voor het individu: zij heeft leren sturen en wijken, neemt risico’s om gedragsverandering te bewerkstelligen, maar stelt veiligheid voorop.
Hoe kan een individueel therapeut op een veilige manier systeemleden betrekken en waartoe kan een systeemtherapeut EMDR inzetten ?
Getraumatiseerd is een individu op zijn kwetsbaarst: Het besluit om systeemleden bij de behandeling te betrekken moet dan ook altijd in het voordeel van de getraumatiseerde cliënt zijn
Wanneer traumatisering heeft plaatsgevonden binnen het gezinssysteem van oorsprong (of wanneer de ouders niet bij machte zijn geweest om op traumatisering ‘van buiten’ adequaat te reageren) ontwikkelt een individu disfunctionele cognities over zichzelf en over zijn kernrelaties, die vaak generaliseren naar de wereld buiten het gezin. Dit is van invloed op o.m. latere partnerrelaties. Het betrekken bij de EMDR-behandeling van een ‘good enough’ partner kan de individuele cliënt helpen deze gegeneraliseerde cognities te vervangen door passender en meer productiever cognities.
In de workshop besteden we aandacht aan de vraag hoe een individueel therapeut op een veilige manier systeemleden kan betrekken bij de EMDR-behandeling en aan de vraag waartoe een systeemtherapeut EMDR kan inzetten.
Een eerste stap in het gebruik maken van de extra kansen die het systeemdenken biedt aan EMDR-therapeuten, is het, hypothetisch, in kaart brengen van de positieve en negatieve systeeminvloeden voor de cliënt middels het maken van het genogram . Dit om de effecten van de EMDR te plaatsen in de relationele leergeschiedenis van het individu.
Een tweede stap is het betrekken van liefdevolle en betrouwbaar geïnvolveerde partners (of vrienden) en het “verzilveren” van de EMDR met de kernrelatie, waarbij op natuurlijke wijze verbeteringen of soms (tijdelijke) moeilijkheden aan bod komen.
Een derde stap is het ineenweven van EMDR en systeemgesprekken, waarbij naast traumaverwerking gezonder verhoudingen het doel zijn en resultaten op beide gebieden elkaar logischerwijs versterken.
In select members for the treatment system involvement, here when medical professionals play a role with Cognitions.
Cognitions about the growth and healing potential of the family (or origin) and limiting or Has Been here Harmful Effects on the Development of Individuals.
The therapist moves the system to others-Sometimes-confuse Morass of opportunities and risks for the Individual: the therapist has learned to steer and districts, taking risks for behavior change, but does put safety first.
How Can an Individual therapist in a safe way to members and involvement System Which Can Deploy a system EMDR therapist?
A traumatized individuality to be vulnerable: The decision to members in the treatment system involvement Should therefore always in favor of the traumatized client
When trauma occurred HAS Within the Family System of Origin (or When parents are Unable to bone traumatization 'outside' appropriate response) initially develop an individuality Dysfunctional Cognitions about himself and his key relationships in loss or That Generalize to the world outside the family. This subsequent component seem ambiguous to partner relationships. The involvement of the EMDR treatment or a 'good enough' partner, an individuality to help client thesis generalized Cognition to replace more and more Productive Appropriate Cognitions.
In the workshop we focus on how an individuality in a safe system therapist members Can Participate in the EMDR treatment and to demand a System Which Can use EMDR therapist.
A first step in making use of the extra opportunities the system offers to think EMDR Therapists, it is, hypothetically, identify the positive and negative Influences on the client system through the creation of the genogram. That the effects of EMDR to place in the relational learning history of the individuality.
A second step is the involvement or permission and secure agreement of the partners (or friends) and "Redeem" the core relationship with EMDR, which Sometimes Naturally Speaking Improvements or (temporary) problems to be addressed.
A third step is weaving together of EMDR and system calls, which in addition to trauma and healthy relationships are the results in objectifying both areas reinforcement each other logically.
Keywords: Systems Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
134. Leeds, A. (2011, August). EMDR Case Conceptualization and Treatment Planning: How AIP leads to divergent strategies in different cases. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many clinicians seek guidance with case formulation and predicting responses to EMDR reprocessing. This presentation integrates the AIP Model with adult attachment classification. Case examples illustrate clinical strategies for assessing attachment classification as a foundation for case formulation. This presentation proposes a symptom informed approach for cases with an Axis I focus – PTSD, depression, specific phobias and panic – from parallel models of de Jongh (2010), Korn (2004) and Leeds (2004, 2009). Criteria from Korn (2004, 2009), Leeds (2009) and Hofmann (2004, 2005) indicate when to consider containing and deferring reprocessing early life experiences in complex cases – personality disorders and complex PTSD.
Keywords: Adult Attachment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
135. Kiessling, R. (2010, September/October). EMDR case conceptualization from a belief focused perspective. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
While many understand the EMDR Approach to Psychotherapy, many do not fully understand the power of using core beliefs as the focal point of their EMDR case conceptualization. This workshop, through lecture, case examples and practice, will assist EMDR Trainers, Approved Consultants, Certified therapists and the newly trained EMDR therapists, in understanding the EMDR Approach, based upon the AIP model, from the core belief perspective. Using this core belief focus, targeting sequence plans will be designed, necessary and/or needed resources will be developed, and intervention strategies anticipated to help facilitate processing.
Keywords: Core Beliefs
Accuracy Verified: Yes
136. Leeds, A. M. (1995, June). EMDR case formulation symposium. Symposium conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The focus of this symposium will be on intermediate and advanced topics in EMDR case formulation in more challenging cases.
The presentation will include how affect and schema theories can help organize and guide treatment planing and selection of
protocols, targets and cognitions. Time will be allowed to discuss problem cases.
The symposium will begin with an overview of the EMDR theoretical model and the role of metacognitions in the accelerated
information processing paradigm. Guideposts to application will include principles such as: good enough cognitions and warning
indicators fiom cognitions and the history taking of potential blocked responses.
A model of EMDR case formulation issues will be presented involving treatment planning and selection of protocols, targets and
cognitions. A fundamental issue in case formulation will be proposed as the extent to which the case involves simple adult trauma
with a good premorbid history or is a more complex case conceptualized as involving some degree of neglect or pervasive failure of
the early environment to provide healthy models of self-other interaction.
Alternate treatment protocols will be offered for more complex cases presentations where there are insufficient healthy resources
present to permit the successfull use of standard EMDR protocols even with creative application of cognitive interweave strategies.
Protocols will be offered for "practice" EMDR sessions and for building up healthy internal resources in advance of targeting
disturbing memories.
Affect theory as developed by Silvan S. Tomkins and reviewed in Donald Nathanson's (1992) Shame and Pride, Affect Sex, and the
Birth of the Self, W. W. Norton & Co, New York, and its relationship to EMDR will be considered. Emphasis will be on the
biological theory of emotions, the nine innate affects, the central and unique role of shame in human development, and how affect
theory supports EMDR theory and application. For example, EMDR theory emphasizes the central role of physiological and
emotional responses and views cognitions as "distallations of experience" (Francine Shapiro, 1995, Eve Movement Desensitization
and Reprocessing, Basic Principles, Protocols, and Procedures, Guilford Press, NY). Shame and its attendant distorted self concepts
is a central problem in PTSD and other pervasive traumageric disorders.
Aspects of this case formulation approach have been influenced by members of the EMDR facilitator staff most notably Landry
Wildwind's speciality and conference presentations on working with chronic depression and personal communications with
Marguerite McCorkle.
Case examples will be given in which alternate EMDR protocols were used to successfully work through unresolved developmental
issues and massive layers of shame that had blocked previous treatment efforts. A large portion of the symposium will be devoted to
a case conference round table where these issues will be explored through a discussion of problem cases offered by participants.
Keywords: Case Formulations
Accuracy Verified: Yes
137. McDonald, H. (2010, March). EMDR chronic pain protocol. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Persistent pain is common in
people who have experienced trauma; and persistent pain also leads to trauma responses.
This workshop will focus on using the Pain Protocol (Grant and Threlfo, 2002), using a
practical approach to clinical work with clients. The pain protocol is based on the Adaptive
Information Processing model, (Shapiro 1995), and takes into account the overlap
between the experience of pain and traumatic experiences. It is expected that participants
not necessarily have experience of working specifically on pain using EMDR with clients.
An increasing body of evidence suggests that using the EMDR Pain Protocol can be
effective in three main ways:
• Reducing the experience of pain;
• Targeting pain memories and
• Overcoming the impact of pain on the individual.
The application of the protocol assumes that it is possible to influence neurological
pathways involved in maintaining persistent pain messages.
The workshop will include a brief overview of research evidence and current clinical
experience, and will primarily focus on practical applications. This will include working
with imagery in specific ways relevant to working with people in pain; and discussion of
case examples.
At the end of the workshop, it is hoped that participants have increased confidence in
working with people who have pain; having practiced elements of the protocol and
discussed their implications for clinical practice.
Keywords: Chronic Pain Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
138. Hartung, J. (2007, Novembro). EMDR e psicologia positiva: Treinamento em resiliência, aprimoramento de desempenho e outros assuntos que nunca ouvimos na universidade [Positive psychology and EMDR: Training resilience, performance enhancement and other matters that we have never heard in the university]. Apresentação no I Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
No treinamento profissional de um
psicoterapeuta, tende-se a focalizar aquilo que
está “errado” com clientes: psicopatologia,
transtornos de ajustamento, categorias
diagnósticas, mesmo abordagens de tratamento
baseiam-se na premissa de que nossos clientes
vêm nos ver apenas quando algo está errado com eles. O terapeuta, por sua vez, pode finalizar o
trabalho depois que os sintomas foram corrigidos,
ou ao menos reduzidos. Nos últimos anos, muitos
terapeutas (e seus clientes) têm prestando atenção
ao que está certo conosco; como podemos
incrementar nossos recursos pessoais e nossas
emoções positivas, com a finalidade de obter
maiores benefícios para nós mesmos e os outros
com quem convivemos.
In the professional training of an
psychotherapist, tends to focus on what
is "wrong" with customers: psychopathology,
adjustment disorders, categories
diagnostic, treatment approaches that
based on the premise that our customers
come see us only when something is wrong with them. The therapist, in turn, may end
work after the symptoms have been corrected,
or at least reduced. In recent years, many
therapists (and their customers) are paying attention to what is right with us, as we
increase our resources and our personal
positive emotions, in order to obtain
greater benefits for ourselves and others
with whom we live.
Keywords: Positive Psychology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
139. Salomoni, S. R. (2012, Novembro). EMDR e terapia familiar: Um caso de fibromialgia [EMDR and family therapy: A case of fibromyalgia]. In EMDR e fibromialgia. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Terapia Familiar Sistêmica, de forma integrada. Objetivo: Demonstrar como a associação das duas abordagens permite alterar o foco do individual para o familiar e do familiar para o individual, resultando em superação de traumas e integração individual, com relações mais saudáveis. Método: O EMDR foi
utilizado para reprocessar traumas, a partir de queixas da cliente. Segundo Bruck, “o trauma é uma experiência que explode a capacidade de suportar um revés, traz perda de sentido, desorganização corporal e paralisação da consciência corporal; pode deixar marcas que influenciam a criatividade e a motivação para a vida”. Assim, mesmo uma pessoa com boa estrutura de personalidade, resiliente e com família funcional, não está imune ao trauma.O outro pilar teórico norteador do trabalho é a Terapia Familiar, uma vez que os modelos de transação experimentados na família de origem constituem-se matrizes de aprendizagem para as transações sociais futuras. Para Souza, a família é um microcosmo, um universo em miniatura, representativo do mundo lá fora e do lá dentro de cada um de nós. Considera-se também a rede social pessoal, definida por Sluzki como a soma das relações que o indivíduo percebe serem significativas para si. Desta maneira, busca-se a dinâmica na família, que pode facilitar ou dificultar o trabalho com o indivíduo. Com o EMDR lidamos com traumas recentes e antigos e com crenças limitantes, e a partir daí são mobilizados recursos positivos inacessíveis até então, devido ao bloqueio de traumas. Esses recursos individuais já mais acessíveis são então integrados na vida familiar e social. Resultados: Apresento o caso de uma moça de 28 anos com diagnóstico médico de fibromialgia, universitária, que tinha abandonado os estudos e estágio, com fortes dores e muito tempo na cama, que após 15 sessões de psicoterapia, incluindo as sessões familiares, voltou às suas atividades normais.
Systemic Family Therapy, seamlessly. Objective: To demonstrate how the combination of the two approaches allows you to change the focus from the individual to the family and the family for the individual, resulting in overcoming traumas and individual integration with healthier relationships. Method: The EMDR was
used to reprocess trauma, from customer complaints. According to Bruck, "trauma is an experience that explodes the ability to support a setback, brings loss of meaning, and paralysis of body clutter body awareness, can leave marks that influence creativity and motivation for life." Thus, even a person with good personality structure, resilient and functional family, is not immune to trauma.O another pillar guiding theoretical work is Family Therapy, once the transaction models experienced in the family of origin constitute matrices of social learning for future transactions. For Souza, the family is a microcosm, a miniature universe, representative of the outside world and the inside of each of us. It is also considered a social network, defined by Sluzki as the sum of the relations that the individual perceives itself to be significant. In this way, search the dynamics in the family, which can facilitate or hinder the work with the individual. With EMDR deal with recent and old traumas and limiting beliefs, and from there are positive resources mobilized hitherto inaccessible, due to blockage of trauma. These individual features are now more accessible then integrated into family and social life. Results: I present the case of a girl of 28 years with a medical diagnosis of fibromyalgia, university, who had abandoned his studies and internship, with severe pain and a lot of time in bed, that after 15 sessions of psychotherapy, including family sessions, returned to their normal activities.
Keywords: Family Therapy Fibromyalgia
Accuracy Verified: Yes
140. Aduriz, E. (2012, June). EMDR en niños con trastornos disociativos [EMDR in children with dissociative disorders]. En Preconferencia 2: Niños, traumatización grave y EMDR [In Pre-conference 2: Children, severe traumatization and EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Aduriz will show the importance of establishing
a predictable and trusting relationship between the child and her adoptive parents so that the child can repair the severe early wounds inflicted
on her by the relationship with her biological mother. She will also focus on how to help the adoptive parents attain more confidence in their
parental role.
María Elena Aduriz, expondrá a través del caso de una niña cuya traumatización es consecuencia directa de un apego desorganizado a una
madre esquizofrénica, inestable y suicida, la importancia de articular intervenciones terapéuticas con EMDR con la niña y con los padres
adoptivos. Señalará la importancia de establecer un vínculo predecible y confiable entre ellos para que la niña pueda reparar las heridas
tempranas y severas producto del vínculo con su madre biológica, y para que los padres sean capaces de generar mayor confianza en su
función parental.
Keywords: Attachment Disruptions Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
141. Baita, S. (2012, June). EMDR en niños con trastornos disociativos [EMDR in children with dissociative disorders]. Pre-Conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Sandra Baita will describe the case of a dissociative girl whose traumatization was a consequence of early exposure to chronic sexual abuse
by her father. In this case, Dr. Baita will explain the challenge of working with systems surrounding the child other than the family, for example,
the Justice System. She will focus on the paramount importance of the first stage of treatment and the achievement of external security when
working with severely traumatized children. Dr. Baita will offer for discussion with the attendees, the development of a treatment plan for this
dissociative girl using EMDR during the therapeutic stages of security and stability, working with traumatic memories, and integration.
Sandra Baita expondrá el caso de una niña con un trastorno disociativo en el cual la traumatización ha sido consecuencia de la exposición
temprana a abuso sexual por parte del padre. En este caso, la Dra. Baita explicará el desafío que implica trabajar con otros sistemas además
del familiar, tales como el sistema de Justicia. Ilustrará además la relevancia que adquiere la primera etapa del tratamiento y el establecimiento
de un contexto real de seguridad externa en el tratamiento de niños severamente traumatizados, y mostrará, para su discusión con los
asistentes, el desarrollo del tratamiento exhaustivo de esta niña utilizando EMDR a lo largo de las etapas de seguridad y estabilidad, trabajo
con las memorias traumáticas e integración.
Keywords: Children Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
142. Twombly, J. H. (2005). EMDR for clients with dissociative identity disorder, DDNOS, and ego states. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 88-120). New York: W W Norton & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract: U
sing EMDR with clients with dissociative identity disorder (DID) and other dissociative disorders (DDs) requires careful adaptation to allow the unique benefits of EMDR to be used productively, without risking unleashing a flood of traumatic material and destabilizing the client. In this chapter I will discuss adaptations for each stage of treatment for dissociative clients. While I'll focus on work with DID (formerly multiple personality disorder) and dissociative disorder not otherwise specified (DDNOS), the EMDR adaptations and protocols taught in this chapter can be used with people with other DDs and complex PTSD, and in ego-state work. This chapter is divided into three sections, summarizing the treatment of DDs within the three stages of standard phase-oriented trauma treatment. [Text, pp. 88, 90]
Keywords: Adults Child Abuse DID Dissociative Identity Disorder Hypnotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
143. Shapiro, F., & Broderson, G. (1997). EMDR for trauma: Eye movement desenitization and reprocessing. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Language: English
Format: Video
Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a complex treatment approach that combines salient elements of the major therapeutic schools (e.g., cognitive, behavioral, psychodynamic, physiological, and interactional). Although the eye movement stimulation (and other forms of dual stimulation used in the approach) have garnered the most attention professionally and publicly, EMDR actually involves a much broader spectrum of interventions, which are organized into eight phases of therapy. Currently, 13 completed controlled studies of EMDR make it one of the most researched methods of psychotherapy used in the treatment of trauma. Its efficacy has been supported by these studies: the four most recent studies of victims who have suffered single traumas have demonstrated that after the equivalent of three 90-minute sessions, 84% to 90% of patients no longer have symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD; Rothbaum, 1997; Wilson, Becker, & Tinker, 1995).
EMDR is based on the assumption that specific experiences from the past continue to guide the client`s responses in the present. These experiences can be the "big T" traumas that result in PTSD or the "small t" traumas that are the ubiquitous experiences known to have a less dramatic but still negative impact on personality and behavior.
To influence such experiences from the past, EMDR draws on an information processing model of behavior. Conceptually, disturbing trauma-related information is believed to be held in the patient`s nervous system in state-dependent form (e.g., the perceptions and sensations experienced at the time of the trauma are encoded in the nervous system). EMDR allows the processing of this information in an adaptive fashion so that what is useful from the experience can be learned; stored appropriately, cognitively, and affectively; and made available for behavioral guidance in the future. What is useless to adaptation, such as excess negative emotions, irrational self-assessments, and disturbing physical sensations, can be discarded.
Assessment is focused not on global diagnoses but rather on specific delineations of problematic behaviors, attitudes, and affects that need to be transmuted to allow for adaptive resolution of trauma or conflict. Specifically, the EMDR clinician asks, what is the patient being influenced by past experiences to do in the present that is dysfunctional and what is he or she prevented from doing that would be adaptive?
Although originally applied to PTSD, EMDR shows promise in a variety of clinical complaints that are based on earlier life experiences that underlie the pathology and current experiences and that restimulate the disturbance. EMDR allows clients to access and reprocess these experiences as well as to learn new skills and behaviors for managing future life events. In all cases, the goal of EMDR is to produce the most comprehensive and profound treatment effects in the shortest period of time, while helping the client to remain reasonably stable.
EMDR as an eight-phase intervention approach can be considered a complete treatment in some clinical cases, or it may be part of a more complex treatment plan that includes other more traditional approaches to treating a specific pathology (e.g., borderline personality disorder). Within this latter integrative context, EMDR appears to be useful for a broad range of clinical complaints and seems to provide more rapid achievement of positive treatment effects than do these more traditional approaches alone.
Dr. Shapiro identifies her approach as "eye movement desensitization and reprocessing." What does this imply to you? More specifically, what do you expect of her? Will Dr. Shapiro be active or passive? Will the session be structured or unstructured? Directive or nondirective? Will it focus on the past or on the present? Will the session focus on behaviors, on thoughts, or on feelings? What do you expect to be the relative balance between attention to technique versus the interpersonal interaction?
Keywords: Client Francine Shapiro Male
Accuracy Verified: Yes
144. Hase, M. (2001, May). EMDR in a critical incident in Germany (prison riot). Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The prison system serves, among many others, one important goal: to separate those members
of society, who are dangerous to others, from the more peaceful and law-abiding majority. As
a consequence one could assume that the inmates of a prison from a, subgroup of human
beings, distinct by their aggressive potential. Though this is not true for all of the prisoners, it may be true for many of them. It is a well known fact, at least in Germany, that procedures
for controlling the safety in a prison, can't eliminate criminal behaviour or dealing with drugs
in a prison. One could assume, that even if an adequate standard of safety is upheld, a prison
would be a dangerous place to work in and that prison staff would be at a considerable risk of
being traumatised at work. In the prison system in Lower Saxony, Germany, between 5 and
10 recently traumatised staff are invited to participate in a group consultation each year. The
number of unrecorded cases is certainly much higher. In contrast there is not much literature about traumatisation of prison staff. On the other hand
prison staff are regarded as a population often reluctant to engage in psychotherapy and
leaving psychotherapy prematurely, without a significant treatment effect.
On 13th of August 1999 a prisoner attacked prison staff at Uelzen prison in Lower Saxony,
Germany. The perpetrator killed two members of staff, wounded two others severely and
committed suicide immediately afterwards. More members of staff suffered from the
psychological effects of the violence. The Critical Incident Team within the Ministry of
Justice provided intensive care and counselling. 15 members of staff were identified as a
high risk group to develop PTSD. 10 members of staff began psychotherapy. 7 qualified for
a diagnosis of PTSD, 3 for related diagnoses, according to ICD-10 criteria None of them left
therapy prematurely. One member of staff suffered from the effects of a civil war situation
experienced 15 years before, with a late onset PTSD triggered by vicarious traumatisation.
Only one remains out of work, but does not qualify for a diagnosis of PTSD at present. Three
are still in therapy. 7 patents ended therapy with a complete recovery. EMDR was applied to
great extent in 9 of the 10 cases. EMDR was tolerated well and proved to be fast and
efficient. Treatment effects seem to last over time. Setting the focus on the trauma and using
EMDR as a specific psychotherapeutic method seems to provide an accepted strategy with
significant gains for this population.
Keywords: Critical Incident Prison Recent Events Riot
Accuracy Verified: Yes
145. Grant, M. (1997, July). EMDR in a multi-modal approach to chronic pain. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Francisco, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This is an outline of a psychological treatment approach to chronic
pain, integrated with medical treatment, based on EMDR.
EMDR consists of a combination of various elements of standard approaches to pain
management, together with innovations such as dual focus of attention and bilateral
stimulation. Although EMDR initially utilized bilateral eye-movements (EM'S), bilateral tones
and tapping are now also utilized. One of the central elements of EMDR is a desensitization
procedure in which the patient is assisted to focus on the negative thoughts feeling and
sensations associated with their problem, whilst simultaneously attending to a bilateral
stimulation (visual, auditory or tactile). This is frequently followed by change in the level of
distress associated with the problem (Shapiro. 1989, 1995).
Keywords: Chronic Pain
Accuracy Verified: Yes
146. Wieland, S. (2012, June). EMDR in children with dissociative disorders [EMDR en niños con trastornos disociativos]. Pre-Conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The effect of early interpersonal trauma on adult clients has been extensively studied and reported. Less attention has been
given to the effects of complex trauma on children. Because childhood is the time of most rapid brain development as well as the time when
children are dependent on adult caregivers, early physical, sexual, and emotional abuse, including neglect and witnessing domestic violence,
has severe effects on infants and children – disorganized attachment, affect and behavioral dysregulation, and dissociation. In this preconference
Sandra Wieland will describe how early trauma and neglect affects the infant/child’s brain, autonomic nervous system, and body
system. She will explain how dissociation is often used by children to protect themselves from the impact – both emotional and physical – of
complex trauma. Given this high level of fragmentation and fright, children are often not able to participate successfully in the standardized
EMDR protocol. Dr. Wieland will teach ways in which the EMDR protocol can be adapted in order to access more completely the child’s
fragmented internal system. She will use clinical vignettes to describe ways EMDR can assist in each of the three stages of trauma treatment
– safety/stabilization, trauma processing, and integration. Maria Elena Aduriz will describe a case of a girl whose traumatization is the direct
consequence of a disorganized attachment to a schizophrenic, unstable and suicidal mother. Through this case she will focus on the importance
of learning how to articulate EMDR interventions with the child and her adoptive parents.
Los efectos del trauma interpersonal temprano han sido extensamente estudiados y documentados. Sin embargo, se ha prestado
menos atención a los efectos del trauma complejo en niños. Debido a la etapa del desarrollo en la que se encuentran y a la dependencia
respecto de los adultos, los niños son especialmente vulnerables a la exposición a eventos traumáticos en el seno de los cuidados familiares
tales como maltrato físico, emocional y abuso sexual. Las consecuencias postraumáticas incluyen, entre otras, apego desorganizado,
desregulación afectiva y conductual, y disociación. En esta preconferencia Sandra Wieland comenzará por describir de qué forma el trauma
temprano y la negligencia afectan el desarrollo del cerebro, del sistema nervioso autónomo y del sistema corporal del niño. Explicará de qué
manera la disociación suele ser utilizada por el niño como protección contra el impacto –tanto emocional como físico- del trauma complejo.
Debido al miedo y al alto nivel de fragmentación que presentan estos niños el protocolo EMDR estándar no puede ser utilizado de manera
eficaz. La Dra. Wieland enseñará cómo el protocolo EMDR puede ser adaptado para poder acceder de manera más completa al mundo
interno fragmentado del niño. Describirá con viñetas clínicas de qué forma EMDR puede
Keywords: Developmental Trauma Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
147. Bohm, K. (2011, June). EMDR in der behandlung der zwangsstörung [EMDR in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In diesem praxisorientierten Workshop wird der Einsatz von EMDR bei Zwangsstörungen vorgestellt und eingeübt. Dabei wird auf Besonderheiten beim Einsatz von EMDR ebenso eingegangen wie auf die Kombination mit Reizkonfrontationen (Expositionsübungen). Ein verändertes Standartprotokoll wird eingeführt, das "Therapietiming“ von EMDR aufgezeigt und auf typische Probleme in der Emotionsregulation eingegangen.
Learning objectives:
Ein wichtiges Augenmerk richtet sich in der Therapie immer auf die Persönlichkeit und Lebensgeschichte des Patienten. Sie lernen EMDR auf die jeweilige Persönlichkeit zuzuschneiden und auch die Art des Zwanges zu berücksichtigen. Waschzwänge bedürfen zum Beispiel oft anderer Strategien als reine Zwangsgedanken.
Im Workshop werden Therapievideos gezeigt, das praktische Vorgehen eingeübt und die Theorie hierzu anschaulich vermittelt. Er richtet sich sowohl an verhaltenstherapeutisch als auch an tiefenpsychologisch arbeitende Kollegen.
In this hands-on workshop, the use of EMDR is presented with OCD and practiced. It is specific to the use of EMDR as well as to respond to stimulus combination confrontation (exposure exercises). A modified standard protocol is introduced, demonstrated the "treatment timing" of EMDR and discussed common problems in emotion regulation.
Learning objectives:
An important focus is always in the therapy on the personality and life history of the patient. You will learn to tailor to the particular personality and EMDR to consider the kind of coercion. Washing compulsions for example, often require different strategies than pure obsessions.
The workshop therapy videos are shown, and rehearsed the practical approach and teaches the theory on this vividly. He addresses both behavioral therapy and psychodynamic to working colleagues.
Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
148. Bohm, K. (2012, September). EMDR in der behandlung der zwangsstörung [EMDR in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder]. Vortrag auf der Jahrestagung der Deutschen Gesellschaft Zwangserkrankungen Münster, Deutschland.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In diesem praxisorientierten Workshop wird der Einsatz von EMDR bei Zwangsstörungen vorgestellt und eingeübt. Dabei wird auf Besonderheiten beim Einsatz von EMDR ebenso eingegangen wie auf die Kombination mit Reizkonfrontationen (Expositionsübungen). Ein verändertes Standartprotokoll wird eingeführt, das "Therapietiming“ von EMDR aufgezeigt und auf typische Probleme in der Emotionsregulation eingegangen. Learning objectives: Ein wichtiges Augenmerk richtet sich in der Therapie immer auf die Persönlichkeit und Lebensgeschichte des Patienten. Sie lernen EMDR auf die jeweilige Persönlichkeit zuzuschneiden und auch die Art des Zwanges zu berücksichtigen. Waschzwänge bedürfen zum Beispiel oft anderer Strategien als reine Zwangsgedanken. Im Workshop werden Therapievideos gezeigt, das praktische Vorgehen eingeübt und die Theorie hierzu anschaulich vermittelt. Er richtet sich sowohl an verhaltenstherapeutisch als auch an tiefenpsychologisch arbeitende Kollegen.
In this hands-on workshop, the use of EMDR is presented with OCD and practiced. It is specific to the use of EMDR as well as to respond to stimulus combination confrontation (exposure exercises). A modified standard protocol is introduced, demonstrated the "treatment timing" of EMDR and discussed common problems in emotion regulation. Learning objectives: An important focus is always in the therapy on the personality and life history of the patient. You will learn to tailor to the particular personality and EMDR to consider the kind of coercion. Washing compulsions for example, often require different strategies than pure obsessions. The workshop therapy videos are shown, and rehearsed the practical approach and teaches the theory on this vividly. He addresses both behavioral therapy and psychodynamic to working colleagues.
Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
149. Bohm, K., & Voderholzer, U. (2010, September). EMDR in der behandlung von zwangsstörungen: Eine fallserie [Use of EMDR in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorders: A case series]. Verhaltenstherapie [Behavior Therapy], 20(3), 175–181. doi:10.1159/000319439 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract: (The above link is to the English version of the German article.)
Hintergrund: Die kognitive Verhaltenstherapie mit Exposition
und Reaktionsverhinderung ist die am besten untersuchte
und derzeit wirksamste Therapie bei Zwängen.
15–40% der Patienten können jedoch nicht von diesem
Verfahren profitieren. Sie berichten Motivationsprobleme,
brechen die Behandlung vorzeitig ab oder zeigen
anhaltende Probleme in der Emotionsregulation. Der zusätzliche
Einsatz der Therapiemethode «Eye Movement
Desensitization and Reprocessing» (EMDR) zur Reduktion
dieser Schwierigkeiten wird vorgestellt und beschrieben.
Methode: Es werden drei Kasuistiken vorgestellt,
die mittels deskriptiver Analysen ausgewertet werden.
Hierbei wird auf das inhaltliche Vorgehen sowie die
Therapiemotivation und Emotionsregulation im Therapieverlauf
eingegangen. Ein Patient mit Kontrollzwängen
erhielt zunächst EMDR-Sitzungen und anschließend Expositionsübungen.
Eine andere Patientin mit vorwiegend
Zwangsgedanken wurde zuerst mit Expositionen und danach
mit EMDR behandelt. Im dritten Fall wurden Expositionen
und EMDR-Sitzungen abwechselnd durchgeführt.
Ergebnisse: Die drei behandelten Patienten berichteten
eine Reduktion der Zwänge um etwa 60%. EMDR
wurde von allen drei Patienten als motivierend und hilfreich
beschrieben. Die Arbeit an den Emotionen konnte
durch EMDR angeregt und verstärkt werden. Eine deutliche
Reduktion der Zwänge durch die Expositionen
zeigte sich bei 2 Patienten, während diese im Zuge der
EMDR-Sitzungen nur leicht abnahmen. Diskussion:
EMDR könnte eine vielversprechende Augmentationsoption
bei der Behandlung von Zwängen darstellen. Für
eine bessere Beurteilung sind kontrollierte und randomisierte
Studien erforderlich.
Introduction: Various studies have demonstrated that
cognitive behavioural therapy with exposure response
prevention is the most effective method to treat obsessive-
compulsive disorders. However, 15–40% of patients
do not respond to it; they cannot be motivated to undergo
treatment, drop out, or experience persisting difficulties
in regulating their emotions. In this article, EMDR
is presented as an additional method for these specific
problems. Method: Three case studies are reported and
descriptively analysed. Special focus is placed on the patients’
motivation and on how they regulate their emotions.
Different ways of applying EMDR in the course of
psychological treatment are described as well. EMDR before
confrontation therapy was applied in the first patient
(checking behaviour); the second patient (compulsive
thoughts) was first treated with confrontation therapy
and then with EMDR; in the third patient, EMDR and
confrontation therapy were applied alternately. Results:
All three patients showed a reduction of symptoms by
about 60%. They experienced EMDR as a useful and motivating
method. Furthermore, they felt encouraged to
deal with their emotions in additional psychological
treatments. Confrontation therapy markedly reduced
OCD symptoms in two of the patients. Discussion: EMDR
could be a useful augmentation method in treating patients
with OCD, but further controlled and randomised
studies are required to validate this conclusion.
Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD Psychotherapeutic Method Psychotherapy Research
Accuracy Verified: Yes
150. O'Donnell, I. (2002, June). EMDR in the treatment of OCD and eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will familiarize participants with an overview of the
assessment, case conceptualization, and methodology involved in the
treatment of persons with Obsessive Complusive Disorder (OCD) and
Eating Disorders (ED). OCD and ED will be addressed together and will be
viewed as Disorders of Obsession and Compulsion. The specific dynamic
of each disorder will be clarified. However, description of how the approach
presented here is similarly applied to each disorder will be highlighted.
The application of EMDR and how it can be used, in conjunction with
more traditional Cognitive Behavioral approaches will be the main focus
of the presentation
Keywords: Eating Disorders Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
151. Martin, A. J. (2004, Winter). EMDR in the treatment of PTSD: A restrospective of a patient and therapist. Stress Points, Newsletter for the Australasian Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, 15-16.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement
Desensitization and Reprocessing)
is a therapy often used in the
treatment of PTSD. During EMDR
the patient focuses on emotionally
disturbing experiences while
stimulus such as eye
movement or finger-tapping.
This dual (internal/external) focus
is combined with frequent, briefsimultaneously focusing on an
external
periods of focusing on new
associations as they arise.
Throughout the therapy, the
therapist methodically rates the
patient’s SUDs (Subjective Units of
Disturbance) on a scale of 0 - 10,
(“0” being the lowest amount of
stress the patient is presently
experiencing about the target
issue; “10” being the highest); and
VoCs (Validity of Cognition) on a
scale of 1 - 7, (“1” being the
lowest amount of belief the
patient holds in a specific positive
statement about himself; “7”
being the highest amount - ie: the
positive statement is “completely
true.”)
Accuracy Verified: Yes
152. Brown, S., & Gilman, S. (2011, July). EMDR in the treatment of trauma and substance abuse. Presentation at CalSouthern’s Master Lecture Series at California Southern University in Irvine, CA.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
This lecture will provide an overview of a comprehensive psychotherapy treatment approach called EMDR by two Certified EMDR Approved Consultants who each have over 25 years of clinical experience. EMDR is one of the most widely researched psychotherapies for Post-traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and it also has research support for the treatment of other trauma-driven disorders including substance abuse and behavioral addictions, depression, panic disorder, generalized anxiety disorder, borderline personality disorder and phantom limb pain. This workshop will focus on the application of EMDR with PTSD, trauma, and co-occurring substance use disorder.
Keywords: Substance Abuse Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
153. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). EMDR installation for facilitating emotional identification in the treatment of attachment disorders. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The accessibility of emotions in children with attachment disorders is known to be complex at best. This presentation looks at a new method of enabling a child dissociating from emotions with severs attachment disorder and complex, traumatic histories to access emotions using the installation phase of EMDR.
For teaching purposes, this presentation will use real-life cases of 4 attachment disordered children where EMDR has been used successfully. All the children had been taught safe space (or similar containment methods) to enable them to self regulate their emotions – however, prior to the installation they did not experience emotions to self regulate.
In all four cases, none of the children were able to access emotions and were severe attachment disordered. The children aged between 12 to 13 years of age and all had a diagnosis of attachment disorder, comorbid with post traumatic stress disorder. Most of the children did not experience emotions directly and when asked where they “felt emotions,” would state that they experienced emotion because they were told that they were experiencing emotion.
An example is one child who mentioned that she had been angry – she only knew this, because an adult had told her she was angry. Some4times, her hands were mottled when she was angry – but there appeared to be no internal awareness of emotional feelings. The three other children reported similar lack of awareness of internal emotions.
Using the installation phase of EMDR within the context of a one-to-one therapy session, each child was asked to focused on a particular emotion and focus where in their body they experienced any feelings which may be associated with emotion.
The children began to describe complex emotions, which they had never previously been able to. Many of these children had never cried or expressed emotions “normally” prior to this. An example of one child’s experience follows. “I feel sad in my heart. It feels cold – as if someone has smashed it into a thousand bits. It’s blue and very lonely. It feels empty.” (This was a child who had never experienced any internal emotion since the age of t when he remembered feeling angry at being taken away from his parents by a social worker. This was the last time he remembered every experiencing any kind of emotion).
Following this, all the children were also encourage to sit with their new emotions and not to be afraid of them.
One child reported: “I never knew how god it could feel to finally be allowed to cry and my throat doesn’t feel so stuck no more.”
Another child stated, “It feels good to be sad. When I cry – that stops my heart hurting so much and the treats make the glue to fix my broken heart.”
Another child experienced: “It’s okay to be angry. Anger isn’t scary – it’s just a feeling – just because I feel it doesn’t mean I have to kick off – and it feels strong to e angry – I have a right to be angry and that’s okay.” So far, we have not experienced an unsuccessful outcome; however, this method is still in the early stages of being developed.
Keywords: Attachment Disorders Emotional Identification Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
154. Silver, S. M., & Rogers, S. (2007, September). EMDR on the firing line: Working with war and terrorism survivors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A great deal of the history of EMDR involves its use with war and terrorism survivors. In recent years, that use has included the newest generation of American veterans from the War on Terror. In the face of steadily increasing numbers of people with trauma reactions, many therapists are reporting that they are seeing more veterans seeking help outside the traditional venues, such as the Veterans Administration. This presentation will focus on what has been learned, why it is important for clinicians to be aware of the needs of this population, and the sometimes unique demands such work places on clinicians.
Keywords: Survivors Terrorism War
Accuracy Verified: Yes
155. MacDonald, H. (2010, March). EMDR pain control. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Persistent pain is common in
people who have experienced trauma; and persistent pain also leads to trauma responses.
This workshop will focus on using the Pain Protocol (Grant and Threlfo, 2002), using a
practical approach to clinical work with clients. The pain protocol is based on the Adaptive
Information Processing model, (Shapiro 1995), and takes into account the overlap
between the experience of pain and traumatic experiences. It is expected that participants
not necessarily have experience of working specifically on pain using EMDR with clients.
An increasing body of evidence suggests that using the EMDR Pain Protocol can be
effective in three main ways:
• Reducing the experience of pain;
• Targeting pain memories; and
• Overcoming the impact of pain on the individual.
The application of the protocol assumes that it is possible to influence neurological
pathways involved in maintaining persistent pain messages.
The workshop will include a brief overview of research evidence and current clinical
experience, and will primarily focus on practical applications. This will include working
with imagery in specific ways relevant to working with people in pain; and discussion of
case examples.
At the end of the workshop, it is hoped that participants have increased confidence in
working with people who have pain; having practiced elements of the protocol and
discussed their implications for clinical practice.
Keywords: Pain Control
Accuracy Verified: Yes
156. Maccarrone, B., & De Divitiis, A. M. (2008, Novembre). EMDR per eventi recenti - Un modello e un nuovo protocollo [EMDR to recent events - a model and a new]. Presentazione Le applicazioni cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Il ricordo di un trauma recente differisce da quello di un trauma avvenuto in un passato più distante, poiché è ancora frammentato e disorganizzato e quindi non si è ancora integrato all’interno di un evento coerente, pertanto potrebbe non essere ancora generalizzato e rappresentato da un’immagine. Questo è il motivo per cui per il trattamento terapeutico di eventi traumatici avvenuti da alcune settimane, o forse anche da pochi mesi, sarà necessario ricorrere ad un protocollo specifico che pur preservando l’integrità delle 8 fasi del protocollo EMDR standard, sia in grado di approcciare l’evento all’interno di un resoconto.
In questo lavoro verrà descritto un protocollo, elaborato da Elan Shapiro e Brurit Laub per il trattamento dell’Episodio Traumatico Recente ( Recent Traumatic Episodi Protocol ; R-TEP), il quale approccia l’evento in termini di episodio intero (definito come il periodo che va dall’evento traumatico ad oggi) ed introduce una strategia per la scelta del target, da loro denominata “Google Search”. L’ipotesi è che l’assimilazione e l’integrazione dell’informazione traumatica avvenga ristabilendo la regolazione adattiva dell’attenzione; le relazioni parte/tutto si muovono attraverso catene associative nella direzione della differenziazione e integrazione puntando al completamento, nel senso dell’integrazione armonica delle esperienze negative e positive. L’elaborazione si muove da un ristretto focus sull’immagine (livello percettivo), ad un più ampio focus sull’evento /episodio (livello esperienziale), sino ad un focus esteso riferito al tema/identità (livello di significato).
Il completamento dell’elaborazione di un trauma recente potrà prevenire lo sviluppo di un PTSD, ristabilendo l’Elaborazione Adattiva dell’Informazione (AIP).
The memory of a recent trauma differs from that of a trauma occurred in a past more distant it is still fragmented and disorganized and therefore not yet integrated in a event consistent, so it may not yet be generalized and represented by an image. That is why for the treatment of traumatic events that occurred some weeks, or maybe even a few months, you must use a specific protocol that even preserving the integrity of the 8 phases of EMDR standard protocol, is able to approach the event within a report.
In this paper we describe a protocol, developed by Elan Shapiro and Laub Brurit for Traumatic handling of the episode recently (Traumatic Recent Episodes Protocol, R-TEP) which approaches the event in terms of the whole episode (defined as the period from event traumatic present) and introduces a strategy for choosing the target, which they called "Google Search. The hypothesis is that the assimilation and integration of information occurs traumatic adaptive re-establishing control of attention, relations part/whole move through associative chains in the direction of differentiation and integration aiming at completion, harmonious integration in the sense of positive and negative experiences. Processing moves by a narrow focus on the image (perceptual level), to a broader focus on the event/episode (experiential level), up to an expanded focus refers to theme / identity (level of meaning).
Completing the development of a recent trauma may prevent the development of PTSD, restoring the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP).
Keywords: Recent Events Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
157. Lendl, J., & Foster, S. (2009). EMDR performance and enhancement psychology protocol. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 377-396). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The EMDR Performance Enhancement Psychology Protocol (EMDR-PEP) addresses performance anxiety, self-defeating beliefs, behavioral inhibition, posttraumatic stress, and psychological recovery from injury for creative and performing artists, workplace employees, and athletes. The EMDR-PEP can be very useful with everyday nonpathological complaints such as procrastination, fear of failure, setbacks, and life transitions. Note: Clinicians, working with athletes require rigorous training in Sport Psychology and Sociology of Professional Sport. The EMDR-PEP encompasses a full spectrum viewpoint (body, mind, and spirit) regarding optimal functioning at work and in life. This perspective inspires clients to identify their strengths as well as areas to improve and to prioritize their work accordingly. The EMDR-PEP approach draws upon Maslow's (1971) Human Potential Movement and Positive Psychology (Amen, 2002; Buss, 2000; Csikzentmihalyi, 1990; Seligman, 1998; Taylor, Kemeny, Reed, Bower, & Gruenwald, 2000), as well as Sport Psychology Research and Principles (levleva & Orlick, 1991; Kohl, Ellis, & Roenkerm, 1992; Mamassis & Doganis, 2004; Martin, Moritz, & Hall, 1999; Nideffer, 1976; Short & Short, 2005; Simons, 2000; Unestahl, 1982), and Health Psychology (Graham, 1995; Levine, 1991; Simonton & Creighton, 1982; Whiting & den Brinker, 1982). The first single subject series (Foster & Lendl, 1996) reported promising findings with four diverse work-related situations and was republished in APA's seminal coaching papers in Consulting Psychology, The Wisdom of Coaching (Foster & Lendl, 2007). Reduced anxiety and increased self-confidence were reported for mature performing artists launching an existing repertoire into a new arena (Foster, 2000) and in a controlled study of master swimmers (Linebarger, 2005). Note: The Linebarger study included the Brief Intervention Focusing Protocol; the paper does not include inner advisor and mental room. Special attention is given to performance elements such as ability, focus, and motivation. The EMDR Performance Enhancement Psychology protocol Forms and Script are included. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Performance Enhancement Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
158. Shapiro, F., Beutler, L., Norcross, J., Maxfield, L., & Rogers, S. (2002). EMDR research and its future: Ecological validity, process research, component analysis, outcome findings, and sociopolitical context. Panel discussion at the Society for Psychotherapy Research International Conference, Santa Barbara, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This panel presentation addresses ecological validity, process factors, methodological variables, and sociopolitical context in the interpretation and dissemination of outcome research. Since its introduction, EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) has been the focus of controversy because of its departure from existing paradigms, its non-traditional dissemination, and immoderate claims for rapid effectiveness. This panel reviews the socio-political context in which EMDR developed and its relevance for other emerging psychotherapeutic approaches. Findings from a recent methodological meta-analysis are reviewed to provide an empirical context for assessing the range of results in different outcome studies. Specific client, therapist, and methodological variables that could account for disparities in outcome are examined and implications for interpreting research outcomes are discussed. The panel also summarizes the findings of various recent studies that identified the effects of eye movements as decreasing vividness and emotionality of memory, physiological arousal, and in-session subjective distress. Findings from two recently completed studies are reported in which both process variables and active ingredients were examined. Limitations of the group design approach to the dismantling of psychotherapies are also discussed.
Keywords: Panel Discussion
Accuracy Verified: Yes
159. Shapiro, R. (2009). EMDR Solutions II: For depression, eating disorders, performance, and more. New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
A clear and comprehensive guide to using EMDR in clinical practice. This edited collection—a follow-up to Shapiro’s successful EMDR Solutions—presents step-by-step instructions for implementing EMDR approaches to treat a range of issues, written by leading EMDR practitioners. The how-to approach, mixed with ample clinical wisdom, will help clinicians excel when using EMDR to treat their clients. The units include:
A comprehensive compendium of EMDR interventions for Depression, it begins with Robin Shapiro’s Assessment, Trauma-Based and Endogenous Depression chapters, continues with Jim Knipe’s Shame-Based Depression chapter, and ends with Shapiro’s Attachment-Based chapter.
The eight chapters of the Eating Disorder unit cover all the bases. From etiology to neurology through Preparation phases and treatment strategies, you’ll learn how to work with Bulimia, Anorexia, Body Dysmorphia, Binge Eating Disorder, disorders of Desire and more. Andrew Seubert is the ring leader. The other writers are Janie Scholom, Linda Cooke, Celia Grand, DaLene Forester, Janet McGee, Catherine Lidov, and Judy Lightstone.
Performance, Coaching, and Positive Psychology unit emphasizes strengths, skills, focus, and whatever gets in the way of reaching the goal. David Grand shares his foundational 15 Strategies for Performance enhancement. Ann Marie McKelvey integrates EMDR with Coaching and Positive Psychology.
The Complex Trauma unit includes Katie O’Shea’s useful and user-friendly Preparation Methods and Early Trauma Protocol, Sandra Paulsen and Ulrich Lanius’s brilliant collaboration Integrating EMDR with Somatic and Ego State Interventions, Liz Massiah’s hair-raising Intrusive Images chapter, and Shapiro’s treatment strategies for OCPD.
Robin Shapiro gives an overview of Medically-Based Trauma and her strategies for successful treatment of Multiple Chemical Sensitivities. Katherine Davis shows us how Post-Partum “Depression” is often treatable Post-Partum PTSD.
Ronald Ricci and Cheryl Clayton tell us how to use EMDR in our work with Sex Offenders and their complete therapeutic milieu.
Martha S. Jacobi develops our “third ear” for using EMDR with Religious and Spiritually-Attuned clients.
Keywords: Depression, Eating Disorders, Performance
Accuracy Verified: Yes
160. Lendl, J. (1999). EMDR Specialists as adjuncts to multi-discipline performance practice. Symposium conducted at the annual conference of the Association of the Advancement of Applied Sport Psychology, Banff, Alberta, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
There is evidence for the efficacy of eye movement
desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) with athletes. Case
studies will be used to demonstrate the value of a trauma and
performance specialist trained in EMDR as an adjunct to a
multi-disciplinary support team. Three multiteam situations
will be discussed. The first includes military base personnel
working to improve performance after trauma and, in some
cases, transition to the private sector. The second is a
behavioral medicine clinic with a focus on working with
trauma hindering performance and performance anxiety. The
third is a sport group utilizing a trainer, exercise physiologist,
and nutritionist working with a community college basketball
team.
Keywords: Athletes Performance Enhancement Sports Psychology Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
161. Laub, B. (2006, June). EMDR standard protocol in the personal resources and the settlement to be found. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Resource Development, EMDR is an addition to standard protocol. Procedure of each session to reveal the source of healing and therapy by the end of the beginning of a resource series covers the creation. Personal resources and the settlement to be found exactly matching procedure to the problem of uncovering the unconscious and strengthen cross-country skiing in both sessions, as well as in everyday life is to make accessible. There are three types of resource development: Historical Resource Development, Present and Future Development Resources Resources Development. Standard protocol problems, sensory, cognitive, emotional and somatic components are becoming a focus can be achieved. Personal Resources Development in the settlement, resources focus dialectic movement is intensified. Sources of development activity in recent years both in Israel and other EMDR therapists Brurit Laub'ın is observed in the practice. Procedures and video images live applications and small groups will be presented with applications that can be made, personal resources development and placement will be given immediately to the practice of protocol participants.
Keywords: Historical Resource Development Resource Development
Accuracy Verified: Yes
162. Sadatun, T. I. (2008, June). EMDR therapy for tsunami & armed conflicts survivors in Nanggroe Aceh Darussalam, Indonesia. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The Indonesian Province of Nanggroe Aceh Darusalam (NAD) is a region which is facing a unique set of problems,
among which is the protracted internal conflict, exacerbated by the tsunami on December 26, 2004. These events
have generated a widespread impact on the lives of the communities. One of the most crucial issues to be
addressed aside from legal, security, social and economic problems is the matter of health, including mental
health. In regards to mental health issues, comprehensive steps have been formulated into various mental health
care programs. One of the most needed programs is establishment of an educational system rooted in Indonesia
for the treatment of the posttraumatic stress syndrome (PTSD) of victims of crises and catastrophes through the
implementation of specific methods of treatment with a focus on the introduction of EMDR. With great support
from BMZ- TDH-Germany, HAP-Germany and Trauma Aid, capacity building on EMDR training has been
developed. Even though EMDR is highly effective as trauma healing therapy it is also a complex treatment to be
addressed in this specific population like in the province of NAD. Further than time constrain, limited numbers of
trauma therapist available and high numbers of severe cases that urgently need to be treated, complexities also
arises from cultural and religious aspects. The society in NAD is marked by decade long isolation, violent conflicts
for political self-determination and the strict interpretation of the Islam. The Sharia (doctrine of the Islam
including moral and judicial duties) was introduced as part of the laws. Due to this condition, for the time being
stabilization technique in EMDR is the most common technique that can be of widely used. In this presentation,
varieties of stabilization technique that have been used in this population will be addressed. More specifically, as
culturally adjustable method in therapy, this presentation will also introduce several culturally acceptable
stabilization techniques such as combining religious rituals (chanting, reciting) as personal resource with
stabilization technique. These techniques might be useful for other population with similar culture and religion.
Keywords: Armed Conflicts Nanggroe Aceh Darussalam, Indonesia Poster Survivors Tsunami
Accuracy Verified: Yes
163. Knipe, J. (2012, June). EMDR toolbox [La Caja de herramientas en EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR
has
had
a
profound
positive
impact
on
the
lives
of
many
clients
and
has
been
shown
in
more
than
seventeen
published
trials
to
be
effective
in
the
treatment
of
PTSD
(Maxfield
&
Hyer,
2002).
However,
the
DSM
IV
definition
of
PTSD
is
focused
on
the
single
traumatic
incident,
and
many
clients
seeking
relief
in
therapy
have
a
damaging
traumatic
history
that
extended
over
repeated
events
or
over
long
periods
of
time.
The
term,
Complex
PTSD
(Herman,
1992,
van
der
Kolk,
2005)
has
been
proposed
to
describe
a
pattern
of
negative
effects
of
prolonged
and
extreme
stress,
particularly
during
childhood.
The
focus
of
this
workshop
is
to
describe
a
theoretical
framework,
and
specific
therapy
“tools”
which
may
be
useful
in
providing
effective
therapy,
within
the
EMDR
Adaptive
Information
Processing
Model,
to
individuals
suffering
with
Complex
PTSD.
Important
concepts
and
particular
interventions
will
be
illustrated
through
video
examples
and
transcripts
from
therapy
sessions.
Dr.
Knipe
will
present
methods
for
identifying
and
treating
specific
dissociative
symptoms
with
accompanying
evidence
from
available
research
or
case
studies.
He
will
offer
EMDR
“tools”
that
can
be
used
to
make
the
healing
power
of
EMDR
more
available
to
clients
who
are
avoidant,
and/or
highly
vulnerable
to
dissociative
abreaction,
chronic
shame,
and
unrealistic
idealization
of
self
or
of
others.
He
will
discuss
the
primary
characteristics
of
clients
with
Complex
PTSD,
including
problems
with
disrupted
attachment
and
inappropriate
psychological
defenses.
He
will
illustrate
how
to
identify
various
Ego-‐States
and
work
with
these
within
the
Adaptive
Information
Processing
Therapy
Approach.
Time
will
be
available
for
participants
to
discuss
difficult
EMDR
cases.
EMDR
ha
tenido
un
profundo
efecto
sobre
la
vida
de
muchos
clientes
y
ha
demostrado
en
más
de
diecisiete
ensayos
publicados,
ser
eficaz
para
el
tratamiento
del
TEPT
(Maxfield
&
Hyer,
2002).
Sin
embargo,
la
definición
del
DSM
IV
del
TEPT
está
centrada
en
el
incidente
traumático
único,
mientras
que
en
muchos
de
los
clientes
que
buscan
el
alivio
a
través
de
la
terapia
su
historial
traumático
incluye
episodios
traumáticos
repetidos
o
que
se
extienden
a
lo
largo
de
períodos
prolongados
de
tiempo.
Se
ha
propuesto
el
término
TEPT
complejo
(Herman,
1992,
van
der
Kolk,
2005)
para
describir
un
patrón
de
efectos
negativos
derivados
una
situación
de
estrés
prolongado
e
intenso
que
ha
aparecido
principalmente
en
la
infancia.
Este
taller
estará
centrado
en
describir
el
marco
teórico
y
las
“herramientas”
terapéuticas
específicas
que
pueden
ser
necesarias
para
proporcionar
,
dentro
del
modelo
de
procesamiento
adaptativo
de
la
información
de
EMDR,
una
terapia
eficaz
a
los
individuos
que
sufran
de
un
cuadro
de
TEPT
complejo.
Los
conceptos
importantes
y
las
intervenciones
concretas
que
se
realizan
serán
ejemplificadas
mediante
ejemplos
en
vídeo
y
mediante
transcripciones
de
sesiones
de
terapia.
El
Dr.
Knipe
presentará
diversos
métodos
que
permitan
identificar
y
tratar
los
síntomas
disociativos
específicos,
los
cuales
irán
acompañado
de
la
evidencia
de
que
se
dispone
procedente
de
la
investigación
existente
o
de
los
estudios
de
casos.
Ofrecerá,
además,
aquellas
“herramientas”de
EMDR
que
pueden
ser
empleadas
para
que
el
poder
sanador
del
EMDR
esté
más
disponible
para
aquellos
clientes
con
comportamientos
evitativos
y/o
que
son
extremadamente
sensibles
a
experimentar
abreacciones
disociativas,
vergüenza
crónica
o
conceptos
idealizados
de
sí
mismos
o
de
los
demás
no
realistas.
Comentará
también
cuales
son
las
características
principales
de
los
pacientes
que
padecen
de
TEPT
complejo,
entre
los
que
se
incluyen
los
vínculos
afectivos
perturbados
y
los
mecanismos
de
defensa
psicológica
inadecuados.
Ilustrará,
igualmente,
cómo
poder
identificar
los
diversos
estados
del
ego
que
se
producen
y
cómo
trabajar
con
ellos
en
el
marco
del
procesamiento
adaptativo
de
la
información.
Se
dispondrá
de
un
tiempo
adicional
para
comentar
con
los
participantes
los
casos
difíciles
que
se
presenten
con
EMDR.
Keywords: EMDR Toolbox
Accuracy Verified: Yes
164. Knipe, J. (2012, October). EMDR toolbox: Methods of extending EMDR to traumatized clients with significant vulnerability to dissociative abreaction and/or psychological defenses. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Abstract:The focus of this workshop will be to describe a theoretical framework, and specific EMDR-related therapy tools which may be useful during Janets Phase 2, the Phase of trauma processing, for multiply-traumatized clients with Complex PTSD. Points of similarity and difference will be described between the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing Model, and two other models of dissociation treatment: the Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality and the Internal Family Systems model. EMDR variations will be described which increase emotional safety, and thereby extend the use of EMDR to clients who might otherwise be vulnerable to the intrusion of overwhelming post-traumatic memory material. Through transcript and video examples, the Loving Eyes method (for safely accessing a traumatized Part), the Back-of-the-Head Scale (for measuring the degree of dissociative experience, moment-to-moment, in a therapy session), and the method of Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety (for maintaining emotional safety during the processing of a traumatic memory) will be presented. In addition, the structure and treatment of psychological defenses will be conceptualized within the Adaptive Information Processing Model.
Learning Objectives:
1. Describe the Loving Eyes method of developing a co-consciousness between an adult Part and a traumatized child Part.
2. Describe the clinical situations in which the use of the Back-of-the-Head Scale and the method of Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety would be likely to be helpful to a traumatized client.
3. Describe how psychological defense may be conceptualized within the Adaptive Information Processing model, and how defenses may be safely released, so that underlying post-traumatic material may be processed.
Keywords: Dissociative Abreaction Psychological Defenses Toolbox
Accuracy Verified: Yes
165. Knipe, J. (2010, July). EMDR toolbox: Specific methods of treating adult clients with complex PTSD, psychological defenses and dissociative personality structure. Preconference presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR has had a profound positive impact on the lives of many clients and has been shown in more than
twenty randomized, peer-reviewed trials to be effective in the treatment of PTSD. However, the DSM IV
definition of PTSD is focused on the single traumatic incident, and many clients seeking relief in therapy
have a damaging traumatic history that extended over repeated events or over many years. The term,
Complex PTSD (Herman, 1992, van der Kolk, 2005) has been proposed to describe a pattern of negative
effects of prolonged and extreme stress, particularly during childhood. The focus of this workshop
is to describe a theoretical framework, and specific therapy “tools” which may be useful in providing
effective therapy, within the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing Model, to individuals suffering with
Complex PTSD. Methods will be described that can make the healing power of EMDR more available to clients who are
avoidant, defensive, and/or highly vulnerable to dissociative abreaction, chronic shame, and unrealistic idealization of self or
of others. Important concepts and particular interventions will be illustrated through video examples and transcripts from
therapy sessions.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD, C-PSTD Dissociative Personality Structure Psychological Defenses Toolbox
Accuracy Verified: Yes
166. Bossini, L., Tavanti, M., Calossi, S., Polizzotto, N. R., Vatti, G., Marino, D., & Castrogiovanni, P. (2011, Spring). EMDR treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder, with focus on hippocampal volumes: A pilot study. The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 23(2), E1-E2. doi:10.1176/appi.neuropsych.23.2.E1.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Recent studies have
suggested that hippocampal neurogenesis
may be stimulated by successful
treatment of posttraumatic
stress disorder (PTSD), either by
drugs1–4 or by behavioral interventions.
5 Three investigations have
evaluated the effects of pharmacotherapies
and have suggested that
antidepressant treatments may
increase hippocampal volume.1–3
Lindauer and colleagues. 6 examined
the effects of a psychotherapy intervention,
the Brief Eclectic Psychotherapy,
on hippocampal volumes
and observed no changes on hippocampal
volumes upon amelioration
of PTSD symptoms. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Hippocamal Volumes Letter Pilot Study Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
167. Greenwald, R., Ricci, R. J., Clayton, C. A., Lebeau, T., Farkas, L., Cyr, M., & Lemay, J. (2007, September). EMDR treatment for sex offenders, substance abusers, and youth in care. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This symposium presents data from treatment studies of (1) sex offenders, (2) mentally ill substance abusers, and (3) acting-out youth in care. These populations have in common low affect tolerance, severe problem behaviors, and involvement in “the system”. Each treatment used a population-specific phase model approach including motivational interviewing, skills training, and trauma resolution (EMDR). This trauma-informed phase treatment approach appears to represent an advance in helping these treatment-resistant populations. Discussion will focus on the relationship between the client characteristics and treatment approaches in common across studies.
Keywords: Sex Offenders Substance Abusers Symposium Youth
Accuracy Verified: Yes
168. Leeds, A. (2010, September/October). EMDR treatment of panic disorder with and without agoraphobia: Two model treatment plans. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will review strengths and limitations of treatments for PD and PDA with a focus on cognitive and behavioral therapies, pharmacotherapy, and EMDR. Two EMDR treatment plans will be presented: a Model I plan for PD without agoraphobia or other co-occurring disorders, and a Model II plan for more complex cases of PDA or PD with co-occurring anxiety or Axis II disorders. Clinical examples and specific guidelines will be presented for identifying PD targets and for when to extend preparation phase work and postpone reprocessing of core attachment material in Model II cases.
Keywords: Agoraphobia Panic Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
169. Holmshaw, M. (2001, May). EMDR treatment of sexual dysfunction. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The prevalence of sexual dysfunction in women within primary care settings is often
estimated to be as high as 42% with vaginismus, pain with intercourse, anorgasmia and lack
of sexual desire being most commonly reported. Additionally, major clinical complaints
among women often centre on their dissatisfaction with such non-genital behaviours as
affection, communication, and non-genital touching, as well as issues of attraction and
passion. Despite this high prevalence of sexual disorders, and the use of psychotherapy and
sexual therapy in treatment the problems women experience,this is a frequently neglected
area of both research and development of new treatment tdchniques. In fact, referring to
vaginismus, some authors conclude the basic strategies and methods for assessing and
treating vaginismus were proposed by the early 20th Century and have not essentially
changed.
This paper discusses an alternative approach to treatment vaginismus and "sexual phobia" in
women. By way of case study material, the use of EMDR in combination with sensate focus
techniques with partner involvement, is discussed. In a significant number of cases, past
trauma and severe body image disturbances were detected. EMDR was successful not only in
resolving such trauma, but also in correcting distorted body image and enabling imaginary
exposure to appropriate sexual behaviour.
Keywords: Sexual Dysfunction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
170. Farrell, D. (2013, June). EMDR treatment plan and survivors of child sexual abuse by clergy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The issue of sexual abuse by clergy is not a new phenomenon of concern. Sipe (1995, pg 10) states that in spite of all the good done by clergy for both children and adults there is an ancient awareness of the danger of and potential for their corruption. This workshop will consider some of the essential aspects of survivor’s experiences of sexual abuse perpetrated by clergy or religious from a psycho-traumatology perspective. It will explore the implications for using EMDR with this client group. The primary focus of the workshop will be upon the EMDR phases of: History taking (Case Conceptualisation), Preparation Phase, Implications for desensitisation and reprocessing and the wider implications for EMDR clinical practice.
Learning Objectives:
Consider the diagnostic and case conceptual frameworks relating to this specific client group informed by the Adaptive Information Processing model;
Outline key aspects relating to phase 2 preparation and resource building; and
Explore some of the implications for desensitization and reprocessing in relation to working with survivors of sexual abuse perpetrated by clergy.
Keywords: Children Clergy Abuse Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
171. Korn, D. L. (2008, May). EMDR treatment with survivors of chronic abuse and neglect: Repairing developmental deficits and shattered selves - [Utilisation d’EMDR dans le traitement des survivants d’abus ou négligence chroniques: Réparer les déficits développementaux et les sois éclatés]. Presentation at an annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montréal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Cet atelier d’une journée met l’accent sur l’intégration de l’EMDR à l’intérieur d’un plan thérapeutique. Nous aborderons l’utilisation d’EMDR pour traiter le Stress post-traumatique complexe, de même que d’autres syndromes cliniques d’origine traumatique, tels que le Trouble de personnalité limite et les Troubles
dissociatifs. Des modifications et/ou additions au protocole EMDR seront proposées afin de tenir compte des capacités limitées à tolérer les affects, des défenses rigides, de la sur-utilisation des stratégies d’évitement, des conflits entre les états du moi, des tendances à la dissociation ou des dérégulations émotionnelles
importantes.
Nous aborderons l’évaluation des aspects développementaux et des besoins d’attachement du client, l’établissement d’une bonne compréhension de la situation clinique et le développement d’un plan de traitement intégré avec des objectifs atteignables et réalisables. On portera plus particulièrement notre attention sur l’intégration de l’EMDR comme moyen de renforcer l’Ego et le développement des ressources au
cours des différentes étapes du traitement.
This full-day workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall recovery plan. The use of EMDR in treating complex PTSD as well as other trauma-related syndromes such as borderline personality disorder and dissociative disorders will be addressed. In recognition of clients’ limited affect tolerance, rigid defenses,
overdeveloped avoidance patterns, ego state conflicts, dissociative tendencies, and extreme emotional dysregulation, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored.
Assessing the developmental and attachment needs of the client, establishing a useful case conceptualization, and developing an integrated treatment plan with achievable goals will be discussed. Considerable attention will be devoted to integrating EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment.
Keywords: Complex PTSD Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
172. Bambach, S. (1994). EMDR und aktive zukunftsorientierung in der therapie von komplex traumatisierten menschen [EMDR and active future orientation in the treatment of complex trauma human]. Author.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Die Ausbildung in EMDR (Eye Movement
Desensitization and Reprocessing) führte
mich über längere Zeit zu einer intensiven
Auseinandersetzung über die Vereinbarkeit
von EMDR mit meiner bisherigen traumatherapeutischen
Arbeit. Diese war und ist
stark geprägt durch die lösungs- und ressourcenorientierte
Therapie, wie ich sie
von Steve de Shazer, Insoo Kim Berg,
Yvonne Dolan und später in anderer Form
von Gunther Schmidt erlernt habe. Zentrale
Elemente der Arbeit mit traumatisierten
Menschen nach lösungsorientierten Konzepten
sind u. a. die aktive Unterstützung
der Klienten1 bei der Entwicklung einer
positiven Zukunftsvision, bei der Identifikation
der individuellen Kriterien für Therapieerfolg
und der kleinstmöglichen, aktiv
zu unternehmenden Schritte in diese Richtung.
Diese konsequent ressourcen- und
lösungsorientierte Arbeitsweise schien im
Widerspruch zur Traumafokussierung als
zentralem Moment von EMDR zu stehen.
The training in EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) took me a long time to an intense debate about the compatibility of my recent trauma with EMDR therapy work. This was and is strongly influenced by the solution-and resource-oriented therapy, as I have of Steve de Shazer, Insoo Kim Berg, Yvonne Dolan and I have learned later in another way, by Gunther Schmidt. Key elements of the work with traumatized people after solution-oriented concepts, including the active support of Klienten1 in developing a positive vision for the future, in the identification of the individual criteria for treatment success and the smallest, active steps to be taken in this direction. This resource consistently and solution-oriented approach seemed to contradict the trauma as the central focus of EMDR are at the moment.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Future Orientation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
173. Lipke, H. (2001). EMDR und andere ansätze der psychotherapie - Ein integratives modell: Theoretische und klinische empfehlungen mit schwerpunkt auf traumatischem stress [EMDR and other approaches of the psychotherapy - An inclusive model: Theoretical and clinical recommendations focusing on traumatischem stress]. Paderborn: Junfermann.
Language: German
Format: Book
Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) wurde vor mehr als zehn Jahren von Dr. Francine Shapiro entwickelt und galt anfangs insbesondere aufgrund nachweislich sehr schneller und überzeugender Behandlungserfolge als eine der ungewöhnlichsten psychotherapeutischen Methoden überhaupt. Aufgrund der positiven Ergebnisse wissenschaftlicher Untersuchungen wird EMDR mittlerweile von vielen Therapeuten erfolgreich eingesetzt.
Im Mittelpunkt des Buches steht das von Lipke entwickelte Vier-Aktivitäten-Modell, eine Ergänzung zu dem von Francine Shapiro (1995) entwickelten AIP-Modell der beschleunigten Informationsverarbeitung. Damit schafft Lipke einen Rahmen für das Verständnis psychotherapeutischer Arbeit im allgemeinen und für die Integration von Shapiros Theorie über die Verarbeitung dysfunktionaler Erinnerungen in die bisherigen Formen psychotherapeutischer Arbeit. Das vorgestellte Modell liefert eine Handlungsanleitung für die Anwendung von EMDR in der therapeutischen Praxis. Dabei kann Lipke auf seine fast dreißigjährige klinische Erfahrung mit traditionelleren Behandlungsansätzen ebenso zurückgreifen wie auf seine über zehnjährige Praxis in der Anwendung und Vermittlung von EMDR. Das Buch ist nicht als Einführung in die Theorie und Praxis von EMDR, sondern eher als Erläuterung der Arbeit mit dieser Methode in einem umfassenderen therapeutischen Zusammenhang gedacht.
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) was developed more than ten years ago by Dr. Francine Shapiro and was initially due in particular proved very fast and impressive treatment success as one of the most unusual methods of psychotherapy in general. Due to the positive results of scientific studies EMDR is now used by many therapists successfully. The focus of the book which is developed by Lipke four activities model, a complement to the Francine Shapiro (1995) developed the AIP model of accelerated information processing. This creates a framework for understanding Lipke psychotherapeutic work in general and for the integration of Shapiro's theory about the dysfunctional processing of memories in the previous forms of psychotherapeutic work. The proposed model provides a guide to action for the application of EMDR in therapeutic practice. It can draw on his nearly thirty years Lipke clinical experience with more traditional treatment approaches as well as on its more than ten years of practice in the use and placement of EMDR. The book is not intended as an introduction to the theory and practice of EMDR, but rather as an explanation of the work with this method in a wider therapeutic context.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
174. Ward, C. (2010, March). EMDR with a family using a group protocol. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
I will
present a way of working with families using EMDR, offer question and discussion time
and the opportunity to explore the approach. I would very much like to provide an arena
to discuss and share learning about EMDR with families and to agree some success criteria
for working in this way.
The focus of my presentation is the successful use of the EMDR group protocol to work
with domestic abuse.
I will describe the use of images to process memories and current fears.
I will cover what made the approach successful in the context of the existing resources.
Conference Abstracts
I will describe our learning about co-working across different modalities in the way that we
did.
The workshop will have an interactive and experiential focus, which I hope will capture the
energy and creativity of the approach.
New Learning points:
• Adapting and developing a group EMDR protocol
• Co-work with a parent and a colleague from another modality
• Using EMDR to process the legacy of domestic abuse
Keywords: Family Group Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
175. Amman, B. (2013, June). EMDR with bipolar disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Research of the last decade suggests a decisive role of traumatic events on the onset and on the course of severe mental disease, especially affective disorders. The robustness of this data has been largely ignored by the psychiatric community, also due to a striking lack of trials designated to traumatized patients with severe mental disease. With this workshop we aim to create awareness on that issue by reviewing existing evidence of the impact of trauma on the patients’ life with severe mental disease. We also will show first controlled data of EMDR in instable, traumatized bipolar patients, with a focus on its effect on trauma and mood stabilization. Furthermore, we will present for the first time a Spanish Bipolar EMDR protocol as direct result of the above-mentioned study; to highlight practical details of this protocol, we also will discuss two cases of the study in an interactive way with the audience.
Learning objectives:
Trauma in severe mental disorder is so far not adequately recognized and treated by therapists;
Understanding the role of trauma in severe mental disorder, with a focus on bipolar disorder;
Results of a first controlled pilot study of instable bipolar patients suggest that EMDR reduces effectively trauma symptoms and trauma load; and
Results also suggest that EMDR stabilizes better the mood of subsyndromal, instable bipolar patients than a control group.
Keywords: Bipolar Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
176. Ward, C. (2010, June). EMDR with children and adolescents in a family setting using a group protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Our aim: We will present some EMDR family work,
offer question and discussion time and the opportunity to explore
the approach. We would very much like to provide an
arena to discuss and share learning about EMDR with families
and to agree some success criteria for working in this way.
The focus of our presentation is the successful use of the EMDR
group protocol with a family of 5 children. The children
had witnessed domestic abuse and had been physically abused themselves. We were greatly assisted by the children's mother Lea
who co-worked with us. We will include how we structured 1. I
support for her to carry out this difficult role.
We will describe the use of images to process the children's
memories and current fears.
We will cover what made the approach so successful in the children's and our opinion, including the context of the existing resources.
We will describe what we learnt about co-working across different
modalities in the way that we did.
The workshop will have an interactive and experiential focus which
we hope will capture the energy and creativity of the approach.
Learning points:
- Adapting and developing a group EMDR protocol to work
with a family of 5 children.
- Co-work with a parent and a colleague from another modality.
- Using EMDR to process the legacy of domestic abuse by the children's father including processing current fears.
As co-workers we found that, using the vehicle of the EMDR
group protocol has been an exciting and effective initiative. My
colleague and I came from different agencies and worked together in the family's home in a collaborative way with the children, parent and each other We will include in our presentation the children's and parent's views on what worked for them and on the process as a whole.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Family Group Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
177. Lovett, J. (2011, August). EMDR with children: Getting dtarted. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Lovett’s workshop will focus on practical treatment approaches for resolving trauma in children and adolescents, focusing on the 8 phases of EMDR and the 3 pronged protocol. Participants will learn to identify developmental differences in the encoding and retrieval of a memory that would impact EMDR processing with children. They will learn to use EMDR with cooperation games as a source of resources for children. The presentation will include videos, case discussion and experiential learning.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
178. Seubert, A. (2005). EMDR with clients with mental disability. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 293-311). New York: W W Norton & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Until recent times those with the dual diagnosis of mental retardation and mental health issues were deemed inappropriate candidates for counseling or psychotherapy. Dysfunctional behaviors and emotional displays generated by mood disorders, grief, or trauma were often written off as part of the mental disability, in what has come to be known as diagnostic overshadowing. Time, experience, and compassion have changed this. Counseling and psychotherapy have been shown to be "feasible and successful" with this population. Most effective are approaches that utilize and integrate concrete, experiential, and behavioral aspects of the treatment. The task and responsibility of the therapist is to follow the client's internal and interpersonal process as it reveals itself and find the ways, means, and language to facilitate this organic movement toward well-being. [Text, p. 293] [Pilots]
Keywords: Mentally Retarded Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
179. Solomon, R. M. (2008, June). EMDR with grief and mourning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The death of a loved one confronts people with particularly complicated challenges at
a time of often unparalleled distress. This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR
into the treatment of grief and mourning. Understanding grief and mourning in terms
of the Adaptive Information Processing model will be presented and illustrated by case
presentations and videos of EMDR sessions. EMDR does not shorten the phases the
mourner has to go through for adaptive assimilation and accommodation of the loss,
but processes the factors that can complicate the mourning. The processes the
mourner has to go through for assimilation and accommodation of the loss, and how
EMDR facilitates movement through them, will be presented. Particular attention will
be paid to how EMDR facilitates the emergence of adaptive inner representations. We
do not lose attachments to loved ones that die, they are transformed. We move from
loving in presence to loving in absence. Memories of the deceased often emerge
during EMDR treatment. It is the emergence of memories of the deceased that let us
know and acknowledge the meaning of the relationship, the person’s role in our lives
and identity, and enable us to carry the basic security of having loved and been loved
into the future. We can go forward in a world without the deceased, because we have
an adaptive inner representation to take with us.
Content includes:
· Overview of AIP model and how it applies to grief and mourning
· Acute grief as a form of traumatic stress
· Common responses to loss
· The six “R” processes of mourning
· High-risk factors predisposing to complicated mourning
· General principles of EMDR treatment in grief and mourning
Keywords: Bereavement Grief Mourning Psychotherapeutic Processes Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
180. Bisping, V. (2011, June). EMDR with patients with dentophobia. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
An appointment at the dentist’s is not what most people look forward to. For some people, however, even the mere thought of having to undergo dental treatment causes them to feel extreme fear and panic. Between 5 and 15% of the world population suffer from such a pathological form of dental fear, called dental phobia. Dentally anxious individuals commonly avoid necessary dental procedures for many years despite deteriorating oral health, agonizing pain and severe psychosocial problems. The majority of individuals with dental phobia recall a traumatic event as cause for the onset of their fear. Interestingly, nearly 50% of them even suffer from posttraumatic stress symptoms, such as intrusive memories, nightmares, hyperarousal and avoidance behavior. EMDR can be a very useful instrument to help dentally anxious people to cope with past traumatic experiences and to prepare them for future confrontations with phobic stimuli.
The 90-minute workshop will give background information to the problem of pathological dental fear and present evidence from research showing that EMDR is an effective treatment method for dentophobia. The main focus will be on the practical procedure, which will be illustrated using video sequences of patient sessions.
Learning objectives:
This workshop will provide you with the following information:
•a short review of current research and literature
•the use of the EMDR protocol in its specific application to dentally anxious patients, with special emphasis on preparing the patient for future confrontations
by working with flashforwards, future template and video check
•ways of combining EMDR with other cognitive, behavioral and imagery techniques in the treatment of dental phobia.
Keywords: Dentophobia
Accuracy Verified: Yes
181. Bardin, A. (2004). EMDR within a family system perspective. Journal of Family Psychotherapy, 15(3), 47-61. doi:10.1300/J085v15n03_04.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
EMDR is a method used to help the individual trauma victim process the psychological aftereffects of trauma (PTSD). The effects of traumatic experiences, however, spread throughout the victim's family. The case presented here describes the treatment from three perspectives: individual, family, and social context (eco-social). EMDR, used with a nine-year-old stabbing victim, was integrated into wider therapeutic work within the family. This integration widened the focus from the IP to other members of the system, allowing the use of EMDR to “spread” to four out of the five family members. The effects of the trauma on the family and its members were most effectively treated by a combination of individually and systemically oriented interventions.
Keywords: Clinical Case Study Emotional Trauma Empirical Study Family Family Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Therapeutic Process Trauma Victims
Accuracy Verified: Yes
182. Hornsveld, H. & van den Hout, M. A. (2010, June). EMDR working mechanisms research. In Research. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
It has repeatedly been shown that eye movements during retrieval of negative memories reduce their emotionality. In this presentation we will present a series of analogue studies (with undergraduate students) which further investigates the role of eye movements and other dual tasks.
Study 1 shows that the positive findings for eye movements could be replicated in subjects with negative memories of experiences of loss. This provides an empirical basis for the suggestion that EMDR can be used in the treatment of complicated grief.
Study 2 examined whether another secondary task that taxes working memory has beneficial effects, and whether the stronger the taxing, the stronger the reductions in vividness adversity.
Study 3 shows that eye movements do tax working memory but right-left auditory stimulation does not.
Study 4 compared eye movements (EM), auditory bilateral stimulation (ABS) and no stimulation. Results show EM do better (i.e, larger decreases in emotionality) than ABS and ABS do better than no stimulation.
Study 5 is a replication of study 4 in PTSS patients. EM will be compared to ABS and no stimulation. Data are expected to be available in June 2010.
Objective: Implications for a working-memory explanation of EMDR and for clinical practice will be discussed.
Keywords: Mechanism of Action Research Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
183. Garcia, F. (2010, Abril). EMDR y el procesamiento adaptativo de la información [EMRD and adaptive processing of the information]. In EMDR: Un abordaje integral de la personalidad traumatizada (Francisca García Guerrero, Coordinadora). Simposio realizado en el Congreso Internacional sobre Avances en Tratamientos Psicológicos, Granada, Spain.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
El EMDR se ha desarrollado como una psicoterapia integrada que se ha
utilizado a nivel mundial en la última década como tratamiento empíricamente
validado para el trauma. A lo largo de este tiempo, se ha hecho evidente
que es posible aliviar el sufrimiento, ayudar a parar el ciclo de la violencia y
abordar los devastadores efectos de la transmisión generacional.
Este acercamiento psicoterapéutico utiliza un protocolo de tratamiento
para acceder a los sucesos vitales perturbadores, los disparadores actuales
y las experiencias futuras proyectadas, y procesarlas con una resolución
adaptativa (Shapiro, 2002). Se accede a todos los aspectos de la experiencia
(imaginación, creencias, afecto y sensaciones corporales), mientras de
forma simultánea se da estimulación dual de la atención, por movimientos
oculares bilaterales, tonos o estimulación táctil. El procesamiento de las memorias
perturbadoras indica un cambio simultáneo en la cognición, el afecto
y las sensaciones físicas, dando como resultado una integración adaptativa
de la experiencia.
Este acercamiento integra elementos de distintas escuelas de psicoterapia,
haciendo del EMDR aplicable a una enorme variedad de patologías
y accesible a terapeutas de distintas orientaciones dentro de una serie de
protocolos estandarizados (Van der Kolk, B., 1997).
En esta presentación exponemos las líneas generales de este modelo
psicoterapéutico a partir de la descripción del protocolo básico en EMDR
que se estructura en ocho fases: 1) Recopilación sobre la historia del cliente;
2) preparación del cliente para el trabajo a realizar; 3) valorar todos los componentes
de la diana de tratamiento 4) desensibilizar el material traumático
objeto de la diana mediante la estimulación bilateral; 5) instalar la cognición
positiva identificada; 6)revisar el cuerpo para localizar cualquier material residual
sin resolver; 7) cierre de la sesión y 8) reevaluación del impacto del
evento reprocesado.
EMDR has been developed as an integrated psychotherapy has
used worldwide in the last decade as a treatment empirically
validated for trauma. Throughout this time, it has become evident
it is possible to alleviate suffering, help stop the cycle of violence and
address the devastating effects of the generational transmission.
This approach uses a psychotherapeutic treatment protocol
accessing disruptive life events, current triggers
and projected future experiences, and process them with a resolution
Adaptive (Shapiro, 2002). Access to all aspects of the experience
(Imagination, beliefs, affection and bodily sensations), while in
simultaneously gives dual attention stimulation for movement
bilateral eye tones or tactile stimulation. The processing of memories
disturbing indicates a simultaneous change in cognition, affection
and physical sensations, resulting adaptive integration
experience.
This approach integrates elements from different schools of psychotherapy,
doing the EMDR applicable to a wide variety of pathologies
therapists and accessible to different orientations within a range of
standardized protocols (Van der Kolk, B., 1997).
In this paper we present the outlines of this model
psychotherapeutic from the description of the basic EMDR protocol
which is divided into eight phases: 1) collection on the history of the client;
2) preparing the client for the work to be performed, 3) evaluate all components
treatment of the target 4) desensitize traumatic material
object of the target by bilateral stimulation; 5) install cognition
positively identified; 6) reviewing the body to locate any residual material
unresolved; 7) logoff and 8) reassessment of the impact of
reprocessed event.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
184. Herbert, C. (2011, June). EMDR – Practical applications and different treatment protocols for different needs. Presentation at the 7th International Congress of Cognitive Therapy, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) was introduced by Shapiro (1989) as a cognitivebehavioural
therapy for clients with trauma a little over 20 years ago. After an initial period of intense
controversy and scepticism regarding its proclaimed evidence base, EMDR has been studied extensively, its
efficacy has been confirmed (Van Etten & Taylor, 1998; Shepherd et al. 2000, Alto, 2001; Davidson &
Parker, 2001; Maxfield & Hyer, 2002; Bisson & Andrew, 2005; Bradley, et.al., 2005; Bisson, Ehlers,
Matthews, Pilling, Richards, & Turner, 2007) and is one of the effective treatments of PTSD recommended
by the National Institute of Clinical Excellence (NICE) of the UK Department of Health in March 2005. It has
been estimated (Farrell & Keenan, 2010) that in the United Kingdom and Ireland approximately 6,000
mental health clinicians have been trained in EMDR. Although studies have evaluated EMDR as a distinct
therapeutic modality, during the course of their different levels of EMDR training, clinicians are encouraged
to integrate the EMDR treatment protocol into their predominant therapeutic orientation. Thus, EMDR can
be used across different psychological therapies, including the Cognitive Psychotherapies. While this makes
EMDR a highly versatile modality, it can pose a practical challenge to clinicians in terms of when and how to
integrate EMDR into their work with clients. Further, for therapists not trained in EMDR, the concepts may
seem strange and scepticism may remain to this date.
This workshop seeks to close the gap between false perception and reality about EMDR, by drawing on the
facilitator’s 14 years of practical experience in the use and integration of EMDR alongside her work as a
Cognitive Behavioural Psychotherapist. This practice-oriented workshop will explore different applications
of EMDR across the trauma spectrum, as well as, some treatment protocols for other client problems. The
important roles of resource installation and interweaves will be introduced. Several forms of bilateral
stimulation (DAS - Dual attention stimulus) and an EMDR-based protocol for the installation of a Safe Place
for complex trauma (Herbert, 2002) will be practically demonstrated.
Learning Objective
• To learn about different EMDR applications both in the treatment of different types of trauma, as
well as, other psychological problems.
• To alleviate scepticism and encourage understanding on how EMDR can be integrated alongside
the Cognitive Psychotherapies.
• To gain some practical exposure on how EMDR is applied.
Training Modality
• Training will be practice-oriented and will include some experiential exercise.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
185. 吕秋云 钱铭怡 [Lv Qiuyun & Qian Mingyi] (2010年05期). EMDR在中国的发展历程 [EMDR development in China]. 西華大學學報(哲學社會科學版) 29卷5期 [West China University (Social Science Edition, 29(5))]. doi:cnki:sun:cdsf.0.2010-05-002 .
Language: Chinese
Format: Journal
Abstract:
本世纪初,EMDR引入中国,开始了八年艰苦发展历程:从人们对它一无所知,到现在有了自己的组织;从最初的30余人,到目前近200人参与学习和应用;从我国在国际EMDR领域上的空白,到开始听到中国EMDR专业人士的声音,并在亚洲EMDR组织中占有重要的一席之地。这一步一步走来,无不凝聚了中国EMDR治疗推动者们的心血与努力。今天,越来越多的专业人士开始关注EMDR的治疗效果,5.12地震带来的巨大灾难,更是凸显了EMDR在平复灾区民众心理创伤中的重要作用。
【作者单位】： 北京大学精神卫生研究所;北京大学心理学系;
From the people know nothing about it, and now have their own organizations; from the initial 30 people, nearly 200 people involved in the current study and applications; from EMDR in the international field of the blank, to begin to hear the voice of the Chinese professionals in EMDR and EMDR in Asia, occupies an important place in the organization. This step by step way, embodied the EMDR treatment of the Chinese efforts and the efforts of their promoters. Today, more and more professionals began to focus the therapeutic effect of EMDR, 5.12 enormous earthquake disaster, but also highlights the EMDR people in the affected areas to calm down the important role of psychological trauma.
Keywords: China Development Process
Accuracy Verified: Yes
186. Bertino, G., & Ostacoli, L. (2011, June). EMDR-drawing integration in the treatment of complex PTSD and severe organic diseases. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
As a complement to the strategies already used in EMDR, drawing gives form to the inner representations of the trauma, objectivising it. Thus the person no longer relates only to something inside him/her, but rather to something he/she can see and can concretely represent and modify. In the act of drawing, the patient makes an initial reorganisation of the form of the trauma, and begins to differentiate the adaptive ego, which has the tools and the ability to restructure the experiences, and the traumatic emotional part that suffers those experiences in a condition of impotence and passivity. The person may rapidly access preverbal and motor-sensory language, activating inborn creative skills. The use of this tool enables us to access the traumatic material gently, limiting dissociative reactions, bypassing avoidance and flight behaviour and setting a distance from pain by objectivising it. A protective space is created between the self and the part that holds the suffering.
The patient is offered the possibility of drawing what is occurring in the self’s here and now, and given a choice of different graphic materials. At the end of the drawing and assessment phase the person is asked to note what has emerged, and a brief space of time may be allowed for description without interpretation. The represented image is treated as the inner image in the classic protocol. To start, the patient is asked to focus on the drawing, on the negative cognition and on the bodily location of the emotional disorder, while bilateral stimulation is applied. At the end of each set, the patient is asked what he/she has noticed and the therapist verifies where the person now is in the re-elaboration. If there is a change the person may either work on the drawing, modifying it, or, if the change of image is radical, may produce another drawing. After several sets, an adaptive drawing emerges that may be installed as a resource.
The workshop focuses on the treatment of two clinical conditions, complex PTSD and severe medical diseases, with the support of video and graphic materials. It includes a practical experience of the Technique
Learning objectives:
To learn the use of drawing as a supplementary tool, through graphic and video material of clinical cases.
To recognise the indications in which it provides added value to the classical protocol.
To learn its use in various psychopathological conditions, with particular emphasis on dissociative states and severe medical diseases.
The use of drawing as a supplementary tool within the EMDR protocol gives form to the inner representation of the trauma, objectivising it, and creates a bridge of communication between the self and the blocked parts, after which it will be possible to return to desensitising and re-elaboration with the standard protocol.
Keywords: Drawing Integration Organic Disease Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex-PTSD C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
187. Sikes, C., & Sikes, V. (2003, September). EMDR: Why the controversy?. Traumatology, 9(3), 169-181. doi:10.1177/153476560300900304.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye-movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has been widely supported in the literature for its effectiveness in treating PTSD and a variety of other diagnoses and symptoms. The variable findings regarding whether its effects are for reasons unique to this treatment, however, have become the focus of extensive discussion and debate. The following article reviews the studies targeting this question, and proceeds to consider why these studies' findings, and other findings in the EMDR literature, vary so vastly. Implications of the EMDR controversy for the process of psychological research at large are considered. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
188. Shapiro, F. (2008, May). EMDR: 21st-century therapy and the possibilities for healing. Presentation at the Academy for Guided Imagery Conference.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has been so well researched that it is
now recommended as a front line treatment for trauma in the Practice Guidelines of American
Psychiatric Association, and those of the Department of Defense and of Veterans Affairs. It is
an integrative psychotherapy that offers a new and distinct approach to personality
development and the treatment of pathology.
The clinical applications of EMDR with an information processing focus can be used as a general
model of psychotherapy addressing a full range of issues of everyday clinical practice, including
family therapy impasses. Increasingly, research evidence is showing that there’s a kind of
psychological change that can happen at the level of adaptive information processing, opening
up the possibility of powerful therapeutic effects that can exceed expectations both in the speed
and depth of their impact.
In this presentation, you’ll get an experience of the implicit and associational memory networks
that govern our feelings, thoughts, and reactions outside the realm of rational thought. You’ll
learn how EMDR and the Adaptive Information Processing model apply not only to trauma, but
also to personality disorders, depression, chronic pain, sexual compulsivity, and other
dysfunctional behaviors and thoughts.
EMDR group protocols will be illustrated that have been used worldwide after both natural and
man-made disasters. It is believed that the treatment of trauma through networks of clinicians
can aid in breaking the cycle of violence worldwide.
Keywords: Webcast
Accuracy Verified: Yes
189. Jones, J. (1995, June). EMDR: A candid view from the psychiatrist's couch. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
I will attempt to present an overview of the major psychiatric disorders, some medical and neurologic syndromes and general concepts on how I approach diagnosis, prognosis and treatment. Our time will include all this and put special focus on psychpharmacology. The nature and scope of this material will be mostly introductory but i will certainly be open to exploring my topic at greater depth depending the needs of the group present. The audience should be any among you who would likea way to begin organizing you approach to pharmacology and the impact that is having on your practice and the use of EMDR. Licensed clinical social workers, marriage and family counselors and psychologists should especially benefit form the discussion. You can expect to hear about major depression and its variants, bipolar disorder, panic disorder and the general anxiety disorders- some coverage of eating disorders, PTSD and adult attention deficit disorder but in less detail. I shall only touch upon schzophrenia and the psychotic disorders unless you show a special interest. The same is true for medical and neurologic diagnosis which have psychotic sequelas. I shall then to proceed to describe the differences and similarities among the antidepressants following that with a less detailed presentation of anit-anxiety agents, anti-psychotics, lithium and its siblings and a few of the "tried-and-true" substances of abuse like alcohol, stimulants, hallucinogens and narcotics. Please forgive me if I draw the line at designer drugs. This is a vast amount of information. I shall empasize general organizing concepts which will help the clinician who would like to understand some of his/her clients better, know better when to make a referral to a psychiatrist, now some of the potentials and limitations of EMDR when your clients are taking medications and/or have a major psychiatric disorder. Do not come to if you wish to set sail on a sea of psychiatric and medical details - 90 minutes just will not suffice! I will depend on you to speak up at any time with your concerns and queries (not to mention contradictions) so we can tailor the moment to the real interests of those present. I will attempt to reserve a substantial amount of time for question, answers, and observations but, if we are lucky, this will be happening throughout the ninety minutes. If we have time left I will explore the subject of "you and your psychiatrist" with both panache and hubris. We have a reputation for not being the most ingratiating of colleagues. I have a number of suggestions from a psychiatrist perspective which could make it easier to manage (sic) your psychiatrist. I hope we will be able to conclude with some high spirits and as they say here in California, a time for sharing and mutual understanding.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
190. Horne, B. (2010, April/May). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with affect regulation. It will look at containment in EMDR’s Phases 2 (Preparation) and 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to properly close incomplete EMDR sessions. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice new methods before using them with clients.
Keywords: Closure Containment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
191. Horne, B. (2012, April). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Containment involves a great deal more than pretty little exercises that help the client drive home safely. This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with the affect regulation that is necessary for trauma reprocessing. Containment work in Phase 2 can help the client develop this necessary dual attention skill (proof of requisite affect regulation). We will also look at containment in EMDR’s Phase 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to both prepare clients for 11-step protocols and properly close incomplete. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice at least one new method for use with clients.
Learning Objectives:
1. Participants will identify the importance of containment in EMDR and its implications with respect to dual attention and trauma reprocessing
2. Participants will identify some key strategies for completing Phase 2 (Preparation) with respect to building the affect regulation skill necessary for maintaining dual awareness during trauma reprocessing (Phases 3-7)
3. Participants will be able to define and describe the essentials of Phase 7 (Closure) of the EMDR protocol, in particular, the need to ensure containment of remaining negative affect in the case of incomplete protocols.
4. Participants will develop knowledge of several effective closure methods
5. Participants will acquire mastery of at least one new closure method through practicum experience
Keywords: Closure Containment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
192. Beer, R., Ten Broeke, E., Hornsveld, H., de Jongh, A., Meijer, S., se Roos, C., & Spierings, J. (2011). EMDR: Oogbewegingen of een andere duale taak? [EMDR: Eye movements or any other dual task?]. [2 pages] Retrieved from http://www.emdr.nl/acrobat/EMDR%20Richtlijnen%20door%20trainers%202011DEF.pdf on 8/28/2012.
Language: Dutch
Format: Other
Abstract:
Naar aanleiding van alle nieuwe onderzoeksresultaten over EMDR en de rol van het werkgeheugen (zie
referentielijst), hebben de Nederlandse EMDR trainers (i.o.) zich gebogen over de consequenties van deze
resultaten voor de praktijk. Ze zijn daarbij tot de volgende richtlijnen gekomen, die ook vanaf heden
gedoceerd worden in de EMDR opleidingen.
Following the latest research on EMDR and the role of working memory (see
reference), the Dutch EMDR trainers (io) examined the consequences of this
results for the practice. They have reached the following guidelines come also from today
taught in the EMDR training.
Keywords: Eye Movements Dual Attention Working Memory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
193. Bertolotti, G. (2008, June). EMDR: Should be appropriate in a rehabilitation multidisciplinary programme?. Poster session presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Because EMDR is a powerful short-term therapy effective for confronting and overcoming stress, anxiety, and
trauma which could be its role in an intensive rehabilitation multidisciplinary programme? As well-known PTSD is
the most common diagnostic category used to describe symptoms arising from emotionally traumatic
experience.This disorder presumes that the person experienced a traumatic event involving actual or threatened
death or injury to themselves or others. Some research shows that EMDR is rapid, safe and effective in helping
those who suffer from anxiety, distressing memories, nightmares, insomnia, as consequences from traumatic
events. Several recent reviews have looked at the relationship between medical illness and subsequent PTSD.
Moreover Spindler(2005) published a review with focal point on subjects after cardiovascular disease and mainly
with a focus on prevalence rates, risk factors, and future. Should be possible catch a trauma event right through
in-hospital and use the EMDR when appropriate? Hence how should be tailored an appropriate assessment
procedures during the rehabilitation in-hospital? Anxiety (using a the STAI) and Depression (measured with
Depression Questionnaire) with clinical cut-off score might be useful in screening and an adequately structured
interview could complete in-hospital screening. In a more wide assessment screening a device for
psychophysiological assessment measuring electrodermal activity and heart rate/pulse wave. An elevated
cardiovascular and electrodermal activity during the interview should be an index for selecting a clinical simple of
patients where carry out a deeper assessment in search for a trauma connect to the pre-rehabilitation period or
older. The aforementioned could be a wished-for screen subjects with trauma events both at short or long term
insurgence.
Keywords: Rehabilitation Multidisciplinarian Program
Accuracy Verified: Yes
194. Frost, B. (2008, September). EMDR: Work with John. Counselling Children and Young People, 3.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
As the game progressed, I provided some
narrative designed to counter the limiting belief
that it’s not OK to be focused on one thing. The
SUDS reduced with each set of repetitions and
very gradually I reduced the number of stimuli
being presented until John was able to track a
single blue circle moving from left to right on
a white background. At the close of each set of
24 repetitions, the tracking object glides into the
centre of the screen and stays at the centre of the
screen. Making use of the opportunity, I asked John
to focus only on the tracking object as he considered
my SUDS and ‘What came up’ questions. {Excerpt]
Keywords: ADHD Attention Deficit Hyperactive Disorder Case Study
Accuracy Verified: Yes
195. Tufnell, G. (2002). EMDR: Working with the legal system. In J. Morris-Smith (2002) EMDR: Clinical applications with children, Occasional paper no. 19 (pp. 37-41) London: The Association for Child Psychology and Psychiatry.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This paper reviews the issues with which EMDR practitioners need to be familiar when working with EMDR in a legal context. It will cover issues relating to good practice in the legal context including consent, reliability of evidence and expert witness work. It will include comparisons of hypnosis, claims of false memory, and whether or not to use or withhold EMDR before court work. The paper will assume a basic knowledge of both the legal issues affecting the work of psychotherapists in general and the basics of EMDR practice and will focus mainly on questions specifically relating to the use of EMDR in legal case.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
196. Corrigan, F. M. (2005, June). Emoting mindfullness drives reprocessing: Clinical and functional MRI observations. In Research issues. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
It is proposed that enhanced mindfulness of emotions is a key factor in
successful reprocessing of traumatic memories with EMDR. Clinical
experience of utilising this focus will be presented. An attempt to study the
hypothesis using functional magnetic resonance imaging will be described.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
197. Lanius, R. A. (2010, June). Emotion regulation and the self in complex PTSD. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The lecture will focus on the core problems in PTSD related to early life trauma, including emotion dysregulation and fragmentation of the self. The neural correlates of emotional awareness, social emotion processing and self-monitoring will be described. Implications for stage oriented trauma treatment and early intervention will be discussed.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Keynote Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
198. Weisz, J. R., Hawley, K. M., & Doss, A. J. (2004). Empirically tested psychotherapies for youth internalizing and externalizing problems and disorders. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North American, 13, 729–815. doi:10.1016/j.chc.2004.05.006.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The term psychotherapy has come to be applied to a broad array of nonmedical
interventions designed to alleviate psychologic distress, reduce maladaptive
behavior, or increase deficient adaptive behavior through counseling,
interaction, a training program, or a predetermined treatment plan. Although the
specific term is relatively recent historically, the general idea is ancient. Roots of
psychotherapy can be found in the ageless tradition of helping by listening,
discussing, and questioning. Among the early Greek philosophers, Socrates
developed a method and a thesis that presaged some modern forms of psychotherapy.
His approach involved questioning others to provoke them to examine
their beliefs, with the goal of bringing them closer to truth. His method reflected
his ‘‘midwife thesis,’’ the notion that the philosopher’s role is to deliver the truth
that already is within others, much as the midwife delivers the baby that is within
a mother. This idea, of course, is not so different from the view many modern
therapists have of their own professional roles. Other approaches that fall under the ‘‘psychotherapy umbrella’’ do not involve talk therapies but rather procedures
that parents, teachers, and other adults use to limit disobedient or disruptive
behavior by boys and girls or to help youngsters focus attention or behave less
impulsively. The struggle by adults to shape, manage, and guide youth behavior
certainly predates even the ancient Greeks.
Keywords: Adolescents Externalization Internalization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
199. Hartung, J. G. (2005, September). Enhancing performance and positive emotion with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
While the presenter will provide some information through lecture and handouts, this workshop will be mostly based on experiential learning processes. Demonstrations, a supervised practicum, and other hands-on experiences are seen as the best ways to learn the model of perfomance enhancement with EMDR. Because the practicum focus will be exclusively
on the development and strengthening of positive emotion, risks to participants are not predicted. The presenter will focus on ways to define
psychotherapy in addition to its value as a treatment of problems in living.
Positive psychology and coaching for development will be terms used
frequently, both in the lecture and throughout the demonstration and practicum
experiences.
Keywords: Performance Enhancement Positive Emotion
Accuracy Verified: Yes
200. Hartung, J. (2009). Enhancing postive emotion and performance with EMDR. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 339-375). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The scripts included in this chapter exemplify how an EMDR therapist might talk with a client when the focus is on positive psychology and performance enhancement: reaching for a goal not yet realized, looking for a way to strengthen a positive quality, or hoping to fine-tune existing skills. The scripts accompany a model that has been taught in a number of countries to therapists, coaches, and human resource advisors. The model combines elements of coaching and psychotherapy. Coaches attend to a client's skills and deficits, look for solutions that are behavioral and strategic, and focus on the present and future while downplaying the past. Psychotherapists, on the other hand, attend to the client's internal experience: emotions, self-talk, beliefs, and other not-so-observable factors. The focus is largely on the past and present. It follows that the model will be most useful to persons who practice both coaching and psychotherapy. As a coach, the practitioner is familiar with the situation in which the client seeks to perform, whether the client hopes to run faster, lead more effectively, parent better, or study smarter. Competency issues for coaches have been detailed by Hays. As a psychotherapist, the practitioner—it will be assumed—will be comfortable using EMDR in the treatment of traumatic memories and other matters that interfere with the client's personal growth. This chapter provides appropriate scripts. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Performance Positive Emotion Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
201. Du Bois, M. G., & de Kroon, M. (2008, August). Enlarging skills and self-efficacy as an important outcome of EMDR with individuals with ID. Poster presented at the 13th World Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities, Cape Town, South Africa.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many individuals with behaviour problems have long-lasting negative
experiences in relation to their environment. Because of this they
often have low self-esteem. The treatment is focussed on reduction of
complaints and acquisition of skills. But the treatment is more successful
when there is also the acquisition of a positive view of the self.
EMDR is mainly focussed on trauma treatment and positive cognitive
connotation. This competence is very useful as a therapeutic intervention
when reinforcing a positive self in people with ID. For our target
group it is difficult to translate a positive cognition to daily life. With
the use of resources from EMDR such as the use of objects and
manual communication, the self image can be reinforced and advance
the practising of behaviour experiments. This poster will focus on
theory of EMDR and practical implications.
Keywords: ID Intellectual Disabilities Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
202. Sandberg, A. (2010, March 26). Erasing memories: Next treatment for PTSD and other trauma-related disorders?. Psychiatric Times. Retrieved from http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/news/2010/03/100325_erasing_memories_hs.shtml 4/10/2010.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Neuroscientists are exploring ways to erase bad memories in patients who have
experienced traumatic events. But, is it ethical to erase a memory or flashback and the
feelings associated with that moment to alleviate suffering, or should clinicians focus on
therapies such as CBT and EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) to
help patients cope with a trauma? Online article includes a link to a BBC Podcast.
Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Erasing Memories Flashbacks
Accuracy Verified: Yes
203. Reamer, F. G. (2004, September). Ethical issues in EMDR: Risk-management implications. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will provide participants with a comprehensive overview of ethical, malpractice, and risk-management issues encountered in EMDR. Using extensive case material, participants will learn how to handle complex practice-based ethical dilemmas, prevent professional malpractice, and avoid liablity. Emphasis will be on practical strategies designed to protect clients, professionals, and employers. Key topics will include the limits to clients' rights to confidentiality and self-determination, privileged communications, informed consent procedures, the use of high-risk treatment techniques, boundary issues and dual relationships, conflicts of interest, defamation of character, consultation and referral, supervision, termination of services, documentation, and the problem of impaired colleagues. Participants will be provided with a typology of compelling ethical dilemmas and "high risk" areas, and acquainted with practical decision-making strategies.
Keywords: Ethics Risk Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
204. Rosa-Uribe, M. E., & Ramírez, E. O. L. (2011). Evaluación de la naturaleza cognitiva dual de la depresión bajo la psicoterapia EMDR [Assessment of cognitive dual nature of EMDR psychotherapy on depression]. Revista Iberoamericana de Psicotraumatología y Disociación, 1(1), [29 pages].
Language: Spanish
Format: Other
Abstract:
La presente investigación se llevó a cabo con personas que fueron diagnosticadas con
depresión mayor y que participaron en un proceso terapéutico EMDR (por sus siglas en
inglés -Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing-). La recolección de datos se
realizó en la práctica clínica mediante el diseño de estudios de caso longitudinales, dentro de
los cuales se consideraron a la vez dos tipos de estudios cognitivos, organizados en tres
fases (inicial, intermedia y final). Los estudios cuasiexperimentales, de identificación de
valencia emocional bajo el paradigma de facilitación afectiva, se realizaron para observar los
cambios en el mecanismo de sesgo cognitivo emocional sobre las palabras depresogénicas.
Por su parte los estudios descriptivos, de análisis de representación emocional
depresogénica bajo la técnica de escalamiento multidimensional y de escalamiento
PathFinder, se utilizaron para determinar la forma en la que el esquema disfuncional era
modificado. Los resultados muestran que EMDR impactó tanto el procesamiento cognitivo de
la información emocional, como la organización conceptual en memoria a largo plazo. En la
sección de la discusión se hacen señalamientos interesantes sobre la integración de las
herramientas de la ciencia cognitiva de la emoción a la práctica del EMDR para la evaluación
cognitiva dual (implícita/explícita) de la recuperación de la depresión.
This research was conducted with people who were diagnosed with
major depression who participated in a therapeutic process EMDR (for short
English-Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing-). Data collection is
performed in clinical practice by designing longitudinal case studies, within
which were considered simultaneously two types of cognitive studies, organized in three
phases (initial, intermediate and final). Quasi studies, the identification of
emotional valence in the affective priming paradigm were conducted to observe the
changes in the mechanism of emotional cognitive bias on the words depressogenic.
For their part, descriptive studies, analysis of emotional representation
depresogénica under the multidimensional scaling technique and scaling
PathFinder, were used to determine the manner in which the pattern was dysfunctional
modified. The results show that both EMDR impacted cognitive processing
emotional information, such as conceptual organization in long term memory. in the
discussion section of the interesting remarks are made on the integration of
tools of cognitive science of emotion to the practice of EMDR for the evaluation
cognitive dual (implicit / explicit) of recovery of depression.
Keywords: Affective Priming Cognition Depression, Depressive Patterns Emotion
Accuracy Verified: Yes
205. Harnett, S. (2012, November 12). Even with new treatments, few PTSD vets seek help. KALW, San Francisco, CA. Retrieved from http://www.kalw.org/post/even-new-treatments-few-ptsd-vets-seek-help on 12/10/212.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
PTSD was only formally recognized as a mental disorder by the American Psychiatric Association in 1980. Modern day treatments still focus on accessing and reprocessing traumatic memories. In 1981, Bay Area doctor Francine Shapiro developed a new therapy called EMDR, or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. The treatment combines physical stimulation and talk therapy.
“You ask the person to identify the image that has been bothering them and the thoughts that have been bothering them,” says Doctor Shapiro.
Then you add bilateral stimulation: “Either taps or tones or eye movement, generally. All this together helps to activate the brain's information processing system, and then you just allow the brain to go wherever it needs to go. You allow whatever associations that need to come up, come up.” [Excerpt]
Keywords: Army Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Veterans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
206. Crystal, S. (2010, March). Evidence based practice and practice based evidence: Improving effectiveness and efficiency in EMDR practice. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
There have been over five “gold standard” studies supporting the importance of routine
measurement of outcome in clinical practice. However, no measures that take more than 5
minutes would appeal to clinicians. The Outcome Rating Scale (ORS or Child ORS) and the
Session Rating Scale (SRS or Child SRS) are both four-item measures developed to track
outcome and the therapeutic alliance, respectively. The measures have been tested and
correlated to other reputable measures for their robust reliability, validity and most
importantly feasibility. In addition, these measures are a clinical tool for the EMDR
practitioner as, it takes under a minute to score and, it helps to focus each session on what
is relevant for the client; giving us the opportunity to tailor and pace the protocol to a
better” fit” for each particular client; offering us a chance to improve our drop out rates.
Learning points:
1) Updated research information on the importance of using client’s feedback in
everyday practice;
2) Introduction of brief measures that can have immediate application in your EMDR
practice.
3) Learn about a system that can help you learn about and increase your
effectiveness as a therapist in comparison to a normative data of thousands of
practitioners.
4) How to download for free and to use routine outcome measures to monitor the
quality of the therapeutic relationship and to inform the fit between the EMDR
and the clients’ perceptions.
Keywords: Client Feedback ORS Outcome Measures Outcome Rating Scale Research Session Rating Scale SRS Gold Standard
Accuracy Verified: Yes
207. Griffith, H. (2009, July). Evoking the embodied image with EMDR: Jung in the age of the brain. Presentation at the International Association for Jungian Studies Conference, Wales, Scotland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A new paradigm for understanding psychopathology is emerging out of the convergence of research in formerly disparate domains such as neurobiology, attachment theory, and the effects of trauma. At the same time, unorthodox treatment modalities such as EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) and the Energy therapies are beginning to gain favour in mainstream psychotherapy, not only because they seem to be supported by findings in fields such as neurobiology, but because they are so effective. As Jungians, I believe that our challenge is to revisit our work in the light of these latest scientific discoveries.
In this paper, I first outline what brain imaging techniques are revealing about the importance of the dance between mother and infant in the actual hard-wiring of the babys developing brain. I then focus on trauma research, which shows how the release of stress induced hormones can result in the disorganization of the brain and the consequent shut down of integrative neuronal pathways. If we bring these two streams of research together we can see how early trauma within the parent infant bond, in which there is no adequate container to prevent the baby from falling into unbearable anxiety and terror, can initiate the hard-wiring of dysfunctional attitudes and behaviours that become reinforced throughout the childs development.
I then briefly describe the EMDR protocol, which is proving to be a very effective technique in helping adult patients work through some of these dysfunctional patterns internalized in that very early parental dyad. This protocol uses a bilateral stimulation of the brain to engage a wider network of neuronal pathways to help process the painful psychological material, or complex, with which the patient is struggling. Facilitating a successful EMDR session is a little like witnessing a spontaneous active imagination as the patient weaves together the threads of a multitude of images, sensations, emotions, and cognitions into the fabric of a fuller, more nuanced, healing story of the self.
The purpose of my paper is to demonstrate how these recent theoretical insights and treatment protocols can illuminate and enhance a Jungian approach to conducting psychotherapy. What I find remarkable is the compatibility between much of the contemporary research on the brain and many of Jungs ideas about the psyche.
In this paper, however, I focus primarily on what we can learn about the complex. Drawing on numerous examples from case histories, I illustrate the effectiveness of the EMDR protocol in evoking the affect and embodied image at the core of the complex. I also demonstrate how the bilateral stimulation of the brain not only helps facilitate change but also, through the material which is engendered, gives us a window into how the complex was constructed in the first place.
Accuracy Verified: No
208. Brown, P. (2011, March). An exploration of the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) techniques within a solution focused brief therapy (SFBT) framework with children experiencing personal and school related problems. Presentation at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This study was set in a mainstream primary school in Scotland where a group of children
had been identified by their class teachers and parents as presenting as quiet, shy, withdrawn and/or
anxious. The researcher was an educational psychologist in the local authority where the study took
place. 5 primary aged children at stages P5, P6 and P7 (aged 9 to 11 years) of the Scottish Primary
education system were involved in a group process which took place in their school, consisting of
6 sessions over the course of 2 months. The intervention combined elements from Eye Movement
Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and Solution Focused Brief Therapy (SFBT). This was a
strength based approach which aimed to focus on positive strengths and increase resilience.
The individual nature of the therapy required a flexible model. A qualitative research methodology
was used. The general aim of this research was to investigate this combined therapeutic process
within an applied psychology perspective. The research set out to study the experiences of a group
of children during and after they participated in the process. A further aim of the research was to
explore the process from my own perspective as the therapist and facilitator.
Data was collected during and after each session and post intervention data was collected from
children, parents and teachers. Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) was used to analyse
the data. Findings indicated that the children found the intervention helpful and they were able to
identify particular aspects of SFBT and EMDR which they had found useful.
Keywords: Children School-Related Problems SFBT Solution Focused Brief Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
209. de Bok, D., & van Daalen, M. (2010, June). Exploring the mechanism underlying the working memory account of EMDR: The effect of fading in and fading out of negative and arousing images on emotionality, vividness, vividness, completeness and detail recall of traumatic memories. Utrecht, Nederlands: Universiteit Utrecht.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a psychological intervention for the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Currently, the working memory account gives the best explanation for the functionality of EMDR. This account states that conducting a dual task, mostly horizontal eye movements, while retrieving a traumatic memory will make this memory less emotional, vivid and complete. It was hypothesized that the fading in and/or fading out of traumatic images are in itself causally contributing to the reduced emotionality, vividness and completeness of the recalled memories. This experimental study (N=27) examined the fading in (the image starts vague and gets more clear) and fading out (the image starts clear and gets more vague) of traumatic images as an underlying mechanism of the working memory account. By using a within-subject design, participants engaged in three conditions (fading in, fading out and control) in which they had to rate their memories on emotionality, vividness and completeness. A detail recall test was also conducted for all conditions. No significant differences were found between the three conditions on emotionality, vividness and completeness. However, a trend was found indicating that fewer details were recalled in the fading out condition. Based on these results, the hypothesis that fading in or fading out will result in diminishing emotionality, vividness and completeness was not confirmed. Shortcomings of the experiment and implications for future research are addressed
Keywords: Fading in Fading out Traumatic Image Working Memory Account
Accuracy Verified: Yes
210. Mevissen-Renckens, L., & Lievegoed, R. (2009). Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) A treatment method for trauma-related psychiatric disorders and psycho-social problems related to negative life events. Presentation at the 7th European Congress of Mental Health in Intellectual Disability, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the last two decades there is an increasing number of studies on the effects of trauma and life events in people
with Intellectual Disabilities (ID). Behavioural problems and depressive symptoms are frequently reported. Post
Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) is a specifi c trauma-related anxiety disorder with high prevalence rates in the
normal population and with disruptive effects on the patient’s everyday life. As in children, behavioural problems
are supposed to be a common feature in people with ID who have been exposed to traumatic life events.
In regard to the general vulnerability of people with ID, PTSD is supposed to be considerably under diagnosed
and under treated in this population. In the normal population Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) and Eye
Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) are evidence based treatment methods for PTSD. Because
of its highly nonverbal character EMDR seems to be a suitable treatment method for people with intellectual and
developmental disabilities.
In this workshop the focus is on
• the recognition of symptoms related to psycho trauma or to sequences of negative life experiences, illustrated
by a variety of case studies on people with ID.
• EMDR treatment in children and adults with a mild, moderate or severe ID, illustrated by video presentations.
The participants get opportunities to experience some working mechanisms of EMDR by supervised practicing.
Keywords: Negative Life Events Psychiatric Disorders Psycho-Social Problems
Accuracy Verified: No
211. Smith, P. A., & Yule, W. (1999). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. In W. Yule (Ed.), Post-traumatic stress disorders: concepts and therapy (pp. 267-284). Chichester, England: John Wiley & Sons.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) is one of the most recent additions to the armoury of treatments for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). This chapter briefly outlines the EMDR procedure, and reviews the growing number of outcome evaluation studies, before considering some of the recent theoretical explanations that have been offered. EMDR has been used with a variety of populations, and its use with children and adolescents is considered here. At the heart of EMDR is the notion that accelerated processing of disturbing material can be directly facilitated at a neurophysiological level using a variety of dual attention tasks. Accordingly, a by-product of resolution at the neurophysiological level is cognitive and emotional well-being. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Adolescents Children Literature Review Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Research Needs Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
212. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). (2010, October). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. National Registry of Evidence-Based Programs and Practices, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). Retrieved from http://nrepp.samhsa.gov/ViewIntervention.aspx?id=199 on 3/25/2011.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a one-on-one form of psychotherapy that is designed to reduce trauma-related stress, anxiety, and depression symptoms associated with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and to improve overall mental health functioning. Treatment is provided by an EMDR therapist, who first reviews the client's history and assesses the client's readiness for EMDR. During the preparation phase, the therapist works with the client to identify a positive memory associated with feelings of safety or calm that can be used if psychological distress associated with the traumatic memory is triggered. The target traumatic memory for the treatment session is accessed with attention to image, negative belief, and body sensations. Repetitive 30-second dual-attention exercises are conducted in which the client attends to a motor task while focusing on the target traumatic memory and then on any related negative thoughts, associations, and body sensations. The most common motor task used in EMDR is side-to-side eye movements that follow the therapist's finger; however, alternating hand tapping or auditory tones delivered through headphones can be used. The exercises are repeated until the client reports no emotional distress. The EMDR therapist then asks the client to think of a preferred positive belief regarding the incident and to focus on this positive belief while continuing with the exercises. The exercises end when the client reports with confidence comfortable feelings and a positive sense of self when recalling the target trauma. The therapist and client review the client's progress and discuss scenarios or contexts that might trigger psychological distress. These triggers and positive images for appropriate future action are also targeted and processed. In addition, the therapist asks the client to keep a journal, noting any material related to the traumatic memory, and to focus on the previously identified positive safe or calm memory whenever psychological distress associated with the traumatic memory is triggered.
The underlying mechanism for how this process works to reduce trauma-related stress, anxiety, and depression is unknown. Researchers have theorized that the positive effect is due to adaptive information processing, the theoretical model behind EMDR. Through adaptive information processing, the dual-attention exercises disrupt the client's stored memory of the trauma to allow for an elimination of negative beliefs, emotions, and somatic symptoms associated with the memory as it connects with more adaptive information stored in the memory networks. Once recall of the trauma no longer elicits negative beliefs, emotions, or somatic symptoms and the memory simultaneously shifts to a more adaptive set of beliefs, emotions, and somatic responses, it is stored again, overwriting the original memory of the trauma.
EMDR is typically delivered in 60- to 90-minute sessions, although shorter sessions have been used successfully. The number of sessions varies with the complexity of the trauma being treated. For an isolated, single traumatic event, one to three sessions may be sufficient for treatment. However, when the trauma involves repeated traumatic events, such as combat trauma and physical, sexual, or emotional abuse, many more sessions may be needed for comprehensive treatment.
Keywords: Intervention Summary
Accuracy Verified: Yes
213. Zangwill, W. M., Pearson, J., & Kosminsky, P. (2002). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). In S. Shannon (Ed.), Handbook of complementary and alternative therapies in mental health (pp. 309-330). San Diego: Academic Press.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Some mental health practioners have recognized the need for more integrative, holistic models of psychotherapy that focus on the variety of ways in which we process as well as store information -- affectively, physiologically, and sensoriallly, as well as cognitively. One of the most comprehensive and best-researched of these models is Shapiro's eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) model. [Adapted from Text, p. 310]
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
214. Albright, D. L., Thyer, B., Becker, B. J., & Rubin, A. (2011, November). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in combat veterans. Oslow, Norway: The Campbell Collaboration. Retrieved from www.campbellcollaboration.org on 2/16/2012.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
EMDR was introduced as a treatment modality about twenty five years ago (Shapiro, 1989). EMDR has eight treatment phases. The first three stages include: 1) history taking; 2) preparation (introduction to the EMDR protocol, coping strategies and affect management techniques) and 3) assessment (bringing to mind an image of a traumatic incident, identifying beliefs and emotions associated with that incident, rating the degree of disturbance felt in recalling the traumatic incident, and rating the validity of preferred cognitions about oneself). During the next phase desensitization the core component of the intervention is implemented. It involves using a dual attention/bilateral stimulation procedure that aims to reprocess the disturbing emotions and cognitions associated with the traumatic incident. The client is instructed to keep in mind the image, beliefs and cognitions while simultaneously visually tracking the therapist’ s fingers as they are moved back and forth in front of the client in a prescribed manner. (Bilateral tactile taps or auditory tones are used instead of eye movements for clients who have difficulty visually tracking.) Bilateral stimulation is also used during the next two phases - installation and body scan - which aim to install a positive cognition to replace the negative cognition associated with the trauma and to reprocess any remaining bodily sensations. During the next phase closure the client is advised about what to do between sessions if experiencing distress. The final phase re-evaluation occurs at the start of the next session and involves identifying and reprocessing any residual material from the previous session or that arose between sessions. The length of treatment sessions varies, but typically lasts from 60 to 90 minutes. The number of treatment sessions also varies, ranging between 5 and 15 sessions. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Combat Veterans Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
215. Ahmad, A. (2009, November). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in children. Presentation at the Globen Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Stockholm.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
During treatment, clients focus on the traumatic memory for 30 seconds at a time while the therapist provides a stimulus. For most clients, the therapist moves his hand slowly back and forth in front of the client (eye movement); for younger children, the therapist may, instead, tap the child's hand. The client reports on what comes up and clients are guided to refocus on that in the next stimulus session. During therapy visits, clients report on the level of distress they feel. In later phases, a positive thought is emphasized during the stimulus sessions. Afterward, clients are asked to focus on residual physical tensions they may feel in order to enhance relaxation.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
216. Soberman, G. B. (1998). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of conduct disorder with preadolescents and adolescents. Walden University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 9910218.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The purpose of this study was determine the efficacy of Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) with traumatized adolescents primarily diagnosed with conduct disorder (CD). The effect of exposure to domestic violence and other forms of human initiated violence puts children at risk of developing significant mental health problems including CD and other childhood disorders that can have a profound effect on the community. In order to test the null hypotheses that the EMDR treatment protocol would not lead to any significant reduction in posttraumatic or behavioral symptoms with this population, a repeated measures MANOVA was utilized for four of the five dependent variables. These variables were the Impact of Event Scale (IES), the Child Report of Posttraumatic Symptoms (CROPS), the Parent Report of Posttraumatic Symptoms (PROPS), and the Problem Rating Scale (PRS). A simple two-group independent t-test analysis was used to analyze the fifth independent variable (reward points) and the 2-month follow-up data. All of the 5 null hypotheses were supported by an inferential analysis (MANOVA; t-test) of the dependent variables of this study. EMDR treatment was not found to be statistically significant on any of the dependent variables. Despite these findings, future research should continue to focus on the efficacy of EMDR with childhood trauma. Future research should also continue to focus on the emotional needs of children in residential treatment, the benefits of therapeutic as opposed to punitive intervention with delinquent youths, and the role that EMDR can play in breaking the cycle of violence in our society. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 59(10-B), April 1999, pp. 5587.
Keywords: Adolescents Conduct Disorder Emotional Trauma Empirical Study Preadolescents Symptoms Trauma Treatment Outcomes
Accuracy Verified: Yes
217. Finley, P. A. (2002, April). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of sex offenders. Walden University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 3068413.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Most sex offenders in treatment in the United States understand and adapt well to the predominantly cognitive/behavioral/relapse prevention (RP) aspects of their treatment. "No more victims" is the fundamental goal of sex offender treatment, and due to this focus on relapse prevention, most sex offenders do not adequately address their own emotional wounding from early trauma and victimization. This author believes these unresolved affective issues lead to the cognitive distortions and justifications that allow sex offenders to give themselves permission to offend in the first place. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a therapeutic intervention that assists in rapidly resolving troubling thoughts, feelings, and physical sensations. Incorporating EMDR into the current cognitive/behavioral/relapse prevention (RP) treatment model for sex offender treatment opens the possibility of reducing the reoffense rate in society. In this study, affective issues of adult male sex offenders (n = 27) were addressed, employing EMDR; this comprised the experimental treatment group. The experimental group received a pretest, three EMDR sessions, and a posttest over an average time of 3.8 months. The Multiphasic Sex Inventory (MSI) was the measure used for this research. The three scales on that test designed to measure for thinking errors were: the Cognitive Distortion and Immaturity (CDI Scale; the Justification (Ju) Scale; and the Treatment Attitudes (TA) Scale. Archived pretest/posttest scores of randomly selected and anonymous adult male sex offenders comprised the control group (n = 27). This group was tested on the MSI and MSI 2 before entering Module 4 and after finishing Module 5, representing 22.5 months of treatment pretest/posttest. All control and experimental group subjects took part in a mandated cognitive/behavioral/relapse prevention (RP) program. The independent two-sample t test was used to compare two means utilizing the rate of change between the experimental and control group. The results of the study indicate a statistically significant reduction in justifications for offender behavior in the experimental group on the Ju scale (p-value = 0.008). On the CDI and TA scale, the null hypotheses were supported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 63(10-B), Apr 2003, pp. 4899.
Keywords: Empirical Study Male Sex Offenders Relapse Prevention Sex Offenders Sex Offenses Sex Offender Treatment Therapeutic Intervention
Accuracy Verified: Yes
218. D’Andrea, L. M., D’Andrea, L., & Detweiler, J. (2003, Spring). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): A closer look at treatment outcome. Trauma and Loss: Research and Interventions, 3(1), 9-19.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
EMDR therapy, using bilateral audio-tones as the stimulus, was given to 30 women for two to six sessions (the number determined by the individual). Results from the Impact of Event Scale (IES) and the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI) suggested that treatment was moderately successful for the study sample. Analysis of pre- and post-treatment item responses suggested individuals who benefited from EMDR had significant reductions in intrusion and avoidance behaviors. The need to look beyond sample-mean comparisons and focus on scale-item analysis is discussed. [Author abstract]
Keywords: Adults Americans Females Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
219. Coleman, G. L. (1999, October). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: An investigational study of the eye movement component using a within-subject design. Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago, IL. AAT 9926476.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a recently developed psychotherapy treatment procedure which combines imaginal exposure with eye movements and is reported to dramatically reduce negative symptoms associated with trauma related psychological disturbances and memories. The author reviewed and analyzed the current literature regarding EMDR, and conducted a within-subject design investigating the importance of the eye movement component in the EMDR treatment protocol by comparing the efficacy of an eye movement treatment condition, with two non-eye movement treatment conditions. The use of two different control conditions allowed comparisons of the eye movement condition (EMDR), which involved bilateral stimulation of the brain, with exposure to memory of the trauma without eye movements (Eye-Focus Desensitization), which served as a placebo, and exposure to memory of the trauma with a competing motor activity (Single Hand Tapping), which represented unilateral stimulation of the brain. This study also employed a delayed treatment condition to investigate the overall effectiveness of EMDR in treating PTSD. The subject was a 53-year-old Caucasian female who met DSM-IV criteria for PTSD. Dependent variables included a diagnostic instrument, which was the Structured Interview for Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (SI-PTSD); global instruments, which included the Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), Impact of Events Scale (IES), and Subjective Units of Distress scale (SUDs); process measures, which included the Subjective Units of Distress scale (SUDs) and Validity of Cognition (VOC) scale; and a self-report measure of overall improvement, which was the Image Desensitization Rating Scale (IDRS).Results demonstrated support for the superiority of an eye movement condition over that of both a no-eye movement condition (EFD), and a competing motor activity of single hand tapping (SHT) on process variables (SUDs and VOC), but not on weekly global measures (IES, BAI, and SUDs) in the single subject studied. Also, this study found support for the effectiveness of EMDR (delayed treatment phase) in reducing symptoms of anxiety, intrusiveness and avoidance, and subjective distress related to memory of trauma as measured by BAI, IES, and SUDs, and also in alleviating DSM-IV symptoms of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder for this subject. Experimental single-subject studies, as well as group designs, need to investigate possible neurological and theoretical explanations for the effectiveness of EMDR in future research. [Author Abstract]
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 60(4-B), Oct 1999, pp. 1846.
Keywords: Avoidance Case Report Empirical Study Females Intrusive Thoughts Middle Aged PTSD Treatment Effectiveness Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial
Accuracy Verified: Yes
220. Waters, L. (1997, Spring). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing treatment for combat PTSD: Commentary. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 34(1), 99. doi:10.1037/h0087777 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Comments on the article by J. G. Carlson et al (see record 84-01737) regarding the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing treatment (EMDR) to treat posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in Vietnam veterans. The author suggests that EMDR seems simplistic and lacks face validity altogether. L. Waters proposes that EMDR works because of resolute perception, a process defined by F. J. Hanna and K. Puhakka (1991) as a deliberate sustained focus of attention on an identified problem with the goal of achieving clarity, at a point when the client is ready and willing to confront and perceive. Waters suggest that a way to test whether or not EMDR works because of resolute perception would be to assign a similar group of clients to a totally different task (e.g., drawing straight lines) while giving them the same instructions as are given in EMDR regarding their memories, thoughts, and desirable cognitions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Commentary Combat Experience Comment Military Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Reply Veterans Vietnam War Veterans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
221. Puffer, M. K. (1995, May). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing with children and adolescents experiencing traumatic memories. Walden University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 9608112.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
This research project evaluated the effectiveness of using Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) techniques on children and adolescents (N = 20) between the ages of 7 to 18, who were experiencing anxiety due to traumatic memories. EMDR therapeutic techniques were administered in one 90-minute therapy session to subjects in an experimental group (N = 10) and after a 30-day waiting period, EMDR was administered to subjects in a delayed treatment group (N = 10) to help substantiate the effectiveness of using EMDR with this population. The results of the study indicated a highly significant reduction in anxiety related to traumatic memories in both an experimental group and a delayed treatment group, as measured by the Subjective Units of Distress Scale (SUDS), the Impact of Events (IES) scale, and in the delayed treatment group using the Children's Manifest Anxiety Scale (CMAS) after treatment. There was a lack of significance in the reduction of anxiety in the experimental group, as measured by the Children's Manifest Anxiety Scale (CMAS). The results showed a significant difference in cognition, changing from negative to positive thinking, as measured by the Validity of Cognition (VoC) scale. The findings demonstrate that EMDR may help to measure, treat, and enhance the lives of children and adolescents experiencing anxiety from traumatic memories. It is recommended that future research focus on using standardized psychological tests to support the efficacy of using EMDR with children and adolescents. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 56(11-B), May 1996, pp. 6421.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Empirical Study Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
222. Rafferty, P. (2005). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: An analysis of a controversial evidence based treatment. The New School for Social Research, New York, NY. The New School Psychology Bulletin, 3(2), 83-105.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is an
inventive, popular and highly controversial treatment. Within the
scientific and professional community, there is divergent support
for each side of this debate. The heart of this controversy critically
examines the question of whether EMDR is as efficacious
as other well-established interventions for the treatment of PTSD.
The efficacy of EMDR could be due to its employment of a variety
of clinically sound therapeutic procedures, such as those similar
or the same as Prolonged Exposure Therapy, and not because
of its centerpiece eye-movements. Indeed, some researchers
have argued that the eye-movements are completely unnecessary and that EMDR is best understood as an exposure technique
(Renfrey & Spates, 1994; Davidson & Parker, 2001; Lohr,
Lilienfeld, Tolin & Herbert, 1999). EMDR may be an effective
treatment for non-combat related PTSD but is not effective for
PTSD etiologically related to combat induced trauma. Thus there
are three questions that serve as the focus of this evaluation: is
EMDR qualitatively different than Prolonged Exposure Therapy;
are the eye-movements necessary for treatment efficacy; and is
EMDR effective for combat-related PTSD?
Keywords: Efficacy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
223. Goldstein, A., & Feske, U. (1993, Fall). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: An emerging treatment for anxiety disorders. ADAA Reporter, 1(4), 1, 12.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
The eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) procedure developed by Shapiro (1889a,b; 1991) is an imaginal exposure and cognitive reprocessing technique for treating negative affect associated with traumatic memories. EMDR requires that the client engage in recall via imagination of the disturbing event and focus on associated affect, cognitions, and body sensations while performing rapid saccadic eye movements by following the repetitive motion of the therapist's hand. After the eye movement set, which usually lasts for about 20 seconds, the client briefly reports on any changes in the image, or co-occurring experiences. The client then engages in the next set of eye movement during which he or she is to focus on any newly, spontaneously generated material. This cycle of imaginal exposure in conjunction with eye movement followed by the client's feedback is continued until the client no longer generates relevant associations, feels comfortable, and reports no discomfort in response to the original memory. At this point a positive cognition is paired with the original scene by having the client imagine the original scene, rehearse the positive statement covertly, and simultaneously engage in eye movement.
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
224. Rose, B. K. (2004). Eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR): A treatment protocol for addicted inmates with traumatic histories. Carlos Albizu University, Miami, FL. AAT 3102092.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract: S
ubstance Abuse is the use and abuse of mood and mind altering substances often having undesired effects on the lives of those addicted, and having a negative impact on the lives of others. Those addicted may expose themselves and others to physical and psychological harm; may create forensic problems; cause disintegration of the family, and problematic interpersonal relationships. Underlying reasons for addictive behavior include but are not limited to: genetic predisposition, psychosocial involvement, psychobiological complications, developmental conditions, and pre-existing psychological and environmental events. Some deficits found in those addicted include: poor coping skills, inability to problem solve, inability to function in difficult situations, and may use cognitive avoidance as a means of coping with life. The idea that children might be negatively impacted by exposure to substance abuse using parents is not a new revelation. However, the degree of damage done to these children is severe, and more is being learned about the severity of that damage. Children often are enmeshed with their dysfunctional families, and many problems arise involving their inability to maintain intimate relationships with others. Attachment issues may develop in infancy and early stages of maturation, and adversely affect children's ability to function as adults. Abusive pasts and traumatic incidents often may hinder the psychological growth and maturity of those who have experienced trauma and abuse.Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) is a fairly new concept of treatment. It was first designed to address therapy with those who had been exposed to trauma. However, over the past 22 years since its inception, it has been adapted to treat many other types of Axis I disorders. It has been determined that EMDR is useful in addressing substance abuse and other Axis I diagnoses, especially PTSD. Hiller, Knight, and Simpson completed a study with 161 persons who resided at a residential halfway house for newly released inmates. Their results found: 80% of the sample of had psychological problems; 72% had significant drug abuse problems; 58% had concurrent psychopathology and drug abuse problems. Research indicates prison confinement is increasing, and the idea of therapy in the forensic setting is gaining in popularity. Thus, the purpose of this dissertation is to design a substance abuse program to address the difficulties of substance abuse treatment for the dual diagnosed clients. The data collected from this program will help provide much needed information in order to further research and increase our understanding of the needs of this underserved population. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Comorbidity Drug Abuse Prison Inmates Psychiatric Disorders Stressors Survivors Therapeutic Community
Accuracy Verified: Yes
225. Engelhard, I., van den Hout, M. A., Janssen, W. C., & van der Beek, J. (2010, May). Eye movements reduce vividness and emotionality of “flashforwards”. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 48(5), 442-447. doi:10.1016/j.brat.2010.01.003.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Earlier studies have shown that eye movements during retrieval of disturbing images about past events reduce their vividness and emotionality, which may be due to both tasks competing for working memory resources. This study examined whether eye movements reduce vividness and emotionality of visual distressing images about feared future events: "flashforwards". A non-clinical sample was asked to select two images of feared future events, which were self-rated for vividness and emotionality. These images were retrieved while making eye movements or without a concurrent secondary task, and then vividness and emotionality were rated again. Relative to the no-dual task condition, eye movements while thinking of future-oriented images resulted in decreased ratings of image vividness and emotional intensity. Apparently, eye movements reduce vividness and emotionality of visual images about past and future feared events. This is in line with a working memory account of the beneficial effects of eye movements, which predicts that any task that taxes working memory during retrieval of disturbing mental images will be beneficial.
Keywords: Anxiety Cognitive Process Eye Movements Flashforwards Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Visual Images Working memory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
226. Andrade, J., Kavanagh, D., & Baddeley, A. (1997, May). Eye-movements and visual imagery: A working memory approach to the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 36(2), 209-223. doi:10.1111/j.2044-8260.1997.tb01408.x.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
It has been claimed that the symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) can be ameliorated by eye-movement desensitization-reprocessing therapy (EMD-R), a procedure that involves the individual making saccadic eye-movements while imagining the traumatic event. We hypothesized that these eye-movements reduce the vividness of distressing images by disrupting the function of the visuospatial sketchpad (VSSP) of working memory, and that by doing so they reduce the intensity of the emotion associated with the image. This hypothesis was tested by asking non-PTSD participants to form images of neutral and negative pictures under dual task conditions. Their images were less vivid with concurrent eye-movements and with a concurrent spatial tapping task that did not involve eye-movements. In the first three experiments, these secondary tasks did not consistently affect participants' emotional responses to the images. However, Expt 4 used personal recollections as stimuli for the imagery task, and demonstrated a significant reduction in emotional response under the same dual task conditions. These results suggest that, if EMD-R works, it does so by reducing the vividness and emotiveness of traumatic images via the VSSP of working memory. Other visuospatial tasks may also be of therapeutic value (PubMed).
Keywords: Australia Empirical Study Eye movements Experimental Stressors Pictorial Stimuli Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
227. Taylor, R. J. (2003, September). Family unifications with reactive attachment disorder: Children – A brief treatment approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will discuss the symptomology of reactive attachment disorder in children and the effects on the family. In addition, the presentation will focus on the treatment mileau of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and how it may be used in the treatment of reactive attachment disorder in children. The discussion also will include a case study of a family with a child age 8 with reactive attachment disorder and the subsequent individual and family therapy. Treatment of choice was EMDR for the child and supportive therapy for the parents. Qualitative evaluation of the process demonstrated that the parents observed an instant changing in the child's attitude. The child reported that she felt better about herself, family, school, and truthfulness. Her statement about the therapy: "It opened a windown for me." In relation to outcomes, a 12 and 24-month evaulation demonstrated continued positive effects. The importance of working with the family in understanding the dynamics of reactive attachement disorder and how improvement occurs will be discussed. Objectives of the session will be to give clinical information to practitioners about children with reactive attachment disorder, how this disorder affects the family, and possible therapeutic intervention techniques to open a diaglogue that will lead to understanding children who are in treatment.
Keywords: Attachment Disorders Educational Counseling Family Therapy Family Unification Individual Psychotherapy Parent Child Relations RAD Reactive Attachment Disorder Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
228. Stofsel, M., & Mooren, T. (2010, Oktobre). Fase 2 – Globale traumaverwerkingstechnieken [Phase 2 - Global trauma technique]. In M. Stöfsel and T. Moreen, Complex Trauma, Deel 3(pp. 131-135). Bohn Stafleu van Loghum. doi:10.1007/978-90-313-8553-9_11 .
Language: Dutch
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Het komt nogal eens voor dat een behandelaar besluit een methode in te zetten die gericht is op afgebakende traumatische ervaringen, terwijl de cliënt eigenlijk zijn hele verhaal wil vertellen en behoefte heeft over al zijn ervaringen te getuigen. Deze behoefte van een cliënt kan conflicteren met de focus die gevraagd wordt bij een gedetailleerde procedure zoals exposure of EMDR. Daarom is het in sommige gevallen goed om een gedetailleerde traumabehandeling vooraf te laten gaan door een globalere methode. Soms blijkt dat zo’n globale methode al voldoende effectief is. Als dat niet het geval is, kan daarna alsnog een gedetailleerde behandeling zoals EMDR of exposure worden toegepast.
It sometimes happens that a practitioner decides to deploy a methodology aimed at defined traumatic experiences, while the customer really wants to tell his whole story and needs to testify about his experiences. These needs may conflict with a client focus that is asked by a detailed procedure as EMDR or exposure. Therefore, in some cases a good detailed trauma treatment preceding it by a more global approach. Occasionally, a global method is effective enough. If this is not the case, then still a detailed treatment such as EMDR or exposure are used.
Keywords: Complex Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
229. Browning, C. (1999). Flotar hacia atrás y flotar hacia delante: Técnicas para ligar el pasado, Presente y futuro [Floatback and Float Forward: Techniques for the Tie Past, Present and Future]. Presentation at EMDRIA Latinoamericana.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
El protocolo estándar de EMDR requiere enfocar los orígenes de la perturbación, los gatillos del presente y crear un patrón de conductas adecuadas para el futuro (Shapiro). Algunos pacientes, sin embargo pueden tener dificultades para conectar su problema actual con acontecimientos del pasado. Así también, otros pacientes pueden tener dificultades para crear patrones positivos para el futuro, especialmente si ensayar conductas nuevas los pone ansiosos. Para estos problemas las técnicas de "Flotar hacia atrás" y "Flotar hacia delante" desarrolladas por William Zangwill Ph. D., entrenador del Instituto EMDR, son métodos efectivos para ligar el pasado, presente y futuro en un ámbito terapéutico y proveen al terapeuta de instrumentos para abordar eficientemente ambos temas.
LA TÉCNICA DE FLOTAR HACIA ATRÁS
Abordar recuerdos tempranos asociados con el material perturbador es fundamental para EMDR. Shapiro dice que ayudar al paciente a encontrar un recuerdo temprano "debe ser una de las primeras opciones que debe considerar al terapeuta..." (Shapiro, 1995). La Técnica de Flotar hacia atrás es un camino eficiente y poderoso para llegar a esta meta, permitiendo al terapeuta asistir al paciente a llevar a cabo sus propias asociaciones con acontecimientos del pasado. Su uso es muy apropiado cuando el terapeuta sospecha que una perturbación que el paciente experimenta en el presente, tiene sus raíces en experiencias del pasado; especialmente cuando preguntas como "Cuál es su recuerdo más temprano en relación a lo que se siente ahora? no ha tenido éxito en ayudar al paciente a conectar con eventos del pasado. También cuando un paciente presenta un tema o experiencia recurrente, la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás es ideal para ayudar al paciente a identificar un target para el reprocesamiento. Muchos pacientes se ponen en contacto con los problemas actuales con relativa facilidad. Por ejemplo, una paciente que se queja que se siente abandonada cuando su marido se va de viaje de negocios, probablemente pueda recordar sus problemas actuales con facilidad. Entonces el terapeuta puede aplicar la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás para ayudarle a la paciente a recordar un acontecimiento del pasado con rapidez y eficiencia.
Para usar la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, arme el protocolo con el problema actual, utilizando los pasos que figuran en el Manual de Entrenamiento del Nivel I y del Nivel II (Shapiro, 1994) incluyendo la imagen, la cognición negativa (CN), la cognición positiva (CP), la validación de la cognición (VoC), emociones, Unidad Subjetiva de Perturbación (SUD) y sensación corporal. Sin embargo, no incide todavía el procesamiento (es decir, movimientos oculares u otra estimulación). En vez de eso, diga a su paciente: "Fíjese en la imagen de... y esas palabras (repita la imagen perturbadora del paciente y su cognición negativa), fíjese que emociones le vienen y donde las siente en el cuerpo. Ahora cierre los ojos y deje que su mente flote hacia atrás a un período anterior en su vida, no busque, simplemente deje que su mente flote a una época donde usted pensaba cosas similares... (repita las emociones que dijo el paciente) en ...(repita los lugares del cuerpo donde el paciente sintió las sensaciones). Cuando esté listo abra los ojos y dígame lo primero que le viene a la mente".
Utilice esta experiencia más temprana como target, completando todos los items del protocolo: imagen, CN, CP, VoC, emociones, SUD y ubicación de las sensaciones corporales y comience a procesar con movimientos oculares u otro estímulo bilateral. Una vez que se ha procesado este material, vuelva al target original del material actual. Muy a menudo se generaliza el trabajo realizado sobre el material más temprano y ya no hace falta procesar el material actual.
Es importante usar términos generales cuando se le dan al paciente las instrucciones de la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, es decir, pedir un recuerdo temprano y no el más temprano. Hay varias razones que avalan esto. Primero, muchas veces es el peor recuerdo y no el primero que funciona como el mejor target para el reprocesamiento,. Además, usar términos generales es una ayuda para los pacientes más compulsivos y perfeccionistas que de otra manera estarían demasiado preocupados en no equivocarse y encontrar exactamente la primera asociación. Finalmente, la flexibilidad que permite la utilización de términos generales más que términos específicos aumenta la posibilidad de éxito del paciente de conectarse con el pasado que es la meta de esta técnica.
El rasgo esencial de la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás es usar las preguntas del protocolo para conectar los problemas del presente con eventos del pasado. Pasar las preguntas como fueron desarrolladas por Shapiro es un potente método para ayudar a los pacientes a sintonizar con todos los aspectos de su experiencia del problema. El material perturbador se vuelve más vívido y actual para el paciente y posibilita recordar experiencias similares. Se supone, como hipótesis, que al haber desarrollado el protocolo con todas las preguntas sobre el problema actual, estimula la red neuronal de asociaciones y posibilita casi sin esfuerzo el "flotar hacia atrás" a asociaciones tempranas.
Además, el vínculo paciente-terapeuta es realzado porque el terapeuta valida la experiencia del paciente (la perturbación actual) al empezar el trabajo desde el punto en el que se encuentra el paciente. Las asociaciones son del paciente, eliminando el tema de la resistencia a cualquier idea o interpretación introducida por el terapeuta. El paciente se da cuenta vivencialmente de la conexión del presente con el pasado usando la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, pudiendo esquivar la evitación y otras defensas.
LA TÉCNICA DE FLOTAR HACIA DELANTE
Mientras que la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás posibilita muy a menudo que los pacientes vean y sientan la conexión entre el problema actual y los eventos pasados, la Técnica de Flotar hacia delante permite que el paciente identifique y reprocese la ansiedad anticipatoria y desarrolle patrones positivos para el futuro. Es un método que puede ser utilizado en cualquier momento del proceso terapéutico para solucionar bloqueos, renuencias y en algunos casos, resistencias o temas de beneficios secundarios o pérdidas. Es especialmente útil para trabajar con el miedo del paciente a hacer EMDR.
Para ponerlo en práctica, primero pida al paciente que imagine lo peor que le puede pasar si hace "X" (por ej. probar una nueva conducta, testear una nueva habilidad, empezar una experiencia nueva). ¿Qué es lo peor que le puede pasar si hace EMDR? Que es lo peor que le puede pasar si soluciona este problema? ¿Qué es lo peor que le puede pasar si le pone límites a su jefe respecto a la cantidad de trabajo que espera que usted haga? El paciente puede necesitar ayuda para identificar la peor escena. Algunas sugerencias incluyen el miedo a perder el control de sus emociones, el miedo a perder el control de sus funciones corporales como el control de esfínteres, miedo a tener un ataque de pánico, y no poder manejar su vida emocional entre las sesiones.
Una vez que el paciente ha identificado el incidente, pregunte por la peor parte de esa escena y utilícelo como el target de EMDR, armando el protocolo con las preguntas estándar, pero con una leve modificación: pregunte por la imagen que representa la peor parte del peor incidente, por ej. "Cuando usted ve una imagen de si mismo/a haciendo......, que es lo peor que puede pasar?"
Después siga con el resto de las preguntas estándar, es decir, CN, CP, VoC, emociones, SUD, y ubicación de la sensación corporal. Estimule el procesamiento del paciente con movimientos oculares u otro estímulo bilateral.
Si el desarrollo de la peor escena del paciente le provoca un miedo racional, puede que se tengan que tomar medidas prácticas para solucionar estas preocupaciones. Por ejemplo, usando la técnica de flotar hacia delante con un chico de 13 años que estaba en un hogar adoptivo transitorio, la peor escena evocada por él fue: "Me van a devolver al Hogar si esta adopción no resulta". Durante el procesamiento, el SUD se redujo de 8 a 3 con bastante rapidez pero de ahí no bajaba. El paciente comentó que no bajaba porque esta "peor escena" podría sucederle realmente y le había sucedido en el pasado. Paramos los movimientos oculares, charlamos un rato y elaboramos un plan para: a) una sesión con sus padres adoptivos para hablar sobre la permanencia de la adopción y b) una llamada en conferencia a su asesor legal para clarificar sus derechos y opciones. Volviendo al target después de esto, le fue posible reducir el SUD a 1 con unos pocos sets de movimientos oculares.
Al utilizar la Técnica de Flotar hacia delante para reprocesar la peor escena, el paciente tiene una oportunidad para resolver la ansiedad anticipatoria. Durante la instalación de la cognición positiva, el paciente está creando patrones positivos para acciones en el futuro. Una mujer cuyo hermano fue verbalmente abusivo con ella en la infancia y en la actualidad la intimidaba, armó una "peor escena" con: "Va a ser igualmente abusivo cuando lo vea la próxima vez". La paciente había hecho mucho EMDR, reprocesando incidentes de la infancia relacionados con el abuso verbal del hermano. Sin embargo, sin un referente positivo vivencial, seguía ansiosa cada vez que interactuaba con él. Pidiéndole que "flote hacia delante" y usando EMDR sobre una de las peores escenas, alivió su ansiedad respecto a una fiesta familiar que tenía pendiente. Instalando una CP de "Ahora estoy más fuerte" le permitió crear una imagen de si misma manejando a su hermano con humor y sintiéndose segura.
A aplicar las Técnicas de Flotar hacia Atrás y hacia Delante y ocuparse así del pasado, presente y futuro, el terapeuta de EMDR puede sanar mejor a su paciente. Es más, las Técnicas de Flotar hacia Atrás y hacia Delante están basadas en EMDR. Las dos incorporan las preguntas del protocolo standard y le dan al terapeuta y al paciente la oportunidad de manejarse más fluidamente con dicho protocolo.
EMDR standard protocol requires a focus of the origins of the disturbance, the triggers of this and create a pattern of behaviors appropriate to the future (Shapiro). Some patients, however, may have difficulty connecting the current problem with past events. Also, other patients may have difficulty creating positive patterns for the future, especially if you try new behaviors makes them anxious. For these problems the techniques of "float back" and "Float forward" developed by William Zangwill Ph.D., EMDR Institute trainer, are effective methods to link the past, present and future in a therapeutic area and provide the therapist tools to effectively address both issues.
THE ART OF FLOATING BACK
Addressing early memories associated with foreign material is essential to EMDR. Shapiro said that helping the patient to find early memory "must be one of the first options to consider when therapist ..." (Shapiro, 1995). Floating Technique back is a powerful and efficient way to reach this goal, allowing the therapist to assist the patient to carry out their own associations with past events. Its use is most appropriate when the clinician suspects that a disturbance that the patient is experiencing at present, is rooted in past experiences, especially when questions like "What is your earliest memory in relation to what you feel now? Not been successful in helping patients to connect with past events. Also when a patient has a recurrent theme or experience, the Backward Floating Technique is ideal for helping the patient to identify a target for reprocessing. Many patients come into contact with the current problems with relative ease. For example, a patient who complains that she feels abandoned when her husband goes on a business trip, you can probably recall their current problems with ease. Then the therapist can apply the technique Float Backwards to help the patient to remember a past event quickly and efficiently.
To use the technique to back float, arm the protocol to the current problem, using the steps listed in the Training Manual Level I and Level II (Shapiro, 1994) including the image, negative cognition (NC) positive cognition (PC), validation of cognition (VoC), emotions, Subjective Unit of Disturbance (SUD) and bodily sensation. However, it still affects the processing (ie, eye movements or other stimulation). Instead, tell your patient: "Look at the picture ... and those words (repetition of the disturbing image of the patient and negative cognition), note that emotions come from and where you sit on the body. Now close eyes and let your mind float back to an earlier period in your life, look no further, just let your mind float to a time when you thought things like ... (repeat the emotions that said the patient) .. . (repeat parts of the body where the patient felt the sensation). When you are ready open your eyes and tell me the first thing that comes to mind. "
Use this early experience as a target, completing all protocol items: image, CN, CP, VoC, emotions, SUD and location of bodily sensations and begin processing with eye movements or other bilateral stimulation. Once this material has been processed, return to the original target of the current material. Very often we generalize the work done on the earlier material and no longer have to render the current material.
It is important to use general terms when the patient is given instructions Technique Float Backwards, ie a memory request early and not earlier. There are several reasons that support this. First, it is often the worst memory and not the first that works as the best target for reprocessing. In addition, using general terms is an aid for compulsive and perfectionistic patients who otherwise would be too concerned with avoiding failure and find exactly the first association. Finally, the flexibility that allows the use of general rather than specific terms increases the likelihood of success of the patient to connect with the past that is the goal of this technique.
The essential feature of the technique is to use Float Backwards questions of protocol to connect the problems of the present with past events. Skip the questions and were developed by Shapiro is a powerful method to help patients to tune into all aspects of their experience of the problem. The foreign material becomes more vivid and present to the patient and possible recall similar experiences. It is assumed, arguendo, that having developed the protocol with all the questions about the current problem, the neural network encourages and facilitates partnerships almost effortlessly "float back" early associations.
In addition, the patient-therapist relationship is enhanced because the therapist validates the patient's experience (current disruption) to start work from the point where the patient is. Partnerships are the patient, eliminating the issue of resistance to any idea or interpretation introduced by the therapist. The patient realizes experientially connecting the present with the past by using the technique Float Backwards, can avoid the avoidance and other defenses.
THE ART OF FLOATING FORWARD
While technology enables Float Backwards often patients to see and feel the connection between the current problem and past events, the forward float technique allows the patient to identify and reprocess anticipatory anxiety and develop positive patterns the future. It is a method that can be used at any time of the therapeutic process to troubleshoot crashes, reluctance and in some cases, resistance or topics of ancillary benefits or losses. It is especially useful for working with the patient's fear to do EMDR.
To put this into practice, first ask the patient to imagine the worst that can happen if you "X" (eg. Try a new behavior, test a new skill, start a new experience.) What's the worst that can happen if you EMDR? That's the worst that can happen if you solve this problem? What's the worst that can happen if you put your head limits on the amount of work expected to do? The patient may need help to identify the worst scene. Some suggestions include fear of losing control of his emotions, fear of losing control of their bodily functions such as bowel and bladder control, fear of having a panic attack and can not manage their emotional life between sessions.
Once the patient has identified the incident, ask for the worst part of that scene and use it as the target of EMDR, setting up the protocol with the standard questions, but with a slight modification: ask for the image that represents the worst of worst incident, eg. "When you see a picture of him / herself by ......, it's the worst that can happen?"
Then follow with the rest of the standard questions, ie, CN, CP, VoC, emotions, SUD, and location of bodily sensation. Stimulate the processing of patients with eye movements or other bilateral stimulation.
If the development of the patient's worst scene provokes a rational fear, you may have to take practical steps to address these concerns. For example, using the technique of floating forward with a boy of 13 who was in a temporary foster home, the worst scene evoked for him was: "I will return home if this adoption is not." During processing, the LDS was reduced from 8 to 3 fairly quickly but it does not down. The patient said he did not go down because the "worst scene" could really happen and had happened in the past. Eye movements stopped, we chatted a while and developed a plan for: a) a meeting with her adoptive parents to discuss the permanence of the adoption and b) a conference call to his legal adviser to clarify your rights and options. Returning to the target after that, it was possible to reduce the LDS-1 with a few sets of eye movements.
Using Floating Technique forward to reprocess the worst scenario, the patient has an opportunity to resolve the anticipatory anxiety. During the installation of the positive cognition, the patient is creating positive patterns for future action. A woman whose brother was verbally abusive to her children and now intimidated, put together a "worst stage" with: "It will be equally unfair when I see him next time." The patient had done much EMDR reprocessing childhood incidents related to verbal abuse of his brother. However, without a positive reference experiential, still anxious every time I interacted with him. Asking him to "float forward" and using EMDR on one of the worst scenes, relieved her anxiety about a family party that was pending. Installing a CP of "I'm stronger now allowed him to create an image of herself driving her brother with humor and feeling safe.
To apply the techniques to float back and forth and deal well past, present and future, the EMDR therapist can heal your patient better. Moreover, techniques to float back and forth are based on EMDR. Both incorporate the standard protocol questions and give the therapist and the patient the opportunity to be managed more smoothly with this protocol.
Keywords: Floatback Technique Float Foward Technique
Accuracy Verified: Yes
230. Grand, D. (2001, May). Flow EMDR - Advanced clinical practice. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Although the structured protocols and procedures of EMDR practice have provided therapists
with enhanced healing opportunities, the awkwardness of the procedure remains unnatural to
many EMDR therapists. However, EMDR can be modified to a more natural face-to-face
flowing treatment process.
This presentation will comprehensively examine flow EMDR and its dual naturalising
components of "essential listening" and extended bi-lateral stimulation. "Essential listening"
entails the therapists accepting that all potential answers reside in the clients system.
This information and the ensuing healing process is supported by the therapist suspending all meta
communications emanating from the client. Following this procedure, combined with the
targeted information of the protocol activated by bi-lateral stimulation, allows the client to
process information until they arrive at their "essential truths".
Flow EMDR also utilises longer sets and/or continuous bi-lateral stimulation afforded by
auditory and tactile stimulation. Innovations in eye movement, called ''paint brushing", will
also be demonstrated with varied pace, direction, pausing and distance. Auditory stimulation
will be reviewed as to its current modes and tactile stimulation will also be explored in terms
of tapping, pressing and mechanical activation.
Flow EMDR also actively integrates ego state work, part protocols, multiple protocols,
parallel protocols, self questioning interweaves, targeting of present mood states, resource
activation's of locating and installing positive body sensations and body processing enhanced
by colour and image associations.
This presentation will include lecture, clinical demonstratipn, audience participation and
extensive hand-out material.
Keywords: Essential Listening Flow EMDR
Accuracy Verified: Yes
231. Andresen, K. (2003, September). Focus on the body during EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clinicians can enhance EMDR results by focusing more on body sensations. This enhances results by helping clients to engage more with the target and with their feelings about the target. Through focusing on the body, clinicians will learn how to help clients access more information about the target, direct clients so they can feel sensations more strongly or clearly, reduce stress that clients may feel about sensation states (sensate triggers), and enable clients to better release chronic muscle pain. Participants will be able to assess clients for when to use body focus and when to avoid it.
Keywords: Body Sensations
Accuracy Verified: Yes
232. Duke University Health System. Center for Integrative Medicine. (2006). Focus on: EMDR. In The Duke encyclopedia of new medicine: Conventional and alternative medicine for all ages, (pp. 272-273) London: Rodale.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Accuracy Verified: Yes
233. Wizansky, B. ([2003]). Footsteps through the maze - A model for using EMDR with oppositional children. Presentation at the EMDR Israel Association, Nazereth Ilit, Israel.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
This paper presents a therapeutic model developed to facilitate communication with children who have difficulty cooperating with the therapeutic process. The model utilizes the concept of a Maze metaphorically, in combination with the directed focusing, dual attention, and bilateral stimulation of
EMDR in order to meet and process disturbing emotion. Underlying this model is the concept of an internal psychic space, connected to memory and association, wherein reside the child's potential range of emotions. “The Maze”, becomes the metaphor for that space, while a step by step process leads gradually to playful, non threatening communication with the child about his problem. (the entrance). The Footsteps (self drumming on alternate knees) provide the bilateral stimulation and dual attention required by EMDR. These lead the child on his own path to better ways of coping (the exit).
Before presenting the model, the paper discusses several points: First, the necessity of touching on this inner space in order to bring about balance and change; second, the difficulties which traumatized, rigidly defended children have in approaching their emotions; and third, the role of cumulative trauma in preserving the child’s defenses and oppositional stance.
Keywords: Children Footsteps Through the Maze Opposition Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
234. Shapiro, S., & Abbott, G. (2004, September). Four methods of target selection for EMDR treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Research indicates that adherence to all Eight Phases of EMDR correlates with improved therapeutic results. The Adaptive Information Processing Model contributes to our understanding of this finding. The focus of this workshop will be on the EMDR Phase One imperative of comprehensive evaluation and treatment planning prior to reprocessing. Participant will review 4 strategies for selecting and ordering targets for reprocessing: 1) Shapiro’s "ten most disturbing memories"; 2) A time line method: 3) Kitchur's genogram approach: and 4) hypnotic age-regression strategy inspired by Milton Erickson. The presenters will analyze each strategy, emphasizing its unique strengths, limitations, and vulnerabilities. Participants will engage in interactive exercises.
Keywords: Target Selection
Accuracy Verified: Yes
235. Korkmazlar, U., Kurt, B., Bilgisin, G., & Atçeken, S. H. (2012, June). From child to family: Team work with EMDR [Del Niño a la Familia: Trabajo en Equipo EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will focus on why we need team work especially when we are working with children and how do we integrate
EMDR into our clinical work. We believe that when working with children, the teamwork and the cooperation with the family system are
crucial. Most of the time parents bring their children to therapy as identified patients and want us to fix them. However, in the first session we
realize that most of the child’s difficulties stem from unhealthy family system and parents’ conflicted relationship patterns. Most problems
arise from attachment and trust/ security issues. We observe that when children have difficulty choosing home as safe place; this is a first sign
that there are problems in the family system. Therefore, how we integrate the safe place exercise with play therapy, and the use of EMDR with
storytelling method will be explained. We believe that after a couple of sessions with children, it is very effective referring parents to individual
or couples therapy to work on their own relational and attachment issues to improve children’s mental health. We also mention how to use
EMDR for unresolved trauma and deficient family resources that have been carried from previous generations. The effects of parents’ own
attitudes and problems on children and their own inter-generational attachment issues are going to be explicated in detail including EMDR
therapy to resolve those unfinished business. All these topics above will be explained with case examples.
Esta presentación se centrará en por qué necesitamos trabajar en equipo, especialmente cuando trabajamos con niños y cómo
integramos EMDR dentro de nuestro trabajo clínico. Creemos que cuando trabajamos con niños, el trabajo en equipo y la cooperación con
el sistema familiar son cruciales. La mayor parte del tiempo, los padres traen a sus hijos a terapia como pacientes identificados y quieren que
los curemos. Sin embargo, en la primera sesión, nos damos cuenta de que la mayoría de las dificultades del niño provienen de un sistema
familiar poco sano y de las pautas relacionales conflictivas de los padres. La mayor parte de los problemas surgen de problemas de apego y
confianza / seguridad. Observamos que cuando los niños tienen dificultades escogiendo su hogar como lugar seguro, es una primera señal
de que existen problemas en el sistema familiar. Por tanto, explicaremos cómo integramos el ejercicio del lugar seguro dentro de la terapia
de juego y cómo usamos EMDR con el método cuentacuentos. Creemos que después de un par de sesiones con niños, es muy efectivo el
derivar a los padres a terapia individual o de pareja para trabajar en sus propios problemas relacionales y de apego para mejorar la salud
mental de los niños. También mencionamos cómo usar EMDR para el trauma no resuelto y para recursos familiares deficientes que han sido
pasados de generaciones anteriores. Se explicarán en detalle los efectos de las actitudes y problemas de los padres sobre los niños y sus
propios problemas intergeneracionales de apego, incluyendo la terapia EMDR para resolver esos temas incompletos. Todos los temas
anteriores serán explicados con ejemplos de casos.
Keywords: Children Family Team Work
Accuracy Verified: Yes
236. Adler-Tapia, R. (2006, September). From research to practice: What the research has taught us about training therapists to use EMDR with young children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Our initial research study explored the therapist's ability to demonstrate fidelity to the EMDR protocol with young children. While data collection focused on documenting fidelity to the EMDR protocol, ancillary data emerged that identified skills and training that therapists needed in order to successfully implement the full EMDR protocol in the treatment of children. The preliminary content analysis of the data from the research group identified six major themes that impact treating children with the full EMDR protocol that include therapist issues, client issues, treatment issues, parent/home environment issues, clinical environment issues and therapist training issues. This presentation will review the findings from the research with focus on teaching specific skills for therapists to improve their practice of using EMDR with young children. Therapists need to understand the implication of attachment and attunement in the therapeutic relationship, the impact of parents and the home environment on the treatment, and learn skills to teach children emotional literacy in order to improve the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of young children. This presentation will summarize the advanced skills that therapists working with young children will need after completing basic training in EMDR. With consultation focused on EMDR and additional training in using EMDR with young children, the research study has demonstrated that therapists trained in child development and play therapy can successfully implement the full eight phases of EMDR with children.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
237. Imbroinise, F. (2008, June). The function of the EMDR approach as an anamnestic and therapeutic tool in paediatrics - psychosocial unit. Poster session presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
652 children were treated during 2007 in our Paediatrics - psychosocial unit. The EMDR approach was a means to
do the history taking and anamnesis and it was used as well as an intervention methodology for all pathologies
and disturbances. Our clients received EMDR as inpatients in our war or as outpatients referred by the
community paediatric services. Our therapeutical programme includes a detailed anamnesis done together with
both parents or with caregivers if the child is very small or with the child himself if he’s able to provide the
information. History taking with the EMDR approach is an unique opportunity for the family to focus on family
life and its dynamics, and to analyse their unbalanced relational and affective patterns, which they are not always
aware of. Subsequently a therapeutical programme is outlined where EMDR is presented as a treatment method
to face and resolve the presenting complaints. This therapeutical approach facilitates the symptomatology
resolution and is useful to develop a more aware vision of their own family dynamics. Another beneficial effect is
to promote a greater psychophysical wellbeing for the client, providing a new meaning to the somatic disorder
and helping the family to understand and manage their child’s problems in a more functional way. This poster
describes all phases of the intervention and the disorders treated in our unit with EMDR. [There are three PDF files.]
Keywords: Anamnesis Children Pediatrics
Accuracy Verified: Yes
238. Gold, S., & Faust, J. (2002). The future of trauma practice: Visions and aspirations. Journal of Trauma Practice, 1(1), 1-15. doi:10.1300/J189v01n01_01 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
In the new and evolving field of traumatology, the need to keep practitioners apprised of emerging developments is acute. While many journals about trauma exist, most of them focus primarily on publication of empirical research studies. Applied professionals rarely read these journals because they see empirical investigations as having very little relevance to their daily practice. Regrettably, these circumstances foster divisiveness between traumatologists who identify themselves mainly as researchers and those who consider themselves chiefly practitioners. Providing an avenue for bridging and integrating the sub-cultures of trauma research and practice is one of the primary aims of the Journal of Trauma Practice (JTP). JTP also seeks to unite the diverse professions that routinely work with traumatized populations, such as emergency room personnel and other medical practitioners, attorneys and forensic specialists, law enforcement personnel, and emergency service workers. Accomplishing these objectives will require openness to innovation while maintaining high standards of scholarship. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Editorial PTSD Scientific Research Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
239. Gold, S. N., & Faust, J. (2002, January). The future of trauma practice: Visions and aspirations. Journal of Trauma Practice, 1(1), 1-15. doi:10.1300/J189v01n01_01.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
In the new and evolving field of traumatology, the need to keep practitioners apprised of emerging developments is acute. While many journals about trauma exist, most of them focus primarily on publication of empirical research studies. Applied professionals rarely read these journals because they see empirical investigations as having very little relevance to their daily practice. Regrettably, these circumstances foster divisiveness between traumatologists who identify themselves mainly as researchers and those who consider themselves chiefly practitioners. Providing an avenue for bridging and integrating the sub-cultures of trauma research and practice is one of the primary aims of the Journal of Trauma Practice (JTP). JTP also seeks to unite the diverse professions that routinely work with traumatized populations, such as emergency room personnel and other medical practitioners, attorneys and forensic specialists, law enforcement personnel, and emergency service workers. Accomplishing these objectives will require openness to innovation while maintaining high standards of scholarship.
Keywords: Critical Incident Stress Debriefing CISD Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma Trauma Practice Trauma Research Traumatic Memory Traumatology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
240. Page, M. G. (2007, July). Gathering objective data from assessment to discharge in EMDR therapy: Galvanic skin responses, verbal prompts and tactile desensitization. EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net on 12/27/2008.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
This study shows how three changes (one addition to the EMDR protocol, plus two alterations) were used in the treatment of anxiety disorders. The addition to the EMDR protocol was: 1) The use of Galvanic Skin Response (GSR) monitors to provide a constant flow of objective, testable and measurable data specific to the experience of suffering or disturbance, exclusively to the clinician (and not to the patient) throughout the therapy process, The two other alterations were:
2) Incorporating specifically targeted verbal prompts at various points in the process, thus serving to maintain the patients emotional and intellectual focus on the experience of suffering the presenting disorder.
3) Allowing the patient to close his or her eyes and using tactile desensitization and reprocessing rather than eye movements, thereby allowing the patient to maintain the mental imagery specific to the suffering.
The study group achieved beneficial outcomes sooner and more effectively than the control group who were given standard EMDR therapy.[Author abstract]
Keywords: Galvanic Skin Response Tactile Desensitization Verbal Prompts
Accuracy Verified: Yes
241. Wilensky, M. (2010, April/May). Getting stuck: Navigating through the protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The focus of this workshop will be the Basic Eight Phase Protocol and most specifically the Three Prongedness (Past, Present, Future) of EMDR. When the Basic Protocol is followed diligently many problems disappear. The presenter will draw on his experience as a supervisor and trainer of EMDR clinicians to demonstrate strategies to deal with mini-impasses in therapy. Questions are welcomed about : how to formulate a treatment plan and find the touchstone memories, how to get well-formed Negative and Positive Cognitions, things to do when reprocessing is stuck, what to do when clients have difficulty identifying emotions, evaluating VOC and SUDs and generating an image with appropriate detail? How does the clinician react when the client "loops" and doesn't seem to progress? Issues of secondary traumatization and vicarious traumatization of the therapist. These and other common questions will be addressed,with ample time for examples and a possible practicum. If EMDR is a church, then the presenter is close to a fundamentalist. We all drift. Let's get back to Basics.
Keywords: Basic Protocol Three-Pronged Approach
Accuracy Verified: Yes
242. Macdonald, H. (2009, October). Getting to grips with the pain protocol. Presentation at the 2nd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop, Leeds, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The Pain Protocol workshop will focus on the practical application of the Pain Protocol (based on Grant and Threlfo 2002); in the context of evidence available regarding its effectiveness. The emphasis of the workshop will be on clinical work using the protocol, and sharing experiences in practice. It is aimed at participants who have completed EMDR training, but who may have not had extensive experience working with this client group using EMDR.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
243. van Rens, L. W., de Weert-van Oene, G. H., van Oosteren, A. A., & Rutten, C. (2012). Gevalsbeschrijving - Klinische behandeling van posttraumatische stressstoornis bij patiënten met ernstige dubbele diagnose [Case Study - Clinical treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder in patients with serious dual diagnosis problems]. Tijdschrift voor Psychiatrie, 54(4), 383-388.
Language: Dutch
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Three patients with severe addiction problems, early sexual trauma, posttraumatic stress disorder PTSD comorbid psychotic vulnerability and personality problems received integrated treatment following admission to a clinic specialising in the care of patients with a dual diagnosis. Treatment was administered in accordance with current guidelines and involved either imaginal exposure or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing EMDR, integrated with relapse management of addiction problems. It is concluded that the current evidence-based guidelines regarding PTSD and addiction can also be applied successfully and effectively to an extremely vulnerable patient population.
Keywords: Dual Diagnosis Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
244. Connor, P. K. (2005). Guideline-based programs in the treatment of complex PTSD. Deakin University, Victoria, Australia.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The term “post-traumatic stress disorder” (PTSD) is a relatively new diagnostic label, being formally recognized in 1980 in the Diagnostic Statistical Manual for Psychiatric Illness – Third Edition (DSM-III) of the American Psychiatric Association (APA, 1980). Complex Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (CP) is a more recently discussed, and newly-classified, phenomenon, initially discussed in the early 1990s (Herman, 1992a). Thus, as research into effective treatments for CP is sparse, the treatment of CP is the topic of this study, in which a guideline-based treatment program developed by the researcher for the treatment of CP is implemented and evaluated. Ten individuals participated in this study, undertaking individualized, guideline-based treatment programs spanning a period of six months. In providing background information relevant to this study, an explanation is provided regarding the nature of CP, and the reasons for its consideration as a separate phenomenon to PTSD. The adequacy of the PTSD formulation in enabling effective assessment and treatment of CP is also explored, with endorsement of previous researchers’ conclusions that the CP construct is more useful than the PTSD construct for assessing and treating survivors of long-term and multiple forms of abuse. The PTSD classification is restrictive, and not necessarily appropriate for certain forms of trauma (such as prolonged trauma, or multiple forms of trauma), as such trauma experiences may lead to specific effects that lay outside those formerly associated with PTSD. Such effects include alterations in affect regulation, consciousness, self-perception, interpersonal relationships, and in systems of meaning. Following discussion regarding the PTSD/CP classification, an examination of treatment methods currently used in the treatment of PTSD, and a review of treatment outcome studies, takes place. The adequacy of primary treatment methods in treating CP symptoms is then examined, with the conclusion that a range of treatment methods could potentially be useful in the treatment of CP symptoms. Individuals with a diagnosis of CP may benefit from the adoption of an eclectic approach, drawing on different treatment options for different symptoms, and constantly evaluating client progress and re-evaluating interventions. This review of treatment approaches is followed by details of an initial study undertaken to obtain feedback from individuals who had suffered long-term/multiple trauma and who had received treatment. Participants in this initial study were asked open-ended questions regarding the treatment approach they had experienced, the most useful aspect of the treatment, the least useful aspect, and other strategies/treatment approaches that may have been useful – but which were not used. The feedback obtained from these individuals was used to inform the development of treatment guidelines for use in the main study, as were recommendations made by Chu (1998). The predominant focus of the treatment guidelines was “ego strengthening”, a term coined by Chu (1998) to describe the “initial (sometimes lengthy) period of developing fundamental skills in maintaining supportive relationships, developing self-care strategies, coping with symptomatology, improving functioning, and establishing a positive self identity” (p.75). Using a case study approach, data are then presented relating to each of the ten individuals involved in the treatment program: details of his/her trauma experience(s)and the impact of the trauma (as perceived by each individual); details of each individual’s treatment program (as planned, and as implemented); post-treatment evaluation of the positive and negative aspects of the treatment program (from the therapist’s perspective); and details of the symptoms reported by the individual post-treatment, via psychometric assessment and also during interview. Analysis and discussion of the data relating to the ten participants in the study are the focal point of this study. The evaluation of the effectiveness of each individual’s treatment has been based predominantly on qualitative data, obtained from an analysis of language (discourse analysis) used by participants to describe their symptoms pre- and post-treatment. Both blatant and subtle changes in the language used by participants to describe themselves, their behaviour, and their relationships pre- and post-treatment have provided an insight into the possible changes that occurred as a result of the treatment program. The language used by participants has been a rich source of data, one that has enabled the researcher to obtain information that could not be obtained using psychometric assessment methods. Most of the participants in this study portrayed notable changes in many of the CP symptoms, including being more stable and having improved capacity to explore their early abuse. Although no direct cause-effect relationship between the participants’ treatment program and the improvements described can be established from this study, the participants’ perception that the program assisted them with their symptoms, and reported many aspects of “ego strengthening”, is of major importance. Such self-perception of strength and empowerment is important if an individual is going to be able to deal with past trauma experiences. In fact, abreactive work may have a greater chance of succeeding if those who have experienced long-term or multiple trauma are feeling more empowered, and more stable, as were the participants in this study (post-intervention). In concluding this study, recommendations have been made in regard to the use of guideline-based treatment programs in the responsible treatment of CP. Strengths and limitations of this study have also been highlighted, and recommendations have been made regarding possibilities for future research related to CP treatment. On the whole, this study has supported strongly other research that highlights the importance of focusing on “ego strengthening” in assisting those who have suffered long-term/multiple trauma experiences. Thus, a guideline-based program focusing on assisting sufferers of long-term trauma with some, or all, of the symptoms of CP, is recommended as an important first stage of any treatment of individuals who have experienced long-term/multiple trauma, allowing them to develop the emotional and psychological strength required to deal with past traumatic events. Clinicians who are treating patients whose history depicts long-term or multiple trauma experiences (either from their childhood, or at some stage in their adult life) need, therefore, to be mindful of assessing individuals for symptoms of CP – so that they can treat these symptoms prior to engaging in any work associated directly with the past traumatic experiences. [Author abstract]
D.H.Sc.(Psych.) thesis, School of Psychology.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
245. Matthess, H., & Mehrotra, S. (2008, June) . HAP-Europe: The European umbrella organization for non-profit projects teaching trauma therapy. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR-Humanitarian Assistance Programs Europe (HAP-Europe) an
umbrella organization for all European national non-profit organizations
and individual projects teaching trauma therapy including EMDR in a large
number of European, Asian and African countries. It is a sister organization
of EMDR – HAP in US and the information platform to exchange
information and knowledge of current and ongoing trainings on a non
commercial basis. We try to build up a global network of clinical
psychologist, psychotherapists and psychiatrist who travel to places where
is a need to teach trauma therapy and to prevent the after-effects of
trauma and violence like the tsunami regions and earthquake areas. Till
now a lot of HAP volunteers bring a powerful mental health resource to
regions overwhelmed by the stress of natural disaster or local conflict
areas. This presentation will give examples from all around the world of
how HAP projects shift the focus from disaster response to mental health
resource development.
Keywords: Earthquake India Keynote
Accuracy Verified: Yes
246. Herbert, C. (2004, February). Healing the inner child - EMDR imagery re-scripting technique with complex trauma clients. Presentation at the 2nd annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Birmingham, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Neuropsychological findings indicate that affect regulation is learned through secure attachment during the first year of an infant's life (Siegel, 1999; Schore, 1994, 1996). Poor affect regulation is one of the main indicators of clients diagnosed with Personality Disorders and those having experienced early life trauma, e.g. CSA or other abuse. Hence, one of the aims of a successful treatment outcome is healthy affect control. Yet, few therapeutic approaches for Personality Disorder or Complex Trauma currently focus ont the quality and re-building of such clients' early attachment relationships. Herbert (2002, 2003) describes a therapeutic framework, utilizing both EMDR and CBT (Cognitive Behavioural Therapy) technqiues for working with complex client problems, that incorporates an assessment of the quality of early attachment relationships and, based on this, various therapeutic methods, such as imaginal re-nurtuing, which aid clients to re-script and repair ruptures in clients' experiences of their early attachment relationships. Clinical practice indicates that through the use of these techniques, clients with previously poor affect control and functionally disrupted lives, can learn to build a more secure and functionally positive sense of Self with healthy mechanisms of affect regulation. a) The learning objectives for this presentation are to introduce participatns to 1. the concept of attachment and its role ind determining affect control, 2. a therapeutic framework for working with clients with complex problems, and 3, clinicial technqiues that hep repair deficits in early attachment relationships to allow cients build healthy mechanisms of affect control.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Personality Disorders Re-Scripting
Accuracy Verified: Yes
247. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2009). Healing the origins of trauma: An introduction to EMDR in psychotherapy with children and adolescents. In A. Rubin & D. W. Springer (Eds.) Treatment of traumatized adults and children - Clinician's guide to evidence-based practice series (pp. 349-418). New York, NY: Wiley.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
What if the brain had a similar mechanism for healing psychological injuries as the body does, just like a finger can heal a cut? Imagine tapping into that healing process in the brain and helping a child who witnessed her brother accidentally killed by a school bus, who then developed a school phobia, be able to return to school and eliminate her depression. What if you could help a foster child with a history of severe and chronic abuse, reduce his disruptive symptoms within a 9-month period so that he could stabilize and be adopted? Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) can be used in psychotherapy to help children heal from stressful experiences of both traumatic and developmental origins. And, while EMDR is not a magic wand, it is remarkable in its efficiency in reducing or eliminating significant mental health symptoms and healing the origins of trauma. This chapter is written for clinicians who have had little or no exposure to the EMDR treatment methodology or for those who may have wondered what it is and how it works. The goal of this chapter is to summarize the use of EMDR with children with case presentations woven through the steps of the EMDR protocol. As a potential paradigm shift for child and adolescent therapists who have been trained in child development and play therapy, this chapter will not only explain why EMDR with children and adolescents makes sense, but why EMDR is the treatment of choice for many children presenting with symptoms of trauma. The experienced child therapist will also learn how child development, play therapy, and other child-focused therapies can be integrated to overall case conceptualization with the eight phases of the EMDR protocol. Initially, this chapter provides a brief description of EMDR. While Chapter 5 covered EMDR with adult clients, this chapter will focus on translating the EMDR protocol into child language from a developmentally grounded perspective for use with child clients. Given that focus, this chapter will minimize coverage of generic EMDR content that was already covered in Chapter 5. However, some overlap is inescapable. For example, like Chapter 5, this chapter will address the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory that underlies the eight phases of the EMDR treatment protocol. This chapter also includes a brief theoretical overview of trauma and the impact on neurodevelopment as it guides psychotherapy. With a detailed explanation of the description, purpose, and concepts of each phase of the EMDR protocol, this chapter describes the clinical implications and procedural considerations for effectively using EMDR with children through each phase of the protocol. The chapter concludes with information for clinicians to learn how to get basic training in EMDR and advanced training in using EMDR with children. Integrated throughout this chapter are practical applications for successfully using EMDR in psychotherapy with children in order to heal the origins of trauma. With this introduction to EMDR, the reader should note that throughout this chapter, the terms client and child are often interchanged, and any reference to a child includes children and adolescents unless otherwise noted. Finally, the terms parent and caregiver refer to the child's primary caregiver. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Adolescents Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
248. Maltz, W. (1995, June). Healing the sexual problems caused by sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Sexual abuse is abuse to a person's sexuality. It can seriously harm the development of healthy sexual attitudes, self-concept, and
behavior. In particular, survivors are often troubled by a variety of sexual problems, such as, fear and avoidance of sex, approaching
sex as an obligation, automatic negative reactions to touch, difficulty becoming aroused or feeling sensation, emotional detachment
during sex, disturbing sexual thoughts and fantasies, compulsive sexual behaviors, difficulty with intimate partners, and sexual
functioning concerns.
EMDR is a technique which can effect significant changes in cognition, sensation, and emotional experience. It can be a powerful tool to help survivors reprocess traumatic material blocking healthy sexual experience. But because sex is often an extremely loaded
issue for survivors, and EMDR is seen as technique in which the therapist "does something" to the client, precautions must be taken
to avoid negative, retraumatizing reactions and increase positive results. Due to the high potential for negative transference in sex
therapy with survivors, the therapist must present the EMDR technique in a style which values client safety and empowerment. This
can involve associating the techque with safe images and prior positive experiences, developing relaxation and containment skills,
and modifying the physical aspects associated with the technique.
There are a variety of sexual concerns which respond well to EMDR intervention. EMDR can be used to help replace old negative
messages about sex with new messages which view sex as based on consent, equality, respect and safety. Sexual self-concept can
be improved as survivors undo irrational belief systems which blame their sexuality and/or sexual parts for having caused the abuse.
EMDR can help introduce new experiences of self-forgiveness and self-acceptance. EMDR can also help desensitize particular
objects, sexual settings, types of touch, and associations to the intimate partner which trigger negative reactions.
Therapists who focus on sexual healing need to be familiar with a variety of sexual healing techniques. These include the sexual
response cycle exercise, relearning touch exercises, techniques for healing unwanted sexual fantasies, and techniques for improving
sexual functioning. Therapists can use EMDR to help survivors work through blocks and impasses encountered with the
techniques.
Keywords: Sexual Abuse Sexual Issues
Accuracy Verified: Yes
249. Ray, K. (2000, September 30). Health in focus. London, England: The Times, Features.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
I consider that I have never been rendered so emotionally well as I am now as a result of this EMDR therapy. The EMDR Association can be contacted on 020-8951 3420 or at www. emdr.practitioner.net. I would seriously recommend anyone who is struggling in adult life as a result of early childhood traumas to consider this as a very valuable and hopeful type of therapy.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
250. Treadway, D. C. (2008, September). The heart of loving: A new model of couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Treadway’s new model of organizing couples therapy helps the clients design their own treatment plan. This workshop will show how couples choose whether to work on making changes in the here and now, focus on healing from the wounds of their past, or work through their trauma history from their family
FRIDAY
of origin. Once couples choose whether to focus on the present or the past, this model then has a variety of additional choices for a couple to explore. Couples might decide to work on communications or behavior changes, problem solving or sexual intimacy. And since many of the couples’ issues stem from trauma in their respective childhoods or earlier in their relationship, Dr. Treadway will demonstrate how he explores the healing possibilities of utilizing EMDR adjunctively or independently. This workshop will particularly address ways couples can learn to be intimate and sexual, despite their inevitable tensions and trauma history. Participants will learn practical techniques and exercises for helping couples talk honestly about their sexual preferences and differences, be more playful with each other, and design their own solutions to sexual impasses. Dr. Treadway will also explore how couples can rekindle romance and bring spirituality into their erotic life together.
Keywords: Couples Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
251. McKay, L. (2006). Helping the helpers: Understanding, assessing, and treating humanitarian workers experiencing acute stress reactions. Pasadena, CA: Headington Institute.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Where there is crisis or hardship, there are usually humanitarian workers. Hundreds of
thousands strong, they are usually employed by one of the many non-governmental
organizations (NGOs) currently operating worldwide. The diversity of roles that a
humanitarian worker can undertake is staggering. Some work specifically in aid and
disaster response. This can include famine relief, refugee aid, emergency relief after
natural disasters, or the provision of primary health care services. Other humanitarian
workers focus more generally on civil society and peace-building, human rights,
education, advocacy, economics, governmental and election monitoring, arms-control
and refugee, gender and/or children’s issues. All of these diverse roles and aims are
linked by a common end – service in the face of crisis and suffering worldwide.
Keywords: Acute Stress Reactions Helpers Humanitarian Workers Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
252. Marques, L. (2011). Het effect van oogbewegingen, klikjes en geen dubbeltaak op de emotionaliteit en levendigheid van een herinnering in EMDR in de klinische praktijk. Utrecht, Nederlands: Universiteit Utrecht.
Language: Dutch
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is één van de behandelingen van keuze voor posttraumatische stress stoornis (PTSS). Hoewel in ongeveer de helft van de EMDR behandelingen gebruik wordt gemaakt van klikjes is er slechts weinig onderzoek in de klinische praktijk gedaan naar de werkzaamheid van deze vorm van stimulatie. In dit onderzoek is het effect van oogbewegingen, klikjes en geen dubbeltaak op de emotionaliteit en levendigheid van een nare herinnering onderzocht bij 51 cliënten die een EMDR behandeling ondergingen. De behandeling als geheel bleek effectief te zijn in de afname van emotionaliteit en levendigheid. Hoewel de verschillen in effectiviteit van de stimulaties in de richting van de gestelde hypothese lagen, bleken de verschillen niet significant te zijn op een significantie niveau van 0.05. Er was een trend zichtbaar waarbij oogbewegingen effectiever lijken te zijn dan klikjes en geen dubbeltaak, waarbij klikjes effectiever lijken te zijn dan geen dubbeltaak. Deze trend biedt ondersteuning voor de werkgeheugen verklaring. Daarnaast is ook de ernst van de symptomen en de effectiviteit van de stimulaties onderzocht. Implicaties van het gehele onderzoek voor de klinische praktijk worden besproken.
Keywords: Beeps Emotionality No Dual Tasks Vividness Working Memory Account
Accuracy Verified: Yes
253. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (2005, November). Het EMDR protocol: werk in uitvoerig [The EMDR protocol: A work in progress). Presentatie aan de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Sinds de introductie van EMDR heeft het basis-protocol veel veranderingen doorgemaakt, zowel in de Verenigde Staten als daarbuiten. Voor een deel waren dat min of meer cosmetische aanpassingen, maar verscheidene aanpassingen zijn ingegeven door culturele, conceptueel-inhoudelijke of technische overwegingen. Een deel van de aanpassingen zijn afkomstig van Shapiro zelf, een ander deel is voortgekomen uit ervaringen in de praktijk. De afgelopen jaren is met name sprake geweest van tekstuele aanpassingen die er op gericht zijn de lastigste stukken in het EMDR-protocol (bijvoorbeeld de vraag: “Welke uitspraak over u zelf past daar het beste bij?”) te vereenvoudigen en (vooral) sneller en doelgerichter te komen tot - wat wij graag noemen - 'scherpstellen'.
Deze workshop is bedoeld voor iedereen die de afgelopen 3 jaar geen oficiele EMDR (basis of vervolg) opleiding heeft gevolgd. Stilgestaan wordt bij de doelstelling, de structuur en (vooral) de actuele, exacte formuleringen in het EMDR-protocol van 2005. Telkens zal worden aangegeven wat de achtergrond van de doorgevoerde aanpassingen is. De verwachting is dat het huidige protocol zich soepeler laat toepassen in de therapeutische praktijk. En dat is goed voor zowel therapeuten als patiënten.
Since the introduction of the basic EMDR protocol made many changes, both in the United States and abroad. In part, some were more or less cosmetic changes, but modifications are motivated by several cultural, conceptual, technical or substantive considerations. Some of the changes come from Shapiro herself, somechanges arose from practical experience. In recent years there has been some particular textual changes at AIM. The most difficult pieces in the EMDR protocol (e.g. the question: "Which statement best fits with yourself about you?") To simplifying and (especially) faster and targeted to achieve - what we like to call it - 'Focus'.
This workshop is for anyone over the past three years of no company EMDR Approved (or basic) education followed. Stood is the objectifying, structuring and (Especially) the current, exact genesis of the EMDR protocol or 2005. Each will be given the background to the adjustments is. The expectation is that the current protocol allows more flexible use in therapeutic practice. And that's good for bone healing therapists and patients.
Keywords: Standard Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
254. Engelhard, I. M., van den Hout, M. A., & van Uijen, S. L. (2011, May). Het vervagen van negatieve en positieve herinneringen [The blurring of negative and positive memories]. Psychologie & Gezondheid, 39(2), 61-69. doi:10.1007/s12483-011-0017-5.
Language: Dutch
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Earlier studies have shown that horizontal eye movements (EM) during retrieval of a negative memory reduce its vividness and emotionality. This may be due to both tasks competing for working memory (WM) resources. This study examined whether playing the computer game “Tetris” also blurs memory. Participants recalled negative and positive memories in three conditions: recall only, recall with concurrent EM, and recall with playing Tetris. Before and after these conditions, vividness, emotionality, and physiological startle responses during recall were measured. A reaction time task showed that EM and Tetris both draw on WM, compared to no dual-task. Compared to recall only, EMand Tetris both decreased reported emotionality and startle responses. The effects of EM and Tetris did not differ, even though the tasks differed in the degree of taxing WM. This suggests that taxing WM and its effects on emotional memories may not be linearly related. Potential clinical implications are discussed.
Keywords: Memory Retrieval Tetris
Accuracy Verified: Yes
255. van den Hout, M. A., & Engelhard, I. M. (2011, March). Hoe het komt dat EMDR werkt [How it is that EMDR works]. Directieve Therapie en Hypnose, 31(1), 5-23. doi:10.1007/s12433-011-0002-5.
Language: Dutch
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye Movement and Desensitisation Reprocessing (EMDR) is een effectieve behandeling van traumasymptomen en de positieve effecten worden teruggevonden in het laboratorium, onder goed gecontroleerde omstandigheden. Dat biedt de mogelijkheid om na te gaan hoe EMDR werkt. Er wordt verslag gedaan naar de bevindingen uit een lange reeks experimenten. De hypothese dat oogbewegingen (of andere taken die worden uitgevoerd tijdens het ophalen van herinneringen) overbodig zijn en dat de exposure aan aversieve herinneringen tijdens EMDR de effecten verklaart, is niet houdbaar. Het idee dat ‘bilaterale stimulatie’ noodzakelijk is, snijdt evenmin hout. Je kunt net zo goed de ogen van boven naar beneden laten bewegen of taken laten doen waarbij helemaal geen oogbewegingen worden gemaakt. Belangrijk is dat de taak het werkgeheugen belast. Uit de werkgeheugenverklaring van EMDR is een lange reeks voorspellingen af te leiden. Die blijken wonderwel bestand tegen kritische experimentele tests en er tekent zich een solide verklaring af van hoe EMDR werkt. Die theorie en de empirische bevindingen hebben allerhande implicaties voor de techniek van EMDR.
Eye Movement and Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) is an effective treatment of trauma symptoms, while beneficial effects can be reproduced under controlled laboratory conditions. This opens the door for testing how EMDR works. The paper reports data from a long series of experiments. The hypothesis that eye movements (or other dual tasks) are superfluous and that EMDR effects are explained by exposure is untenable. The idea that ‘bilateral stimulation’ is crucial, does not match the data either. One can just as well move the eyes vertically, or carry out tasks that do not involve eye movements. The crucial factor seems to be that the dual task is taxing working memory. From the working memory account of EMDR a long series of predictions can be derived. The predictions survived critical experimental tests. The theory and empirical data have a range of technical implications for carrying out EMDR. These implications are discussed.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
256. Froning, M., Horne, B., & Maiberger, B. (2009, August). How to successfully and safely close down an EMDR session - Especially an incomplete one. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on Phase VII (Closure) of the EMDR Protocol. By providing a wide array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to properly close incomplete EMDR sessions. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice new methods before using them with clients.
Keywords: Closing Down A Session Complete Sessions Incomplete Sessions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
257. Brivio, R., & Bergamaschi, L. (2008, January). Human and organizational aspects affecting the wellbeing in rescue-working activity: EMDR (Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing), Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation: The role of training methods, practice and simulation for psychological risks prevention and management in emergency workers.. International Workshop Reinforce Rescuers' Resilience by Empowering a well-being Demension Workshop, Turin, Italy .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The wellbeing of rescuers: Relational, organizational and technical aspects that can affect rescuers' wellbeing during
rescue activities: Stress inoculation, role playing and the role of mirror neurons in training, also through the use of
video recordings. Relaxation techniques, psychological debriefing and EMDR in trainings.
Focus of our intervention is the wellbeing of the rescuer. The study and research
on this matter came and were carried out thanks to the activity done both during
trainings and simulations of the Civil Protection than real emergencies.
Our team work received contribution by some psychologists of OPP (Parma’s
Psychologists’ Observatory: A.Sozzi, E.Pedrelli, F.Frati, A. Bocelli, T. Serra). Wellbeing, defined as a subjective and positive emotional state together with a
global life satisfaction (Diener, 1984), is strongly at risk during rescuer’s
emergency activities and can affect the rescuer both physically and
psychologically. The rescuer's capabilities, that we think are technical “know how” and thorough
knowledge, are essential to give the best performance according to the complexity
and urgency of the intervention. These skills can really contribute to the rescuer's
wellbeing, because they can improve the self-efficiency perception.
To effectively manage and train rescuers, it is furthermore important to consider
and acknowledge the influence of interpersonal relationships on technical
performances. It is, in fact, particularly important to recognize and support the
typical relationships that can be created in a team with the same task and
specialization, as well as in multidisciplinary teams, or teams belonging to
different Institutions but operating in the same scenario.
In recent years increasing attention has been given to training activities, even through the use of the role play for interventions in artificial emergency
scenarios. To recreate scenarios of massive emergencies, different Civil Protection
Associations, as well as First Aid volunteer associations and the local
Institutions have been involved. In these simulations, most cases focus on improving technical performances.
Lately psychologists have been asked to join the rescuers team.
During these simulations, the role-play of emotional and psychological problems
occurs thanks to the cooperation between emergency psychologists and the
medical team. The introduction of the role and expertise of psychologists allowed to extend and
strengthen the attention to cross support and care aspects for the psychological
wellbeing of both victims and rescuers.
The psychologist must therefore consider the “wellbeing” in all the emergency
scenarios and contexts, as a sum of all the components that we talked about here
and the ones we will describe during our intervention.
He must first of all be aware of the complexity of each intervention in the field,
and adopt a kind of approach aimed at creating and recovering wellbeing
strategies, that can be used by himself as well.
Strategies on how to build, recover and maintain the wellbeing identify stress as
the first danger source the rescuer has to face in his training and emergency
activity.
When external events or stimuli are perceived as difficult to face compared with
resources available at that moment, the individual gets stressed.
When the person's efforts are not adaptive to the external requests and/or
coherent with his performance expectations, he becomes vulnerable to emotional,
behavioural, cognitive and physical reactions, which can be even very difficult to
manage both in the short and/or in the medium-long term.
This can happen when the sources of stress depend on the rescuer’s
performance, and it can also happen in case of post traumatic stress, visible in
different stages after the event.
From the psychologist's specialist background and from the integration of this
with the result of field experiences, the demand for a range of different tools to
manage the different kinds of stress emerges, and these tools must be applicable
both to the individual and to the group.
This range is still improving, and the results of our observational activity from
past and present experiences lead us to see the opportunity to carry on our
research of tools of efficacy.
During this speech we would like to underline that approaches like Stress
Inoculation Training (SIT, Michenbaum, 1983) and the use of role playing allow
the technical appraisal and let the rescuers improve their stress management
skills, and all that can lead to a decrease in the risk of PTSD.
In past simulations of emergencies, we found out that the use of videotapes for
the role plays is a tool that should be taken more into account. We think it is
important to evaluate its potential for the rescuers' benefit, because it seems to
be not only “a record of technical performances”, but also an observation and
learning tool about the rescuer's own defence and adaptive strategies.
In fact, during these simulations we found out that the rescuers' psychological
and emotional vulnerability emerged in several situations. The fact that even in these artificial situations there were acute stress episodes and O codes urged us
to focus more on the matter of mutual influence between technical performance
and internal experience of stress.
We understand that such acute stress episodes may occur during real life critical
events but we can see how role playing and video recordings show that such
acute stress episodes affected the simulators themselves even during the
simulation. The videos show that even apparently “high immunity” simulators,
who are considered 'immune' thanks to their comprehensive and strong
experience, experienced acute stress, perhaps because of an incorrect selfevaluation
of their own stress management skills.
The interest in the use of videos as a training and reprocessing tool for rescuers
led some of us to specialize in role playing recording, so as to carry out a more
accurate and comprehensive study on those same videos and use them as a
mirror of reality and better educational tool through a vicar experience or through
“seeing oneself from within the experience” and in the interpersonal dynamics
that took place in the scenario.
Videotapes are a very known and widely used tool in other kinds of trainings,
disciplines and therapies (i.e. Family Therapy and CBT).
The discovery of mirror neurons by Rizzolati, Gallese et Al., provides the evidence
that when someone observes the same action performed by another person, the
neurons "mirrors" the behaviour of that person, as though the observer were itself
acting. Thanks to these researchers it is now proven that this can happen
thanks to the motor neurons in the pre-motor cortex.
Therefore, we would like to underline the role of videos as very useful and
versatile training tools, since they expose a situation in an unexpected realistic
manner “as if” it were true and “as if” we were really experiencing that situation,
with the consequent learning movements at the emotional, cognitive and
behavioural level, at the stress management level, as well as at the level of team
work dynamics.
Visual imagination activates the same brain regions that are active during visual
perception and motor imagination activates the same brain regions activated the
movement is really happening.
More importantly, it was possible for us to verify that the videos recorded by other
operators were not focused on showing the important psychological aspects we
mentioned for the goal of the trainings, thing that happened instead with the
videos recorded by psychologists. We think therefore that the use of videotapes
recorded by psychologists should be given more consideration in the trainings of
rescuers. During this intervention we will devote part of the time to broadcasting
two short videos; the first one shows the role playing of an intervention in an
emergency context, and the second one shows a part of an EMDR session (Eye
Movement Desensitization Reprocessing). We think it is important to recreate and
protect rescuers wellbeing in the post-role playing and post emergency stages
too. For years EMDR has been proven effective in improving the individual's
coping skills and in reprocessing, wherever necessary, the post traumatic
aspects resulting from critical events to whom not only the victims, but also the rescuers too, are exposed during emergencies.
Keywords: Emergency Workers Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation Rescue-Working Activity Risk Prevention and Management
Accuracy Verified: Yes
258. Mosquera, D., & Gonzalez, A. (2011, Settembre). I disturbi de personalita e l’EMDR [Personaity disorders and EMDR]. Presentazione al Congresso EMDR Nazionale "Trauma e relazione,” Roma, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
I pazienti con disturbi di personalità manifestano difficoltà nel loro funzionamento quotidiano; nella loro storia di vita in molti casi sono presenti eventi traumatici e relazioni primarie di attaccamento insicuro. In questo workshop ci focalizzeremo sui disturbi di personalità del gruppo B, in particolar modo sui borderline. Tenteremo di spiegare l’interrelazione dei criteri del DSM con eventi traumatici precoci. Comprendere questi aspetti è basilare per un’adeguata concettualizzazione del caso nella Fase 1 e pianificazione del trattamento di questi pazienti con EMDR. ... In questo workshop verranno approfondite anche le evidenze empiriche riguardo al trauma e ai disturbi di personalità e le pubblicazioni riguardanti l’EMDR e i Disturbi di Personalità. Un aspetto interessante di questo workshop è l’integrazione dell’esposizione teorica e la presentazione di video di casi clinici, al fine di comprendere meglio gli specifici aspetti della terapia con EMDR nei disturbi di personalità . Verranno esposti e spiegati la struttura generale della terapia dell’EMDR nei disturbi di personalità, gli interventi della fase di preparazione e le considerazioni riguardo al lavoro sul trauma con l’EMDR.
Patients with personality disorders, difficulties in their daily operation; in their life history in many cases there are traumatic events and the primary relationships of insecure attachment. In this workshop we will focus on personality disorders in group B, especially on the borderline. We will attempt to explain the interrelationship of the criteria of the DSM with traumatic events early. Understanding these aspects is fundamental for an adequate conceptualization of the case in Phase 1 and treatment planning of these patients with EMDR. ... This workshop will also discuss the empirical evidence about the trauma and personality disorders, and publications on EMDR and Personality Disorders. An interesting aspect of this workshop is the integration of theoretical exposure and presentation of video case studies, in order to better understand the specific aspects of EMDR therapy in personality disorders. Will be exhibited and explained the general structure of EMDR therapy in personality disorders, the operations of preparation and considerations about the work on trauma with EMDR.
Keywords: Personality Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
259. Gaarde Madsen, P-E. (2009). I patientens tjeneste: NLP, hypnose og EMDR i kombination og samspil som en mulig virksom form for psykoterapi i det 21. århundrede [Inpatient services, NLP, hypnosis and EMDR in combination and interaction as a possible form of psychotherapy in the 21st century]. Udgave: 1, Oplag: 1 [1st ed] , Copenhagen, Dansk: Frydenlund.
Language: Danish
Format: Other
Abstract:
Beskrivelse
Det etablerede systems opfattelse af sig selv og af såkaldt alternativ terapi debatteres i denne bog. Forfatteren har valgt at sætte fokus på problemerne med spiseforstyrrelser. Kritikken af de eksisterende forhold i det etablerede system på dette område er meget skarp, men derimod er de beskrevne terapeutiske forslag om en mulig virksom terapi generøse. Disse nye muligheder er terapeutiske tiltag, der stadig betragtes som alternative, men de kan ikke desto mindre anvendes på alle de områder, hvorom man i dag mener, der kan bedrives psykoterapi. Det kræver dog, at man forlader illusionen om, at terapi baseret på samtale med såkaldt sund fornuft har nogen som helst terapeutisk effekt. Den omfattende, mulige terapeutiske værktøjskasse beskrives. Det drejer sig om NLP som basis for hypnose. Denne metode kan kombineres med modificeret EMDR. Der fremlægges i bogen mange forskellige paradigmer; det drejer sig bl.a. om tilknytningsteorier, affectteorier, den tredelte hjerne og ikke mindst også de resultater, som den moderne hjerneforskning har produceret i de sidste femten år. Dette omfattende materiale bliver sat sammen til en klinisk enhed, der er fleksibel og mangfoldig. Desuden rummer bogen detaljerede beskrivelser af terapiforløbet for flere patienter med en spiseforstyrrelse. --
Description: The system established perceptions of themselves and the so-called alternative therapies discussed in this book. The author has chosen to focus on problems with eating disorders. Criticism of the existing conditions in the established system in this area is very sharp, but they are described therapeutic suggestions about a possible business therapy generous.
These new opportunities are therapeutic interventions that are still considered alternative, but they can nevertheless be applied to all areas on which we now believe there may commit psychotherapy. It requires that you leave the illusion that therapy based on interviews with "common sense has any therapeutic effect.
The extensive potential therapeutic tool sets. It is about NLP as a basis for hypnosis. This method can be combined with modified EMDR.
Presented in the book many different paradigms, namely, inter alia, on related theories affectteorier, the triune brain, and not least also the results of modern brain research has produced over the last fifteen years. This extensive material is put together to form a clinical entity that is flexible and diverse. In addition the book contains detailed descriptions of therapy for more patients with an eating disorder.
Keywords: Hypnosis Neurolingquistic Programming NLP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
260. Knipe, J. (1997). Identifying blocking beliefs worksheet. EMDRIA Newsletter, 2(6), 11.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Sometime, EMDR processing can be blocked by a belief or “point of view” that the client has about the problem that is the focus of treatment. The situation can be difficult if the blocking belief is hidden to both client and therapist. Often the belief is just outside the client’s awareness, or is not linked up in the client’s mind with the problem to be solved.
Keywords: Blocking Beliefs
Accuracy Verified: Yes
261. Knipe, J. (1997, December). Identifying hidden blocking beliefs. EMDRIA Newsletter, 2(6), 10-11.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Sometime, EMDR processing can be blocked by a belief or “point of view” that the client has about the problem that is the focus of treatment. The situation can be difficult if the blocking belief is hidden to both client and therapist. Often the belief is just outside the client’s awareness, or is not linked up in the client’s mind with the problem to be solved.
Keywords: Blocking Beliefs
Accuracy Verified: Yes
262. Forgash, C. (2012, October). The impact of complex PTSD and attachment issues on personal health: An EMDR treatment approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR treatment will be presented as a successful model for dealing with the attachment deficits and health problems of trauma survivors. The development of an EMDR Treatment Plan to treat both health and attachment problems with a focus on a Health History and specific target selection is highlighted. Specialized techniques will be utilized in phases 1-3 to help the patient experience self soothing, develop emotional regulation, and to avoid re-traumatization in the health care setting. Phases 4-7 will emphasize specific work on past attachment ruptures as well as specific health issues. Skills development such as rehearsal will also be presented.
Keywords: Attachment Issues Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex-PTSD C-PSTD Personal Health
Accuracy Verified: Yes
263. Engelhard, I. M., van Uijen, S. L., & van den Hout, M. A. (2010, December). The impact of taxing working memory on negative and positive memories. European Journal of Psychotraumatology, 1, 5623,[8 pages]. doi:10.3402/ejpt.v1i0.5623.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Background: Earlier studies have shown that horizontal eye movement (EM) during retrieval of a negative memory reduces its vividness and emotionality. This may be due to both tasks competing for working memory (WM) resources. This study examined whether playing the computer game ‘‘Tetris’’ also blurs memory. Method: Participants recalled negative and positive memories in three conditions: recall only, recall with concurrent EM, and recall with playing Tetris. Before and after these conditions, vividness, emotionality, and physiological startle responses during recall were measured. Results: A reaction time task showed that EM and Tetris both draw on WM, compared to no dual-task. Compared to recall only, EM and Tetris decreased reported emotionality and startle responses. Conclusions: The effects of EM and Tetris did not differ, even though the tasks differed in the degree of taxing WM. This suggests that taxing WM and its effects on emotional memories may not be linearly related. Potential clinical implications are discussed.
Keywords: Emotionality Horizontal Eye Movement Vividness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
264. DeGraffenried, D. F. (2007, September). Implementing EMDR practice in community mental health & agency settings: Working with clinical or administrative reluctance. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR has not achieved full acceptance as a practice model within community mental health and agency settings. Some agencies are reluctant to develop an EMDR practice due to administrative concerns, clinical apprehensions or implementation reluctance. This resistance has constrained the development of EMDR in communities with the greatest need and often in settings where post traumatic stress is the focus of treatment. This workshop will identify the three common areas of agency reluctance concerning EMDR and, via a PowerPoint presentation, will demonstrate the use of a simple assessment tool designed to identify where the intervention is needed to accomplish change and support EMDR integration into the agency.
Keywords: Client or Administrative Reluctance Community Mental Health Agencies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
265. Blore, D. (2012). In search of the antonym to trauma: An eye movement desensitisation & reprocessing perspective on positive psychological changes after trauma. Lap Lambert Academic Publishing GmbH & Co.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This book, derived from the author's PhD thesis, examines the lived experience of positive psychological changes following trauma. Negative changes, including psychiatric diagnoses, have understandably, been the focus of research for well over a century as the relief of suffering is probably the foremost role of the mental health practitioner worldwide. On the other hand, positive psychological change following trauma is a developing field for which there is no standard terminology. The plethora of labels of which 'Post Traumatic Growth' is the most common descriptor, masks a significant gap in clinical and theoretical understanding. Even less well understood is the totality of psychological change after trauma, i.e. both negative and positive change and how they may interact. The author focuses on two specific contexts: psychological trauma stemming from Road Traffic Accidents (RTAs), and subsequent treatment with Eye Movement Desensitisation & Reprocessing (EMDR). The book's findings are quite remarkable and suggest that a totally knew perspective on psychological trauma is needed.
Keywords: Post Traumatic Growth Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
266. Shapiro, F., & Maxfield, L. (2002, March). In the blink of an eye. The Psychologist, 15(3), 120-124.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Imagine a safe, rapid and effective
treatment that results in the elimination
of post-traumatic stress disorder
(PTSD). When I originally introduced eye
movement desensitisation and reprocessing
(EMDR) (Shapiro, 1989), the claims that it
could quickly alleviate the disabling
symptoms of PTSD were received with
both interest and scepticism. Since then
EMDR has been the object of much
scrutiny and debate, and the focus of many
empirical investigations. This article reports
on the clinical applications of this
innovative method, on research evaluating
treatment outcomes, and on EMDR’s
mechanisms of action.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
267. Forgash, C., & Knipe J. (2012). Integrating EMDR and ego state treatment for clients with trauma disorders. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 120-128. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.120.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from Healing the Heart of Trauma and Dissociation with EMDR and Ego State Therapy (edited by Carol Forgash and Margaret Copeley, 2007, pp. 1-59). The preparation phase of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is very important in the therapy of multiply traumatized clients with complex posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and dissociative symptoms. EMDR clinicians who treat clients with complex trauma will benefit from learning specific readiness and stabilization interventions that are inherent to Phase 1 of a well-accepted phased trauma-treatment model. Extending the preparation phase of EMDR by including these interventions provides sequential steps for the development of symptom-management skills and increased stability. Additional focus is placed on helping clients work with their ego state system to develop boundaries, cooperative goals, and healthier attachment styles. Following an individually tailored preparation phase, the processing of long-held traumatic memory material becomes possible.
Keywords: C-PTSD Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD Dissociative Disorders Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
268. Cooke, L. J., & Grand, C. (2007, September). Integrating EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This is a day-long program designed for the EMDR professional interested in enhancing their ability to conceptualize and provide effective EMDR treatment in working with the complexity of eating disorder symptoms. Paralleling phase-oriented treatment for trauma, this workshop will focus on stabilization skills utilizing state-to-state techniques with or without bilateral stimulation; working through underlying traumatic experiences utilizing the standard protocol; and future template work for integration of the psycho-biological changes. Current treatment approaches on attachment issues and emotion regulation, trauma’s impact on the brain and body, and affect management will be integrated throughout the program. Participants are invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on in practice sessions or during the case consultation segment of the program.
Keywords: Eating Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
269. Grand, D. (1995, June). Integrating EMDR into the psychodynamic treatment process. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The discovery of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has led to a structured treatment model conceptualized
in cognitive constructs (the three pronged approach). Based on the diagnostic and treatment situation, this may or may not, be easily
integrated into a psychodynamic (insight oriented) treatment approach. However, I have empirically found a dramatic, acceleration
and deepening of the psychodynamic treatment process with patients when flexibly utilizing EMDR in session. This presentation
will explore the different applications of EMDR incorporating Freudian, ego psychological, separation/individuation and self
psychological theories with practice wisdom derived from extensive case material. Attention will be given to the associative
process, screen memories, dream work, resistance, transference, countertransference and character analysis. The structural (id, ego
and superego) and topographical (unconscious, preconscious and conscious) models of the mind as well as the listening process will
be examined as they inform the use of EMDR. Particular focus will be devoted to how the cognitive interweave can be expanded
conceptually to incorporate the techniques of interpretation and mirroring. The anxieties, resistances and allegiance issues evoked in
the psychodynamically trained therapist, as they attempt to integrate EMDR into their practices will also be addressed.
Keywords: Psychodynamic
Accuracy Verified: Yes
270. Glang, C., & Penner, C. (1996, June). Integrating EMDR with marital and family systems therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation reflects our thoughts and clinical experiences regarding ways that EMDR can
broaden the therapeutic interplay between individual and systemic issues. We will discuss
iwmerous areas of consideration, along with case examples. A list of questions will be handed out,
which can help to guide therapists' thinking. We will also suggest ways to design cognitive
interweaves with a systemic focus.
Keywords: Family Therapy Marital Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
271. Darker-Smith, S. (2008, June). Integrating emotion for attached-disordered and dissociated children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The accessibility of emotions in children with attachment disorders is known to be complex at best. This
presentation looks at a new method of enabling children disassociating from emotions with severe attachment
disorder and complex, traumatic histories to access emotions using the installation phase of EMDR. For teaching
purposes, this presentation will use real-life cases of 4 attachment disordered children where none of the
children were able to access emotions and were attachment disordered. The children were aged between 12 to
13 years of age and all had a diagnosis of attachment disorder, co-morbid with post traumatic stress disorder.
Most of the children did not experience emotions directly. Using the installation phase of EMDR within the context of a one-to-one therapy session, each child was asked to focus on a particular emotion and focus on
where in their body they experienced any feelings, which may be associated to that emotion. The children began
to describe complex emotions, which they had never previously expressed, prior to this. An example of one
child�s experience follows: �I feel sad in my heart. It feels cold � as if someone has smashed it into a thousand
bits��. Following on this, all the children were also encouraged to sit with their new emotions and not to be
afraid of them. One child stated: �It feels good to be sad. When I cry � that stops my heart hurting so much and
the tears make the glue to fix my broken heart.� So far, we have not experienced an unsuccessful outcome;
however, this method is still in the early stages of being developed.
Keywords: Attachment Disorders Dissociation Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
272. Konuk, E., & Epozdemir, H. (2010, June). The integration of EMDR and brief strategic therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Directives and strategic interventions were used in
therapy for the first time almost half a century ago by a small
number of 'communication researchers' at MRI (Mental Research
institute) in Palo Alto. California.
First time in the history of therapy, the therapist was not alone
with the dent in the therapy room. He began inviting to the
sessions the family members. people who are contributing to
the problem and people who will come up and help to find
solutions.
The radical difference was that; The Palo Alto Group was not
preoccupied with searching the reasons why there is a problem.
Their emphasis was to find a solution to the problems the individual or the family is having. Therefore they always asked how
change is possible. Another major shift in therapy was that:
they focused not on the "intra-psychic" phenomena but on the
relationships. Hence the terms 'interactional' and 'systemic'.
They assumed that, if you can manage to change the interaction
(behavior) or the system (how the family gets organized
around the problem) you can overcome the problem. Another contribution was that the new map or the new paradigm was
large enough to allow the therapist to incorporate and use varieties
of techniques that belong to other approaches without
any confusion.
In '50s and '60s therapy used to take couple of sessions a week
for many years. The Interactional or the Systemic approach
heaped reduce the number of sessions per client to an average
of 7-15 sessions. They coined the term 'Brief' to described their
approach. Traditionally the new approach took several names:
Interactional Therapy, Family Therapy, Brief Strategic Family
Therapy, Systemic Family Therapy, Solution Focus Therapy and
some others.
One of the approaches that Family and Marriage Therapists integrate
efficiently into their practice is EMDR. Especially when
trauma is particularly having a role in the formation of the problem,
then EMDR 18 a "life saver" for the therapist.
Our learning objectives are:
1. to describe basic principles and techniques of EMDR and
Brief Strategic Family Therapy
2 to explain the rationale of integrating EMDR and BSFT
3 to demonstrate skills on designing and implementing an intervention.
The innovative view which stands behind this workshop is that
the BSFT and EMDR can be efficiently integrated, which has
not been frequentiy addressed in previous literature. At times
the therapist may need to intervene in the process by using interventions
other than BSFT EMDR very nicely serves this purpose
without causing any mental confusion on the part of the
therapist and the client.
Keywords: Brief Strategic Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
273. Rouanzoin, C. (2007, September). The integration of EMDR in the treatment of dissociative clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the use of EMDR in the treatment of patients who span the dissociative spectrum. The participants will learn how to understand dissociative process from simple to complex dissociation and how to utilize EMDR in their treatment. This presentation will discuss dissociative process from the Adaptive Information Processing Model of EMDR. It will cover: the implications and complications of clinical treatment with dissociative process; the nature of dissociative process; screening for dissociation and the ‘Red Flags’ of treatment concerns; the differential diagnoses of dissociation – from dissociation found in diagnostic categories other than Dissociative Disorders (e.g., Mood Disorders, Anxiety Disorders, PTSD) to DDNOS (ego states work) and DID; the use of EMDR in the treatment of dissociation in relation to trauma; and therapist attributes that help contribute to the successful treatment of dissociative patients. Participants will be encouraged to share their own insights and difficulties in working with this highly traumatized population of individuals.
Keywords: Dissociation Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
274. Woller, W. (2011, June). Integration von EMDR in tiefenpsychologische therapien [Integration of EMDR in deep psychological therapies]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Der Workshop beschäftigt sich mit Fragen der Integration von EMDR in ein psychodynamisches Therapiesetting. Zum einen kann EMDR sinnvoll mit psychodynamischer Therapie kombiniert werden, wenn bei komplexen posttraumatischen Belastungsstörungen Symptome einer PTSD zusammen mit depressiven, dissoziativen, somatoformen und anderen Symptomen auftreten. Daneben finden sich verschiedene andere Anwendungsmöglichkeiten von EMDR im Rahmen psychodynamischer Therapien, bspw. wenn dysfunktionale Erinnerungsnetzwerke die Wirkungsweise klarifizierender, konfrontierender und deutender Interventionen blockieren. Dies gilt für Anpassungsstörungen ebenso wie fixierte, aber verhaltenssteuernde negative Selbstkognitionen und für psychosomatisch abgewehrte implizite Emotionen im Rahmen somatoformer Störungen. Schließlich können ressourcenaktivierende Interventionen im Rahmen des EMDR den Aufbau von Ich-Funktionen bei Strukturpathologien unterstützen.
The workshop will focus on integration of EMDR in a psychodynamic therapy setting. First, EMDR can be usefully combined with psychodynamic therapy, which may arise in complex post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms of PTSD with depressive, dissociative, somatoform and other symptoms. In addition, various other applications of EMDR in related psychodynamic therapies, for example, if dysfunctional memory block the operation of networks klarifizierender, confrontational and interpretive interventions. This applies for adjustment disorders as well as fixed, but behavior-controlling negative self-cognitions and psychosomatic thwarted emotions implicit in the context of somatoform disorders. Finally, support resource-activating interventions of EMDR the development of ego functions in structural pathologies.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Psychodyamic Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
275. Korn, D. (1995, June). Integrative and strategic utilization of EMDR in treating survivors of sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall treatment plan and utilizing EMDR in conjunction with other
cognitive behavioral approaches. Strategic utilization of EMDR to move clients through the various stages of recovery will be
discussed.
1) In the first stage of treatment, safety, stabilization, coping, and development of a strong therapeutic relationship are emphasized.
Treatment focuses on decreasing (1) suicidal and parasuicidal behavior, (2) treatment - interfering behavior, and (3) quality-of-life-interfering behavior (Linehan, 1993). Efforts are made to assist the client in developing a repertoire of cognitive-behavioral coping
skills; relevant skills address grounding, trigger awareness, basic self - care, mindfullness, distress tolerance, affect regulation,
assertiveness, relaxation, self - monitoring, stress inoculation, and cognitive restructuring. At this stage, EMDR can be used to shift
negative cognitions which interfere with commitment to treatment, skill development, and the restoration of hope. The following are
examples of negative cognitions whlch interfere with first stage stabilization goals:
- I will only get acknowledgment of my pain if I act out. - I don't deserve to feel better.
- If I take care of myself, no one will know I hurt. - I'm pathetic, a failure.
- I will die/go crazy fiom these feelings. - I can never do anything right.
- I can't stand this feeling. I must cut myself. - Don't trust anyone or anything.
Newly learned information about coping can be reinforced and further integrated in the course of an EMDR session. Clients can be
encouraged to notice their ability to tolerate affect and to practice their assertiveness skills, grounding skills, mindfulness skills, etc.
2) In the second stage of treatment, the focus is on processing traumatic memories and decreasing behaviors related to post-traumatic
stress. EMDR interventions can be designed to assist clients with specific recovery tasks or issues:
- fear/terror and associated avoidance
- sense of powerlessnesshelplessness
- responsibility/accountability
- safety - self, others, environment
- self-esteem/self as bad, defective, unlovable
- lack of individuation
- dependency
- anger
- grief/mouming
- trust/mistrust
- fear of abandonment
- guilt/self-blame
- shame/self-loathing
With regard to each of these issues, maladaptive schemas can be addressed via effective cognitive interweave strategies. Ideas for
supplementing EMDR work with written assignments, imagery exercises, recovery rituals, and planned in vivo exposure will be
discussed. Strategies for handling possible problems, obstacles, or resistance at this stage will also be noted. Finally, the role of ongoing
assessment and data collection in making decisions about EMDR targets will be addressed.
3) In the third stage of treatment, the emphasis is on personal development and increased connection with others. Recovery tasks and
issues addressed via EMDR include:
- Increasing intimacy and healthy connections - Increasing self-esteem
- Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Reclaiming sexuality
- Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Identity exploration and development
- Establishing goals, initiating new projects, and taking reasonable risks
At this stage, EMDR can be useful in detecting remnants of shame, fear, etc. In addition, EMDR can be used to reduce anxiety and
increase confidence as a client sets his/her sights on the future and prepares to face new and challenging situations. EMDR can aid
in the generalization of skills and adaptive schemas across time and place. It can facilitate the integration of a new, more positive
and vital self-image.
The presentation will conclude with a videotape case presentation highlighting relevant recovery tasks and issues in applying
EMDR at a specific stage of treatment.
Keywords: Sexual Abuse Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
276. de Villiers, E. F. (2005). An integrative approach to narrative therapy and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). University of Stellenbosch, South Africa.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
As I engaged in a therapy journey with a single client, the possibilities for research on the
integrative use of narrative therapy and EMDR unfolded. I investigated recent literature and
realised that much had been written about narrative therapy as single approach to therapy
within the postmodern paradigm. There was also extensive writing on EMDR and its
integrative use with other therapies in assisting people who struggle with upsetting memories
of trauma.
Since I was unable to find any literature to date on the integrative use of narrative therapy
and EMDR, I realized that there was much to be discovered and learned on such an
integrative research journey.
The client's experiences and descriptions of overwhelming emotional distress (as the
problem in her life) during the process of integration was the main focus of this qualitative
case study. During our therapy conversations knowledges were gathered and
deconstructed. Video or tape recordings, photographs, work with clay, sketches, letters and
other documents were useful in keeping track of the research journey. A reflecting team and
the participation of the client's boyfriend contributed and enriched both the therapy and
research journeys.
Tydens terapeutiese werk met 'n enkele kliënt het die moontlikhede van navorsing oor die
integrasie van narratiewe terapie en EMDR vir my 'n werklikheid geword. Ek het onlangse
navorsing bestudeer en besef dat narratiewe terapie as 'n enkele benadering tot terapie
binne die post-moderne paradigma, al 'n geruime tyd lank nagevors is. Daar bestaan ook
literatuur oor EMDR en die integrasie daarvan met ander terapeutiese benaderings in die
ondersteuning van persone wat probleme ondervind met ontstellende herinnerings van
trauma.
Aangesien ek tot op hede geen literatuur oor die integrasie van narratiewe terapie en EMDR
kon vind nie, het ek vermoed dat 'n navorsingsreis op hierdie terrein verskeie ontdekkings en
die ontginning van nuwe kennis moontlik sou maak.
Die fokus van hierdie kwalitatiewe gevallestudie val op die kliënt se belewing en beskrywings
van oorweldigende emosies (as probleem in haar lewe) tydens die terapeutiese
integrasieproses. Waarhede of kennis is tydens terapiegesprekke versamel en
gedekonstrueer. Video- of bandopnames, foto's, kleiwerk, sketse, briewe en ander
dokumente was waardevol om die koers van die navorsingsreis aan te dui. Insette en
deelname van 'n refekterende span, asook die kliënt se kêrel, het beide die terapie- en
navorsingsreise verryk en uitgebrei.
Keywords: Education Narrative Therapy Psychic Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
277. Pereira, I. (2012, Novembro). Intervenção psicoterapêutica no tratamento de paciente com a síndrome de fibromialgia [Psychotherapeutic intervention in the treatment of patients with fibromyalgia syndrome]. In EMDR e fibromialgia. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Objetivo: Compartilhar a remissão dos sintomas da Síndrome da Fibriomialgia, com a Intervenção Psicoterapêutica EMDR – Dessensibilização e Reprocessamento através de movimentos oculares. R.M.S. iniciou seu tratamento psicoterapêutico em Outubro de 2010, na Abordagem Cognitiva Comportamental. R.M.S. nasceu em 23/06/1957, estava com 53 anos, viúva, tem duas filhas, uma solteira a outra casada. Sofria um luto há mais de três anos porque não aceitava a morte do marido. Apresentava Depressão e Ansiedade, e outras comorbidades: Anorexia Nervosa, Lúpus, Síndrome de Fibriomialgia. De Outubro de 2010 a Dezembro de 2011, a Intervenção Psicoterapêutica em TCC foi associada à medicação psicotrópica com a qual conseguiu redução dos sintomas depressivos. Fazia uso de outros medicamentos para a Síndrome da Fibriomialgia, Lúpus, assim como recorrentes internações em hospital de Clinica Médica Geral para a realização de procedimentos para a redução da dor intensa no corpo (Síndrome da Fibriomialgia) e de intervenção aos sintomas da Anorexia. Após um período de férias, entraram em contato comigo informando que a paciente estava hospitalizada permanecendo duas semanas com a hipótese diagnóstica de câncer, o que na sequência não foi confirmado, tendo recebido alta hospitalar. A dor intensa no corpo, a dificuldade para respirar permaneciam iguais. Solicitou o retorno para a psicoterapia, quando foi sugerido sobre a Intervenção Psicoterapêutica EMDR. As sessões foram realizadas conforme protocolo do EMDR. Para o Planejamento das Sessões o foco incial era a Síndrome de Fibriomialgia. Foi pedido à paciente para definir onde ela sentia mais dor no corpo, e de imediato mencionou a dificuldade para respirar, com a queixa de dor no peito. Nesta primeira sessão, ocorreram dessensibilização e reprocessamento rapidamente, tendo a mesma solicitado para trabalhar os braços. As sessões foram realizadas duas a três vezes na semana, e ao longo deste processo podem ser ouvidas frases tais quais: “Como pode passei por tantos médicos e estou sendo curada com por uma psicóloga” (sic); “Gastei com tanto medicamento, aqui com você não tomo remédio e não estou sentindo mais dor no meu corpo” (sic). A terapia prossegue a Intervenção Psicoterapêutica EMDR.
Objective: Share remission Syndrome Fibriomialgia, Psychotherapeutic Intervention with EMDR - Desensitization and Reprocessing through eye movements. R.M.S. began her psychotherapeutic treatment in October 2010, Cognitive Behavioral Approach. R.M.S. born on 06.23.1957, he was 53 years old, a widow, has two daughters, one married another maiden. He suffered a bereavement for over three years because they did not accept her husband's death. Presented Depression and Anxiety, and other comorbidities: Anorexia Nervosa, Lupus, Fibriomialgia Syndrome. From October 2010 to December 2011, Psychotherapeutic Intervention in CBT was associated with psychotropic medication which could reduce depressive symptoms. Made use of other medications for Fibriomialgia Syndrome, Lupus, as well as recurrent hospital admissions in Medical Clinic General to carry out procedures for the reduction of pain in the body (Fibriomialgia Syndrome) and intervention for symptoms of Anorexia. After a vacation, contacted me stating that the patient was hospitalized two weeks remaining in the diagnosis of cancer, which as a result was not confirmed, having been discharged. Severe pain in the body, difficulty breathing remained the same. Requested the return for psychotherapy, when it was suggested on EMDR Psychotherapeutic Intervention. The sessions were performed according to the protocol of EMDR. Planning sessions for the initial focus was Fibriomialgia Syndrome. The patient was asked to define where she felt more pain in the body, and immediately mentioned the difficulty breathing, complaining of chest pain. In this first session, desensitization and reprocessing occurred rapidly, with the same request to work the arms. The sessions were held two to three times a week, and during this process can be heard phrases such as: "How can so many doctors and I'm being healed by a psychologist with" (sic), "I spent with both medicine here I do not take medication with you and I'm not feeling more pain in my body "(sic). The therapy continues Psychotherapeutic Intervention EMDR.
Keywords: Comorbidity Fibromyalgia
Accuracy Verified: Yes
278. Janse, J., & Doornkate, L. (2012, March). Interweaves in beeld: Het visueel en nonverbaal maken van interweaves [Interweaves in image: The visual and nonverbal making interweaves]. Presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Door ons werk met dove en slechthorende cliënten zijn wij gedwongen ons te richten op de visuele wereld. Deze wereld is echter geenszins voorbehouden aan doven en slechthorenden. Ook bij het werken met preverbaal trauma, volwassenen en kinderen die de taal (nog) niet beheersen en bv bij EMDR in een tweede taal, zullen we ons visueel moeten uitdrukken. Graag nemen we de toeschouwer/toehoorder mee in een verkenning van de visuele mogelijkheden die het EMDR proces biedt en hopen hen daardoor met mimische, beeldende en visuele mogelijkheden te verrijken.
De presentatie wordt uiteraard ondersteund met beeldmateriaal en er zal een tolk Nederlandse Gebarentaal aanwezig zijn.
Through our work with deaf clients, we are forced to focus on the visual world. This world is by no means reserved for the hearing impaired. Even when working with preverbal trauma, adults and children who speak the language (yet) and control eg EMDR in a second language, we will need to express visually. We would like to take the viewer / listener along in exploring the visual possibilities offered by the EMDR process and offers them hope thereby to mimic, plastic and visual possibilities to enrich. The presentation is supported with imagery and of course there will be a Dutch sign language interpreter present.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweaves Nonverbal Interweaves Visual Interweaves
Accuracy Verified: Yes
279. Miller, K. (2013, May). The intricacies of time orientation: Going beyond “What year is this? . Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dual attention is necessary for successful EMDR trauma reprocessing. This implies the client has sufficient time
orientation, knowing the feelings are from a memory and the event is not happening now. Complex trauma and
PTSD’s component of flashbacks and reliving requires that clinicians have a myriad of time orientation skills
readily available when needed. EMDR therapists need to be especially attentive to this issue because of the
high intensity of affect EMDR can stimulate. This 90 minute workshop will teach the art and intricacies of time
orientation within an EMDR framework. Lecture, case transcripts and video clips will show the power, depth and
art of time orientation skills. Learning Objectives:
• Describe the theoretical reason why time orientation skills are
• Necessary when using EMDR with PTSD and complex trauma
• Describe the EMDR Standard Protocol Phase where the majority of time orientation interventions are used.
• Describe 5 ways to time orient a client
• Understand the power of time orientation to stabilize a client when using EMDR.
Keywords: Orientation Interventions Time Orientation Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
280. Karim, S. F. (2002-2003). Introducing EMDR: Its implications for clinical practice and research. Journal of the Faculty of Arts, The Dhaka University Studies, 59(1), 50 (2), & 60(1), 201-206.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
EMDR is a complex, time efficient and powerful method of psychotherapy that integrates many of the most successful elements of a wide range of therapeutic approaches, even long-term Freudian analysis. The procedure involves having the client focus intensively on the traumatic memory while moving the eyes rapidly from side to side, by visually tracking the therapist's moving hand. This seems to render the traumatic memory accessible to the healing resources of the rest of the personality, where it may be worked through and integrated. In addition, it uses eye movements or other forms of rhythmical stimulation. such as taps or tones, in a way that seems to assist the brain's information-processing system to processed at a rapid rate. Special protocols may be used for a single traumatic event, current anxiety and behaviour, recent traumatic events, phobias, excessive grief, illness and somatic disorders and different forms of addictions. Protocols include the sequence of progressing on a particular target. EMDR as an integrative
approach starts from the moment the client enters through the door. Although
called Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing, directed eye
movements (where the eye movement is given a direction by tracking with
two fingers) is only one form of stimulation used as a part of its complete methodology. Other forms of stimulation include bilateral auditory stimulation and alternate hand tapping. It is an innovative clinical treatment for victims of trauma. Francine Shapiro introduced it in 1989 and a large number of clinicians worldwide have been trained in the method. Francine Shapiro defines "the goal of EMDR is to achieve the most profound and comprehensive treatment effects possible in the shortest period of time, while maintaining client stability with a balanced system" (Shapiro, 2001).
Accuracy Verified: Yes
281. Pagani, M. (2010, June). Introduction to neuroimaging in EMDR research. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the recent years the number of neuroimaging studies
evaluating neural correlates of psychotherapy has steadily
increased revealing its clear neurobiological effects on brain
function across a wide range of psychiatric disorders. Functional
studies by single photon emission computed tomography
(SPECT) and positron emission tomography (PET) detect
changes in cerebral blood flow and metabolism patterns, identifying
the brain areas processing the various components of
emotional processing and/or affected by the disorders. investigations
by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) have also revealed
psychiatry disease-related structural changes.
The first part of the workshop (20 minutes) will describe the
neuroimaging methodologies implemented in EMDR research
and their possible clinical implementations will be discussed.
In the second part (10 minutes) neuroimaging studies on the
neurobiological effect of EMDR will be reviewed (1-5).
The third part of the workshop (30 minutes) will deal with the
last findings in EMDR research and will focus on a recent studies
published by our group on the Journal of Psychiatry Research
about the predictive value of MRI on the outcome of
EMDR therapy (6).Moreover a collaborator of our group will
describe and present the preliminary findings of an ongoing experiment
aiming to identify the neurophysiological mechanisms
active during EMDR therapy.
The description and the discussion about the contents of the
workshop will provide the audience
1 the necessary information to understand the methodological
principles behind the neuroimaging techniques (PET and
SPECT) and their possible applications in research and clinic;
2, the critical knowledge of the limited number of published
papers in the field of EMDR-related functional and anatomical
studies (1-6);
3. the basic research principles and examples to be motivated
to begin, take part and/or collaborate to EMDR research in order
to shed light on the neural basis of this fascinating psychotherapeutic
technique.
The presented material will represent the state-of-the-art of the
current neuroscience EMDR-related research and of the neuroimaging
methodologies available at the moment.
in case more contributions will be included in this workshop the
proposed presentation time schedule might change.
References:
Lansing et al. (2005). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci; l7(4):526-532.
Propper et al. (2007). J Nerv Met Dis; 195:785-788.
Ho DH and Choi J. (2007). J EMDR Pract Res; l(l):24-30.
Pagani et al. (2007). Nuc Med Comm: 28(10):757-65.
Bossini et al (2007). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci; 19(4):475-476.
Nardo et al. (2010). J Psychiatry Res; D0110.1016/jjpsychires.2009.10.014
Keywords: Neuroimaging Research
Accuracy Verified: Yes
282. Barach, P. (2000, September). Introduction to the diagnosis and treatment of dissociative disorders: Learning the ropes, avoiding the pitfalls. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is not the focus of this program.
Participants will: 1) become acquainted with interview questions and diagnostic instruments that access for the presense of a dissociative disorder; 2) learn current thinking concerning the etiology of dissociative disorder; and 3) learn how to use therapeutic boundaries and pacing to structure a treatment plan for dissociative clients that helps maintain daily functionality; 4) understand the basic issues in the false memory/recovered memory controversy; and 5) understand some of the common traps and errors in the treatment of this population.
Keywords: Diagnostic Instruments Dissociation False Memory Interview Questions Pacing Recovered Memory Therapeutic Boundaries
Accuracy Verified: Yes
283. Beutler, L. E. (2002, December). Introduction to the special series on EMDR. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(12), 1451-1452. doi:10.1002/jclp.10098.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Notes that eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has been the focus of a good deal of research. While the mechanisms of action associated with EMDR continue to be hotly debated, ample research evidence has accumulated to indicate that this treatment is associated with positive benefits, at least compared to other established treatments for many anxiety disorders. The current special series of this journal is designed to illustrate preliminary results of research programs and early pilot studies of ways in which this treatment may be extended and modified to improve its effects and expand its range of applications. It should be noted that the modified peer-review criteria applied to these preliminary studies require further research be initiated on these ideas before they are widely applied in clinical practice. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Introduction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
284. Oglesby, C. A. (1999, September). An investigation of the effect of eye movement desensitization reprocessing on states of consciousness, anxiety, self-perception, and coach-perceived performance ratings of selected varsity collegiate athletes. Temple University, Philadelphia, PA. AAT 9921186.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
PTSD experts have recently pointed out that while traumatic events have been the core of cultural tales for centuries, it is highly unlikely today that any individual will avoid the direct experience of a traumatic event during a lifetime. The present study was an initial exploration of the effectiveness of an approach, designed for clinical issues of trauma, in sport; a nonclinical, field study environment marked by consistent high pressure to perform with excellence. The hypotheses of the study called for examination of pre and post treatment scores of control, EMDR, and placebo group subjects on five dependent variables: States of Consciousness During Movement Activity Inventory (SCMAI); State-trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI); Coach-Perceived Performance Rating (CPPR); Subjective Units of Distress Scale (SUDS); and Validity of Cognition Scale (VoC).Collegiate varsity athletes (N = 48) from the sports of field hockey, gymnastics, lacrosse, track and field, and volleyball were randomly assigned to one of three treatment groups. The control group completed the SCMAI and STAI with 3 to 4 weeks intervening. The placebo group completed the inventories and a week later met with a sport psychology consultant (researcher) for focus on the identified "worst moment in sport." The SUDS and VoC scores were collected during the session. After another week, the inventories were completed for the last time. The pattern for the eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) group was identical to the placebo group except the session followed a basic protocol for EMDR. The focus of the session was, again, the subjects, worst moment in sport. The results revealed no statistically significant pre to post changes in treatment group scores in regard to the SCMAI, STAI, and coach-perceived performance. Results significant p < .02 were found on the SUDS and VoC as the EMDR group reported more favorable gains that did the placebo group. Additionally, descriptive statistics, and qualitative protocol examples, were utilized to illustrate trends of potential individual benefit from the EMDR procedure. This research represented the first study of a potential line of research examining the efficacy of EMDR with athletes and, perhaps, with performers in various peak performance settings. [Author Abstract]
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 60(3-B), Sep 1999, pp. 1292.
Keywords: Athletes College Students Effects Empirical Study Stressors Survivors Treatment Effects
Accuracy Verified: Yes
285. Dunn, T. (2008, June). An investigation of therapists’ beliefs about how EMDR works?. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The aim of my study is to explore how EMDR trained Therapists explain to themselves and their clients, how
EMDR works in clinical practice, in their views. A second aim of my study is to examine how EMDR trained
Therapists’ explanations relate to their original clinical training. The Research Question is: Do CBT trained
Therapists differ in the explanations they give about the therapeutic mechanisms of EMDR from, say, analytically
oriented Therapists? Do Humanistic Therapists explain how EMDR works from existentially oriented Therapists?
A third aim of my study is to examine how Therapists from different backgrounds incorporate EMDR into their
clinical practice. The Research Question here is: Do Therapists from some backgrounds such as CBT find it easier
to incorporate EMDR into their everyday clinical work than other types of Therapists? Research Methodology: I
24
shall use a combination of quantitative and qualitative methods in this research project. The quantitative method
will be a short 2 page anonymous questionnaire which will be given out at the Conference for delegates to
complete and return to the stand. I would hope to have at least 50 such Questionnaires completed by consenting
delegates to the Conference. The qualitative methods will be a number of focus groups (maximum number of 12
people in each group) which I hope to run at the end of each day of the Conference. I plan to have 3-4 such focus
groups from which the data will be gathered. The other qualitative method will be 1:1 semi-structured interviews
either face to face at the Conference or by telephone (post conference) with consenting delegates attending the
Conference. Altogether, I would hope to have a total of about 50 participants in the qualitative data gathering
methods.
Keywords: Poster Therapist's Beliefs
Accuracy Verified: Yes
286. Snyker, E. (1998). The invisible volcano: Overcoming denial of rage. In P. Manfield (Ed.), Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications, (1st ed.) (pp. 91-112). New York: W. W. Norton. xii, 292 pp.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The case in this chapter integrates EMDR and interpretive short-term dynamic therapy as contrasted with cognitive, interpersonal, or existential short-term therapies. I became interested in Davanloo's technique of intensive short-term dynamic psychotherapy (ISTDP) after attending a workshop in 1981. Short-term dynamic therapy, which is rooted in psychoanalytic theory, emphasizes brevity, focus, therapist activity, and patient selection. The goal is to effect change in the personality or character structure of the person, not simply alleviate symptoms. The treatment is dynamic in that it emphasizes a single focal issue that serves as a link to core conflicts arising from early life experiences. The transference relationship is used to examine and reexperience important past relationships that account for current difficulties. In addition to dealing with issues of transference and complexity of the case (single versus multi-foci), handling resistance (conscious and unconscious) aimed at avoiding painful affects must be addressed. [Text, p. 91]
Keywords: Adults Americans Anger Anxiety Disorders Brief Psychotherapy Case Report Child Abuse Defense Mechanisms Depressive Disorders Females Life Experiences Psychotherapeutic Processes Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
287. Horne, B. (2012, April). Joyful practice: EMDR and the therapist. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the benefits of EMDR to the therapist, rather than to the client (for whom they are already well established!). It will examine the therapeutic relationship that is made necessary by the AIP, where in the therapist now takes the stance of privileged expert witness to the client's own healing, rather than being the agent or supplier of that healing. The history of the therapeutic relationship will be briefly tracked, with adescription of the paradigm shift that began with family systems pioneers such as Carl Whitaker, who challenged therapists to take a more client-centered, respectfull view of the therapeutic relationship. EMDR therapists can now shift from being “ helpers ” or “ healers ” to being informed and privileged witnesses. Norcross (2005) has demonstrated that EMDR is an "evidence-based therapy" largely due to the therapeutic attunement that it requires. The neurobiological & hormonal benefits of attunement (Schore, Gray) are coming to be better understood. This attunement will be examined from the point of view of the benefit to the therapist, as well as to the client. This attunement greatly enhances ourability to work joyfully and abundantly (and hence, more effectively). These benefits, accompanied by the optimism and hope that is fed by therepeated witnessing of our clients ’ transformations precludes any possibility of compassion fatigue — indeed the work is exhilarating. This workshop will be largely didactic, but case examples and space for sharing & discussion will be incorporated into the 90-minutes framework.
Learning Objectives:
1.Participants will compare the traditional medical-model therapeutic relationship with EMDR’s more client-respectful / responsible model.
2. Participants will expand their understanding of how the AIP dictates & requires this changed therapeutic relationship and its impact on us as therapists.
3. Participants will identify and examine the EMDR therapist ’ s freedom from responsibility for our clients and appreciate the impact on us of our routinely excellent treatment outcomes
4. Participants will identify and acknowledge the benefits of therapeutic attunement to the therapist.
5. Participants will show awareness of their own experiences, from the point of view of the therapist-benefit aspects of EMDR.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
288. Gurel, D. (2010). Kronik aðrý tedavisinde güncel bir psikoterapotik yaklaþým: Göz hareketleri ile duyarsýzlaþtýrma ve yeniden yapýlandýrma [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in treatment of chronic pain as a contemporary psychotherapeutic approach]. Klinik Psikiyatri Dergisi, 13(1), 36-41.
Language: Turkish
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Klinik psikoloji alanında ağrıya ilişkin çalışmalar son yıllarda gittikçe artmaktadır. Önceleri kronik ağrının psikolojik boyutlarına yönelik model oluşturmaya ağırlık verilirken daha sonraları tedaviye yönelik psikoterapotik yaklaşımların geliştirilmesine odaklanılmıştır. 1987 yılında Klinik Psikolog olan Francine SHAPİRO, istemli ve sistematik olarak yapılan göz hareketlerinin, olumsuz ve rahatsız edici düşüncelerin yoğunluğunu azalttığı tezinden hareketle Göz Hareketleri ile Duyarsızlaştırma ve Yeniden Yapılandırma-Eye Movement Desensitization and Repocessing (EMDR) tekniğini geliştirmiş. İki yıl boyunca etkinliğini araştırmak üzere çalışmalar yapmıştır. EMDR ilk olarak, savaş stresi, taciz, doğal afetler veya çocukluk döneminde yaşanan üzücü olaylar gibi rahatsız edici yaşam deneyimlerinin neden olduğu duygusal sorunların iyileştirilmesinde kullanılmıştır. Daha sonraları fobi, performans kaygısı, panik bozukluk, beden algısı bozukluğu, çocuklardaki travma belirtileri, yas, dermatolojik bozukluklar, fantom organ ağrısı ve en son olarak da kronik ağrı tedavisinde kullanılmış oldukça çarpıcı sonuçlar elde edilmiştir. Aşağıdaki yazıda ülkemizde henüz yeni yeni yaygınlaşan bu tekniğin tedavi rasyoneli ve uygulaması hakkında kısa bir bilgi sunulmaktadır. Özünü bilgi işleme yaklaşımlarından ve davranışın nöropsikolojik temellerinden alan EMDR Tekniğin in kronik ağrıyı açıklanma biçiminin zenginliği yanı sıra tedavideki sıra dışı başarısının önümüzdeki yıllarda psikoterapi alanında daha çok ilgi yaratacağı düşünülmektedir.
Psychological treatment studies in pain disorders have greatly increased in recent years. The focus was first on the development of theories and models related to chronic pain. However, main focus has been on the development of therapeutic approaches which are effective in the treatment of chronic pain. In 1987, Clinical Psychologist Francine Shapiro developed the novel Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR ) technique based on the idea that voluntary and systematic eye movements could effectively decrease the intensity of negative and disturbing thoughts and has since then been undertaking research on the topic. EMDR was first used in post-travmatic stres disorders as a result of wars, rape, earthquake and childhood abuse to deal with the emotional disturbaunces of problematic life experiences. It later started to encompass phobias, performance anxiety, panic attacks, body-image disorders, trauma symptoms in children bereavement, skin diseases, phantom limb pains and lastly chronic pain treatment with striking results. This paper consists of brief information on the underlying principles and application procedures of EMDR. This technique is mainly based on both information processing and neuropsychological approaches. EMDR has comprehensive approaches to explain the reasons for chronic pain. It seems most likely that the technique will prove widespread to be of great interest within the area of psychotherapies.
Keywords: Chronic Pain Pain Disorders Pain Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
289. Tripolt, R. (2008, September). Körpererfahrung und EMDR-prozess [Body experience and the EMDR process]. Vortrag im Rahmen der Pre-Kongress zum Thema EMDR bei der Vorkkongress EMDR beim Europaischen Hypnoeskongress, Wien.
Language: German
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Menschen die an einer PTBS und deren Folgen leiden, erleben den Körper und dessen Symptome oft als Feind. Die sanfte, geleitete Schulung der Körperwahrnehmung ist ein Weg sich mit dem Körper anzufreunden. Lernen, angenehme Körperempfindungen wahrzunehmen erhöht das Vertrauen und erleichtert die Verarbeitung schmerzvoller Erfahrungen. Lernen mit unangenehmen oder schmerzhaften Körperwahrnehmungen umzugehen, reduziert die Angst.
Den Focus auf die Körpersensationen zu richten, setzt voraus, mit den auftretenden Körpererinnerungen, Schmerzen und/oder der Übererregung fertig werden zu können.
Die Kombination von Körper- und Körperimpulswahrnehmung und bewusster Bewegung im EMDR Prozess gibt die notwendige Sicherheit und erlaubt durch tiefe und bewußte Körpererfahrung eine sanfte Verarbeitung und Integration traumatischer Erfahrungen.
Stabilisierungsphase: Aufbau und Verankerung positiver Körpererfahrung und Körperressourcen mit bilateraler Stimulierung. Schulung der sinnlichen Wahrnehmung und deren Verbalisierung. Psychoedukation in Hinblick auf amnestische und/oder vorsprachlich codierte Erfahrungen im sinnlich, körperlichen Bereich.
EMDR Prozess: Erweiterung des EMDR Protokolls um das Installieren von Körperressourcen. Einweben von Bewegungsimagination und gerichteter Aufmerksamkeit auf bewusste Handlungsimpulse. Bewusstmachen und therapeutisches Nutzen von Körperhaltungen, Bewegungsimpulsen und Bewegungen während der Prozessierungsphase.
Abschluss und Integration: Körpertest vor Abschluss des Protokolls. Integration von neuer Körpererfahrung in Bewegung, Handlung und Begegnung. Führen eines Therapietagebuchs mit den Kategorien: Ich denke (Kognition) – Ich fühle(Emotion) – Ich spüre (sinnliches Erleben).
People suffering from PTSD and the consequences of experiencing the body and its symptoms often an enemy. The gentle, conducted training of body awareness is a way to make friends with the body. Learning to perceive pleasant body sensations increased confidence and facilitate the processing of painful experiences. Learning to deal with unpleasant or painful body awareness, reduces anxiety.
The focus to addressing the body sensations presupposes being able to cope with the developing body memories, pain and / or hyperarousal.
The combination of body and body movement in the conscious perception and impulse EMDR process provides the necessary security and allows the body through deep and conscious experience a gentle processing and integration of traumatic experiences.
Stabilization phase: structure and anchoring positive body experience and body resources with bilateral stimulation. Training of sensory perception and its verbalization. Psychoeducation in terms of amnesic and / or encoded preverbal experience in sensual, physical area.
EMDR process: expansion of the EMDR protocol for the installation of body resources. Weaving of movement and imagination directed attention to conscious action impulses. Awareness and therapeutic benefits of postures, movement, impulses and movements during the Prozessierungsphase.
Completion and integration: body test before the conclusion of the Protocol. Integration of new body of experience in movement, action and encounter. Run a therapy diary with the categories: I think (cognition) - I feel (emotion) - I feel (sensory experience).
Keywords: Body Experience
Accuracy Verified: Yes
290. Lazzari, D. (2008, Novembre). L'EMDR in ottica PNEI (interazione corpo-mente) [EMDR in optical PNEI (interaction body-mind)]. Presentazione le Applicazioni Cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In questi anni l’EMDR si è affermata come trattamento di evidenza nel più classico e più grave dei disturbi direttamente legati allo stress, cioè il PTSD (Bisson & Andrew, 2007) e sono stati evidenziati i suoi effetti sul SNC. Nonostante questo ed il suo progressivo impiego in una ampia varietà di situazioni sono ancora poche le riflessioni sull’EMDR dal punto di vista dell’integrazione mente-corpo, in particolare utilizzando i dati offerti dal campo di ricerca della PNEI. Nel presente lavoro ci soffermeremo su alcuni di questi aspetti per evidenziare come l’EMDR rappresenta una delle terapie più rispondenti alle nuove evidenze scientifiche ed alle esigenze di una scienza integrata della salute.
Tre gli elementi salienti offerti dalla ricerca:
1. La vita ha plasmato nel percorso evolutivo strutture altamente integrate, descrivibili come sistemi complessi a rete in retroazione continua con il contesto. In particolare i sistemi nervoso, endocrino ed immunitario costituiscono nel network psicocorporeo un “super-sistema” di relazione e regolazione in grado di assicurare gli equilibri adattativi incorporando l’esperienza e gestendo la dinamica mantenimento-cambiamento (“regolazione allostatica”). Quindi l’organismo non è una macchina fatta di parti autonome tra loro assemblate, ma una realtà che parte dall’unità (zigote) e mantiene tale carattere unitario in tutte le sue articolazioni.
2. Lo stress non è qualcosa di per sé eccezionale e patologico, deve invece essere visto – all’opposto – come l’espressione di un insieme di processi (un sistema) che modulano la regolazione individuo-contesto a fini adattativi. In sostanza il sistema dello stress è sempre attivo e solo in situazioni di eccesso o di carenza (acute o croniche) produce effetti progressivamente dannosi per l’individuo. Le attività legate allo stress producono un “carico allostatico” (peso biologico, energetico) che – in relazione a fattori soggettivi ed esterni – può divenire “sovraccarico” innescando una catena di successive alterazioni nel funzionamento dell’organismo. Parallelamente vi è un “carico” ed un “sovraccarico psicologico” legati al primo da processi circolari.
3. Nel network corporeo e nel sistema dello stress, ovvero nei processi di regolazione generale interni e individuo-contesto, la mente svolge un ruolo cruciale di modulazione come dimensione nella quale i segnali (interni ed esterni) vengono trasformati in informazioni (assegnazione di significati) in base ai percorsi ed alle esigenze individuali di adattamento. La mente rappresenta così la più alta espressione dell’evoluzione della vita e delle sue strategie adattative e ciò spiega il suo ruolo rispetto al funzionamento complessivo dell’organismo. Le recenti acquisizioni delle neuroscienze hanno mostrato l’interdipendenza tra attività psichica, espressione genica e plasticità cerebrale che rende possibile il ruolo della mente.
Il sovraccarico allostatico e psicologico legati allo stress dipendono in gran parte dall’attività mentale e costituiscono il principale fattore di rischio per la salute nelle società occidentali, antecedenti accertati delle patologie più diffuse. Se guardiamo a quanto detto sinora nell’ottica dello sviluppo individuale (fase intrauterina, processi di attaccamento, eventi significativi successivi) possiamo avere una idea di come mente, corpo e contesto interagiscono nella strutturazione dell’individuo ed il ruolo condizionante e de-strutturante delle situazioni e degli eventi che provocano una alterazione da stress. Le ricerche sul rapporto tra stress e sviluppo psicobiologico, tra modalità di attaccamento, strutturazione dei circuiti cerebrali, o tra queste e salute, confermano tali assunti (Lazzari, 2007). Venendo più da vicino all’EMDR, gli studi sulla psicobiologica del PTSD stanno mostrando che siamo di fronte sostanzialmente ad una manifestazione (particolarmente complessa ed accentuata) degli effetti dello stress sul network psicocorporeo (Iribarren et al., 2005). La ricerca sul PTSD (e gli altri disturbi da stress del DSM) deve incrociare necessariamente i filoni di studio sopra richiamati ed utilizzare la cornice concettuale che ne scaturisce.
Gli effetti psicobiologici dello stress estremo e del trauma vanno inquadrati nell’ambito delle
interazioni mente-corpo e della regolazione allostatica (carico vs sovraccarico allostatico).
A nostro avviso, al di là degli specifici effetti sul SNC, l’EMDR si è mostrata efficace nel PTSD in relazione alla sua caratteristica generale di ricercare ed utilizzare come “target” non singoli aspetti di una esperienza, bensì l’esperienza nei suoi diversi aspetti: cognitivi, emotivi, fisiologici e relazionali.
Il lavoro dell’EMR va a recuperare una integrazione perduta e lavora su questa.
Si deve tenere presente infatti che, in via generale e preminente, lo stress compromette i livelli di integrazione, coerenza e flessibilità del sistema: lo stress cronico per processi progressivi di disregolazione, quello acuto per “rotture”, blocchi e sconnessioni. Pertanto l’elaborazione dell’informazione (e delle conseguenze) legata ad eventi e situazioni stressanti passa attraverso una re-integrazione di tutti gli aspetti psicobiologici correlati per giungere ad una ristrutturazione.
Il livello di “penetrazione” (efficacia) di un approccio terapeutico è molto legato alla sua omogeneità con la realtà su cui interviene,cioè al fatto di parlare lo stesso linguaggio.
E questo è un punto di forza notevole per l’EMDR.
I dati disponibili sono coerenti con quanto enunciato: l’EMDR modifica i parametri fisiologici riducendo ed annullando l’attivazione da stress, spostando la bilancia dall’inibizione simpatica all’attivazione parasimpatica (Sack et al. 2007) e risulta associata l’abbassamento dell’arousal fisiologico, cioè con pattern di attività regolari e trofiche (Sack et al. 2008), mostrando similarità con quanto accade durante il sonno REM (Elofsson et al., 2008).
L’EMDR incide altresì su disturbi fisici legati al sistema dello stress, come ad esempio hanno mostrato ricerche su patologie dermatologiche (Gupta, 2002).
In recent years, EMDR has established itself as the treatment of evidence in the most classical and most serious of disorders directly related to stress, that is, PTSD (Bisson & Andrew, 2007) and were highlighted its effects on the CNS. Despite this and its progressive use in a wide variety of situations are still few reflections from the perspective sull'EMDR mind-body integration, in particular using data provided by the search of PNEI. In this work we will focus on some of these issues to highlight how EMDR is one of the therapies are more responsive to new scientific evidence and the needs of an integrated science of health. Three main elements of research are: 1. Life has shaped the evolutionary highly integrated structures, we describe how systems
complex feedback network continues with the context. In particular, the nervous, endocrine immune network and provide psycho in a "super-system" of relationship and adjustment
able to ensure the balance incorporating adaptive expertise and managing the dynamic maintenance-change ( "regulation allostatica"). Then the body is a machine made of autonomous parts, assembled together, but a reality that leaves the unit (zygote) and maintains that unitary in all its joints. 2. Stress is not something in itself exceptional and pathological, but must be seen - in contrast -- as the expression of a set of processes (a system) that modulate the individual-regulation framework for adaptive. In essence, the system of stress is always on and only in situations of excess or deficiency (acute or chronic) effects progressively damaging to the individual. The Stress-related activity produces a "load allostatico" (weight biological energy) that --
relation to subjective factors and external - can become "overloaded" by triggering a chain of subsequent alterations in the functioning of the organism. In parallel there is a "load" and a
"Overload psychological" processes related to the first round. 3. In the network system and body of stress, or in the process of setting general internal and individual-context, the mind plays a crucial role as a dimension of modulation in which signals (internal and external) are transformed into information (assigning meanings) depending on the paths and individual needs of adaptation. The mind is so the highest expression of the evolution of life and its adaptive strategies, which explains its role in relation to the overall functioning of the organism. The recent acquisitions of
neuroscience have shown the interdependence of psychic activity, gene expression and plasticity brain that makes the role of the mind. Overload allostatico and psychological stress-related depend in large part by activism mental and constitute the main risk factor for health in Western societies, antecedents established disease spreading. If we look to the foregoing view of personal development (stage intrauterine attachment process, significant events later) we can have an idea of how mind, body and environment interact in the structuring the individual and the role conditioning and de-structuring of situations and events that cause an alteration by stress. Research on the relationship between stress and psychobiological development, including mode of attachment, structure of brain circuits, or between them and health, confirmation of these given (Lazzari, 2007). Coming closer all'EMDR, psychobiological studies of PTSD are showing that we are dealing essentially an event (especially complex and pronounced) the effects of stress on the network psycho (Iribarren et al., 2005). Research on PTSD (and other stress disorders DSM) must necessarily cross the strands study mentioned above and use the conceptual framework that arises. Psychobiological effects of extreme stress and trauma should be classified within mind-body interactions and regulation allostatica (load vs. overload allostatico). In our view, beyond the specific effects on the CNS, EMDR has been shown effective in PTSD in connection with his characteristic broad research and use as a "target" rather than individual aspects of an experience, but experience in its different aspects: cognitive, emotional, physiological and relational. Work dell'EMR goes to retrieve a lost and working on this integration. It should be remembered that, in general, and prominent, stress affects the levels of integration, consistency and flexibility of the system: chronic stress for progressive process of dysregulation, the acute "broken", blocks and disconnections. Therefore processing information (and consequences) related to events and stressful situations through a re-integration of all aspects related to psychobiological reach a restructuring. The level of "penetration" (effectiveness) of a therapeutic approach is very attached to his homogeneity with the reality on which it operates, namely the fact of speaking the same language. And this is a great asset for EMDR. The available data are consistent with the statement: EMDR change physiological parameters reducing and canceling the activation by stress, shifting the balance from the inhibition nice parasympathetic activation (Sack et al. 2007) and is associated with lowering dell'arousal physiological, ie regular patterns of activity and trophic (Sack et al. 2008), showing similarities with what happens during REM sleep (Elofsson et al., 2008).
EMDR also impacts on physical ailments related to the system of stress, such as have Show searches on dermatological (Gupta, 2002).
Keywords: Body-Mind Interaction PNEI
Accuracy Verified: Yes
291. Bruno, T. (2006, Maggio). Le emozioni dei terapeuti nel lavoro con persone vittime di traumi interpersonali [The emotions of therapists working with victims of interpersonal trauma]. Presentazione alla Conferenza Nazionale, Associazione per l'EMDR in Italia, Firenza, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Quando ascoltiamo storie di devastazione, terrore, impotenza e di tradimento della fiducia, come naturale conseguenza, le nostre sicurezze più profonde possono essere messe in crisi. Applicando l’EMDR, a volte, possiamo essere messi di fronte alla “realtà del trauma” inaspettatamente, senza parole: il/la paziente “torna là” rivive l’esperienza col corpo e noi assistiamo e “viviamo il suo trauma”. Le emozioni (paura, schifo, terrore, rabbia, senso di paralisi ecc.) possono irrompere nello spazio sicuro della stanza di terapia e sfidare il nostro senso di “invulnerabilità” e prevedibilità. Rispetto all’impatto del materiale traumatico sul terapeuta quando si trova come testimone di eventi terribili e delle loro conseguenze ci possono essere risposte quali senso di paralisi, paura, desideri sadici e di vendetta, fino a “violazioni del setting”. Nel lavoro sul trauma possiamo agire in un continuum che va da risposte di evitamento con sentimenti di rifiuto e rabbia verso risposte di iper identificazione con la vittima. Esiste un rapporto circolare fra aspetti controtransferali e traumatizzazione secondaria negli operatori. Possono emergere problemi esistenziali e spirituali, sentimenti aggressivi e di giudizio, orrore, rabbia, senso di vulnerabilità, dolore-pena e sintomi classici del Disturbo da Stress Post Traumatico. La conoscenza, la consapevolezza e la gestione di questo processo all’interno della relazione terapeutica è fondante rispetto alla riparazione del danno nelle vittime e alla salute mentale dei terapeuti. Nel corso della presentazione ci sarà una focalizzazione sugli aspetti del ciclo del controtranfert e della traumatizzazione secondaria nel terapeuta e si forniranno elementi di protezione per i terapeuti.
When we hear stories of devastation, terror, helplessness and betrayal of trust, as a natural result, our securities may be made deeper into crisis. Applying EMDR, sometimes, we may be confronted with the "reality of trauma" unexpectedly, without words, it/the patient "back there" relive the experience with the body and we are seeing and "live her trauma." Emotions (fear, disgust, fear, anger, sense of paralysis, etc.) can break into the safe space of the therapy room and challenge our sense of "invulnerability" and predictability. Compared to the impact of traumatic material when the therapist is as a witness to terrible events and their consequences there may be responses such as sense of paralysis, fear, desires and sadistic revenge, to "violations of the setting." In work on trauma, we can act on a continuum ranging from avoidance responses with feelings of rejection and anger responses of hyper identification with the victim. There is a circular relationship between trauma and countertransference issues in the secondary players. Existential and spiritual problems can arise, aggressive feelings and judgments, horror, anger, sense of vulnerability, pain and pain-classic symptoms of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. Knowledge, awareness and management of this process within the relationship Therapeutic compliance is fundamental to repairing the damage in the victims and mental health therapists. During the presentation there will be a focus on aspects of the cycle controtranfert and secondary traumatization in the therapist and will give protection elements for therapists.
Keywords: Interpersonal Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
292. Robinson, N. S. (2001, June). Life enhancement: A quality of life focus for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
For people who feel that something essential is missing in terms of goals, creativity, or satisfaction. Participants will be able to: 1) adapt EMDR for non-trauma work; 2) apply techniques of mind mapping and life review movies; and 3) learn to close any course of EMDR more thoroughly.
Keywords: Closing Down A Session Life Review Movies Mind Mapping
Accuracy Verified: Yes
293. Yoeli, F. R. (2002, May/June). Life in the shadow of anxiety; The mask of OCD: and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Chairs: Sack M. & Spector J.
My focus today is on the etiology of the trauma-based predisposition to OCD.
I would like to demonstrate how the obsessive-compulsive disorder serves the dissociative adult as a MASK thereby maintaining the hidden status of both the traumatic memories, and the dissociation;
and finally I would like to demonstrate how EMDR can be used to target the OCD as an ego state to uncover the dissociated parts, the anxiety and the original trauma.
I would like to share with you some thoughts and examples from my clinic in the form of these goals, which you will find in your handouts:...[Author abstract]
Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
294. Silver, S. M., & Rogers, S. (2002). Light in the heart of darkness: EMDR and the treatment of war and terrorism survivors (1st ed.). New York: Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Notes that the effects of war and terrorism can be long-lasting and discreet, emerging years later in different forms of psychological and physical strain in the body. In this work, the authors uncover how developments in Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) can be successfully applied to the treatment of war and terrorism trauma. They address issues confronted by all clinicians attempting to respond to this particular type of trauma--the psychological aftermath of man's inhumanity to man. The authors focus on the application of EMDR to clients' traumatic experiences, covering a wide range of traumatic settings and survivors from school violence to "near-war" experiences, refugees, combat soldiers, children, and emergency service workers. They provide a review of the research on the use of EMDR, specific case studies to demonstrate their results as well as general suggestions for integrating EMDR into the therapeutic process. It is stated that this book can be used as a general reference for all practitioners looking to broaden their understanding and care of trauma patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Psychotherapeutic Processes Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors Terrorism Veterans War
Accuracy Verified: Yes
295. Janse, J., & Doornkate, L. (2012, June). Listening with your eyes: Exploring visual aspects of the EMDR-process [Escuchar con los ojos: la exploración de los aspectos visuales del proceso de EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In
our
therapeutic
EMDR
work
with
deaf
and
hard
of
hearing
clients,
we
are
forced
to
strongly
focus
on
the
visual
world.
But
focus
on
visual
aspects
is
not
only
necessary
with
this
client
group!
When
working
with
pre-‐verbal
trauma,
with
children
or
adults
who
are
(not
yet)
fluent
in
their
native
speech
or
when
we
use
EMDR
with
clients
that
use
a
second
language,
we
will
have
to
use
alternatives
to
spoken
languages.
When
used
correctly,
visual
input
can
enrich
and
enable
the
EMDR
process
greatly.
In
this
presentation
we
invite
visitors
to
explore
the
visual
aspects
and
possibilities
of
the
EMDR
process
with
us.
Visitors
will
feel
more
adequate
in
using
mimic,
visual
and
imaging
techniques
with
their
clients.
Video
material
will
enrich
our
presentation.
We
will
present
in
English
and
Dutch
sign
language.
Our
interpreter
will
translate
the
Dutch
sign
language
in
spoken
English.
En
nuestro
trabajo
terapéutico
con
EMDR
con
clientes
sordos
o
con
hipoacusia,
nos
vemos
obligados
a
centrarnos
mucho
en
el
mundo
visual.
Sin
embargo,
¡el
énfasis
en
los
aspectos
visuales
no
solo
es
necesario
con
este
grupo
de
pacientes!
Cuando
trabajamos
con
trauma
acaecido
durante
el
período
pre-‐verbal,
con
niños
o
con
adultos
que
(aún)
no
dominan
su
lengua
materna
o
cuando
usamos
EMDR
con
clientes
que
hablan
un
segundo
idioma,
tendremos
que
hacer
uso
de
alternativas
a
las
lenguas
habladas.
Cuando
se
emplea
correctamente,
el
input
visual
puede
enriquecer
y
capacitar
el
proceso
con
EMDR
mucho.
En
esta
presentación,
invitamos
a
los
visitantes
a
acompañarnos
en
nuestra
exploración
de
los
aspectos
visuales
y
de
las
posibilidades
del
proceso
con
EMDR.
Los
visitantes
se
sentirán
más
apropiados
con
la
utilización
de
la
mímica
y
las
técnicas
visuales
y
de
imagen
con
sus
clientes.
Los
vídeos
servirán
para
enriquecer
nuestras
presentaciones.
Presentaremos
en
inglés
y
en
el
lenguaje
de
signos
del
neerlandés.
Nuestra
intérprete
traducirá
de
lenguaje
de
signos
neerlandés
en
inglés
hablado.
Keywords: Visual Aspects of EMDR Process
Accuracy Verified: Yes
296. Paulsen, S. (2009). Looking through the eyes of trauma and dissociation: An illustrated guide for EMDR therapists and clients (269 pp.). Baindrige Island, WA: Sandra Paulsen, Ph.D..
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
The triumph of this book is its emphasis on giving voice to disowned parts of self. Recent advances in the fields of trauma and dissociation have revolutionized treatment. In this book, Dr Paulsen uses over 100 of her original cartoons and an approachable format to telegraph key concepts. The book assists therapists and clients to collaborate about client symptoms and therapy. As an EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) practitioner since 1991, and an instructor of popular workshops about ego state therapy and dissociation for 15 years, Dr Paulsen offers proven metaphors, discussion and case examples. The highly visual format accommodates two audiences. Readers who want a light approach can focus on cartoons and cases. Those who want technical details and references will find them too. In a non-triggering style, the book describes a safe approach to stabilizing emotions and, later, a procedure that may include EMDR to detoxify traumatic memories.
Keywords: Dissociation Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
297. Paulsen, S. L. (2009). Looking through the eyes of trauma and dissociation: An illustrated guide for EMDR clinicians and clients. Charleston, NC: Booksurge.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
The triumph of this book is its emphasis on giving voice to disowned parts of self. Recent advances in the fields of trauma and dissociation have revolutionized treatment. In this book, Dr Paulsen uses over 100 of her original cartoons and an approachable format to telegraph key concepts. The book assists therapists and clients to collaborate about client symptoms and therapy. As an EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) practitioner since 1991, and an instructor of popular workshops about ego state therapy and dissociation for 15 years, Dr Paulsen offers proven metaphors, discussion and case examples. The highly visual format accommodates two audiences. Readers who want a light approach can focus on cartoons and cases. Those who want technical details and references will find them too. In a non-triggering style, the book describes a safe approach to stabilizing emotions and, later, a procedure that may include EMDR to detoxify traumatic memories.[Publisher Abstract]
Keywords: Dissociation Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
298. Paulsen, S. L. (2010, February). Looking through the eyes: EMDR & ego state therapy across the dissociative continuum. Presentation at the 3rd World Congress of Ego State Therapy, Sun City, South Africa.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: There are two workshops that are similar, in that they describe ways to work with dissociative clients in the phased approach recommended by the Treatment Guidelines of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, to which Dr. Paulsen contributed for the Third Revision That phased approach emphasizes stabilization and containment before conducting EMDR, and then using a measured approach to pace the use of EMDR for maximal safety for dissociative clients. The first workshop teaches the ego state methods to do this, and this second workshop describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods. [The second workshop ”Looking Through the Eyes: EMDR & Ego State and Somatic Therapies Acrosss the Dissociative Continuum” with its own entry describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods, making that workshop very full indeed.] This first workshop will elaborate on the key phase of stabilization, before ever conducting EMDR for a dissociative client. It will describe ways to increase affect tolerance, employ somatic resourcing, and other somatic methods to reconfigure ego states, use a two-step containment strategy for traumatic material and for ego states. A key focus is on working directly with perpetrator introjects or other “monstrous” disowned or shameful parts, to minimize resistance and internal conflict. Leading edge methods for resetting affective circuits and clearing very early attachment trauma will be touched upon. Participants will be able to: 1. Explain why and when to assess every client for degree of dissociation prior to doing EMDR and choose an appropriate protocol, 2. Utilize a phased approach to therapy, including EMDR when and where appropriate, for complex dissociative clients, 3. List six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing EMDR for dissociative clients to increase rapport, increase soma tolerance, contain affect, orient to present circumstances, reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources, 4. Prepare for EMDR processing using ego state and other methods to clarify roles and plan the work, 5. Structure EMDR sessions using imagery, ego state interventions (and somatic methods, for the second workshop) for pacing, fractionating and trouble shooting the work, and 6.For the somatic version of the workshop, list several somatic interventions to assist with various phases work with dissociative clients.
Keywords: Dissociative Continuum Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
299. Paulsen, S. L. (2009). Looking through the eyes: EMDR, Ego state & somatic therapies across the dissociative continuum. Presentation at the Bainbridge Institute for Integrative Psychology, Bainbridge Island, Washington .
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
There are two workshops that are similar, in that they describe ways to work with dissociative clients in the phased approach recommended by the Treatment Guidelines of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, to which Dr. Paulsen contributed for the Third Revision That phased approach emphasizes stabilization and containment before conducting EMDR, and then using a measured approach to pace the use of EMDR for maximal safety for dissociative clients. The first workshop ["Looking Through the Eyes: EMDR & Ego State Therapy Across the Dissociative Continuum” with its own entry] teaches the ego state methods to do stabilization and containment. This second workshop describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods, making that workshop very full indeed. This workshop will elaborate on the key phase of stabilization, before ever conducting EMDR for a dissociative client. It will describe ways to increase affect tolerance, employ somatic resourcing, and other somatic methods to reconfigure ego states, use a two-step containment strategy for traumatic material and for ego states. A key focus is on working directly with perpetrator introjects or other “monstrous” disowned or shameful parts, to minimize resistance and internal conflict. Leading edge methods for resetting affective circuits and clearing very early attachment trauma will be touched upon.
Partipants will be able to: 1. Explain why and when to assess every client for degree of dissociation prior to doing EMDR and choose an appropriate protocol, 2. Utilize a phased approach to therapy, including EMDR when and where appropriate, for complex dissociative clients, 3. List six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing EMDR for dissociative clients to increase rapport, increase soma tolerance, contain affect, orient to present circumstances, reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources, 4. Prepare for EMDR processing using ego state and other methods to clarify roles and plan the work, 5. Structure EMDR sessions using imagery, ego state interventions (and somatic methods, for the second workshop) for pacing, fractionating and trouble shooting the work, and 6. For the somatic version of the workshop, list several somatic interventions to assist with various phases work with dissociative clients.
Keywords: Dissociative Continuum Ego State Therapy Somatic Resourcing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
300. Knipe J. (2008). Loving eyes: Procedures to therapeutically reverse dissociative processes while preserving emotional safety. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley, (Eds.) Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 181-225). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Dual attention (simultaneous awareness of both the disturbing material and a neutral or safe aspect of the present situation) is an essential element of the effectiveness of EMDR (Shapiro, 2001). That is, in EMDR therapy, the therapist assists the client in keeping "one foot in the present, one foot in the past." Metaphorically, "two feet in the past" would simply be emotionally reliving the trauma, and not therapeutic. For those clients with highly dissociated and intense affect, there is a danger with standard EMDR that uncontrolled emotion may intrude into consciousness in a way that undermines this important balance between present and past. In this chapter, several methods are described that seem to be useful in empowering clients with dissociated ego states to stay oriented to the present while processing unfinished disturbing memories. Specifically, these EMDR variations seem to enable the client to maintain the balance between emotional safety and the controlled emergence of unresolved affect, so as to avoid dissociative abreaction and make possible the healing and eventual integration of separate parts of the self. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved
Keywords: Dual Attention
Accuracy Verified: Yes
301. Giannantonio, M. (2001, Ottobre). L’eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (E.M.D.R.) negli adulti e adolescenti abusati sessualmente in età infantile [The eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in adults and adolescents sexually abused in childhood]. Congresso AIAMC, Palermo, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
L’Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) nasce come
interevento elettivo nella terapia del Disturbo Post-traumatico da Stress
(PTSD) e, in particolar modo nelle fasi iniziali del suo consolidamento
clinico e teoretico, ha calibrato il proprio protocollo di intervento standard sul
PTSD generato da combattimenti bellici, catastrofi naturali e provocate
dall’uomo. L’abuso sessuale, soprattutto se avvenuto nell’infanzia, in modo
prolungato ed all’interno di un contesto familiare (ovvero il tipo di abuso
sessuale sul quale concentrerò ora la mia attenzione), è un tipo di evento
traumatico che può presentare caratteristiche peculiari: elementi dissociativi
da marcati ad assenti, alterazioni mnestiche e codifiche mnestiche statodipendenti,
massicci meccanismi di repressione operanti anche per decenni,
condizionamento negativo dell’evoluzione del sistema comportamentale
dell’attaccamento, presenza di memorie somatiche di difficile gestione da
parte del paziente, disturbi sessuali, difficoltà nell’instaurazione e nel
mantenimento della relazione terapeutica. L’abuso sessuale intrafamiliare si
accompagna abitualmente alla trascuratezza emotiva ed alla violenza
psicologica, in alcuni casi anche a quella fisica. Di fronte ad un quadro
2
clinico così complesso (laddove la presenza di PTSD è semplicemente uno
dei possibili esiti psicopatologici, e con ogni probabilità non il più
frequente), l’intervento con l’EMDR richiede modificazioni rispetto al
protocollo standard di intervento per il PTSD ma, soprattutto, l'inserimento
all'interno di un intervento clinico di respiro decisamente più ampio rispetto
all’impiego di algoritmi terapeutici ridotti all’essenziale. Il sottoscritto ritiene
che, al momento attuale, lo studio più approfondito sull’argomento sia una
pubblicazione di Laurel Parnell del 1999. Personalmente, ed in modo
concorde con quest’ultimo autore, ho verificato la notevole efficacia
nell’operare con l'EMDR - anche molto direttivamente - sulla storia di
attaccamento del paziente al fine di colmarne le falle evolutive o eliminare gli
ostacoli per il conseguimento di questo fondamentale obiettivo terapeutico.
The eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is born as
interevento elective in the treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
(PTSD) and, especially in the early stages of its consolidation
clinical and theoretical, has calibrated their intervention protocols for the standard
PTSD generated by fighting wars, natural disasters and caused
man. Sexual abuse, especially if done in childhood, so
Prolonged and within a family context (ie the type of abuse
which focus on sex now my attention) is a type of event
trauma that may have special characteristics: elements dissociative
to be marked absent, changes in mnemonic and mnemonic encodings statodipendenti,
massive repression mechanisms operating for decades
negative evolution of behavioral conditioning system
attachment, presence of somatic memories of unmanageable
the patient's sexual problems, difficulty in establishing and
maintaining the therapeutic relationship. Sexual abuse is intrafamilial
usually accompanies the emotional neglect and violence
psychological, in some cases to physical. Faced with a framework
2
clinical as complex (where the presence of PTSD is simply a
possible outcomes of psychopathology, and probably not the most
frequent), intervention with EMDR requires changes compared to
standard protocol of intervention for PTSD but, more importantly, the inclusion
within a clinical intervention to breath much larger than
use of therapeutic algorithms reduced to essentials. My opinion
that, at present, more thorough study on the subject is a
Published by Laurel Parnell in 1999. Personally, and so
agreed with this page, I checked the remarkable effectiveness
in working with EMDR - very directly - on the history of
attachment of the patient in order to bridge the evolutionary gaps or eliminate
obstacles to achieving this important therapeutic target.
Keywords: Adolescents Adults Postttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
302. Giannantonio, M. (2008, Novembre). L’integrazione possible: accedere alle emozioni con strategie imaginative e corporee [Integration impossible: Access to emotions with imaginative and corporeal strategies]. Presentazione Le applicazioni cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Il modello paradigmatico di intervento clinico al quale l’EMDR si ispira è di non interferenza all’interno dell’elaborazione adattiva prodotta autonomamente dal paziente, stimolato da una ottimale relazione terapeutica e dalla stimolazione bilaterale all’interno di un campo di attenzione duale. Nondimeno, è esperienza abituale del clinico come tale modello incappi regolarmente all’interno di stalli rielaborativi che impediscono una adeguata desensibilizzazione e rielaborazione degli eventi stressanti o francamente traumatici. Per tale motivo, l’EMDR può massimizzare la sua efficacia psicoterapeutica attraverso l’impiego di specifiche strategie di “intervento cognitivo integrativo”, finalizzate all’implementazione adattiva ed ecologica delle risorse inattingibili da parte del paziente. In questa comunicazione, che prende in parte ispirazione dalle domande e dalle difficoltà emergenti nei colleghi durante l’attività di supervisione, attraverso numerose esemplificazioni cliniche si intenderà mostrare l’impiego flessibile ed euristico di strategie immaginative e corporee come interventi integrativi di particolare efficacia. In particolare, verrà posta una specifica attenzione nei confronti degli stalli integrativi dovuti principalmente a meccanismi dissociativi che possono causare difficoltà anche notevoli all’attività dello psicoterapeuta. Fenomeni dissociativi massicci, infatti, possono mostrarsi sin dall’inizio (in particolare qualora l’evento abbia suscitato una dissociazione peritraumatica), rendendo apparentemente non affrontabile il ricordo del paziente, in quanto non evocatore di alcuna risonanza emotiva; diversamente, la gestione dissociativa dei ricordi comparirà tra una seduta e l’altra, oppure all’interno del processo elaborativo condotto con l’EMDR. Verrà mostrato come la dissociazione, che può rendere impossibile l’elaborazione, possa essere gradualmente ridotta iperassociando il paziente nei confronti dei propri ricordi, di volta in volta privilegiando attività rivolte nei confronti delle immagini mentali oppure attraverso l’adozione di posture corporee finalizzate alla rottura delle barriere dissociative.
The paradigmatic model of clinical intervention in which EMDR is based is not interference in preparing adaptive generate themselves from the patient, stimulated by optimal therapeutic relationship and the bilateral stimulation within a field of attention dual. Nevertheless, it is habitual experience of the clinician how this model regularly encountering processed within stalls that prevent a adequate desensitization and reworking frankly stressful or traumatic events. Therefore, EMDR can maximize its effectiveness through the use of specific psychotherapeutic strategies, "Integrative cognitive intervention, aimed at the implementation of adaptive and ecological resources unattainable by the patient. In this communication, which takes some inspiration, the questions and difficulties emerging in the colleagues during the supervisory activities through numerous clinical examples to show you will understand the use of flexible, heuristic imaginative strategies and body as supplementary measures, particularly effective. In particular, specific attention will be paid in respect of the stalls due mainly to additional dissociative mechanisms that can cause considerable difficulties although the activity of psychotherapist. Dissociative phenomena massive, in fact, can show the beginning (in particularly if the event has generated a dissociation peritraumatica), making apparently not face the memory of the patient, because not suggestive of any resonance emotional, otherwise the management dissociative memories appear between sessions and one or within the computational process conducted with EMDR. Will be shown as the dissociation which may make it impossible to process, can be gradually reduced iperassociando
the patient against their own recollections, each time focusing on activities aimed respect of mental images or through the adoption of body postures designed to rupture of dissociative barriers.
Keywords: Imaginative Strategies Somatic Interventions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
303. Solomon, R. M. (2010, Novembre). L’uso dell’ EMDR nel trattamento del dolore, del lutto e del dolore traumatico [The utilization of EMDR in the treatment of grief, mourning and traumatic grief]. Presentazione al "Convegno La psicotraumatologia Oncologica, Roma, Italia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Il dolore è uno di reazione ad una perdita e lutto è l'assimilazione e la sistemazione della perdita. Trauma può disabilitare la possibilità di far fronte, mettere in pericolo il funzionamento, compromettere la capacità di adattarsi, e aggiungere in modo significativo alla sofferenza del lutto. Trauma complica anche il lutto interferendo con i processi del lutto ha bisogno di passare attraverso per l'assimilazione e la sistemazione della perdita. Una perdita può essere così doloroso che l'accesso alle emozioni che richiedono attenzione è impedito e / o reti di memoria contenenti ricordi positivi della persona amata sono bloccate. Con l'elaborazione EMDR, non solo può essere lavorato attraverso le emozioni, ma le reti di memoria possono diventare accessibili e in grado di giocare un ruolo fondamentale nella sistemazione di perdita. I ricordi del defunto sono gli elementi costitutivi di una rappresentazione interna adattivo, servono come un ponte essenziale tra il mondo e con il mondo senza la persona amata. Questo workshop, attraverso lezioni e nastri di sessioni, si concentrerà su utilizzando l'EMDR nel trattamento del dolore e del lutto, con particolare attenzione sulla domanda di lutto traumatico.
Grief is one’s reaction to a loss and mourning is the assimilation and accommodation of the loss. Trauma can disable the ability to cope, impair functioning, compromise the ability to adapt, and add significantly to the mourner’s distress. Trauma also complicates mourning by interfering with the processes the mourner needs to go through for assimilation and accommodation of the loss. A loss can be so distressing that access to emotions requiring attention is prevented and/or memory networks containing positive memories of the loved one are blocked. With EMDR processing, not only can emotions be worked through, but memory networks can become accessible and capable of playing a vital role in accommodation of loss. Memories of the deceased are the building blocks of an adaptive inner representation; they serve as an essential bridge between the world with and the world without the loved one. This workshop , through lecture and tapes of sessions, will focus on utilizing EMDR in the treatment of grief and mourning, with special attention on the application to traumatic grief.
Keywords: Grief Mourning Traumatic Grief
Accuracy Verified: Yes
304. Greenwald, R. (1993, Fall/Winter). Magical installations can empower clients to slay their dragons. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(2), 16-17.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
There are several ways to help clients
gain access to the resources necessary
for successful processing when it does
not occur spontaneously. For example,
when two or three sets of eye movements
occur with no progress, I occasionally
use a "premature" positive
installation. By doing so, the source
of remaining discomfort may come
into sharper focus, revealing an appropriate
target for continued processing.
Alternatively, the installation
may have positive impact, giving the
client more freedom from the habitual
negative stance, and perhaps additional
strength with which to face
whatever discomfort still remains.
With either outcome, this strategy
can be helpful in getting the process
back on track. (However, sometimes
it does not work, perhaps because the
available positive cognition does not
have sufficien1;power to overcome the
block.)
Keywords: Installation Premature Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
305. Arnstein, M. (1996, December). Marital therapy, EMDR, Herman's model of recovery from trauma: The journey of one woman and her family. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Family Therapy, 17(4), 212-224.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Judith Herman delineates a 3-stage model of recovery from trauma: (1) Safety; (2) Remembrance and Mourning; (3) Reconnection. She criticises current treatment methods for their failure to make a difference in the "constrictive symptoms of numbing and social withdrawal...and marital, social and work problems do not necessarily improve." Family therapy has been criticised often for insufficient focus on emotion and general sensations. This case analysis will illustrate how these shortcomings can be successfully addressed with the use of marital counseling and EMDR. The use of multiple treatment approaches contributed to one client's resolution of recent trauma due to a car accident, of past crises due to marital infidelity and early childhood abuse, with significant changes for her in her current family as well as in her family of origin. Theoretical implications for "family therapy" are raised. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Australians Case Report Child Abuse Family Therapy Females Marital Problems Motor Traffic Accidents Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
306. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (2006, November). Masterclass EMDR. Presentatie aan de tweede congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, The Netherlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
De uitvoering van EMDR kent zo zijn lastige kanten, bijvoorbeeld omdat het proces niet op gang lijkt te komen, of omdat het scherpstellen niet gemakkelijk gaat. In veel gevallen heeft dat te maken met een gebrek aan ervaring met de unieke dynamiek van EMDR als informatie-verwerkingsmethode, maar vaak ook ligt de oorzaak in het niet optimaal toepassen van het protocol.
In deze bijeenkomst wordt een overzicht gegeven van - en uitleg gegeven over - veelvoorkomende EMDR ‘fouten’ en moeilijkheden. De deelnemers krijgen tips en instructies om geblokkeerd gewaande processen weer op te starten, ook bij complexe patiëntenpopulaties. Uitgebreid wordt ingegaan op het conceptualiseren van casus voor de toepassing van EMDR, onder andere aan de hand van video-opnamen. Van de deelnemers wordt gevraagd hun eigen vragen en problemen met de EMDR procedure in te brengen om van deze masterclass een levendige bijeenkomst te maken.
The implementation of EMDR knows its tough edges, such process will not start because it seems to be, or because the focus is not easy. In many cases, this has to do with a lack of experience with the unique dynamics of EMDR as an information processing method, but often the reason lies in not fully implement the protocol.
In this session gives an overview of - and explanations are given - EMDR common 'mistakes' and difficulties. Participants receive tips and instructions for processes blocked supposed to restart, even in complex patient populations. Extensively discusses the conceptualization of case for the application of EMDR, including using video recordings. Participants are asked their own questions and problems with the EMDR procedure to bring this master of making a lively meeting.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
307. Greenwald, R., Lebeau, T. M., & Lemay, J. (2008, Mai). MASTR (Greenwald, 2005), un modèle de traitement pour jeunes avec des problèmes de conduite qui tient compte du trauma [The MASTR Protocol (Greenwald, 2005) is a treatment model for youths experiencing conduct problems with a trauma focused framework]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Le modèle «conte de fées» et la thérapie MASTR pour traiter les traumatismes chez les jeunes ont été développés par Dr. Ricky Greenwald. Il s’agit d’un protocole thérapeutique préparatoire pour faciliter l’EMDR avec les préadolescents et adolescents. Ce modèle a permis d’obtenir des résultats intéressants pour ce qui est de l’intervention face à divers comportements problématiques, notamment les troubles de la conduite, l’agression, la violence familiale, la maltraitance et l’abus de substances. Cette présentation propose un survol des éléments du cadre théorique, un résumé des résultats de recherche en appui au modèle et l’enseignement
d’habiletés cliniques qui tiennent compte du trauma pour effectuer l’évaluation et la planification du traitement. À l’aide d’exercices pratiques, d’une démonstration et d’un extrait vidéo, les quatre premières séances seront
abordées : la prise de contact, l’histoire des traumas ou des pertes, le rêve d’avenir et le contrat.
The Fairy Tale Model and MASTR Protocol in the treatment of traumas in youths were both developed by Dr. Ricky Greenwald. It’s a protocol designed to prepare for and to facilitate EMDR processing with pre-teens and teens. This approach provides interesting results with a wide array of problem behaviour: aggression, family
violence, substance abuse, etc. This workshop’s goal is to present the theoretical framework for this model, the results of studies supporting its use, as well as teaching clinical skills that take into account the trauma history when evaluating and planning for treatment. This workshop will focus on the first 4 sessions: contact – history taking (trauma & losses) – dreams for the future – and the therapeutic contract. Practices, demonstrations and video excerpts will be provided.
Keywords: Adolescents Fairy Tale Model, MASTR Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
308. Perry, B. D. (1999). Memories of fears: How the brain stores and retrieves traumatic experiences. In J. Goodwin and R. Attias, Splintered reflections: Images of the body in trauma, (Eds.)(1st Ed.)(pp. 9-38). New York: Basic Books .
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
In this chapter, Dr. Perry explores how the brain "stores and retrieves physiologic states, feelings, behaviors and thoughts from traumatic events", and illustrates these issues with several case examples of traumatized children and adolescents. Concluding sections focus on vulnerable children and the law, and on transgenerational memory in society and culture. Four figures and 59 references are included in this online version
Accuracy Verified: Yes
309. Hagen, H. A. (2012, May). Mental health professionals’ perspectives of best practices with children who have experienced complex trauma. University of St. Thomas.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Complex trauma in early childhood has the ability to impact a child’s development in
multiple domains, thus influencing development throughout the rest of their life. The
purpose of this study was to explore best practices with children who have experienced
complex trauma from the perspective of mental health professionals, with a focus on
children between the ages of three and five. Qualitative interviews were conducted with
six mental health professionals who were asked to discuss the presentation, interventions,
and outcomes of a case where the child experienced complex trauma. Consistent with
previous literature, all participants in this study reported self-regulation deficits and
relational impairments for the case they discussed. Additionally, all six participants
utilized play therapy and expressed the importance of collaboration with other adults and
systems in the child’s life in order for treatment to be successful, exemplifying the need
to utilize an ecological approach. Other practices used by professionals included
Cognitive Behavioral Therapies, feelings/emotion interventions, EMDR, and relational
interventions such as including the parents/caregivers in treatment, addressing the
attachment needs, and coaching parents. Overall, participants utilize a combination of
approaches and interventions in order to provide best practices, always emphasizing
safety, attachment, and development.
Keywords: Best Practice Children Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
310. Binder, J. L. (2007, June). Mind or brain? Where does therapeutic change originate? A reaction to 'The reunion process: A new focus in short-term dynamic psychotherapy. Psychotherapy, 44(2), 137-141. doi:10.1037/0033-3204.44.2.137.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
In "The Reunion Process: A New Focus in Short-Term Dynamic Psychotherapy," by Dr. Sandler (see record 2007-09422-001), addresses posttreatment relapse by a new therapeutic strategy based on attachment theory and recent research findings concerning the neurobiology of memory. This strategy involves the discovery or creation of positive childhood maternal attachment memories as a method of overcoming the dominance of negative memories. Dr. Sandler makes assumptions about what can be achieved in short-term therapies, the pace of therapeutic change, as well as the role in treatment outcome of techniques versus therapist skill and relationship factors. These assumptions are not supported by psychotherapy research. While the attempt to use new discoveries from neurobiology to guide the development of therapeutic techniques is admirable, the author appears to engage in a fair amount of speculative theoretical reductionism in attempting to explain the eventually positive outcome of the case he presents. I offer a more parsimonious psychological explanation, which is consistent with the short-term dynamic psychotherapy theory of change. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2007 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Attachment Attachment Behavior Brief Psychotherapy Early Memories Memory Theory Panic Disorder Psychodynamic Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes Relapse Short-term Dynamic Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
311. Greene, J. (2010, September/October). Mindfulness and EMDR: Strengthening key skills in preparation phase. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clinicians will learn the synergy of Mindfulness and EMDR, focusing on key skills developed in the Preparation Phase. The workshop reviews mindfulness basic principles, their relationship with EMDR and the AIP Model, and outcome research relating mindfulness with neuroplasticity. The session also explores Mindfulness strategies for strengthening observer capacity (dual attention), affect tolerance, somatic, and sensory awareness, including techniques useful for both rigid/conceptualizing clients and chaotic/overemotional clients. Finally the workshop addresses options for integrating Mindfulness with Resource Development Installation (RDI). The presentation includes lecture, slides, client case examples, and guided experiential Mindfulness exerices.
Keywords: Mindfulness: Preparation Phase
Accuracy Verified: Yes
312. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). Mindfulness meditation to enable attenuation on imagined exposure in PTSD - A single case study. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Mindfulness mediation (based on Buddhist meditative techniques) has previously been advocated for depression relapse prevention and chronic pain reduction in former research trials (Teasdale; Kabat-zinn, etc.). Because the practice of mindfulness relates to body scans and focusing attention upon the body, it has been advised that it may cause problems in using such a method for sexual abuse and rape survivors, although no research appears to have been carried out in this area. In a single case study of child-sexual-abuse adult survivor who frequently dissociated and experienced “flashbacks” during clinical sessions, the methods of Mindfulness Mediation were introduced to her, in an attempt to keep an awareness of her surroundings whilst doing imagined exposure in for PDSD (post duress stress disorder). From dissociative phases, flashbacks and cognitive avoidance of stimuli, the client became able to focus on the traumatic information being presented and to emotionally relate and process trauma memories, which previously she had been unable to do. Her ability to attenuate upon traumatic information was increased, habituation was easier from a clinical perspective, her anxiety levels decreased (BAI) and her depression levels eased (BDI). (N.B. The client’s improved anxiety and depression scores may have been due to Mindfulness Mediation practices or to the processing of highly emotive information).
Conclusion: Mindfulness Meditation can be a useful adjunct to trauma processing when imagined exposure is being implemented for PTSD/PDSD for processing of un-integrated traumatic information, where dissociation, cognitive avoidance or flashbacks occur within the context of treatment, creating a barrier to habituation from traumatic information. [Two statistical charts which accompanied this abstract in the Conference Program entry have not been included here.]
Keywords: Attenuation Case Study Imagined Exposure Mindfulness Poster Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
313. Radke, M. (2004, September). Mindfulness meets EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Trauma interferes with living in the present moment; mindfulness expands awareness of the present. It is a helpful adjunct to therapy by increasing the client's dual focus of the "observing self' while processing past
material. This workshop will apply mindfulness to EMDR protocol in these specific areas: safe place, resource accessing and installing, feedback
of present beliefs, feelings and sensation, looping and cognitive interweaves. Bilaterally stimulated relaxation exercises will be offered
to enhance mindfulness. It will also be used to bracket and contain unfinished material as well as aid between-session integration.
Keywords: Mindfulness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
314. Siegel, D. (2011, August). Mindsight and the power of neutral integration in healing. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In this seminar, we’ll discuss strategies that patients can learn to monitor and modify energy and information flow with more clarity and power, and also describe how the process of integration can serve as an organizing principle that illuminates the nature of resilience and well-being. Integration is defined as the linkage of differentiated parts of a system. When integration is present, flexibility and harmony result; when integration is absent, chaos or rigidity occur. EMDR can be seen as a profoundly useful integrative therapeutic practice. Mindsight is a teachable skill with which people can learn to monitor energy and information flow with clarity and depth and then modulate that flow with specificity and power toward integration. Within this framework, clinicians can focus assessment on the findings of chaos and rigidity as examples of impediments to integration. Clinical intervention harnesses the power of therapeutic techniques to cultivate differentiation and linkage in various domains of integration that may be impaired.
Keywords: Neural Integration
Accuracy Verified: Yes
315. Marich, J. (2010, April/May). Musical interweaves in EMDR treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Spatial intelligence is emphasized in traditional EMDR protocols and instructional methods when focus is placed on imagery. Bodily-kinesthetic intelligence is honoured when body cues are addressed. However, individuals with primary musical or sonic intelligences are not optimally attended to with orthodox application of well-accepted EMDR strategies. Without making any changes to the stages of the Shapiro protocol, musical interventions can be implemented into EMDR treatment to amplify the holistic design of EMDR and to optimally serve those who struggle with spatial intelligence. In this workshop, participants will learn how to utilize music in resource development and EMDR preparation, to apply music as an appropriate “cognitive interweave” when processing is not flowing optimally, and to consider the impact that music can have on EMDR treatment. The presenter will implement a combination of lecture, participation activities, and case discussion to achieve learning objectives.
Keywords: Musical Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
316. Manfield, P. (1995, June). Narcissistic disorders: Using EMDR with these difficult clients. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Definition of client population:
Disorder of the self. The narcissistic character is often identified by his or her grandiose facade concealing an underlying sense of
emptiness and worthlessness. To experience the underlying emptiness is so painful for them that these people cut off their inner
experience and rely instead on external admiration and praise to support their grandiose or superior view of themselves; their
condition is often referred to as a "disorder of the self." Because of their dependence on others for their sense of themselves, they are
exquisitely sensitive to criticism or disapproval, often warding off deflation by becoming increasingly grandiose, superior, disdainful
or demeaning. Many conceal their grandiosity, maintaining a secret sense of superiority which may be based upon their
perfectionism or their quiet devaluing of others.
View of others: there is a range of severity of the narcissistic character from personality disorders to a narcissistic character style.
People with personality disorders, are unable to form a trusting bond with another person; they view people primarily as
interchangeable, performing a function which could equally be performed by many others. Less impaired narcissistic characters,
however, are able to form varying degrees of attachments to other people, although their ability to trust and care about other people
is limited. Most commonly they relate to people they can idealize or be admired by. People tend to be seen in extremes as either
superior and powerful or inferior and worthless; supportive and admiring or critical and attacking.
Difficulties in using EMDR:
Clinically these clients represent a difficult and often frustrating population to treat; they are brittle and easily injured if they to not
feel perfectly understood by their therapists, and they will distance at the slightest hint that they are being judged or used. They
resist focusing inward and defining their problems as arising within themselves, and find it difficult to sustain any genuine affect,
other than perhaps rage. If they feel understood and accepted, however, they will eventually talk about their sense of emptiness and
worthlessness and their confusion about who they are and what is truly meaningful and valuable to them.
Beck, Young and others have described factors that make it difficult to treat any personality disorder using a cognitive behavioral
approach. There have in fact been very few reported "successes" in the literature. Most of the difficulties are related to the self and
object splitting characteristic of these clients. These clients have limited access to feelings, limited access to spontaneous thoughts,
body sensations, memories, etc., and vague unfocussed presenting problems making targeting difficult. They usually have difficulty
with emotional and often intellectual continuity from session to session; they will rarely keep a log or follow through with
homework; transference issues often come into central focus and must be addressed before other targets; and their selfdefeating
beliefs and behavior patterns are extremely deeply held, pervasive and resistant to change.
In addition to varying degrees of these difficulties, narcissistic clients present all of the problems in EMDR that they do in more
traditional therapies; including their tendencies to act out, deny, and avoid. These and other defenses interfere with completion of
segments of therapeutic work and make it difficult for the clinician to keep work focused within one neural network. Self and object
splitting leads to continuity problems within or between sessions and a difficulty maintaining clarity about the reason for being in
treatment. The client may feel suicidal one week and declare himself or herself to be fully recovered the next. Perhaps the most
confirming aspect of the treatment of these clients, however, is their emotionally impoverished pasts; they have very limited
experience of nurturing, loving and caring to draw !?om in order to interweave new meanings and perspectives into traumatic or
painful past experiences.
Length of treatment:
I have found that I have been able to achieve good results with higher level narcissistic clients with whom I have had an established
relationship at the time I introduced EMDR into the treatment. My results with clients who have come to therapy asking specifically
for EMDR and with whom I have begun using EMDR soon after the beginning of treatment have been generally poorer, varying
with the severity of the client's disorder, the less severe doing best. The client needs to be able to establish a meaningful trusting
relationship with the therapist; the more severe the client's difficulties with attachment, the more time this process requires.
Narcissistic clients do not tend to see their difficulty with vulnerability, trust and intimacy as a problem within themselves. If they
are able to recognize personal problems, they are usually in the area of self esteem and obstacles to achievement. When they are
able to resolve some of these latter problems fairly rapidly through treatment they tend to terminate, no longer seeing a sufficient
purpose for treatment. In a sense, they can become better narcissists; their grandiose view of themselves is enhanced and they are
reinforced in their use of self-sufficiency as a defense against interpersonal vulnerability. I view the relative efficiency of EMDR as
a problem for deeper treatment of narcissistic clients because there is less time for the therapeutic relationship to develop and
consequently a limited opportunity to impact the client's object splitting. I believe that this is why I have found EMDR with
narcissistic clients to be most effective when it is introduced after a therapeutic relationship has had time to develop. Negative cognitions:
The early maladaptive schemas of narcissistic clients are pervasive in their lives and point to a plethora of negative cognitions.
Typical early schemas are: I must control myself (or my feelings, my behavior, my body) at all times; no one cares; my needs will
never be met; I can't trust anyone; I am deeply flawed and unlovable; I am dikeable, unattractive to others; I will always fail; my
flaws are totally unacceptable to others; I must be perfect or I am worthless; I deserve to be treated more specially than others; I must
please others to avoid attack; I'm alone; nobody understands me; I am OK if I am better than others; I am OK only if others admire
me. It is often helpful to narrow these cognitions down to make them manageable with EMDR
Treatment:
In addition to the recommended protocol of establishing a safe space to which the client can retreat if necessary, before doing an
EMDR session with one of these clients, the therapist should identify as many of the client's emotional resources possible, in
particular expriences if any of having felt loved and accepted ad examples of loving people or relationships the client has observed
Among other things, these facilitate more effective copitive interweaves.
The initial task in doing an EMDR session with this client population is to establish an appropriate and richly defined target. Since
it is more difficult for these clients to access meanm&l memories in an emotionally alive way, the therapist must be more active in
helping the client stimulate the associated neural netork as I l l y as possible. In addition to the client's reaction to the plight of
children he may be related to or observe (Level I1 training), a rich source of emotional responsiveness and resources is the client's
own response to situations he has witnessed in news media, TV, movies or theater.
A major challenge in addressing a narcissistic character type using EMDR is tracking the course of the session with these clients
and identifying when they drip out of the targeted neural network. This process can be subtle because it requires an ability to
differentiate true avoidance hm spontaneous associations which may appear at hat to be irrelevant; it requires a familiarity with
and sensitivity to the protective or defensive mechanisms they use to insulate themselves fiom painful memories and affect. As the
patterns ofmovement in and out of the targeted network are identified it is important to use interventions that are experienced by the
client as supportive but nevertheless make hun or her aware of having wandered.
Although the narcissistic client may initiate treatment with the stated goal of improving his performance in specified areas, he will
agree upon reflection that the real problem is that he feels an overriding need to perform in order to feel worthwhile. Since he has
never known any other way of dealing with his self-worth, he will be skeptical about whether it is possible to feel a sense of worth
that is not based upon performance, and it is easy for the therapist to lose perspective and join him in that beliet especially while
doing EMDR with its potential for reprocessing with extraordinary precision specific obstacles to performance. The therapist must,
however, retain her healthy perspective if the client is to learn to accept himself.
For more clinical information about treating disorders of the self:
1.)Beck, Aaron T., et al, Cognitive Therapy Of Personality Disorder Guilford Press, New York,
N. Y., 1990
2.)Manfield, Philip, Split Self/Split Object: Understanding And Treating Borderline, Narcissistic And Schizoid Disorders, Jason Aronson Publishers, Northvale, N.J., 1992.
3.)Young, Jeffrey, E, Cognitive Therapy For Personality Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach,
Professional Resource Exchange, Inc., Sarasota, Florida, 1990.
Keywords: Narcissistic Personality Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
317. Forgash, C. (2007, September). The negative impact of complex PTSD on health: an EMDR/ego state treatment plan. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR and Ego State integrated treatment provides a clinical model for dealing with health problems in complex trauma survivors. Health problems are made more complex by the presence of dissociative disorders and PTSD symptoms in adult survivors. This presentation will focus on the treatment of these disorders. EMDR and Ego State techniques will be utilized to help the CTS patient: a) manage triggers and avoid re-traumatization, hyperarousal and numbing; desensitize and reprocess traumatic events; b) become assertive health consumers and deal with medical/dental procedures and tests; c) learn skills such as rehearsal, identifying problems, planning visits, etc.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Ego State Therapy Integrated Treatment Phased Treatment Plan
Accuracy Verified: Yes
318. Forgash, C. (2008, June). The negative impact of complex PTSD on health: An EMDR/ego state treatment plan. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In this workshop, EMDR and Ego state integrated treatment will be presented as a clinical model for dealing with
current life and health problems which the presence of dissociation and PTSD exacerbates for complex trauma
survivors (CTS). There are intertwined problems that are made more complex by the presence of dissociative
disorders in adult CTS. First: there are negative sequelae of childhood abuse on the physical and mental health of
adult CTS. Second, there are specific health problems predominant in this population which often are untreated,
misdiagnosed and ignored by physicians and EMDR therapists. Third: CTS have difficulties addressing their health
needs, accessing health care, and functioning effectively as health care consumers. Preventative care and good
health care may be minimal for this population. This presentation will focus on the development of an EMDR
treatment plan to successfully work with dissociative and PTSD disorders prevalent in these patients. Specialized
Ego State techniques will be introduced in each phase of EMDR treatment to help the patient stabilize: manage
triggers and avoid re-traumatization in the health care setting; effectively deal with avoidance, freeze,
hyperarousal and numbing; desensitize and reprocess earlier traumatic events which are at the root of these
problems, (these may include iatrogenic events and specific physical problems seemingly related to current
health problems, which actually result from early trauma); and become assertive health consumers. Skills
development needed by the CTS to become empowered and competent health consumers, such as rehearsal,
identifying problems, planning visits etc will also be included in the plan. [This slide presentation has a two page "References" bibliograhy issued separately.(PDF 6065)]
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
319. Herbert, C. (2005, June). Neither good nor bad, just perfect as you are! Facilitating emergence of the self. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients with traumatic childhood experiences and subsequent diagnoses of
Personality Disorder, hold self-identities that may have had adaptive, survival
enhancing functions during their upbringing, but may now be hindering and
even damaging. As babies their needs for secure attachment and nurturing
may have been compromised and as children they may not have
experienced unconditional love and acceptance of themselves. As adults,
they may carry internalized self-images about either being intrinsically 'bad'
or having to be especially 'good' in order to be accepted, valued and
loved by others. Subsequently, their Behaviour and their relationships with
others are determined by a distorted view of themselves, often causing
them to lead lives that involve great compromise and further suffering. They
may struggle with their capacity to regulate affect (Siegel, 1999: Shore, 1994,
1996). experiencing little self-control over their various fluctuating mood
states. The aim of this workshop is to introduce clinical techniques, involving
the interweave between EMDR and Schema-focused, cognitive
approaches, which help clients build a more secure and 6nctionally
positive sense of Self with healthy mechanisms of affect regulation. Based on current research, clinical practice and Herbert's (2002, 2003) therapeutic
framework for working with complex trauma, this workshop will focus
especially on two therapeutic ingredients for this work. One is the quality of
the therapeutic relationship as a necessary transitory phase for healthy
dependency in the client and the second is 'inner child' work as a method to
help clients modify and re-script their distorted images of self and repair
ruptures in their attachment relationships.
Keywords: Emergence of Self
Accuracy Verified: Yes
320. Paterson, M. (2011, March). The neurobiology of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Association of UK & Ireland, Bristol.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The study of traumatology is increasingly more reliant on an understanding of the neurological
and biological mechanisms involved. It is a complex area for many people working with trauma
who have not had a background in human biology. So often presentations on neurobiology and
trauma are complex and focus on a specific topic thus never giving the overall picture.
This presentation will take delegates through the field of trauma, initially giving a good
understanding of how we acquire traumatic memories. It will go on to explain what the body does
to compensate for hyperarousal, and will outline the impact on brain development of early life
trauma and neglect. The paper will conclude with a description of the neurobiology of dissociation.
There will be an opportunity for questions and discussion.
Keywords: Neurobiology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
321. Bergmann, U. (2008). The neurobiology of EMDR: Exploring the thalamus and neural integration. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(4), 300-314. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.4.300.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Recent neuroimaging studies on posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) have revealed a consistent decrease
in thalamic activity, relative to non-PTSD controls. Empirical studies of the past decade have
shown the thalamus to be centrally involved in the integration of perceptual, somatosensory, memorial,
and cognitive processes (thalamo-cortical-temporal binding). A theoretical model is proposed to suggest
that one underlying mechanism of EMDR stimulation (dual-attention stimulation/bilateral stimulation
[DAS/BLS] ) is thalamic activation, specifi cally of the ventrolateral and central-lateral nuclei. It is hypothesized
that this may facilitate the repair and integration of somatosensory, memorial, cognitive, frontal
lobe and synchronized hemispheric functions that are disrupted in PTSD.
Keywords: 40-Hz Gamma-Band Activity (GBA) Neural Oscillation Thalamo-Cortical-Temporal Binding Thalamus
Accuracy Verified: Yes
322. Vojtova, H., & Hasto, J. (2009). Neurobiology of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Activitas Nervosa Superior, 51(3), 98-102.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing represents a promising approach to treatment of posttraumatic disord-ers. The specific factors underlying its effectiveness rely particularly on bilateral stimulation, which seems to provoke a specific neurobiological response during traumatic recall particularly in individuals with PTSD. The empirical findings provide evidence for the effect of BLS on autonomic nervous system shifting the balance towards parasympathetic acti-vation (reducing arousal) as well as the effect on subjectively perceived vividness and emotional burden of autobiograph-ic memories (decrease). The most credible hypotheses derive the effects from neurobiological mechanisms employed in dual focus attention, orienting reflex and REM sleep. Further research is needed to explore the processes included in the EMDR therapy in more detail and clarify the role of bilateral stimulation.
Keywords: Brain Dissociation Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
323. Fernandez, I., & Solomon, R. M. (2001, October). Neurophysiological components of EMDR treatment. In International CIANS Conference (CIANS: Collegium Internationale Activitatis Nervosae Superioris; International Association for Integrative Nervous Functions, Neurobiology of behaviour and Psychosomatics), (pp 137-140) Palermo, Italy.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The research on Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has had a significant development in the last 10 years. The EMDR consists on a dual focalization activity (the use o eye movements or other forms of left/right rhythmical stimulation, while focusing on personal disturbing material). Many hypotheses have been made on how EMDR works and why the clinical results are so significant. One of the most possible reasons may regard the fact that there seems to be an innate information processing system that is physiologically configured to facilitate mental health in much the same way the rest of the body is designed to heal itself when injured (Shapiro, 1995). When operating appropriately, this system takes the perceptual and emotional information from a traumatic event to an adaptive resolution - useful information is stored with appropriate affect and is available for future use. The physiological and emotional arousal stemming from a traumatic event may disrupt the information processing mechanism. The blocked processing prevents the traumatic information from progressing through the normal steps of adaptive integration. The physiological stimulation appears to activate the innate information processing systems and may be linked to the mechanisms inherent in memory storage. EMDR apparently intervenes in brain functions, especially in the limbic system and amygdale, which have been already identified as actively involved in traumatic experiences.
Keywords: Information Processing System Neurophysiology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
324. Olff, M., Nijdam, M., Samuelson, K., Golier, J., Meewisse, M., Marmar, C., Yehuda, R., Gersons, B., & Neylan, T. (2007, November). Neuropsychological Symptoms in Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Changes Over Time. Symposium conducted at the 23rd annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Neuropsychological symptoms in posttraumatic stress disorder and changes over time: Attention and memory problems are some of the most persisting
and debilitating symptoms related to PTSD. This symposium will
focus on neuropsychological symptoms in posttraumatic stress disorder
with particular emphasis on changes over time or changes
due to treatment.
Effects of psychotherapy on neuropsychological
performance in PTSD:
Two of the most common findings in neuropsychological studies of
posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) are impairments of attention
and verbal memory. This presentation addresses whether these
impairments improve after trauma-focused psychotherapy. Data are
presented from an ongoing randomized controlled trial comparing
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy (n
= 70) and Brief Eclectic Psychotherapy (BEP; n = 70). Participants
were outpatients diagnosed with PTSD after a type I trauma of different
kind. Attention and memory were investigated before and
after treatment using the following neuropsychological tests: Trail
Making Test, STROOP task, California Verbal Learning Test and
Rivermead Behavioral Memory Test. Different versions of the memory
tests were administrated at pre- and postassessment in order to
control for learning effects. Preliminary results of treatment completers
indicate significant improvements of verbal memory and
divided attention after both treatments. Differences between the
treatments as well as the clinical relevance of the findings will be
discussed.
Keywords: Neuropsychological Performance Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
325. van der Kolk, B. A. (2010, July). New developments in the field of treatment of traumatized people. Keynote presented at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This lecture will review our knowledge about how trauma changes the way mind and brain process
information and discuss what this means for treatment. We will show how trauma shuts down the
verbal part of the brain, stores undigested fragments of the past and affects somatic experience. Unable
to focus on the present, traumatized people keep replaying the past over and over again until they can
process and integrate the traumatic experience(s), thereby regaining the capacity to be fully engaged
in the present.
Keywords: Developments Keynote Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
326. Lewis, B. (2009, July 4). New PTSD program answers need for comprehensive treatment. U.S. Department of Defense News Release.
Language: English
Format: Publication
Abstract: The first few weeks focus on learning basic coping skills such as how to reduce anxiety and fight fear, as well as yoga and meditation for relaxation. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, an evidence-based practice for treating PTSD, is also conducted during the early phases of the treatment program.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
327. Isaacs, J. S. (2004, March). Numerical distraction therapy: Initial assessment of a treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder. Traumatology, 10(1), 39-54. doi:10.1177/153476560401000104 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The efficacy of a new therapy, numerical distraction therapy (NDT), in treating symptoms of PTSD was investigated. It was hypothesized that the therapy would change the traumatic visual memories of PTSD patients and reduce the intensity of negative feelings associated with them. Both hypotheses were supported: 92% of patients reported post-treatment (positive) changes in their visual memories, and these same patients reported diminished levels of fear, shame, anxiety, and other negative feelings. A subsample of patients reported stable treatment effects in follow-up surveys conducted two to four months later. The author also discusses possible mechanisms of NDT and suggests that NDT, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), and some forms of thought field therapy (TFT) might have "dual attention" as a common underlying mechanism. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Americans Behavior Therapy Empirical Study PTSD Quantitative Study Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial
Accuracy Verified: Yes
328. Grenough, M. (2012, October). OASIS in the overwhelm: Affect management/stabilization with diverse cultures. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This highly participatory workshop will teach four 60-second strategies that can be learned quickly by clinicians and used immediately with clients. The presenter has used these strategies over ten years at an urban Hispanic Clinic, and with children and adults of diverse cultural, economic, educational, and national backgrounds. Because the strategies focus on active physical involvement, they quickly help clients to identify and manage personal sensations and emotions (Phase 2-Preparation), pave the way for clearer gut understanding of (Phase 3) negative and positive cognition’s as well as “Where do you feel it in your body?” and (Phase 6) Body Scan.
Keywords: Affect Management Stabilization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
329. Yoeli, F. R., & Prattos-Spongalides, T-A. (2004, June). OCD: Anxiety, rituals, co-morbidity or altered state? Treatment outcomes with EMDR. In anxiety disorders and EMDR (A. de Jongh, Chair). Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of th EMDR Europe Association, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Trauma-generated OCD repeats the trauma through its own ritual behavior patterns. This altered state re-traumatizes the core personality through the repetition of rituals similar to the original trauma. The presenters hypothesize that trauma-based OCD is an altered state not co-morbid with diagnosis for dissociative disorders. This OCD persona served the dissociative adult cope with traumatic memories changing and influencing reactions to ongoing trauma, life choices, and other behavior patterns.
This aim of this workshop is to focus on the development of trauma-based, anxiety-motivated dissociative states. Life in the shadow of chronic anxiety stemming from living under constant and consistent life-threatening conditions produces a (sub)-population of persons suffering from PTS/D. The anxiety and fear from elements of unprocessed traumatic events are retained and embedded in the body and are repeatedly triggered in daily life. This PTSD population dissociates into anxiety-based altered states ranging along a continuum from mild tension to phobias, panic attacks, denial, PCD, aggression, indifference and apathy and finally full blown trauma generated OCD.
The presenters provide cross-cultural examples demonstrating how ongoing threat of man-made or natural disasters often leads to a dissociative OCD state. Case examples are explored which demonstrate how processing with EMDR effectively enables resolution and change. EMDR is particularly useful in processing the “anxiety” via current behavior patterns.
Objectives: 1) to examine the co-morbidity aspects of trauma-based OCD and dissociation 2) to present the parallel continuums of types of stress and anxiety (on the intensity and severity axis 3) to compare the differences and similarities in behavioral patterns in different cultures under the stress of constant threat of annihilation (man-made vs. natural threats) 4) to demonstrate the effectiveness of EMDR on trauma induced OCD, through case illustration and discussion.
Keywords: Altered States Anxiety Disorders Co-morbidity Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD Rituals Symposium Treatment Outcomes
Accuracy Verified: Yes
330. Becker-Fritz, T., Donovan, L., Heiman, M., Packwood, S., Peterson, G., Peck, B., & Huss, B. (2005, September). Open forum to share clinical uses of EMDR with child/adolescent population. Open forum at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many clinicians who work with children and adolescents struggle with applying the basic protocol for EMDR for this population as well as focus on clinical issues that can be treated effectively with EMDR. It can feel overwhleming for the clinican to be creative within their own practice without support for what they are doing, or suggestions on other strategies that may be more effective. This conversation hour session, lasting 3 hours, will provide a panel of professionals from different fields of expertise to lead a discussion of clinical applications of EMDR when treating children and adolescents. The first topic will address how the EMDR protocol may need to be adjusted to accommodate the needs or limitations for children and adolescents. The second topic will focus on what specific developmental considerations need to be considered when using EMDR with attachment disorders as well as identifying guidelines and strategies for including the family in the EMDR process with this population. The final topic will address 2 commonly seen diagnoses of AD/HD and anxiety addressing the possible negative cognitions, resource installations, and cognitive interweaves that can be used when treating children or adolescents with EMDR to resolve the trauma issues when having these disorders. The members of the panel are current chairs of the EMDRIA Chld/Adolescent SIG who will share their expertise with the audience.
Keywords: Adolescents ADHD Anxiety Attachment Disorders Children Attention Deficit Hyperacitivty Disorder Developmental Considerations Open Forum
Accuracy Verified: Yes
331. Becker-Fritz, T., Donovan, L., Heiman, M., Waldon, A., Peck, B., Siegel, M., & Packwood, S. (2007, September). Open forum to share clinical uses of EMDR with child/adolescent population. Open forum (Moderator, T. Becker-Fritz) presented at the annual EMDRIA Conference, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many clinicians who work with children and adolescents struggle with applying the basic protocol for EMDR for this population, as well as focus on clinical issues that can be treated effectively with EMDR. It can feel overwhelming for the clinician to be creative within their own practice without support for what they are doing or suggestions on other strategies that may be more effective. This conversation hour session, lasting 3 hours, will provide a panel of professionals from different fields of expertise to lead a discussion of clinical applications of EMDR when treating children and adolescents. The first topic will address identifying the challenges that children and adolescents present and understand adjustments in the EMDR protocol to accommodate the needs or limitations. The second topic will demonstrate how and when a structured format can facilitate effective EMDR treatment with children. The final topic will identify the challenges of using standard EMDR protocols with adolescents and special issues to consider when preparing them. The members of the panel are the current and immediate past chairs of the EMDRIA Child/Adolescent SIG who will share their expertise with the audience. The program will be moderated by the Executive Chair, encouraging audience participation throughout the 3 hour program.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Open Forum
Accuracy Verified: Yes
332. Hasanovic, M., Morgan, S., Kravic, N., & Pajevic, I. (2012, January). P-1142 - Training bosnia-herzegovina mental health workers in EMDR in the aftermath of the 1992–1995 war. European Psychiatry, 27(Supplement 1), 1-1. doi:10.1016/S0924-9338(12)75309-9.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Aim The primary objective will focus the first of all on Eye Movement Reprocessing and Desensitization (EMDR) as an evidence based intervention in the treatment of psycho-traumatized individuals. Its effectiveness has been validated by extensive research. It outlines in particular an EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Training Programme that took place in Tuzla University Clinical Centre, Department of Psychiatry, in Bosnia-Herzegovina (BH) in response to 1992–1995 war, in helping to train mental health workers in EMDR to enable them to treat psychological trauma symptoms of war survivors.; (AN 27761395)
Keywords: 1992–1995 War Bosnia Herzegovina Mental Health Workers
Accuracy Verified: Yes
333. Flu, B. R. L. (2012). P-267 - Tap, tap tap the usefulllness of EMDR on kids on the autism spectrum. European Psychiatry, 27(Supplement 1), 1. doi:10.1016/S0924-9338(12)74434-6.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
EMDR, Eye movement Reprocessing and Desensitisation is an amalgamated psychotherapy and brain activation intervention. This hyper-focussed therapy has shown its value beyond the treatment of trauma i.e. in a large number of mental health issues and developmental disorders.
In autism this method requires some adaptations as described below.
Aim:
To give an introductory of EMDR in autism children.
Objective:
To establish the usefulness of this treatment.
Methods:
The general method is after establishing a baseline of disturbance to work through the touchstone event or focus of the trauma/feared situation from image, feelings, self-judgment and bodily feelings. The preparation also consists of exploring the ability to work with imagery and understanding of feelings. Imagery is tailored to their special interest and at time bodily sensations and feelings are worked on together when no differentiation of these experiences exist 18 cases of the age of 9– 16 underwent the method. 11 had generalised but extreme anxiety issues, 5 had experienced bullying, 4 had aggression regulation problems, 1 had obsessive compulsive disorder, 1 had a spider phobia, one had a developing eating disorder. The level of
disturbance went down in all cases. One relapsed. Three needed visual augmentation for the visualisation. Three could not bear physical contact and therefore required self-tapping. 12 cases needed only one session for the focussed treatment. 9 displayed continual improvement over the next 4 weeks and 5 were treated further under conventional therapy.
Conclusion:
EMDR is a valuable therapy in autism children but requires specific modification.
Keywords: Autism Spectrum Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
334. de Jongh, A., & Whisman, M. (2001, June). Panic and phobias: Diagnosis, treatment, and incorporation of EMDR. Preconfernece presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR has been found to be a valuable method to incorporate into the treatment of PTSD. It has also been found to be a structured, non-invasive treatment for a number of other anxiety disorders. This workshop will focus on the clinical application of EMDR with Panic Disorder, Agoraphobia, Specific Phobia, Social Phobia, and Obsessive Compulsive Disorder. Participants will learn: 1) to assess clients with phobic conditions; 2) to identify core negative congitions related to fear; 3) to know when and how to apply EMDR with clients suffering from an anxiety disorder; and 4) to use creative adaptions of EMDR for these clients. Presenters will make use of lecture, case studies, and videotaped treatment sessions.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
335. Foster, S., Lendl, J., & Parrett, B. (1995, June). Peak performance in the work place. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In his book, Anxietv Disorders and Phobias, Aaron Beck, MD, wrote cogently about the so-called "evaluation anxieties." He
employed the metaphor of the tightrope walker to describe the constant worry about a possible "fall from grace" experienced
by the person troubled by concern about performing well in a variety of life situations. Beck divided these situations into
three categories: social situations; school and work settings; and what he called "transactions with the outside world,"
meaning instances of shopping and traveling.
The focus of this three-hour presentation is evaluation or performance anxiety (as it is more often termed) in the workplace
and applications of EMDR to removing blocks to optimal functioning at work. The theoretical contribution of Beck and his
colleagues will shape the presenters' information about why performance anxiety develops and who is likely to be vulnerable
to it. The rationale for this extension of the EMDR model will be grounded in the theoretical framework of cognitive
therapy.
The two presenters bring their considerable experience with EMDR (five+ years) and expertise in peak performance
consulting to participants in this session. From their background, they will derive the presentation's emphasis on EMDR
applications that are immediately useful to the participants.
To begin, the presenters will provide the aforementioned theoretical understanding of "evaluation anxiety" and its
manifestation as performance anxiety in the workplace. Approximately the first quarter of the presentation will be spent in
didactic material that describes specifically how performance anxiety interferes with optimal functioning at work across a
variety of occupations. Drs. Foster and Lendl will elaborate on two situations in which performance anxiety is especially
likely to occur in work-related situations: 1) during periods of rapid change; and 2) during the performance review process.
Having established this basis of understanding, the presenters will move on to describe the most commonly observed
psychological blocks that impede optimal performance in work settings: 1) external conflicts brought into work; 2) feeling
like an 'impostor' in one's position at work, 3) perfectionism as a barrier to performance; 4) past failures that operate as
anticipatory anxieties (for example, a client's worry that a past mistake or setback might recur in the future); 5)
discrimination on the basis of gender, race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, education or age.
Using actual transcripts and videotaped excerpts of their sessions, the presenters will demonstrate how their EMDR
interventions may be applied. The presenters will show participants how to assess their own current and prospective clients
for the psychological blocks that are interfering with work performance. Efficient ways to elicit negative and positive
cognition for these work-related issues will be precisely described. The expected course of the EMDR processing will be
illustrated using the presenters' cases which include a perfectionistic dentist, a high level executive after a layoff, a female
manager desiring a promotion who is grappling with a chauvinistic boss, and performing artists struggling with stage fright
and other barriers to their optimal performance.
The presenters will then share with participants the ways in which they assist their clients in reaching and maintaining
balance in their life- and work styles, in what the presenters call "Using EMDR to meet daily challenges with optimal
response." Specific strategies for integrating EMDR into broader-based interventions will be described for assisting clients
in: 1) increasing self-trust; 2) learning to capably manage crises; 3) increasing focus and attention at work; and 4) setting
priorities and using time effectively.
Lastly, Drs. Foster and Lend will demonstrate additional EMDR applications for assisting clients in attaining and
maintaining what the presenters call "Optimal Well-Being." Citing case material, the presenters will show participants the
means by which EMDR can be employed to speed recovery from illness and to decrease the rehabilitation time needed
following an injury.
Participants will be given the opportunity to rehears several of the applications described and to receive feedback fiom the
instructors.
Reference: Beck, A.T. (1985). Anxiety Disorders and Phobias, Basic Books, New York.
Keywords: Peak Performance Performance Enhancement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
336. Mosquera, D., & Gonzalez, A. (2011, June). Personality disorders and EMDR [Persönlichkeitsstörungen und EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Patients with personality disorders have many difficulties in their daily functioning; many have histories of traumatic events and insecure attachment. In this workshop we will focus on cluster B personality disorders, and especially on borderlines. We will try to explain the interrelation of the DSM criteria (how they “feed” on each other) and how they are fed on these early events. To understand these aspects is basic for an adequate case-conceptualization in Phase 1. Early relational trauma impacts the developmental trajectory of the future adult and this will have a deep effect on how this adult relates to others. People with personality disorders and complex trauma have many difficulties when it comes to relating to others. One of the aspects that makes personality disorders difficult to manage is the intense emotional reactions that arise in the therapist during EMDR sessions. The management of relational difficulties is a core aspect in the treatment of personality disorders, and the solid basis where EMDR should develop.
The stabilization phase has been remarked as essential prior to trauma work with EMDR. But being true this assumption, two aspects need further development. The first is to establish when a patient is ready for trauma processing since frequently the stabilization phase is unnecessarily prolonged by therapists who don´t feel secure enough working with EMDR in this clinic group. The second is the development of specific interventions from EMDR, and not just the “importation” of foreign techniques, without an adequate theoretical framework. In this workshop we will go deeper into this topic.
Trauma processing in personality disorders implies many specificities that we should have in mind. Knowing these specific aspects, trauma processing with EMDR can be safely implemented in these patients. Borderline patients can get better with different therapies but only EMDR is able to get to symptoms such as “emptiness”. The effect of EMDR therapy is evident in clinic experience, even when specific research is still under development.
Learning objectives:
One interesting aspect of this workshop is the integration of theoretical exposition and the presentation of videos cases, in order to understand how to manage relational problems with this clinical group (a group with important patient-therapist relationship problems) and specific aspects of EMDR therapy in these patients. The general structure of EMDR therapy in personality disorders, interventions for the preparation phase and considerations for trauma EMDR work will be showed and explained.
Keywords: Personality Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
337. Gerge, A. (2008, April). Phase I Preparations of severely traumatized women for exposure by extended EMDR-protocols in phase II treatment. Presentation at the 1st Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation offers a description of an integrative approach of group treatment within
phase I treatment leaning on psychodynamic theory, a clear psycho-educative approach
that uses methods as hypnosis/relaxation training/mindfulness training, aims for
enhanced relational capacity and self-regulation by using hypnotic techniques aiming at
enhanced containment capacity (Brown & Fromm, 1986; Kluft, 1993, 1999; Phillips &
Fredericks 1995; Chu 1998; Cardeña et al., 2000). The treatment aims at enhanced
capacity to mentalize, i.e., using the reflective functions in self-organization (Fonagy,
1997). This is considered to offer the participants an enhanced ”self soothing capacity”
(Krystal 1988a,1988b), i. e., the capacity to calm and soothe the self by enhanced self
regulation and capacity to rest, by helping the participants to reach experiential states
where they can contain their own reactions, as well as offering training in order to tolerate
and understand the signals of the body, i. e. the “felt sense” (Gendlin, 1978; Ogden,
Minton, & Pain 2006). The trauma therapy within phase II-work by extended EMDRprotocols
is exemplified with special focus on the restoration of the capacity for adequate
self-care as well as care-giving functions.
Learning Objectives:
1. To show how an integrative group treatment in phase I treatment can be used in
trauma therapy for stabilization with patients with complex PTSD and high levels of
dissociation (psychoform and/or somatoform co-morbidity).
2. Exemplify trauma-therapy within phase II work by extended EMDR-protocols
addressing the special needs of continuous reinforcement of stabilization for the
same population.
3. Focus on restoration of the capacity for adequate self-care as well as care giving
functions.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
338. Simpson, B., & Farrell, D. (2008, June). A phenomenological investigation of the experiences of EMDR consultants in training. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This poster presentation will present the initial results of research exploring the needs and experiences of a
group of EMDR practitioners in the process of training and accreditation to become EMDR Consultants. The
research describes the views of a cohort of 20 trainee Consultants who attended an intensive 3-day Consultant
training course in Birmingham in 2007. The poster will summarise data from semi-structured telephone
interviews to explore previous experiences of clinical supervision and changes in professional identity associated
with EMDR training to date, and the supervision required in achieving EMDR Europe Approved Accreditation. The
interview will focus on the experiences of the transition from Practitioner to Consultant. The qualitative interview
data will be analysed using Interpretive Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) and the findings will inform the
recruitment and training of future EMDR Consultants.
Keywords: Consultation Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
339. Quiroga, J., & Jaranson, J. M. (2005). Politically-motivated torture and its survivors: A desk study review of the literature. Torture, 16(2-3), 1-112.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This desk study intends to update and complement
the desk study review of the torture
rehabilitation literature completed in 1998
(Gurr and Quiroga, 2001), emphasizing
areas not covered by the original study but
updating the torture rehabilitation literature
from the publication of the original desk
study. Some selected earlier references have
been retained, but the focus remains primarily
on the published literature from 1998
through mid-2004. This paper intends to
stand alone but will refer back to original
study. The target audience is those working
in or interested in the field of rehabilitation
of politically motivated torture survivors.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
340. Sekhon, R. (2008). Post-traumatic stress disorder and treatment. Rose University of Lethbridge, Lethbridge, Alberta Canada.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Post-traumatic stress disorder and treatment
Abstract: Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms have been estimated to affect about 8 to 9% of the world population. Research has shown that PTSD occurs in 25% of persons who have been exposed to a traumatic stressor. It has occurred in 35-92% of those who have experienced rape, 65% of those who have endured a nonsexual assault, and 30% of Vietnam veterans. In 1980, the definition of PTSD was created and counsellors were at a loss of how to treat this disorder. Presently, treatment for this disorder is still being developed. This paper conducts a literature review on therapies for PTSD and available studies of their effectiveness. Most psychotherapies for PTSD focus on the reprocessing of traumatic memory, through cognitive or exposure strategies. These treatments include various cognitive behavioural therapies such as exposure therapy, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), psychoanalytic, as well as multimodal combinations of therapies. Research has shown that some of these interventions have produced favourable results in providing relief of symptoms to victims of PTSD. The current discussion found that therapies such as cognitive and exposure have been successful in decreasing symptoms of PTSD; certain therapies were found to be more successful than others with clients who suffered from specific trauma-inducing events.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
341. Benedek, D. M., & Ursano, R. J. (2009, Spring). Posttraumatic stress disorder: From phenomenology to clinical practice. Focus, 7(2), 160-175.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The psychological and behavioral consequences of exposure to traumatic events—particularly combat—have
been recognized throughout the ages. Since its 1982 introduction in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental
Disorders, 3rd edition much has been learned about the pathophysiology of PTSD. Current theories focus on brain regions
and neurobiological systems regulating stress and fear response, fear memory formation and retrieval. Effective
pharmacologic and psychotherapeutic interventions target these systems. New treatments must prove more effective in
specific subpopulations of patients with PTSD. These will include combinations of pharmacologic agents and psychotherapy,
and treatments targeting different regions, receptors, or mechanisms involved in the traumatic stress response.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
342. Hasto, J., & Vojtova, H. (2012). Posttraumatická stresová porucha, bio-psycho-sociálne aspekty EMDR a autogénny tréning pri pretrvávajúcom ohrození: Prípadová stúdia [Post-traumatic stress disorder, bio-psycho-social aspects of EMDR and autogenic training with ongoing risk: A case study]. (1.vyd) Olomouc: Univerzita Palackého v Olomouci.
Language: Slovak
Format: Book
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desenzibilizácia a prepracovanie predstavuje sľubný prístup k liečbe poúrazových porúch. Medzi špecifické faktory, z ktorých jej účinnosť spoliehajú predovšetkým na bilaterálnej stimulácie, ktorá ako sa zdá, vyvolať špecifickú neurobiological odpoveď počas traumatické odvolanie najmä u jedincov s PAS. Empirické poznatky poskytujú dôkazy o vplyve BLS na autonómneho nervového systému dosiahnuť rovnováhu smerom aktivácia parasympatiku (zníženie vzrušenie), ako aj vplyv na subjektívne vnímanú živosťou a emocionálne záťaž z autobiographic pamätí (pokles). Najdôveryhodnejší hypotézy odvodiť účinky z neurobiologických mechanizmov pracujúcich v duálnom zamerať pozornosť, orientujúca reflex a REM spánok. Ďalší výskum je potrebné preskúmať procesy zahrnuté v terapii EMDR podrobnejšie a objasniť úlohu bilaterálne stimulácie. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, všetky práva vyhradené)
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing represents a promising approach to treatment of posttraumatic disorders. The specific factors underlying its effectiveness rely particularly on bilateral stimulation, which seems to provoke a specific neurobiological response during traumatic recall particularly in individuals with PTSD. The empirical findings provide evidence for the effect of BLS on autonomic nervous system shifting the balance towards parasympathetic activation (reducing arousal) as well as the effect on subjectively perceived vividness and emotional burden of autobiographic memories (decrease). The most credible hypotheses derive the effects from neurobiological mechanisms employed in dual focus attention, orienting reflex and REM sleep. Further research is needed to explore the processes included in the EMDR therapy in more detail and clarify the role of bilateral stimulation. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Autonomic Nervous System Bilateral Stimulation Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD REM Sleep
Accuracy Verified: Yes
343. Barbery, S. (2007, Juin). Pourquoi l'EMDR doit changer de nom [Why EMDR must change its name]. Présentation à la réunion annuelle de l'Association EMDR Europe, Paris, France.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
"Depuis ce temps, les thérapeutes EMDR ont découvert que les différents types de stimulation double attention, comme les robinets à main et les tons sont susceptibles d'avoir les mêmes effets. En face, il ya une bonne possibilité que le dénominateur commun est le principal élément d'attention plutôt que le mouvement des muscles en particulier. Par conséquent, la désensibilisation des mouvements oculaires nom et le traitement est regrettable à bien des égards. Le mouvement des yeux terme est trop restrictive, et la même chose peut être dit pour la désensibilisation terme "(Francine Shapiro, 2002, EMDR comme une psychothérapie intégrative approche, APA, p. 28).
Je vais commencer par cette citation de poser la question cruciale: quel est vraiment le «plus petit dénominateur commun primaires" de l'EMDR?
Certainement pas les yeux car on utiliser plusieurs types de double attention! Et pourtant, la quasi-totalité de la communication externe sur l'EMDR accent uniquement sur les mouvements oculaires.
Il est la stimulation de rechange? La question reste ouverte, mais des preuves solides d'infirmer cette hypothèse.
Si la spécificité de l'EMDR ne réside ni dans les yeux, ni dans la stimulation de remplacement, at-il seulement existé? Je vais défendre mon intervention à l'idée que cette spécificité existe et repose sur la ruse de l'Assemblée des charges et des procédures d'autres techniques.
De ce point de vue, pourquoi continuer, autrement que pour des raisons marketing ou tribale, d'appeler EMDR une technique qui n'a rien à voir avec les mots censés qu'il symbolise, pour le représenter? N'est-ce pas induire en erreur et révélatrice d'une position de faiblesse pour continuer à appeler "smurf" quelque chose dont on sait qu'elle n'a rien à voir avec "Schtroumpf?" Ne l'exigence éthique de probité et de la science implique de renommer le protocole ? Le public aurait tort de là, bien au contraire. Si le nom ne doit pas être changé, l'EMDR peut avoir le même avenir que le magnétisme dans le 19ème siècle et peut être relégué dans le secteur de la parapsychologie. Il serait vraiment triste.
“Since that time, EMDR therapists have discovered that various types of dual attention stimulation, such as hand taps and tones are capable of having the same effects. In face, there is a good possibility that the primary common denominator is the attentional element rather than the particular muscle movement. Therefore, the name eye movement desensitization and processing is unfortunate in many ways. The term eye movement is unduly limiting, and the same can be said for the term desensitization” (Francine Shapiro, 2002, EMDR as an Integrative Psychotherapy Approach, APA, p. 28).
I will start from this quotation to ask the crucial question: What is really the “primary common denominator” of EMDR?
Certainly not the eyes since one use several types of dual attention! And yet almost all the external communication on the EMDR emphasis only on the eye movements.
It is alternate stimulation? The question remains open but strong evidence invalidate this assumption.
If the specificity of the EMDR lies neither in the eyes nor in alternate stimulation, does it only exist? I will defend in my intervention the idea that this specificity exists and rests on the cunning assembly of loads and procedures from other techniques.
From this point of view, why continue, otherwise than for marketing or tribal reasons, to call EMDR a technique which has nothing to do with the words supposed to symbolize it, to represent it? Isn’t this misleading and revealing a position of weakness to continue to call “smurf” something which one knows that it does not have anything to do with “smurf?” Doesn’t the ethical requirement of probity and science imply to rename the protocol? The public would be mistaken there, quite to the contrary. If the name is not to be changed, EMDR may have the same future as magnetism in the 19th century and may be relegated to the sector of the parapsychology. It would really be sad.
Keywords: Strategy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
344. Cohen-Posey, K. (2009, August). The power of EMDR: Evoking the self. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR has enjoyed a comfortable alliance with Ego-State Therapy. ‘Inner Critics’ or ‘People Pleasers’ may be the repository for such Negative Cognitions (NCs) as, “It’s my fault,” or, “I cannot upset anyone.” But who is the author of Positive Cognitions (PCs)? Are they constructed in the assessment phase of treatment, or do PCs emerge spontaneously with Dual Attention Stimuli from the Self: our unfettered awareness and contemplation? This workshop reveals EMDR as a catalyst for dialogues between the Self and NCs. Extraordinary imagery tools that enhance work with children and adults are offered to illuminate the surfacing of the Self.
Keywords: Negative Cognitions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
345. Pearson, H. J. (2009). Present and accounted for: Sensory stimulation and parietal neuroplasticity. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(1), 39-49. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.1.39.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
There are commonalities between neurologic syndromes arising from lesions of the parietal cortex and psychiatric syndromes secondary to psychological trauma. Additionally some posttraumatic syndromes may reflect functional disruption of parietal areas. Directional or bilateral alternating peripheral sensory stimulation appear to assist in the amelioration of a wide range of clinical conditions, including the neglect syndrome and Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. It is posited that the stimulation may exert its effect through activation of parietal higher-order functions. The activation may result in an integration of sensory information and an updating of the current representation of person and space, which incorporates an awareness of current body reality, sense of self, and world view. It is hypothesized that the EMDR procedure is ideally constructed to facilitate parietal activation through multimodal sensory stimulation, attention and episodic memory retrieval and focus on internal and external body, space, and self. Further investigations and an integration of data between disciplines are suggested, in order to expand our range of effective treatments.
Keywords: Neglect Parietal Lobe Plasticity
Accuracy Verified: Yes
346. Leeds, A. M. (2001, December). Principals and procedures for enhancing current functioning in complex posttraumatic stress disorder with EMDR resource development and installation. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(Special Edition), 4-11 .
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
When developing a treatment plan, clinicians need to be able to recognize not only the specific effects of trauma but to consider symptoms reflecting limited capacities for emotional self regulation. Such problems are often found when client histories included significant childhood neglect or other disruptions of each childhood attachment (Damasio, 1999; Schore, 2000; Sigel, 1999). Clients with a history of secure attachment appear to be more vulnerable to PTSD (Alexander, et al., 1998; Muller, Sicoli, & Kemieux, 2000) and initially need to be addressed with procedures different from those for trauma specific symptoms. Therefore in the consensus model of posttraumatic treatment (Browm Scheflin, & Hammond, 1998; Chu, 1998; Courtois, 1999) clinicians are urged to focus on clients’ personal safety, stabilization, and the development of client capacities for tolerating and modulating strong affect in the early phases of treatment.
Keywords: DESNOS RDI Resource Development and Installation Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stabalization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
347. Fletcher, K. (2000). Pro and con -- Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. The Child Survivor of Traumatic Stress.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a complex method which combines elements of behavioral and client- centered approaches. Briefly, the procedure involves having the client concentrate intensely on the most distressing segment of a traumatic memory while moving the eyes rapidly from side to side (by following the therapist's fingers moving across the visual field). Following the initial focus on the memory segment, after each "set" of eye movements (of about 30 seconds), the client is asked to report anything that "came up," whether an image, thought, emotion, or physical sensation (all are common). The focus of the next set is determined by the client's changing status. For example, if the client reports, "Now I'm feeling more anger," the therapist may suggest concentrating on the anger in the next set. The procedure is repeated until the client reports no further distress and can fully embrace a positive reframe. [Abstract]
Keywords: Children Commentary Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
348. Ferrie, R. K. (2004, September). Problems with SSRIs in the treatment of traumatic syndromes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montréal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the biological and clinical evidence supporting
the notion that depression, dissociation, somatization, and PTSD may be
symptomatic responses to traumatic events which affect the brain. The safety of SSRls and their application for the treatment of PTSD will be
discussed as will the complications arising from their short and long lerm
use. Single system designated case studies, will be used to demonstrate how
treatment with EMDR allows one to arrive at successful outcomes in
trauma spectrum disorders, with or without psychopharmacology.
Keywords: SSRIs
Accuracy Verified: Yes
349. Bruck, N. R. V. (2007, March). A psicologia das emergências: Um estudo sobre angústia pública e o dramático cotidiano do trauma [The psychology of emergencies: A survey of public angst and dramatic daily life of trauma]. Pontifica Universidade Catolica Do Rio Grande Do Sul, Programa De Pos-Graduacao Em Psicologia Doutorado Em Psicologia, Porto Alegre.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
O assunto “trauma” vem adquirindo novos significados, considerando principalmente
acontecimentos sociais recentes, sejam eventos adversos, catástrofes, desastres,
sejam as situações-limite vividas pelas pessoas no cotidiano urbano. A psicologia
das emergências estuda o comportamento das pessoas nos acidentes e desastres
desde uma ação preventiva até o pós-trauma e, se for o caso, subsidia intervenções
de compreensão, apoio e superação do trauma às vítimas e profissionais do SAMU.
O assunto se estende às questões que vão desde a experiência pessoal do trauma
até os eventos adversos provocados por calamidades, sejam estas naturais e/ou
provocadas pelo homem. A psicologia das emergências é um tema de angústia
pública, sentimento difuso de mal-estar que se origina dos acontecimentos públicos
traumáticos, chamados estressores, tais como os acidentes de trânsito com vítima,
assim como os provenientes das demais situações limites de toda a violência
urbana. O trauma é uma experiência que explode a capacidade de suportar um
revés, traz a perda de sentido, desorganização corporal e paralisação da
consciência temporal, pode deixar marcas que influenciam a criatividade e a
motivação para a vida. Os objetivos nos primeiros auxílios psicológicos são de aliviar
as manifestações sintomáticas e o sofrimento, reduzindo os sentimentos de
anormalidade e de enfermidade. Um dos objetivos é a familiarização com temas
considerados complexos e muitas vezes distantes das discussões sobre trauma
psicológico, sendo que o problema da pesquisa é a compreensão da psicologia das
emergências e como colocá-la em prática. Os autores mais utilizados são Edgar
Morin, Alfredo Moffatt, Serge Moscovici, Gilles Deleuze e Michel Foucault, dentre
outros. São abordados os temas do não-reducionismo, da epistemologia de si
mesmo e da relação da Teoria das Representações Sociais com o EMDR
(dessensibilização e reprocessamento através de movimentos oculares). O método
desta pesquisa, com suporte na observação participante refere às questões da
complexidade, análise multirreferencial e de implicação. As técnicas mais utilizadas
foram entrevistas, grupos focais-“histórias significativas” e análise documental. É
indicado, como atitudes favoráveis pensar não a partir de algo, mas, sobretudo sobre
algo e que para mudar o modo de agir torna-se necessário modificar a imagem que
uma pessoa tenha de si próprio. Como conclusões da pesquisa, observou-se: que
as pessoas acidentadas trazem outros acontecimentos considerados difíceis junto
com o depoimento sobre o acidente, como situações de luto e de sofrimento com
familiares; que o estresse pós-traumático não é uma conseqüência inevitável do
trauma; que não há nenhuma orientação, ou rotina, nas missões de socorros e nos
documentos oficiais do SAMU sobre o tema psicologia das emergências. Também
são indicadas considerações finais sobre os temas da Síndrome de Burnout, sobre a
influência da instituição no cotidiano dos atendimentos, sobre a relação da clínica
com a psicologia social.
The subject of "trauma" has acquired new meanings, especially considering
recent social events, are adverse events, catastrophes, disasters,
are the extreme situations experienced by people in urban daily life. Psychology
emergencies studies the behavior of people in accidents and disasters
from preventive action to post-trauma and, if necessary, subsidize interventions
understanding, support and overcoming the trauma victim and professional SAMU.
The subject extends to issues ranging from the personal experience of trauma
to adverse events caused by disasters, whether natural and / or
manmade. The psychology of emergencies is a topic of anguish
public diffuse feeling of uneasiness that stems from public events
traumatic, called stressors, such as traffic accidents with victims,
as well as from the other extreme edge of all violence
urban. Trauma is an experience that explodes the ability to support a
setback, brings loss of meaning, and paralysis of body clutter
temporal awareness, can leave marks that influence creativity and
motivation for life. The goals in psychological first aid are to relieve
symptomatic manifestations and suffering, reducing feelings of
abnormality and disease. One goal is to become familiar with issues
as complex and often distant from the discussions on trauma
psychological, and the research problem is understanding the psychology of
emergencies and how to put it into practice. The authors are more used Edgar
Morin, Alfredo Moffatt, Serge Moscovici, Gilles Deleuze and Michel Foucault, among
others. Issues are addressed in the non-reductionism, the epistemology of self
and even the relationship of the Theory of Representations to EMDR
(Desensitization and reprocessing through eye movements). The method
this research, supported in participant observation matters relating to
complex, multi-referential analysis and implication. The most used techniques
were interviews, focus groups, "meaningful stories and documentary analysis. It
indicated as positive attitudes to think not from something, but mainly on
something and to change the mode of action becomes necessary to modify the image
a person has of himself. As the survey findings revealed the following: that
rugged people bring other events to be difficult with
with testimony about the accident, as situations of grief and suffering with
family, whereas the post-traumatic stress is not an inevitable consequence of
trauma, there is no guidance, or routine tasks in the relief and
SAMU official documents on the subject of psychology emergencies. Also
concluding remarks are given on the topics of the Burnout on the
influence the institution in the routine of care, about the relationship of clinical
with social psychology.
Keywords: Emergency Treatment Postrraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Social Psychology Stress
Accuracy Verified: Yes
350. MacLean, C. A. (2002, July). Psycho-spiritual dimensions of healing prenatal and perinatal trauma with eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in adults. Presentation at the Third World Congress for Psychotherapy, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The transpersonal nature of pre/perinatal life enhances healing of trauma from this early time with the use of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). EMDR has been acclaimed as being an extremely effective therapeutic method for healing trauma (Shapiro, 1997, 2001, 2002). EMDR has also been recognized as having transpersonal potentials associated with its use (Shapiro, 2002; Parnell, 1996, 1997). This article presents three adult cases in which EMDR has assisted healing of pre/perinatal trauma. The transpersonal dimension of healing in these cases is a significant focus of this article. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Birth Trauma Perinatal Period Transpersonal Psychology
Accuracy Verified: No
351. Ross, C. (2010, Septembrer/October). Psychobiology of dissociation. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The session will: explain four different meanings of the word “dissociation" and clarify which ones are relevant to the psychobiology of dissociation; review the structural model of dissociation and how it unifies the dissociative disorders and PTSD; and describe examples of dissociations between declarative and procedural memory from neurology and experimental cognitive psychology. Most of the session will focus on existing and future research on the biology of dissociation from a trauma perspective. Data on hippocampal volume reduction, the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis and other biological systems will be reviewed.
Keywords: Dissociation Plenary Psychobiology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
352. van der Kolk, B. A., Burbridge, J. A., & Suzuki, J. (1997, June). The psychobiology of traumatic memory: Clinical implications of neuro imaging studies. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 821, 99-113. doi:10.1111/j.1749-6632.1997.tb48272.x .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Whereas most patients with PTSD construct a narrative of their trauma over time, it is a characteristic of PTSD that sensory elements of the trauma itself continue to intrude as flashbacks and nightmares, altered states of consciousness in which the trauma is relived, unintegrated with an overall sense of self. Because traumatic memories are so fragmented, it seems reasonable to postulate that extreme emotional arousal leads to failure of the central nervous system (CNS) to synthesize the sensations related to the trauma into an integrated whole. Earlier models for a biological substrate of these phenomena have become rapidly outdated with the availability of new information derived from neuroimaging studies of patients with PTSD. The emerging body of knowledge from these studies has stimulated a gradual shift in emphasis away from the neurochemicals involved in the organisms' response to overwhelming threat to a focus on the neuronal filters concerned in the interpretation of sensory information: the interactions between the various parts of the CNS that process and interpret the meaning of incoming information, such as the amygdala, hippocampus, corpus callosum, anterior cingulte, and prefrontal cortex. [Text, p. 99]
Review Article: 58 references. This volume of the Annals was published as "Psychobiology of posttraumatic stress disorder," edited by Rachel Yehuda and Alexander C. McFarlane (New York: New York Academy of Sciences, 1997; ISBN 1-57331-078-6). These papers are the result of a conference entitled "Psychobiology of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder" sponsored by the New York Academy of Sciences, New York, 1996 September 7-10.
Keywords: Brain Imaging Dissociative Amnesia Etiology Literature Review Neuroanatomy Neuroendocrinology Psychobiology PTSD Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
353. Kozon, A. (2007, September). Psychoedukacia a EMDR v dynamickej psychoterapii v azylovom dome pre tyrane zeny [Psychoeducation and psychotherapy, EMDR in the dynamic in the asylum house for abused women]. Psychiatria-Bratislava, 14(4), 161-164.
Language: Slovak
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Program azylového domu pre týrané ženy sa zameriava nielen na zabezpečenie ochrany klientky, ktorá opustila prostredie domáceho násilia, ale poskytuje aj konkrétnu sociálnu starostlivosť a emocionálnu podporu. Súčasťou programu je individuálna psychoterapia. Aby sa predišlo omylom a chybám, dynamická psychoterapia má svoje špecifiká vzhľadom na prítomnosť symptomatiky posttraumatickej stresovej poruchy, ktorá v prípravnej psychoterapeutickej fáze je zameraná na stabilizáciu psychických procesov ich odstránením prepracovanými technikami psychickej desenzibilizácie formou EMDR a psychoedukáciou. V ďalšej psychoterapeutickej fáze sa pozornosť upriamuje na rozvoj jadra štruktúry osobnosti – identity metodikou krátkodobej psychoanalyticky orientovanej hlbinnej psychoterapie, aby sa v budúcnosti preventívne predchádzalo stretu obete s násilím.
Asylum Program of the house for abused women in focus in order to protect clients who left the environment of domestic violence, but also provides specific social care and emotional support. The program is individual psychotherapy. To avoid mistakes and errors, dynamic psychotherapy has its own specifics to the presence of symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder, which in the preparatory phase of psychotherapy is to stabilize the mental processes of removing the sophisticated techniques of psychological desensitization through EMDR and psychoedukáciou. In the next phase of psychotherapy it focuses on developing the core structure of personality - the identity-oriented methodology for short-term psychoanalytic psychotherapy prawn to prevent future conflict prevention with victims of violence.
Keywords: Abused Women Conscious and Unconscious Half-Way House Identity Positive Change in Perception Personality Development Psychodynamic Psychotherapy Sentences of Focus Strategy Psychotherapeutic Intervention Violence
Accuracy Verified: Yes
354. Lipke, H., & Glang, C. (2000, December). Psychological approach to Albanian Kosovar refugees with considerations for brief post-crisis services in general. Traumatology, 6(4), 295-305. doi:10.1177/153476560000600404 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article focuses on an interesting experience in working with Albanian Kosovar refugees last year in a refugee camp in Hemer, Germany. The authors, though highly trained and proficient traumatologists, worked with a large number of clients for a brief amount of time who had to rely on poorly trained interpreters who were themselves refugees in need of traumatology services (and eventually received it). They describe how Western educated practitioners were forced to adopt their methods of treatment ("standard EMDR model") to fit the requirements of the context. Among other things, they had to represent their work as educational ("information focus groups") and not "treatment" (due to the stigma), skip the time-consuming activities of assessment and rapport building, and accepted the direction of the camp psychologists as to who should or should not receive assistance. The bulk of their report focuses on the their information focus: the focus group content. They most often utilized a solution-focused approach (using eye movements to reinforce positive self-referencing statements) when working with individuals, although EMDR was used successfully with the few who requested it. The latter portion of the report includes three case studies. The authors concluded what worked best is a combination of group and individual work that relied on psychoeducation, accessing positive as well as negative material, and not initially focusing on the trauma. This information should be useful to any practitioner who must overcome similar challenges. [Adapted from Introduction] [Pilots]
Keywords: Interpreters Kosovars Psychotherapeutic Processes Refugees Victim Services
Accuracy Verified: Yes
355. Bryant, R. A. (2011). Psychological interventions for trauma exposure and PTSD. In Dan J. Stein, Matthew J. Friedman, & Carlos Blanco (eds.), Post-traumatic stress disorder (pp. 171-202). Chichester, West Sussex, UK : John Wiley & Sons.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Psychological interventions are a first-line treatment for post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Most international treatment guidelines, including those in the UK, the USA, and Australia, converge on the conclusion that trauma-focused psychotherapy is the treatment of choice relative to other modalities. This chapter reviews the background and rationale for trauma-focused psychotherapy, outlines the evidence for the major variants of psychological interventions and discusses clinical guidelines for implementing these interventions with patients suffering PTSD. Trauma-focused therapies have been the focus of many well-controlled studies in the past two decades. The convergent finding across many of these studies is that cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), and the lesser-studied eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR), have proven efficacy in reducing PTSD symptoms and increasing functioning and/or quality of life. There is agreement internationally that trauma-focused therapies are the treatment of choice for PTSD. Despite their success, we need to recognise some important limitations in our current knowledge. Many patients do not respond adequately to these therapies, and there is a need to explore means to augment or modify trauma-focused therapies to increase the number of patients who do respond. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Interventions Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
356. Livanou, M. (2001, August). Psychological treatments for post-traumatic stress disorder: An overview. International Review of Psychiatry, 13(3), 181-188. doi.org/10.1080/09540260120074046.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
There is a growing research literature on the psychological treatment of PTSD. This paper provides an overview and an evaluation of this research. The focus is mainly on cognitive-behavioural interventions, as they are the most widely studied and they have a sound evidence base. Other forms of psychological therapy are also considered. Some general issues pertaining to treatment efficacy are also discussed. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Cognitive Therapy Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy PTSD Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
357. Bisson, J. (2005, November). Psychological treatments for PTSD. Symposium conducted at the 21st International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies Conference, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The UK National Institute for Clinical Excellence Guidelines on PTSD: Based on rigorous meta-analysis, detailed literature review and two public consultations, the national guidelines for the assessment, prevention and treatment of PTSD in the UK will be presented in this symposium on behalf of the Guideline Development Group.
Psychological treatments for PTSD: A systematic review and meta-analysis of all randomised controlled trials of
psychological treatment for PTSD was undertaken. Thirty-eight RCTs of psychological
treatments for PTSD were identified. Trauma focused cognitive
behavioural therapy (TFCBT) and eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing
(EMDR) showed clinically important benefits over waitlist/usual care
on measures of PTSD. The evidence base for EMDR was not as strong as
that for TFCBT, both in terms of the number of RCTs available and the certainty
with which clinical benefit was established. There was limited evidence
that TFCBT and EMDR were superior to supportive/non-directive treatments,
hence it is highly unlikely that their effectiveness is due to non-specific
factors such as attention. There was limited evidence for stress management
and group CBT but other therapies (supportive/non-directive therapy,
psychodynamic therapies and hypnotherapies) that focus on current or past
aspects of the patient’s life other than the trauma or general support, did
not show clinically important effects on PTSD symptoms. However, this may
be due to the limited number of studies available and does not mean that
these treatments were shown to be ineffective.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Psychological Treatments Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
358. Hughes, J. H. (2006, July). Psychology and cognitive processing in post-traumatic disorders. Psychiatry, 5(7), 228-230. doi:10.1053/j.mppsy.2006.04.002.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) involves a number of cognitive factors in its aetiology and, therefore, in the criteria required for diagnosis. Whilst psychobiological theories and treatments are considered very briefly, the focus of this contribution is the role of cognitive factors in the onset, maintenance and treatment of PTSD. This contribution, therefore, reviews the role of cognitive factors in the genesis and development of PTSD before examining early cognitive theories, through the work of Mowrer on two-factor theory to the work of Foa and Kozak on emotional processing. The contribution then considers the current state of cognitive theorizing about PTSD, with particular reference to the theories of Brewin, Clark and Ehlers. The particular role of memory, the importance of previously held and current beliefs and the crucial part played by cognitive strategies are all considered and seen to be most important if the phenomenon of PTSD is to be fully understood. The two primary cognitively based treatments for PTSD – cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) – are then introduced and considered in turn, particularly from the point of examining how each treatment approach targets cognitive factors involved in the maintenance of post-traumatic symptomatology and distress.[Journal abstract]
Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behaviorial Therapy Cognitive Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stress-Related Disorders Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
359. Rosen, G. M., & Davidson, G. C. (2003, July). Psychology should list empirically supported principles of change (ESPs) and not credentialed trademark therapies or other treatment packages. Behavior Modification, 27(3), 300-312. doi:10.1177/0145445503027003003.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Current systems for listing empirically supported therapies (ESTs) provide recognition to treatment packages, many of them proprietary and trademarked, without regard to the principles of change believed to account for their effectiveness. Our position is that any authoritative body representing the science and profession of psychology should work solely toward the identification of empirically supported principles of change (ESPs). As challenging as it is to take this approach, a system that lists ESPs will keep a focus on issues central to the science and practice of psychology while also insulating the profession from undue entrepreneurial influences.
Keywords: Behavior Principles Empirically Supported Therapy Treatment Outcome
Accuracy Verified: Yes
360. Sack, M., Hofmann, A, Wizelman, L., & Lempa, W. (2007, June). Psychophysiological changes during EMDR - Are they related to treatment outcome?. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Objective: Dual attention stimulation seems to provoke orienting response like patterns of psychophysiological deactivation during “real-life” EMDR treatment sessions (Sack et al, in review). Objective of this study was to investigate the association of psych-physiological effects during dual attention stimulation with treatment outcome as measured by questionnaire and by psychophysiological reactions during presentations of an individualized trauma script.
Methods: A total of 24 EMDR treatment sessions from 10 patients with PTSD were monitored applying impedance Cardiography. The onset of every stimulation/exposure period was marked and effects within and across stimulation sets on heart rate (HR), heart rate variability (RMSSD), pre-ejection period (PEP) and respiration rate were examined. Heart rate reactivity during presentation of an audiotaped trauma script was measured at beginning of every session and additionally one week before the first session and one week after the last treatment session. Statistical correlations between both subjective (Impact of Event Scale, SUD) and objective (heart rate reactivity) measures of treatment outcome with psychophysiological changes during session (orienting response at beginning of stimulation, slope of HR) were computed.
Results: A significant reduction of trauma-related symptoms was noticed over the course of EMDR treatment: (IES one week pre: 61.2(SD 10.9), IES pre: 55.4(SD 19.0), IES post: 13.3(SD 12.2), F(2,27); 32.6, p < .001). Subjective distress during trauma script decreased significantly (SUD one week pre: 6.6(SD 1.4), SUD pre: 6.9(SD1.4), SUD post: 2.1(SD 1.7); F(2, 27); 31.5, p < .001). The statistical analysis of physiological variables is currently in process. Results will be presented at the conference.
Conclusions: The results of this study will allow further insights into the working mechanism of EMDR.
This study was co-sponsored by EMDREA and EMDRIA-Germany.
Keywords: Medical Treatment Outcome
Accuracy Verified: Yes
361. Schnyder, U. (2005). Psychotherapies pour les PTSD – Une vue d’ensemble [Psychotherapies for PTSD – An overview]. Psychotherapies, 25(1), 39-52. doi:10.3917/psys.051.0039.
Language: French
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Depuis le diagnostic du syndrome de stress post-traumatique (SSPT) a été introduit dans le DSM-III en 1980, une variété d'approches psychothérapeutiques ont été développées pour résoudre les problèmes et besoins spécifiques des patients traumatisés. Le succès du traitement du SSPT a besoin d'un bien pensée sur l'attitude thérapeutique. Le thérapeute doit trouver une position équilibrée entre les sur-identification et de se détourner de l'impuissance. Une attitude la recherche de sensations doivent être évités de même que le risque de traumatisme du fait d'autrui. Dans de nombreux cas, le SSPT peut pas être traité suffisamment par la psychothérapie seule: un plan complet de traitement multi-modal peut comprendre pharmacothérapeutique, les interventions physiques, sociaux, juridiques et autres. Les premières interventions psychothérapeutiques au lendemain d'un événement traumatique suivre les règles d'intervention de crise (immédiateté, l'accent sur les problèmes actuels de limitation de temps). Une attention particulière devrait être accordée aux questions de développement d'une relation de confiance thérapeutique, en créant une atmosphère de sécurité, aider le patient à reprendre le contrôle de et / ou se distancier de souvenirs intrusifs. traitements de désensibilisation des mouvements oculaires et retraitement (EMDR) et d'autres «pouvoir» peut offrir un soulagement rapide des symptômes. Après un traumatisme collectif, des débriefings psychologiques sont largement utilisés, bien que la preuve de leur utilité dans la prévention de l'ESPT est discutable. Chez les patients porteurs chroniques du SSPT, le psychothérapeute ne devrait pas travailler exclusivement sur l'événement traumatique et ses séquelles: le traitement doit être orientée vers l'avenir plutôt que par le passé. Au lieu de l'exploration, le thérapeute devrait essayer d'activer les ressources des patients et les aider à trouver un nouveau sens à leur vie future. Il ya un besoin urgent d'soigneusement conçus, randomisés, études d'intervention contrôlée sur l'efficacité de l'intervention précoce chez les patients gravement traumatisés et la mi-aux psychothérapies à long terme chez les patients souffrant de PTSD chronique. En outre, les études futures devraient inclure les approches psychodynamiques, ainsi que des protocoles de traitement multimodal, et d'élaborer des critères d'évaluation cliniques plus sophistiqués. (Base de données PsycINFO Record (c) 2008 APA, tous droits réservés)
Since the diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) was introduced in DSM-III in 1980, a variety of psychotherapeutic approaches have been developed to address the specific problems and needs of traumatised patients. Successful treatment of PTSD requires a well thought-out therapeutic attitude. The therapist must find a well-balanced position between over-identification and turning away out of helplessness. A sensation-seeking attitude should be avoided as should the danger of vicarious traumatisation. In many instances, PTSD cannot be treated sufficiently by psychotherapy alone: a comprehensive, multi-modal treatment plan may include pharmacotherapeutic, physical, social, legal, and other interventions. Early psychotherapeutic interventions in the immediate aftermath of a traumatic event follow the rules of crisis intervention (immediacy, focus on the current problems, time limitation). Special attention should be paid to the issues of developing a trusting therapeutic relationship, creating an atmosphere of safety, helping the patient to regain control over and/or distance himself from intrusive recollections. Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) and other "power therapies" can offer quick relief from symptoms. After collective traumatization, psychological debriefings are widely used, although the evidence for their usefulness in preventing PTSD is questionable. In patients with chronic PTSD, the psychotherapist should not work exclusively on the traumatic event and its sequelae: treatment should be oriented towards the future rather than the past. Instead of exploring, the therapist should try to activate the patients' resources and help them to find new meaning in their future life. There is an urgent need for carefully designed, randomized, controlled intervention studies investigating the effectiveness of early interventions in acutely traumatized patients and of mid- to long-term psychotherapies in patients suffering from chronic PTSD. Furthermore, future studies should include psychodynamic approaches as well as multimodal treatment protocols, and elaborate more sophisticated clinical endpoints. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Crisis Intervention Interdisciplinary Treatment Approach Multimodal Treatment Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Power Therapies Psychotherapy PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
362. Xin Fang (2005, June). Psychotrauma and EMDR in modern China. How chinese traditions help victims cope with traumatic events --in cognitive and behavioral level. Plenary at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will focus on following points:
1. Chinese view on psychotrauma
2. EMDR in Mainland China I: International Psychotrauma Continuous
Training Program organized by HAP Germany and HAP Europe
3. EMDR in Mainland China II: Ongoing work on psychotrauma and EMDR nowadays in China
4. EMDR in Mainland China Ill: The future work and plan in China.
Keywords: China Plenary Psychotrauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
363. Arendt, M., & Rosenberg, R. (2009, February). Psykologisk krisebehandling [Psychological debriefing]. Ugeskrift for Laeger, 171(8), 607-610.
Language: Swedish
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Diagnostiske kriterier for stressreaktioner og justering lidelser er sammenfattet. Eksisterende psykologiske behandlinger er beskrevet med fokus på evidensbaserede metoder, og anbefalinger til behandling er beskrevet. Konklusionen er, at der ikke er dokumentation for effekten af psykologisk debriefing eller anden professionel behandling i umiddelbar forlængelse af traumatiske begivenheder. På den anden side, kan kognitiv adfærdsterapi, EMDR og lignende metoder med fokus på eksponering anbefales, både som en forebyggende strategi, og for patienter med post-traumatisk stress-syndrom. [PubMed Abstract]
Diagnostic criteria for stress reactions and adjustment disorders are summarized. Existing psychological treatments are outlined with a focus on evidence-based methods, and recommendations for treatment are described. The conclusion is that there is no evidence for the effect of psychological debriefing or other professional treatment in the immediate aftermath of traumatic events. On the other hand, cognitive behavioural therapy, EMDR and similar methods with focus on exposure can be recommended, both as a preventive strategy and for patients with post-traumatic stress disorder.[PubMed Abstract]
Keywords: Debriefing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
364. McFarlane, A. (2010, June). PTSD as an information processing disorder. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Posttraumatic stress disorder is a challenging condition, as people become captured by their past experiences and have difficulty engaging with the present. At the core of this condition is the role of traumatic memories, which orientate the individual's awareness and reactivity to reminders of the instigating traumatic event. The role of traumatic events has not been fully understood and grappled with in the full range of psychopathological conditions. This has important implications for the application of EMDR as a treatment for disorders above and beyond posttraumatic stress disorder.
However, the problems with information processing in PTSD go above and beyond the fear circuitry and reactivity to traumatic memories. Individuals with PTSD also have major difficulties with their self-orientation, which is reflected in deficits in default networks, the idling systems of the brain. These changes are indicative of problems in self-registration and free-floating reflection. Dissociative symptoms may relate to these abnormalities of individuals resting states as they reflect a sense of disconnection and integration of internal states into consciousness.
Secondly, posttraumatic stress disorder is associated with major problems in dealing with neutral environmental information. This is reflected in the symptoms of difficulty with concentration and emotional numbing. The underlying neurobiology of the working memory abnormalities in posttraumatic stress disorder will be highlighted. These studies show that, in PTSD, relatively simple attentional tasks recruit neural networks normally reserved for more demanding and higher order tasks. When confronted with more demanding challenges, individuals with PTSD do not have any further capacity to allocate to processing complex environments.
Individuals with PTSD also demonstrate a problem with switching their attentional focus from an idling to active state. The data suggests that they continue to use visio-spatial networks more than language-based systems for dealing with verbal tasks. This observation is in keeping with a broad body of literature, which suggests that there are problems with the processing of verbal memory tasks in PTSD. EMDR, as a treatment, may have an advantage, as it is not so dependent on verbal representations of traumatic experiences as other treatment approaches.
Finally, an important development in the field is a better understanding of the patterns of abnormal cortical arousal that accompany the peripheral arousal abnormalities in PTSD. Quantitative EEG has given insights into the instability of the cortical neural networks. Neurotherapy represents a treatment that can further assist clinicians in the management of these patients. It is important to consider the underlying psychosomatic aspects of posttraumatic stress disorder and ensure that treatment addresses these components as well the traumatic memories. Treatment should be thought of as a staged process where the processing of traumatic memories is only one component of a disorder that impacts on a range of information processing domains.
Keywords: Information Processing Keynote Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
365. Cahill, S. P., & Foa, E. B. (2007, March 1). PTSD: Treatment efficacy and future directions. Psychiatric Times, 24(3), 32.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
In this article, we provide a summary of research on the efficacy of treatments for PTSD and suggest directions for future work. Although numerous psychological therapies have been suggested and used in patients with PTSD, most efficacy research using gold standard randomized controlled treatment methodology2 has focused on various cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) programs. Accordingly, our review will also focus on CBT.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Treatment Efficacy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
366. Vickerman, K. A., & Margolin, G. (2009, July). Rape treatment outcome research: Empirical findings and state of the literature. Clinical Psychology Review, 29(5), 431-448. doi:10.1016/j.cpr.2009.04.004.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article reviews empirical support for treatments targeting women sexually assaulted during adolescence or adulthood. 32 articles were located using data from 20 separate samples. Of the 20 samples, 12 targeted victims with chronic symptoms, 3 focused on the acute period post-assault, 2 included women with chronic and acute symptoms, and 3 were secondary prevention programs. The majority of studies focus on PTSD, depression, and/or anxiety as treatment targets. Cognitive Processing Therapy and Prolonged Exposure have garnered the most support with this population. Stress Inoculation Training and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing also show some efficacy. Of the 4 studies that compared active treatments, few differences were found. Overall, cognitive behavioral interventions lead to better PTSD outcomes than supportive counseling does. However, even in the strongest treatments more than one-third of women retain a PTSD diagnosis at post-treatment or drop out of treatment. Discussion highlights the paucity of research in this area, methodological limitations of examined studies, generalizability of findings, and important directions for future research at various stages of trauma recovery. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Cognitive Therapy Drug Therapy Epidemiology Exposure Therapy Females Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy PTSD Rape Survivors Treatment Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
367. Gaarde Madsen, P-E. (2004, June). Re-evaluation of step-three - assessment - in the classical eight-step EMDR model. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The aim of the abstract is to focus on a possible weakness in the classical, 8-step EMDR model. Furthermore, the aim and hope with the abstract is also to produce a re-evaluation of step three – Assessment – in the classical Shapiro model.
The classical 8-step model is assumed known and is described only in headlines. The traditional therapeutic attack here is three-rponged – first past, then present and future. DAS has traditionally been used to desensitize traumatic bound material (in neuronal networks?). Many different protocols have emerged in the last decade. Most of these protocols are trying to adapt to the disorder or illness in focus.
A lot of client s have profited by this classical EMDR way but not all. Many clients do not change their behavior after the traditional EMDR intervention.
This group of clients needs a different therapeutic strategy. It is suggested to start working with targeting present problems, such as unwanted, inappropriate behavior or body sensations and/or to stimulate resources that can stabilize the client. The crucial point is step three is rather what to target with DAS and not as in the traditional model to focus on a picture as the target.
This means that DAS is used not only to desensitize traumatic stuff but also to generate resources – “to go with the positive” – so that later reprocessing can be accomplished. DAS is also used when placing different aspects of the client’s mental reality together, e.g., inappropriate behavior or body sensations versus resources and the goal. Summary: Step three is not only an assessment of what to target but a sophisticated treatment planning, respecting the knowledge of modern affect theory and consequently creating new neuronal networks by DAS, not only dissolving the old traumatic ones.
Keywords: Affect Theory Assessment DAS Neuronal Networks Phase Three
Accuracy Verified: Yes
368. Shapiro, E., & Laub, B. (2008, May). Recent - traumatic episode protocol (R-TEP). EMDR Israel, Telaviv.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Main Features of the R-TEP
Target selection:
1) Episode wide focus = period from the traumatic event to the present
2) Use of "Google Search" (G-Search) metaphor to identify multiple targets within the episode (sensory images/ events/ other experiences)
Containment (safety):
1) 8 Phase structure parallel to Standard Protocol
2) Episode Narrative with DAS for grounding
3) Option of using distancing metaphor of TV screen
4) Option of regulation of associations by limiting associations to the image/event/ episode
Keywords: Recent-Traumatic Episode Protocol R-TEP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
369. Shapiro, E., & Laub, B. (2009). The recent-traumatic episode protocol (R-TEP): An integrative protocol for early EMDR intervention (EEI). In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 251-269). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The question of how early to intervene with EMDR in the face of natural and manmade disasters has been an important part of the dialogue of those working in this field. Early EMDR intervention, before consolidation of the memory has taken place, may influence adaptive integration (e.g., process sticking points), promote positive coping (especially if this is not occurring spontaneously), and contribute to the development of resilience. Informed by the work of Francine Shapiro, Roger Solomon, and all of the friends and colleagues in the field who have contributed to the evolution of their thinking and practice and following clinical and empirical experience with early EMDR intervention (EEI) in the wake of the 2006 Lebanon war, the authors have observed that the existing EEI protocols appear to focus on certain aspects or parts of the traumatic episode along an approximate time line continuum following a trauma, in accordance with the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-IV) (APA, 2000). They concluded that the unfinished processing of recent traumatic events may require a broader focus than existing EEI protocols provided. They propose a new protocol called the Recent- Traumatic Episode Protocol (R-TEP), which incorporates and extends the existing EEI protocols by providing a new comprehensive, integrative protocol. The R-TEP thus bridges the gaps left by previous protocols and facilitates a transition from the EMD and RE protocols to the Standard EMDR Protocol. The R-TEP takes the wisdom of the Standard EMDR Protocol (Shapiro, 1995, 2001), and applies it in adapted form for recent events to provide a comprehensive approach to Early EMDR Intervention. After describing the main issues in early EMDR intervention, the authors present the Recent-Traumatic Episode Protocol and the Episode Narrative and Initial Goodle Search Script. The EMD Protocol for R-TEP Script adapted from the EMD Protocol by Shapiro (1995) is also presented, as is the Standard EMDR Protocol Script (Adapted from the Standard EMDR Protocol for R-TEP, Shapiro, 2001). [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Early EMDR Intervention EEI Protocol Recent Events Recent Traumatic Episode R-TEP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
370. Courtois, C. (1998, July). Recollections of sexual abuse: Principles and guidelines of treatment (EMDR not the focus). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) discuss some of the major issues in the delayed/recovered memory controversy; 2) list some of the long-term clinical correlates associated with a history of child sexual abuse; 3) list some of the clinical presentations of adults abuse or possibly abused as children as they pretain to memory; and 4) describe suggested guidelines for treatement of adults abused or possibley abused as children and most common stages and tasks of posttrauma treatment.
Keywords: Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
371. Beere, D., Simon, M., & Welch, K. (2000, January-April). Recommendations and illustrations for combining hypnosis and EMDR in the treatment of psychological trauma. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 43(3-4), 217-231. doi:10.1080/00029157.2001.10404278.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Three experienced therapists, trained in hypnosis and EMDR, distilled some tentative hypotheses about the use of hypnosis in EMDR from fifteen cases, two presented here. When a therapist uses hypnosis with EMDR, it seems that the client is having difficulty or the therapist anticipates that the client will have difficulty managing the experiences processed with EMDR. Hypnosis initiated either during the introduction to EMDR or within a therapy session prior to the initiation of EMDR seems to have served two functions. The first function is to activate inner work that prepares the client to use EMDR successfully, and the second function is to facilitate overtly the processing of the traumatic experience. Clients might have two kinds of difficulties in managing affect or distress: (1) they may have a long-standing, irrational and strongly held belief that interferes with managing affect or distress, and (2) they may never have developed the capacity to tolerate intense affect, distress or pain. Should a therapist use hypnosis during the closing down phase of a session without preparing the client with hypnosis during the introduction to EMDR, the therapist should seriously reconsider the pace and focus of EMDR and the client's resources to manage affect and distress. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Hypnotherapy Treatment Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Review Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
372. Dameshek, L. A. (2008). A recommended process for developing a prototype of a software tool incorporating dual focus of attention with bilateral stimulation to enhance academic outcomes. Prescott College, AZ. AAT 1457010.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a psychological intervention that combines bilateral stimulation and dual focus of attention to help subjects with various emotional conditions restructure traumatic memories in a brief yet effective treatment. This technique has been employed to help individuals visualize new concepts for creative purposes when prior emotional experiences block the individual's ability to perform desired tasks. The current research hypothesizes that bilateral stimulation and dual focus of attention could be valuable in educational scenarios, and it explores the design and prototype of a computerized tool that includes a similar combination of practices within an automated training system to test whether this could be an efficient and effective tool for teaching individuals complex or troubling material.[Author Abstract]
Keywords: Dual Focus Eye Movement Software
Accuracy Verified: Yes
373. Parker, A., Buckley, S., & Dagnall, N. (2009, February). Reduced misinformation effects following saccadic bilateral eye movements. Brain and Cognition, 69(1), 89-97. doi:10.1016/j.bandc.2008.05.009 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
The effects of saccadic bilateral (horizontal) eye movements on memory for a visual event narrative were investigated. In the study phase, participants were exposed to a set of pictures accompanied by a verbal commentary describing the events depicted in the pictures. Next, the participants were asked either misleading or control questions about the depicted event and were then asked to engage in 30 s of bilateral vs. vertical vs. no eye movements. Finally, recognition memory was tested using the remember–know procedure. It was found that bilateral eye movements increased true memory for the event, increased recollection, and decreased the magnitude of the misinformation effect. The findings are discussed in terms of source monitoring, dual-process theories of memory and the potential neural foundations of such effects.
Keywords: Bilateral Eye Movements False Memory Hemispheric Interaction Misinformation Effects Source Memory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
374. Giovannozzi, G. (2012, June). Regulated eye contact activation and installation protocol [Regulación de la activación del contacto ocular y protocolo de instalación]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Porges’
polyvagal
theory
provides
a
plausible
explanation
for
the
covariation
between
psychiatric
and
behavioral
disorders
and
the
atypical
regulation
of
the
Autonomic
Nervous
System
(ANS).
Porges
himself
associated
this
phenomenon
with
the
failed
maturation
of
the
ventrovagal
circuit,
as
well
as
with
the
child’s
failure
to
learn
the
ability
to
modulate
the
so-‐called
“vagal
break”
which
keeps
the
heart-‐rate
low
and
inhibits
the
influence
of
the
SNS,
allowing
the
modulation
of
the
facial
and
head
muscles
and,
therefore,
the
social
engagement
function,
often
impaired
in
psychiatric
pathologies.
From
a
psychotherapy
standpoint,
Porges’
finding
that
the
maturation
of
the
ventrovagal
circuit
and
of
its
associated
braking
function
occurs
ontogenetically
later
than
that
of
other
ANS
branches
(last
months
of
pregnancy
and
first
year
of
life)
and
that
a
good
relation
with
the
caregiver
is
essential
for
its
development
is
of
significant
importance.
In
this
dyad
–
with
the
cortical-‐bulbar
pathway,
sufficiently
myelinated
at
birth,
regulating
face
and
head
muscles
and
allowing
signals
exchange
with
the
caregiver
–
children
learn
to
confront
their
internal
states
and
the
environment
as
well
as
regulate
their
emotions,
regulating
an
adaptive
neuroception
with
the
consequent
possibility
of
a
good
social
involvement.
This
focus
on
the
first
year
of
life
and
the
caregiver
–
child
dyad,
in
terms
of
time
and
place
for
the
construction
of
biologically
based
behaviors
common
to
all
human
beings,
paves
the
way,
as
anticipated
by
Porges
himself,
for
new
possible
intervention
models
in
psychotherapy
directly
acting
on
the
missed
or
impaired
steps
in
this
first
phase
of
the
psycho-‐physiological
development
process,
without
disregarding
its
psychobiological
quality.
Clinical
Application
Since
I
believe
that
the
inter-‐brain
perspective
is
the
most
efficient
not
only
for
the
etiological
explanation
but
especially
for
the
restoration
of
relational
impairments
occurred
during
brain-‐brain
interactions,
I
chose
eye
contact
(EC),
because,
according
to
several
scholars,
it
is
a
privileged
communication
channel,
in
particular
between
mother
and
child.
Several
scholars
agree
that
all
forms
of
psychopathology
share
a
failure
in
emotional
regulation,
which
can
be
mostly
traced
back
to
the
failure
in
the
child-‐
caregiver
adaptive
tuning
and
therefore
to
the
impairment
of
their
inter-‐brain
communication.
An
intervention
on
the
EC
shifts
the
therapy
focus
on
this
dysregulation
to
restore
its
functions.
The
EMDR
AIP
approach
relies
on
the
brain
adaptive
processing
ability.
EMDR
has
proved,
in
appropriate
conditions
(good
therapeutic
alliance,
client
stabilization,
compliance
with
the
EMDR
protocol),
our
brain
can
repair
traumatic
injuries,
i.e.,
reacquire
and
use
information
dysfunctionally
stored
after
a
trauma.
Successful
use
of
EMDR
on
target
not
directly
traceable
to
a
traumatic
event
(e.g.,
defenses,
chronic
pain,
etc.)
allows
for
the
possibility
to
use
this
processing
tool
in
increasingly
broad
fields
and
refines
its
resources.
Thanks
to
its
three-‐pronged
approach
to
dysfunctionally
stored
information
in
the
brain
(EMDR
works
on
the
cognitive,
emotional
and
somatic
level),
the
inter-‐brain
quality
of
its
scope
(the
therapeutic
alliance
is
part
of
the
healing
process)
and
for
its
focus
on
the
present
(EMDR
works
on
the
present,
i.e.,
on
the
current
and
active
components
of
the
pathogenetic
memory,
bypassing
all
mediations
and
interpretation),
EMDR
seemed
the
most
appropriate
therapeutic
tool
to
intervene
on
the
EC
dysregulation
found
in
several
psychiatric
pathologies.
Conclusion
An
EMDR
protocol
for
the
exploration
and
modulation
of
the
EC
is
proposed.
This
protocol
proved
particularly
useful
with
depressed
or
severely
dissociative
clients.
After
making
clients
aware
of
their
difficulty
in
maintaining
the
EC,
they
are
retrained
to
use
this
contact
first
on
objects,
then
on
animals
(excellent
mediators
of
a
primitive
form
of
social
contact)
until
they
are
able
to
achieve
eye
contact
with
the
therapist.
During
this
training,
clients
are
encouraged
to
become
aware
of
their
body
sensations,
emotions
and
beliefs,
and
the
positive
ones
are
installed
with
BLS.
Memories
of
relational
situations
where
clients
identify
an
impaired
EC
are
identified
and
these
are
targeted
with
the
standard
protocol.
The
focus
then
shifts
to
present
and
future
situations.
The
regulation
purpose
of
this
protocol
affects
the
application
mode:
interventions
must
never
be
dysregulating,
therapists
must
proceed
slowly.
Clients
must
be
rigorously
kept
within
their
window
of
tolerance,
must
be
trained
to
recognize
it
and
able
of
staying
within
its
boundaries
with
respect
to
the
microregulation
of
the
EC.
La
teoría
polivagal
de
Porges
proporciona
una
explicación
plausible
para
la
covariación
entre
los
trastornos
psiquiátricos
comportamentales
y
la
regulación
atípica
del
sistema
nervioso
autónomo
(ANS).
El
propio
Porgues
asoció
este
fenómeno
con
el
fallo
de
maduración
del
circuito
ventrovagal,
por
tanto
el
niño
falla
al
aprender
una
habilidad
también
llamada
“bloqueo
vagal”,
que
mantiene
la
tasa
cardiaca
baja
e
inhibe
la
influencia
del
SNS,
permitiendo
la
modulación
de
los
músculos
faciales
y
la
cabeza,
y
por
tanto,
la
función
optima
del
compromiso
social,
a
menudo
emparejada
con
patologías
psiquíatricas.
Partiendo
desde
un
punto
de
vista
psicoterapéutico,
Porges
encontró
que
la
maduración
del
circuito
ventrovagal
y
su
asociación
con
la
función
de
frenado
ocurre
ontogenéticamente
después
que
otras
ramas
del
sistema
nervioso
autónomo
(Los
últimos
meses
del
embarazo
y
los
primeros
años
de
vida)
y
que
una
buena
relación
con
el
cuidador
es
esencial
para
su
desarrollo
es
significativamente
importante.
En
esta
línea
–
con
vía
córtico-‐bulbar,
lo
suficientemente
mielinizada
en
el
nacimiento,
regulando
los
músculos
de
la
cara
y
la
cabeza
y
permitiendo
señales
de
intercambio
con
el
cuidador-‐
Los
niños
aprenden
a
estar
cómodos
con
sus
estados
internos
y
con
un
ambiente
que
también
regula
sus
emociones,
regular
una
neurorecepción
con
la
consecuente
posibilidad
de
una
buena
integración
social.
Centrándonos
en
el
primer
año
de
vida
del
niño
y
el
cuidador
–
La
pareja
de
niños,
en
términos
de
tiempo
y
lugar
para
la
construcción
biológica
fundamentada
y
basada
en
todos
los
seres
humanos,
allana
el
camino,
como
anticipó
Porges,
para
nuevos
modelos
de
intervención
en
psicoterapia,
actuando
directamente
con
el
paso
perdido
o
afectado
de
esta
primera
fase
del
proceso
de
desarrollo
psicofisiológico,
sin
tener
en
cuenta
su
calidad
psicobiológica.
Aplicación
Clínica.
Desde
que
creó
que
la
perspectiva
del
cerebro
interior,
continúa
siendo
la
más
eficiente
no
solo
para
desarrollar
explicaciones
etiológicas,
también
para
la
restauración
de
los
desajustes
relacionados
ocurridos
durante
las
interacciones
cerebro-‐cerebro.
Escogí
contacto
visual
(ECE),
porque,
de
acuerdo
con
numerosos
investigadores,
es
un
privilegiado
canal
de
comunicación,
particularmente
eficaz
entre
una
madre
y
su
hijo.
Numerosos
profesionales
afirman
que
todas
las
formas
de
psicopatología
comparten
una
fallo
en
la
regulación
emocional,
que
solo
puede
crear
un
error
en
el
la
comunicación
interna
del
cerebro.
Esta
intervención
en
el
EC
modifica
la
terapia
y
la
centra
en
la
desregulación
y
la
restauración
de
funciones.
El
enfoque
EMDR
SPIA
está
basado
en
la
habilidad
de
procesamiento
de
la
información
relevante,
EMDR
ha
sido
probado
en
condiciones
idóneas
(buena
alianza
terapéutica,
estabilización
de
la
queja
del
cliente
disgustado
con
el
EMDR.).
Keywords: Installation Protocol Regulated Eye Contact Activation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
375. Gomez, A. (2011, August). Repairing the attachment system through the use of EMDR, play and creativity. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This practical and hands on presentation is designed to provide fresh, creative and effective strategies for clinicians working with insecurely attached children and adolescents. The focus of this presentation is placed on the reprocessing phases of EMDR treatment (4-6), the healing of the attachment system and the use of reparative interweaves. This includes interweaves designed to promote integration at different levels of human experience: Cognitive, emotional, somatic and spiritual. Interweaves directed to complete defensive responses, meet attachment needs, modulate arousal and maintain the social engagement system active will be demonstrated. Several video clips will be presented to provide a very concrete and tangible experience.
Keywords: Attachment Creativity Play
Accuracy Verified: Yes
376. Kirk, R. (2004, May 1). Residential school trauma: As time runs out for the Aboriginal Healing Fund, new treatments show promising results. The need for healing is still huge, but will the resources be available to ease the suffering and resultant social costs?. Regina, SK Canada: Briarpatch.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
I conducted my doctoral dissertation on my use of EMDR with 56 individuals, finding it working more quickly and effectively than other interventions. The EMDR process asks the individual not only to focus on the trauma, but also on their bodily reactions and the beliefs that they hold about what happened. People do not necessarily report to the therapist an in-detail recounting of the historic event, but often gain new insights about themselves and their situations that had not occurred to them in any previous self-reflection. Positive-emission topography (PET) scans on the brains of people recalling their traumas and those undergoing EMDR show different parts of the brain lighting up, and post-treatment, the areas of the brain that are activated are more balanced in both hemispheres than before.
Keywords: General Overview Regina, SK Canada
Accuracy Verified: Yes
377. Laub, B. (2006, August). Resource connection (RC) protocol (group and individual). Author.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Compact Focusing (on the sensual, emotional, cognitive and somatic aspects)
The client is asked to close her eyes , focus on one picture of the positive memory and enter it anew. While tapping the therapist says: “Take all the time necessary to relive it… with all your senses...notice what you hear, smell and see...allow your feelings, sensations and thoughts to emerge...breathe into it...let yourself be there for a few moments.“ The therapist gives short tapping (up to 14 taps) The therapist inquires about the feelings, thoughts, and sensations and writes them down. ((If the partially positive past resource includes negative elements, suggest focusing on the positive aspects. If the client doesn’t succeed she should find another positive memory).
Proceed until there is no change. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Resource Connection Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
378. Kiessling, R. (2001, December). Resource focused progression. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(4), 35-36.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
The following Resource Focused Progression
may be implemented during the Preparation
Phase of the Standard EMDR Protocol. These
interventions are designed to help stabilize and
prepare a client for the traditional EMDR
targeting protocol.
These strategies have been developed by a
number of EMDR clinicians – I have tried to
give credit where credit is due – any omissions
are unintentional.
Keywords: Resource Focus Progression
Accuracy Verified: Yes
379. Kiessling, R. (2009). Resource strengthening. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (85-86). New York: Springer, pp. 450.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract: When a client seems too overwhelmed by the trauma and, therefore, cannot focus on anything else, having them focus on positive things in their lives may help them regain a more appropriate and positive perspective. Once stabilized, clients may be ready to address the trauma with the Standard EMDR Protocol. The Resource Strengthening Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Protocol Resource Strengthening
Accuracy Verified: Yes
380. Juraschka, W. (2009, May). Resourcing the child inside the trauma memory. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Conference, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Learn this therapeutic intervention for adults traumatized as children by working inside the trauma memory when
EMDR reprocessing breaks down because of emotional flooding. The inability to maintain dual attention is the
primary cause of feeling overwhelmed and needing to stop. Intense emotions pull the client back into their memory
and make it feel like they are reliving it (Re-traumatize). The goal of working inside the memory is to Rescue,
Witness, Nurture, and Restore resourceful qualities to the frozen child within. This will help stabilize the client and
allow the therapist to continue EMDR reprocessing.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
381. Sayer, P. C. (2002, August). Responses of individuals with posttraumatic stress disorder to eye movement desensitization and reprocessing or a cognitive-behavioral treatment as mediated by attachment status. Alliant International University, Fresno, CA. AAT 3043018.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The primary focus of this investigation was to evaluate the responses of individuals diagnosed with PTSD to treatment with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). In the event that a participant was unable to tolerate the EMDR approach, an alternative cognitive-behavioral treatment approach was offered. It was anticipated that individuals exhibiting Secure Attachment status as revealed on administration of the Bell Object Relations and Reality Testing Inventory (BORRTI) would experience lower scores between pre- and post-intervention administrations of the Symptom Checklist-90-Revised (SCL-90-R). 6 individuals took part in the study; 5 completed the EMDR protocol and one completed an alternative cognitive-behavioral therapy program due to problems tolerating the EMDR treatments. Subjects met with the researcher/therapist from 1 to 12 sessions, participating in the assessment, psychoeducational, and treatment components of the protocol. The application of the BORRTI Insecure Attachment (IA) measure resulted in 5 of the participants receiving a designation Secure Attachment status and 1 person an Insecure Attachment status classification. Thus, comparison groups according to attachment status designation could not be formed. Comparisons of group mean differences between the pre- and post-intervention administrations of the SCL-90-R did not reveal statistically significant differences with regard to the five individuals completing the EMDR protocol. Limitations of the study are discussed, as well as implications for future research on the mediating influences of attachment status on the treatment of PTSD. [Author Abstract]
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 63(2-B), Aug 2002, pp. 1047.
Keywords: Attachment Behavior Brief Psychotherapy Clinical Trial Empirical Study Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
382. Veerbeek, H. (2012, June). Revenge fantasy and revengefulness [Fantasía de venganza y plenitud de venganza]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In
this
workshop
the
focus
will
be
on
the
EMDR
treatment
of
problems
concerning
aggression
and
revenge
as
a
result
of
damaging
experiences
in
the
past.
First
of
all,
the
pitfalls
in
the
therapeutic
relation,
which
could
obstruct
the
trauma
oriented
treatment
of
aggression
and
revenge
will
be
dealt
with.
An
important
question
is
when
to
choose
for
cognitive
behavioral
therapy
techniques
such
as
Anger
Replacement
Treatment
and
when
EMDR
treatment
can
be
expected
to
be
more
effective,
in
treating
aggression
and
revenge.
A
model
introduced
by
Ogden
will
be
presented
to
clarify
this.
It
is
essential
that
the
aggressive
client
will
be
taught
first
how
to
be
able
to
diminish
the
sometimes
dangerous
arousal,
using
the
so-‐called
safe
place.
Only
then
we
can
get
started
with
processing
the
traumatic
experiences
and/or
revenge
fantasies.
Video
recordings
will
illustrate
all
this.
After
explaining
the
origin
of
revenge
fantasies
and
revengefulness,
extensive
video
footage
will
show
how
this
can
be
treated
effectively
by
means
of
an
adjusted
EMDR
protocol.
A
plea
will
be
made
for
paying
more
attention
to
and
also
treating
the
externalizing
side
(anger
and
revenge)
of
PTSD
and
in
the
case
of
treating
aggression,
to
concentrate
more
on
revenge
and
its
traumatic
origin.
En
este
taller
nos
centramos
en
los
problemas
referentes
al
tratamiento
EMDR
en
la
agresión
y
la
venganza
como
resultado
de
experiencias
dañinas
en
el
pasado.
En
primer
lugar,
las
dificultades
en
la
relación
terapéutica
pueden
obstruir
el
tratamiento
orientado
al
trauma
de
la
agresión
y
la
venganza,
y
habrá
que
lidiar
con
ello.
Una
cuestión
importante
es
la
elección
de
las
técnicas
cognitivo
conductuales
como
el
tratamiento
de
remplazo
de
la
ira,
y
donde
el
tratamiento
EMDR
espera
ser
más
efectivo
en
el
tratamiento
de
la
agresión
y
la
venganza.
Un
modelo
introductorio
de
Ogden
será
presentado
para
aclarar
esto.
Es
esencial
que
en
el
cliente
agresivo
se
enseñe
primero
como
ser
capaz
de
bloquear
la
respuesta
peligrosa,
usando
el
también
llamado
lugar
seguro.
Solo
entonces
puede
empezarse
con
el
procesamiento
de
experiencias
traumáticas
o
fantasías
de
venganza.
Todo
esto
será
mostrado
mediante
videos
grabados.
Después
de
explicar
el
origen
de
las
fantasías
de
venganza
y
la
venganza
propiamente
dicha,
una
filmación
de
video
extensivo
mostrará
como
esto
puede
ser
tratado
de
manera
efectiva,
lo
que
supone
un
ajuste
en
el
protocolo
estándar
del
EMDR
Se
rogará
una
mayor
atención
para
tratar
el
lado
externalizador
(ira
y
venganza)
del
síndrome
de
estrés
post-‐traumático
y
en
el
caso
de
tratam
Keywords: Revenge Fantasy Revengefulness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
383. Kaye, B. (2008). Reversing reciprocal suppression in the anterior cingulated cortex: A hypothetical model to explain EMDR effectiveness. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(1), 88-99. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.1.2.88.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
A theoretical model is proposed to explain desensitization during Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) as resulting from the reversal of reciprocal suppression of cognitive processing in the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC). Dual-attention and error monitoring are known to activate dorsal regions of the ACC that mediate metacognitive processing. Neuroimaging research has produced evidence that cognitive areas in the upper ACC may reciprocally suppress affective processing in the lower areas and vice versa. It is therefore proposed that the original eye-to-finger tracking task of EMDR may achieve its therapeutic effect by using error monitoring to reverse suppression of the upper ACC by the lower ACC. Contributions to EMDR effectiveness from resource installation and novelty-driven orienting reflexes may also influence ACC functioning. A distraction effect is proposed to be a negative and potentially disruptive by-product of very interactive stimulation tasks. A semantic priming procedure is suggested to limit distraction effects during more interactive forms of stimulation. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Anterior Cingulate Cognitive Processes Neurotransmitters Reciprocal Suppression Semantic Priming
Accuracy Verified: Yes
384. Figley, C., Dietrich, A., Maxfield, L., & Gentry, J. E. (1999, November). Review of neoteric trauma treatments and suggested practice guidelines. In C. Figley (Chair) Discussion, Clinical Theory. International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR),
Thought Field Therapy (TFT), Time-Limited Trauma Therapy (TLTT),
Traumatic Incident Reduction (TIR), and Visual/Kinesthetic
Dissociation (V/KD) are relatively new approaches in the treatment
of trauma-related disorders. These approaches have come
under intense scientific and professional scrutiny and criticism,
with proponents and critics offering diverse and intriguing arguments
in support of their respective points of view. This discussion
will focus on the current empirical and anecdotal evidence on
the efficacy of these five approaches, as well as various criticisms
that have been proferred in response to the empirical and clinical
literature on treatment efficacy and theory. EMDR will be highlighted,
given the growing empirical database on EMDR outcome
studies and the contention surrounding the treatment and its’ theory.
The evidence for and/or against the other four approaches will
also be presented, upon which we will raise for discussion issues
relating to methodological rigour, scientific reporting of clinical
data, and the interpretation of efficacy studies in general. The discussion
will occur within the context of philosophical discourse on
the ideal of integration of science and practice, and the feasibility
of attaining this ideal within the current scientific Zeitgeist.
INTERVENTION RESEARCH, CLINICAL CASE STUDY
Sandringham
Skills-Based Treatment
of Dissociation: A Case Study 238
Chair: ELHAI, Jon D., Nova Southeastern University
Discussant: GOLD, Stephen
A clinical case study of skills-based treatment of a 48-year-old,
female survivor of child sexual abuse (CSA) reporting severe dissociative
symptomatology is presented. Chief complaints were daily
amnestic episodes, depersonalization, panic attacks, agoraphobia,
and consequent long-term unemployment. In contrast to most
approaches to therapy for dissociative syndromes, it is argued that
treatment does not need to be primarily trauma-focused. Instead
treatment focused on targeting dissociation and anxiety by teaching
skills to be implemented by the client outside of session.
Functional behavioral analysis of particular recent incidents of dissociation
were conducted over several sessions. Imagery-based
relaxation and progressive muscle relaxation were used and monitored
to help the client learn additional methods of reducing distress.
Grounding techniques were implemented to counter the dissociative
tendency to lose experiential awareness of the here and
now. Cognitive interventions were utilized to challenge the erroneous
notions reported about dissociative experiences, such as the
panic she experienced when her dissociation had been revealed to
others. Last, in vivo systematic desensitization was used with a fear
hierarchy, ranging from the least to most fearful stimuli that precipitate
dissociation, where graduated exposure was followed by relaxation.
At termination the client reported elimination of panic
attacks, resumption of driving, and marked reduction in frequency
and duration of amnestic periods, with substantial additional gains
and progress in finding full-time employment reported at 8 month
follow-up. Treatment outcome is assessed based on psychological
test data obtained at intake, discharge, and 8 month follow-up, as
well as client anecdotal report.
Keywords: Neoteric Trauma Treatments Practice Guidelines
Accuracy Verified: Yes
385. Steele, A. (2001). The right side: Therapy from the right side of the brain: A role for EMDR with imaginal nurturing in the treatment of early neglect. Unpublished.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract: T
his paper proposes that early deficits in adult clients with insecure-attachment
patterns can be addressed directly through a therapeutic component of imaginal
nurturing with EMDR. These clients may exhibit little sense of self, low self-esteem, a
sense of alienation, poor affect tolerance, inability to regulate emotions, inability to
empathize, and impaired interpersonal relationships. Traditionally, the burden of the
client's attachment deficits is left to be resolved through the therapeutic relationship
itself. In this paper, a three-pronged approach to therapy is suggested: affect tolerance
and emotion regulation skills training, imaginal nurturing, and trauma reprocessing, all
within the context of a validating and caring therapeutic relationship. The focus of this
paper is imaginal nurturing, the goals of which include developing an attachment
between the adult, and infant and child selves to create a new relationship to self in the
present. Two forms of imaginal nurturing are presented: Core Imaginal Nurturing,
freestanding imaginal work in which the client experiences both providing and
receiving nurturance, and Adjunctive Imaginal Nurturing which is incorporated into
trauma reprocessing. A conceptual basis for this work is provided, and examples are
given showing its use, benefits, and problems that can arise.
Keywords: Imaginal Nurturing Neglect
Accuracy Verified: Yes
386. Bogdanovic, V. (2008, Novembre). Rileggere la scuola del dissociazionismo (da Janet, Ferenzi, Jung fino a Kalsched) - le radici e oltre [Reread the dissociation school(from Janet, Ferenzi, Jung to Kalsched) - The roots and beyond]. Poster presentato al Applicazioni Cliniche dell'EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia .
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
L’autore segue le tracce a partire dalla filosofia “associazionistica” fino la scuola “dissociazionistica” a partire da Janet, Binet, Charcot. Viene messa a fuoco la teoria della mente freudiana, intesa come prima teoria, teoria del trauma, vista nell’ottica della “corrente” dissociazonistica come anche successivo allontanamento con la seconda topica. Si prosegue con
altri autori della corrente psicoanalitica, come Sandor Ferenczi, il qui il pensiero venne riscoperto recentemente (Bonomi e Borgogno). L’attualità del lavoro di Ferenczi, è riconoscibile nel suo sottolineare l’importanza del trauma per lo sviluppo della psicopatologia e l’importanza della relazione terapeutica con la rivalutazione critica della tecnica psicoanalitica seguita dai suoi originali contributi. La modalità “tecnica” risolutiva di Ferenczi nella forma della “neo-catarsi”, come viene nominata, si avvicina alle terapie attualmente accreditate per il trattamento dei vissuti traumatici, una delle quali è appunto l’EMDR. Anche K.G. Jung riconosce l’importanza di riportare la questione, per tanti anni nell’ombra, dell’attenzione scientifica - la validità di teoria traumatica delle nevrosi. Molti concetti di Psicologia Analitica di Jung si avvicinano ai concetti di psicotraumatologia moderna “dell’ambiente traumatico”, del “trauma cumulativo” nascosto dentro la memoria implicita (van der Kolk, van der Hart) e lo porta a fare riflessioni sulla revisione del metodo terapeutico dell’abreazione. L’immaginazione attiva, la tecnica terapeutica creata da Jung, in alcuni passi procedurali sembra vicina alla modalità del lavoro terapeutico svolto con l’EMDR. Viene rivisitato l’effervescente pensiero di Donald Kalsched, uno degli attuali autori junghiani di maggiore spessore e originalità, il quale amplifica le posizioni storiche di Jung sul trauma, insieme ad altre correnti del pensiero e della ricerca, soprattutto quelli delle “relazioni oggettuali” e della “psicologia del sé”.
The author follows the trail from the philosophy of "associational" until the school of
"Dissociation" from Janet, Binet, Charcot. Focus is the theory of mind Freud, understood as the first theory, trauma theory, viewed from the standpoint of the "current" dissociation as well as subsequent removal with the second topic. Continue with other authors of the current psychoanalytic as Sandor Ferenczi, the thinking here was rediscovered recently (Bonomi and Burgundy). The actuality of the work of Ferenczi, is recognizable in its emphasis of the importance of trauma for the development of psychopathology and the importance of therapeutic relationship with the critical re-evaluation of psychoanalytic technique followed by its original contributions. Mode "technical" termination of Ferenczi in the form of "neo-catharsis" as it is named, was approached therapies currently approved for the treatment of experienced traumatic, one of which is precisely EMDR. KG Jung also recognizes the importance of bringing the question for many years in the shadows, scientific attention - the validity of the theory traumatic neuroses. Many concepts of Analytical Psychology of Jung's approach to the concepts of psychotraumatology modern "environmental traumatic", the "cumulative trauma" hidden inside implicit memory (van der Kolk, van der Hart) and takes him to make reflections on the revision of therapeutic method dell'abreazione. Active imagination, therapeutic technique created by Jung, some steps of the procedure seems close to the mode of therapeutic work done with EMDR. Is revisited the effervescent Kalsched thought of Donald, one of the Jungian authors of the current greater depth and originality, which amplifies the historical positions of Jung on trauma, together to other currents of thought and research, especially those of "object relations" and "Psychology of self."
Keywords: Dissociation Janet Jung Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
387. Hase, M., & Hofmann, A. (2005, März). Risiken und nebenwirkungen beim einsatz der EMDR-Methode [Risks and adverse effects in treatment with EMDR]. PTT: Persönlichkeitsstörungen Theorie und Therapie, 9(1), 16-21.
Language: German
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye Movement und Desensitizer Wiederaufbereitung (EMDR) ist ein etabliertes mittlerweile Ansatz in der Behandlung der posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung (PTSD). EMDR Focus auf die Aufarbeitung der traumatischen Erinnerungen und anderes Trauma-Symptomen, wie zB Trigger oder derzeitigen Trauma verbundenen dysfunktionalen Verhaltens. Eine Laissez-faire Durchsetzung und dazu beitragen, "die unzureichende technische Mai Akkumulieren Unannehmlichkeit für den Patienten. Risiken und Nebenwirkungen des EMDR con Ansatz durch umfassende diagnostische Verfahren, Bewertung der Stabilitäts-Patienten, Zubereitung, Behandlung Planung und präzisen Anwendung von EMDR entgegengewirkt werden. Die Berufsorganisationen "versuchen sollte, zu dem höchsten Niveau der ethischen und professionellen Verhaltens getroffen, um das Risiko von Nebenwirkungen zu minimieren. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, alle Rechte vorbehalten).
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a meanwhile well established approach in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). EMDR focuses on the reprocessing of traumatic memories, and other trauma-related symptoms, e.g., triggers or current trauma-related dysfunctional behaviors. A laissez-faire application and insufficient technique may contribute to accumulating patient discomfort. Risks and adverse effects of the EMDR-approach con be counteracted by comprehensive diagnostic procedures, assessment of patient stability, preparation, treatment planning and precise application of EMDR. The professional organizations should try to ensure the highest level of ethical and professional conduct in order to minimise the risk of adverse effects. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Adverse Effects Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Risk Factors Side Effects (Treatment) Stress
Accuracy Verified: Yes
388. Carlson, J., & Chemtob, C. (1997, Spring). The role of "resolute perception" in EMDR: Reply to Linda Waters. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 34(1), 100. doi:10.1037/h0087719 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Replies to the comments by L. Waters (see record 84-36309) on the article by J. G. Carlson et al (see record 84-01737) regarding the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing treatment (EMDR) to treat posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in Vietnam combat veterans. The authors suggest that Waters' interest in considering curative elements in psychotherapy common to a number of methods is useful because it encourages clinicians to focus on EMDR as a complex of procedures. The EMDR method of psychotherapy purports to provide a mechanism to enable and accelerate the resolution of experiences that otherwise might remain in stasis indefinitely. Waters' thoughtful letter suggests to the authors that EMDR may be reaching a level of clinical acceptance that is provoking a careful examination beyond an exclusive focus on 1 component, the eye movements, to consideration of EMDR as a sophisticated method of brief psychotherapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2007 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Combat Experience Commentary Letter Military Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Rapid Reply Veterans Vietnam War Veterans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
389. Smyth, N. (2003, August). Role of exposure in EMDR treatment of PTSD. Presentation at 111th the annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A standard treatment for anxiety disorders involves exposing clients to anxiety eliciting stimuli. Some theorists have argued that exposure is an essential element in the successful treatment of post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Exposure therapy and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) are two therapeutic approaches that have been identified as efficacious in the treatment of PTSD. It has been proposed that exposure is the active element in all effective treatments for PTSD, including EMDR. This presentation will address various issues that should be considered in evaluating this proposal. Theories underlying exposure therapies will be summarized and differences between process and mechanism will be discussed. Brief overviews of EMDR and exposure therapies will be provided. Video clips of treatment sessions with exposure therapy and with EMDR will be shown, to illustrate the differences in treatment approaches, clinical focus, and client experience. Shared and unique components will be identified. The use of exposure in EMDR and its possible contribution to treatment outcome will be examined. Unlike prolonged exposure therapy, EMDR uses extremely brief repeated exposures (i.e., 20-50 seconds). Instead of continual and uninterrupted exposure, EMDR repeatedly interrupts the client's focus. Exposure therapy typically maintains a focus on the targeted incident, while EMDR uses a free association process to elicit other related material. Research has shown that high levels of anxiety during sessions of exposure therapy typically predict good outcome with that modality; however in successful EMDR treatment, the client's distress is substantially reduced during the session. Suggestions will be made for future research to identify and investigate mechanisms of action in exposure therapy and EMDR.
Keywords: Exposure Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Outcomes
Accuracy Verified: Yes
390. Goldstein, A. (1992, July). The role of eye movement desenitisation and reprocessing in the treatment of panic and agrophobia. Presentation at the Fourth World Congress on Behaviour Therapy, Queensland, Australia .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will focus upon the addition of EMD/R to an Integrated Models Psychotherapy approach to agoraphobia and panic disorder.
Keywords: Agoraphobia Integrated Models Psychotherapy Approach Panic Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
391. Oren, U. (2008, Novembre). Ruolo dell'EMDR nel campo della psicoterapia in ambito europeo [Role EMDR in psychotherapy in Europe]. Plenaria presentato le applicazioni cliniche di EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Lo status attuale dell’EMDR nel mondo della psicoterapia è sempre in evoluzione, nonostante gli sviluppi positivi degli ultimi 10 anni. Le sfide arrivano dal campo del trattamento del trauma sia nell’ambito dell’EMDR che dal mondo accademico della Psicologia e della Psicoterapia. Queste sfide potrebbero aiutare a cambiare il corso del-l’EMDR e a portarlo a svilupparsi con modalità nuove ed entusiasmanti.
La presentazione si focalizzerà sulle grandi possibilità che la comunità EMDR possiede per far diventare l’EMDR il metodo multidisciplinario di cambiamento del 21° secolo, sia nell’ambito della psicoterapia tradizionale (Salute Mentale) che in altri campi come la Medicina, l’Educazione, lo Sport e il Lavoro.
Altri aspetti che verranno affrontati sono quelli della formazione e accreditamento dei professionisti che applicano l’EMDR in Europa e a livello internazionale.
Durante la presentazione si analizzeranno le modalità con cui il terapeuta EMDR così come il ricercatore possono lavorare per far realizzare la visione non solo del ruolo, ma anche del contributo che può dare in futuro l’EMDR alla psicoterapia.
The present status in the world of psychotherapy, EMDR is always evolving, despite the positive developments of the last 10 years. The challenges come from the field of treatment of trauma is
EMDR in which the academic world of psychology and psychotherapy. These challenges could help change the course of l'EMDR-and help them develop ways new and exciting.
The presentation will focus on the great opportunities that the community has to EMDR become the EMDR method multidisciplinary change in the 21st century, both within the
traditional psychotherapy (mental health) than in other fields such as medicine, education, the Sport and Work. Other issues to be addressed are those of training and accreditation of professionals
applying EMDR in Europe and internationally. During the presentation will analyze the ways in which the therapist as well as EMDR Researchers can work to achieve the vision not only of the role, but also the contribution that can give in the future EMDR psychotherapy.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
392. Lanius, U. (2012, October). Science & practice: Attachment, dissociation and EMDR. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is a powerful integrative psychotherapeutic intervention. However, in the case of disrupted attachment and significant dissociative symptoms EMDR can be destabilizing if used early on in treatment. That is, fragmentation of self and dissociative symptoms commonly interfere with information processing, thus barring the integration and resolution of the traumatic experience through EMDR. Dissociation interferes with clients sense of their own body, their ability to experience emotion, their capacity for emotional regulation and their sense of self. Addressing dissociative symptoms prior to proceeding with EMDR treatment is essential for positive treatment outcomes.
A neurobiological model is described that guides therapeutic interventions and integrates diverse approaches that include not only EMDR and relevant target selection, but also mindfulness, body therapy approaches, ego-state interventions, sensory integration, as well as neurobiologically based interventions. Such interventions can be used both in the preparation phase but can also form useful interweaves during EMDR information processing.
Using a neurobiologically informed approach, the case is made for the use of somatic and ego-state interventions when dissociation is a significant part of the clinical presentation. Specific focus is on different ego-state and body therapy interventions to increase awareness of the self and ones body. Body therapy and somatic interventions are distinguished from other psychotherapeutic interventions in that they are expressed in markedly slowed-down time, in order to give clients ample time to experience the felt sense of their bodies. Similarly ego-state work can be utilized to titrate information processing, as well as provide clients with internal resources that aid in enhanced information processing.
Attendees will gain knowledge about possible underlying neurobiological processes with regard to attachment, dissociation and adaptive information processing and how this relates to EMDR treatment. The workshop will teach specific interventions intended to stabilize clients, create safety, help the client stay connected or get reconnected and therefore minimize dissociative symptoms and their effect. Participants will learn how to effectively integrate different somatic and ego-state interventions in the treatment of attachment and trauma related syndromes and dissociative disorders, as well as how to enhance information processing during the EMDR treatment. The workshop also will discuss innovative use of opioid antagonists in the treatment of dissociative symptoms with a particular focus on EMDR.
Learning Objectives:
Attendees will gain knowledge about possible underlying neurobiological processes with regard to attachment, dissociation and adaptive information processing and how this relates to EMDR treatment.
Participants will learn how to effectively integrate different somatic and ego-state interventions in the treatment of attachment and trauma related syndromes and dissociative disorders, as well as how to enhance information processing during the EMDR treatment.
The workshop will teach specific interventions intended to stabilize clients, create safety, help the client stay connected or get reconnected and therefore minimize dissociative symptoms and their effect.
Keywords: Attachment Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
393. Stickgold, R. (2013, May). Searching for the scientific basis of EMDR [À la recherche des fondements scientifiques de l’EMDR]. Presentaton at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Several scientific models have been proposed to explain the unique efficacy of EMDR in treating PTSD. These
include models based on the relaxation response, on working memory, and on REM-sleep associative processing.
In this workshop I will describe and discuss these and other models within a larger framework that views PTSD as
primarily a memory disorder.
Memories are not like photographs. They evolve. After a memory is initially formed, it goes through an extended
period of processing—a complex set of automatic processes, occurring without intent or conscious awareness,
that modifies the memory. In the end, a memory can be substantially different from its original form, with some
parts still as vivid as the day they were formed and other parts forgotten. At the same time, the memory becomes
integrated into wide-ranging memory networks that create a context for the original memory and, in the process,
construct an implicit interpretation of the memory.
While the processing of small, everyday, distressful events is normally handled efficiently by these automatic
mechanisms, grief and painful traumas can overwhelm them. When this happens, the memory is left frozen in its
original form—raw, intrusive, distressing, and unexplained––a condition that can lead to PTSD. The goal of any
treatment for PTSD, then, should be to “restart” these processes of memory evolution, and to thereby support
resolution of the trauma. How each of the various scientific models of EMDR might explain this facilitation of
memory processing will be the focus of the workshop.
Learning Objectives:
• The structure and physiology of the human sleep cycle
• The role of sleep in memory “evolution”
• How PTSD can be seen as a disorder of sleep-dependent memory evolution
• How EMDR might act to restore normal memory processing
Plusieurs modèles scientifiques ont tenté d’expliquer l’efficacité de l’approche EMDR dans le traitement du SSPT.
Dans ces modèles, il y a ceux portant sur la réponse de relaxation, sur la mémoire de travail, sur le processus
associatif durant la phase ‘REM’ du sommeil. Dans cet atelier, l’auteur abordera ces différents modèles et bien
d’autres et ce dans une optique élargie mais qui se fonde sur la prémisse que le SSPT est principalement un
trouble de la mémoire.
Les souvenirs ne sont pas comme des photos. Elles évoluent. Alors que le souvenir prend forme, il se passe
un certain laps de temps où le traitement de l’information se poursuit –une série complexe de processus
automatiques, loin du champs de la conscience, modifiant le souvenir. Finalement, le souvenir peut être
considérablement différent de sa forme originale dans ce sens que certaines parties demeurent très claires et
très vivides et d’autres sont oubliées. Lorsque le souvenir se forme, celui-ci est intégré dans un large réseau de la
mémoire qui crée un contexte et dans son traitement de l’information construit une interprétation implicite de ce
souvenir.
Alors que le traitement d’événements stressants du quotidien sont normalement bien gérés par ces mécanismes
automatiques, ceux-ci sont complètement envahis par les pertes ou les traumas douloureux. Quand cela
se produit, le souvenir demeure ‘gelé’ (‘frozen’) dans sa forme originale- à l’état brute, intrusif, perturbant,
inexpliqué- conditions pouvant mener au SSPT. L’objectif du traitement du SSPT est de ‘’redémarrer’’ ces
processus évolutifs de la mémoire afin de permettre la résolution du trauma. L’intérêt premier de cet atelier
est de voir comment les différents modèles scientifiques en EMDR facilitent ces processus de traitement de la
mémoire.
Objectifs d’apprentissage:
• La structure et la physiologie du cycle du sommeil chez l’humain
• Le rôle du sommeil dans ‘’ l’évolution ‘’ de la mémoire
• Comment le SSPT peut être vu comme un syndrome dépendant du sommeil dans l’évolution de la mémoire
• Comment l’ EMDR peut jouer un rôle important à rétablir le processus normal de la mémoire.
Keywords: Memory Processing Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Scientific Models Sleep Cycle Sleep-Dependent Memory Evolution
Accuracy Verified: Yes
394. Stickgold, R. (2013, May). Searching for the scientific basis of EMDR [À la recherche des fondements scientifiques de l’EMDR]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Several scientific models have been proposed to explain the unique efficacy of EMDR in treating PTSD. These
include models based on the relaxation response, on working memory, and on REM-sleep associative processing.
In this workshop I will describe and discuss these and other models within a larger framework that views PTSD as
primarily a memory disorder.
Memories are not like photographs. They evolve. After a memory is initially formed, it goes through an extended
period of processing—a complex set of automatic processes, occurring without intent or conscious awareness,
that modifies the memory. In the end, a memory can be substantially different from its original form, with some
parts still as vivid as the day they were formed and other parts forgotten. At the same time, the memory becomes
integrated into wide-ranging memory networks that create a context for the original memory and, in the process,
construct an implicit interpretation of the memory.
While the processing of small, everyday, distressful events is normally handled efficiently by these automatic
mechanisms, grief and painful traumas can overwhelm them. When this happens, the memory is left frozen in its
original form—raw, intrusive, distressing, and unexplained––a condition that can lead to PTSD. The goal of any
treatment for PTSD, then, should be to “restart” these processes of memory evolution, and to thereby support
resolution of the trauma. How each of the various scientific models of EMDR might explain this facilitation of
memory processing will be the focus of the workshop.
Learning Objectives:
• The structure and physiology of the human sleep cycle
• The role of sleep in memory “evolution”
• How PTSD can be seen as a disorder of sleep-dependent memory evolution
• How EMDR might act to restore normal memory processing
Plusieurs modèles scientifiques ont tenté d’expliquer l’efficacité de l’approche EMDR dans le traitement du SSPT.
Dans ces modèles, il y a ceux portant sur la réponse de relaxation, sur la mémoire de travail, sur le processus
associatif durant la phase ‘REM’ du sommeil. Dans cet atelier, l’auteur abordera ces différents modèles et bien
d’autres et ce dans une optique élargie mais qui se fonde sur la prémisse que le SSPT est principalement un
trouble de la mémoire.
Les souvenirs ne sont pas comme des photos. Elles évoluent. Alors que le souvenir prend forme, il se passe
un certain laps de temps où le traitement de l’information se poursuit –une série complexe de processus
automatiques, loin du champs de la conscience, modifiant le souvenir. Finalement, le souvenir peut être
considérablement différent de sa forme originale dans ce sens que certaines parties demeurent très claires et
très vivides et d’autres sont oubliées. Lorsque le souvenir se forme, celui-ci est intégré dans un large réseau de la
mémoire qui crée un contexte et dans son traitement de l’information construit une interprétation implicite de ce
souvenir.
Alors que le traitement d’événements stressants du quotidien sont normalement bien gérés par ces mécanismes
automatiques, ceux-ci sont complètement envahis par les pertes ou les traumas douloureux. Quand cela
se produit, le souvenir demeure ‘gelé’ (‘frozen’) dans sa forme originale- à l’état brute, intrusif, perturbant,
inexpliqué- conditions pouvant mener au SSPT. L’objectif du traitement du SSPT est de ‘’redémarrer’’ ces
processus évolutifs de la mémoire afin de permettre la résolution du trauma. L’intérêt premier de cet atelier
est de voir comment les différents modèles scientifiques en EMDR facilitent ces processus de traitement de la
mémoire.
Objectifs d’apprentissage:
• La structure et la physiologie du cycle du sommeil chez l’humain
• Le rôle du sommeil dans ‘’ l’évolution ‘’ de la mémoire
• Comment le SSPT peut être vu comme un syndrome dépendant du sommeil dans l’évolution de la mémoire
• Comment l’ EMDR peut jouer un rôle important à rétablir le processus normal de la mémoire.
Keywords: Memory Processing Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Scientific Models Sleep Cycle Sleep-Dependent Memory Evolution
Accuracy Verified: Yes
395. Schwartz, M. (1998, May 19). Seeing their way clear - Eye movement psychotherapy is helping people who seem unable to free themselves from negative memories, reactions and behaviors. Riverside, CA: The Press-Enterprise, F01.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
What just transpired is a psychotherapy called eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR).
It has emerged over the past decade as one of the hottest - and some say most powerful - therapies for those who seem stuck in negative memories, reactions and behaviors. Once harshly criticized, EMDR's growing clinical and research track record has won over most detractors. Disagreements among mental-health professionals no longer focus on whether it works, but on how it works.
Keywords: General Oveview Riverside
Accuracy Verified: Yes
396. Najavits, L. (2004, September). Seeking safety: A stabilization therapy for PTSD and substance abuse. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Montreal, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The goal of this presentation is to describe current state-of-the-art knowledge about the treatment of patients with the dual diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder and substance abuse, a population that is typically considered "difficult to treat" We will cover background on PTSD (including rates, the “typical case”, models and stages of treatment, clinical dilemmas, and gender issues) and clinical interventions for PTSD and substance abuse (including demonstration of specific treatment strategies, assessment tools, and community resources).
Keywords: PTSD Substance Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
397. Leeds, A. M. (1992, Winter). Selection criteria for negative and positive cognitions in EMDR. EMDR Network Newsletter, 2(3), 12-15.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Before we proceed with EMDR processing, we select a Negative Cognition (NC and a more desirable Positive Cognition (PC) that we will install after we have desensitized the client’s presenting material. Clinical observations indicate that appropriate selection of the NC and PC is often crucial to the success of EMDR processing. It is not possible to specify all of the factors that need to be considered in selecting the NC and PC for all clinical situations. The focus here will be on common problems encountered by trained EMDR clinicians. I will review several board principles for four selection criteria that the reader might find helpful when eliciting the NC and PC.
Keywords: Negative Cognition Positive Cognition Selection Criteria
Accuracy Verified: Yes
398. Schubbe, O. (2011, June). Self care during the EMDR session: The application of the standard protocol for working with counter-transference. Presention presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Secondary traumatization and appropriate self care are relevant current topics for psychotherapists, especially when working with complex trauma. During the application of the standard protocol, EMDR therapists are often confronted with reports of severe traumatic incidents, strong emotions, and different forms of transference. In reaction, they experience post-traumatic counter-transference, and sometimes even secondary trauma. The EMDR standard protocol provides the opportunity for dual application - parallel for client and therapist. Through processing of the initial counter-transference, the therapist experiences a unique EMDR process. This process resolves any disturbance that might occur through counter-transference issues.
Learning objectives:
The therapist can better support the EMDR process of the client, e.g. through more creative ideas for cognitive interweaves. The indication and contra-indications for this procedure will be discussed.
Keywords: Countertransference Self-Care
Accuracy Verified: Yes
399. Shapiro, S. (2002, June). Self-belief and mastery: Integration of EMDR and hypnotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on how a resource oriented approach enhances
the treatment of EMDR. The effects of attachment deficits within a
framework of early childhood development, the lack of object constancy
as it relates to internalization, and self-development, will be reviewed. The
importance of integrating a resource oriented model within a framework of
EMDR treatment will be discussed. The main emphasis will be on the
application of specific resource and hypnotherapeutic techniques. The
clinician will learn how this eclectic approach can titrate the deleterious
effects of trauma; and strengthen self-belief and self-efficacy. Workshop
format lecture, case presentation, and videotape.
Keywords: Hypnotherapy Self-Belief
Accuracy Verified: Yes
400. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders [Siete maneras de extender el protocolo EMDR basadas en hipnosis clínica para pacientes con trastornos disociativos complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients
with
complex
dissociative
disorders
usually
are
in
trauma-‐
induced
wake
trance-‐states.
Due
to
this,
they
might
thrive
from
treatment-‐
strategies,
where
skills
in
clinical
hypnosis,
from
the
side
of
the
therapists,
are
added
to
the
treatment
model.
Clinical
hypnosis
also
offers
excellent
tools
for
working
with
attachment
traumas
and
reinstalls
the
neuroception
of
safety.
This
workshop
highlights
seven
strategies
for
extending
the
EMDR
standard
protocol,
mainly
built
on
clinical
hypnosis.
They
consist
of:
(1)
Formal
hypnotic
induction
of
safe
place/safe
state
BEFORE
introducing
EMDR
under
phase
I
treatment
(2)
Informal
hypnotic
induction
for
ongoing
activation
of
the
social
engagement
system
when
clients
are
in
trance
(3)
Using
hyper-‐empirical
trance
inductions
under
exposure
phase
(ie
helping
the
clients
to
stay
present
with
dual
awareness
by
continuously
inducing
trance,
thus
helping
them
to
titrate
the
trauma-‐material
(4)
Addressing
ego-‐states
that
react
as
if
they
still
are
bound
in
trauma-‐time
(5)
Addressing
resource-‐rich
ego-‐states
and
parts
of
the
self,
f
ex
ISH
(internal
self-‐
helper),
thus
helping
the
client
to
begin
to
metabolize
the
trauma
material
(6)
Installation
of
hope
and
the
“memory
of
the
future”
(7)
Using
post-‐hypnotic
suggestions
for
enhancing
the
neuroception
of
safety
between
sessions.
Learning
objectives:
Demonstrate
how
to
use
EMDR
and
hypnosis
for
stabilization
and
work
with
parts
within
phase
II
work,
addressing
the
special
needs
of
continuous
stabilization
for
this
population.
Develop
an
understanding
of
how
to
enhance
the
integrative
capacity
during
trauma-‐work
with
DD-‐clients.
Apply
structured
techniques
and
rationales
for
calming
and
soothing
patients
related
to
their
integrative
capacity
during
extended
EMDR-‐work.
Los
clientes
con
trastornos
disociativos
complejos
normalmente
se
encuentran
en
estados
de
trance
despierto
inducido
por
el
trauma.
Debido
a
esto,
pueden
crecer
rápidamente
de
estrategias
de
tratamiento,
donde
estrategias
de
hipnosis
clínica
se
añaden
al
modelo
de
tratamiento
por
parte
del
terapeuta.
La
hipnosis
clínica
ofrece
también
excelentes
herramientas
para
trabajar
con
traumas
de
apego
y
reinstalar
la
neurocepción
de
seguridad.
Este
taller
subraya
siete
estrategias
para
extender
el
protocolo
estándar
de
EMDR,
principalmente
basadas
en
la
hipnosis
clínica.
Consisten
en:
(1) Inducción
hipnótica
formal
del
lugar
seguro/
estado
de
seguridad
ANTES
de
introducir
la
fase
I
de
tratamiento
de
EMDR
(2) Inducción
hipnótica
informal
para
la
activación
continuada
de
los
sistemas
de
compromiso
social
cuando
los
clientes
están
en
trance
(3) Uso
de
inducciones
al
trance
hiper-‐empíricas
en
la
fase
de
exposición
(ej,
ayudar
a
los
clientes
a
estar
presentes
con
conciencia
dual
mediante
la
inducción
continua
al
trance,
por
tanto
ayudándoles
a
valorar
el
material
traumático.
(4) Dirigirse
a
los
estados
del
ego
que
reaccionan
como
si
aún
estuviesen
atados
al
tiempo
traumático
(5) Dirigirse
a
estados
del
ego
ricos
en
recursos
y
a
partes
del
yo,
por
ejemplo,
al
ISH
(en
inglés
yo-‐interno
ayudante),
por
tanto
ayudando
al
cliente
a
empezar
a
metabolizar
el
material
traumático
(6) Instalación
de
esperanza
y
la
“memoria
de
futuro”
(7) Usando
sugestión
post-‐hipnótica
para
fomentar
la
neurocepción
de
seguridad
entre
sesiones.
Objetivos
de
aprendizaje:
Demostrar
cómo
usar
EMDR
e
hipnosis
para
estabilizar
y
trabajar
con
las
partes
en
el
trabajo
de
la
fase
II,
dirigiéndonos
a
las
necesidades
especiales
de
estabilización
continua
para
esta
población.
Desarrollar
un
entendimiento
de
cómo
fomentar
la
capacidad
integrativa
cuando
se
trabaja
el
trauma
con
clientes-‐DD.
Aplicación
de
técnicas
estructuradas
y
racionales
para
calmar
y
tranquilizar
a
los
pacientes
en
relación
con
su
capacidad
integrativa
durante
trabajo
extendido
con
EMDR.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Hypnosis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
401. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders [Siete maneras de extender el protocolo EMDR basadas en hipnosis clínica para pacientes con trastornos disociativos complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients with complex dissociative disorders usually are in trauma-induced wake trance-states. Due to this, they might thrive from
treatment-strategies, where skills in clinical hypnosis, from the side of the therapists, are added to the treatment model. Clinical hypnosis also
offers excellent tools for working with attachment traumas and reinstalls the neuroception of safety.
This workshop highlights seven strategies for extending the EMDR standard-protocol, mainly built on clinical hypnosis. They consist of:
1. Formal hypnotic induction of safe place/safe state BEFORE introducing EMDR under phase I treatment.
2. Informal hypnotic induction for ongoing activation of the social engagement system when clients are in trance.
3. Using hyper-empirical trance inductions under exposure phase (ie helping the clients to stay present with dual awareness by
continuously inducing trance, thus helping them to titrate the trauma-material.
4. Addressing ego-states that react as if they still are bound in trauma-time.
5. Addressing resource-rich ego-states and parts of the self, f ex ISH (internal self-helper), thus helping the client to begin to metabolize
the trauma material.
6. Installation of hope and the “memory of the future”.
7. Using post-hypnotic suggestions for enhancing the neuroception of safety between sessions.
Learning objectives:
Demonstrate how to use EMDR and hypnosis for stabilization and work with parts within phase II work, addressing the special needs of
continuous stabilization for this population.
Develop an understanding of how to enhance the integrative capacity during trauma-work with DD-clients. Apply structured techniques and
rationales for calming and soothing patients related to their integrative capacity during extended EMDR-work.
Los clientes con trastornos disociativos complejos normalmente se encuentran en estados de trance despierto inducido por el
trauma. Debido a esto, pueden crecer rápidamente de estrategias de tratamiento, donde estrategias de hipnosis clínica se añaden al modelo
de tratamiento por parte del terapeuta. La hipnosis clínica ofrece también excelentes herramientas para trabajar con traumas de apego y
reinstalar la neurocepción de seguridad.
Este taller subraya siete estrategias para ampliar el protocolo estándar de EMDR, principalmente basadas en la hipnosis clínica. Consisten en:
1. Inducción hipnótica formal del lugar seguro / estado de seguridad ANTES de introducir la fase I de tratamiento de EMDR.
2. Inducción hipnótica informal para la activación continuada de los sistemas de compromiso social cuando los clientes están en trance.
3. Uso de inducciones al trance hiper-empíricas en la fase de exposición (ej, ayudar a los clientes a estar presentes con conciencia dual
mediante la inducción continua al trance, por tanto ayudándoles a valorar el material traumático.
4. Dirigirse a los estados del ego que reaccionan como si aún estuviesen atados al tiempo traumático.
5. Dirigirse a estados del ego ricos en recursos y a partes del yo, por ejemplo, al ISH (en inglés yo-interno ayudante), por tanto
ayudando al cliente a empezar a metabolizar el material traumático.
6. Instalación de esperanza y la “memoria de futuro”.
7. Usando sugestión post-hipnótica para fomentar la neurocepción de seguridad entre sesiones.
Objetivos de aprendizaje:
Demostrar cómo usar EMDR e hipnosis para estabilizar y trabajar con las partes en el trabajo de la fase II, dirigiéndonos a las necesidades
especiales de estabilización continua para esta población.
Desarrollar un entendimiento de cómo fomentar la capacidad integrativa cuando se trabaja el trauma con clientes-DD. Aplicación de técnicas
estructuradas y racionales para calmar y tranquilizar a los pacientes en relación con su capacidad integrativa durante trabajo extendido con
EMDR.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Hypnosis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
402. Perrin, M. (2011, August). Sex addiction: Incorporating EMDR into the treatment of the sex addict. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
“Sex Addiction: Incorporating EMDR into the Treatment of the Sex Addict” will focus on understanding the foundational issues of sex addiction including the chemical and relational components. We will discuss identification and management of the traumas inherent in this addiction dynamic including attachment issues, sexual and physical dynamics that go into the creation of this addiction as well as the impact of the issue on the individual’s ability to create significant emotional attachments with others.
Keywords: Sex Addiction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
403. Ferrie, R. K. (2010, April/May). Sex, dreams and EMDR: Incorporating a focus on nightmares and dreams in therapy of sexual dysfunction. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
There is an increasing body of neuro-scientific knowledge linking the mechanism of action of EMDR to that of REM sleep. This workshop will discuss how to treat nightmare disorders of REM sleep using EMDR by reviewing cases of traumatically caused sexual dysfunction. The workshop will explore how using EMDR to target dreams allows unique treatment effects to occur. A discussion of cases will be used to illustrate the application of the above findings of neuroscience to actual EMDR treatment of this particular post- traumatic disorder, which is so deeply imbedded in the body. Video portions of sessions will be provided.
Keywords: Dreams Nightmares Sexual Dysfunction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
404. Knipe, J. (2010, September/October). Shame is my safe place: AIP targeting of shame as a psychological defense. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Within the AIP model, psychological defense can be defined as the part of the trauma-based dysfunctionally stored memory network that blocks access to other parts of the network. For many clients, an essential first step in therapy is to identify and target defense, in order to then access and resolve post-traumatic emotional disturbance. For the AIP therapist, it is useful to categorize defenses as avoidant, idealizing and/or shame-based (i.e. shame as a distortion in identity, left over from a time when it was “better to be a bad kid with good parents than a good kid with bad parents”). This presentation will focus on a method of targeting and processing an identity of shamefulness that is functioning as a defense against full realization of the original trauma.
Keywords: Shame
Accuracy Verified: Yes
405. Brogan, J. (2011, June 11). Shifting the focus. Boston, MA: Boston Globe. Retrieved from http://articles.boston.com/2011-07-11/lifestyle/29761983_1_emdr-ptsd-eye-movement-desensitization on 7/11/2011.
Language: English
Format: Newspaper
Abstract:
Once highly controversial, EMDR has made gains in acceptance. In 2004, both the American Psychiatric Association and the Department of Defense recommended it as an effective treatment for PTSD. In May, the federal Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, an agency of the Department of Health and Human Services, recognized EMDR as an evidence-based treatment for depression and anxiety as well as for PTSD. (Excerpt)
Accuracy Verified: Yes
406. Struik, A. (2011, April). Slapende honden? Wakker maken! Een stabilisatie methode voor vroegkinderlijk, chronisch getraumatiseerde kinderen [Dogs? Wake up! A stabilization method for early, chronic traumatized children]. Presentatie op de 5e jaarlijkse conferentie van EMDR Vereniging, Nijmegen, Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
De stabilisatie en behandeling van deze kinderen kan gecompliceerd zijn. Vanzelfsprekend is het creëren van een veilige omgeving en een hechtingsfiguur een eerste stap. Maar wat dan? Deze kinderen functioneren soms ogenschijnlijk goed. Hun vermijdingsstrategieën zijn effectief en ze weigeren om over het trauma te praten of zeggen dat ze het vergeten zijn. Ze hebben er geen last meer van, of ze weten er niks meer van omdat ze een dissociatieve stoornis hebben. Maar de verleiding van de therapeut om dan geen slapende honden wakker te maken is een gevaarlijke. Want onder deze ogenschijnlijk goed functionerende buitenkant, zit een constant alert, angstig en eenzaam kind. Dit kind kan zich niet hechten en dit gebrek aan veilige hechting is verwoestend voor de ontwikkeling. Dit wordt echter vaak alleen zichtbaar door er expliciet naar te zoeken, zeker als er sprake is van dissociatie.
In deze presentatie zal ik toelichten hoe je deze stabilisatiemethode, welke een bewerking is van De drie testen (Spierings, 2008), kunt gebruiken en met name bij dissociatieve stoornissen. Deze methode helpt de therapeut om te beslissen of een kind verdere stabilisatie nodig heeft en hoe dat te bereiken, voordat met EMDR gestart kan worden. Deze workshop is anders dan de presentatie van vorig jaar omdat de focus meer ligt op het toepassen van de methode en dan met name bij dissociatie.
Allereerst begin je natuurlijk met diagnostiek van dissociatie. Door dan de problemen die het kind ervaart te koppelen aan ervaringen in het verleden wordt het kind gemotiveerd voor behandeling. Dan worden de zes stappen van de stabilisatiemethode (veiligheid, rust in het dagelijks leven, hechting verbeteren, emotieregulatie, zelfbeeld en notendop) toegelicht. Dan wordt besproken hoe EMDR kan worden geïntegreerd in een gefaseerde behandeling voor deze kinderen en wat aanpassingen zijn bij dissociatieve stoornissen.
The stabilization and treatment of these children can be complicated. Obviously, creating a safe environment and an attachment figure is a first step. But what then? These children sometimes seemingly functioning properly. Their avoidance strategies are effective and they refuse to talk about the trauma or say they forgot it. They have no more trouble, they know nothing more because they have a dissociative disorder. But the seduction of the therapist and then to wake sleeping dogs is dangerous. For, by this seemingly well-functioning without, is a constant alert, anxious and lonely child. This child can not stick and this lack of secure attachment is devastating for the development. This is often visible only by explicitly to look for, especially when there is dissociation.
In this presentation I will explain how this stabilization method, which is a reworking of the three tests (Spierings, 2008), can use and in particular in dissociative disorders. This method helps the therapist to decide whether a child needs further stabilization and how to reach before EMDR can be started. This workshop is different than the presentation of last year because the focus is more on applying the method and especially for dissociation.
First you start with diagnostics course of dissociation. By then the problems the child experiences to link past experiences, the child is motivated for treatment. Then the six steps of the method of stabilization (safety, peace in everyday life, improve adherence, emotion regulation, and self nutshell) explained. Then discusses how EMDR can be integrated into a phased treatment for these children and what changes in dissociative disorders.
Keywords: Children Dissociative Disorders Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
407. Lovett, J. M. (2004, September). Small wonders: Healing childhood trauma with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Lovett's workshop will focus on practical treatment approaches for resolving trauma and attachment issues in children and inner children. The presentation will include experiential learning, case studies, slides, and videos demosntrating EMDR-facilitated play, storytelling, and imagination exercises. Participants will learn to recognize the impact of early trauma on development, trust, and relationships. They will learn to use post traumatic behaviors and trauma history to guide treatment, and to choose interweaves, positive cognitions, and stories that facilitate healing. This workshop will present ways by which EMDR can help adults, as well as children, raise healthy inner parents.
Keywords: Children Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
408. Lovett, J. M. (2005, June). Small Wonders: Healing childhood trauma with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Dr. Lovett’s workshop will focus on practical treatment approaches for resolving trauma and attachment issues in children. The presentation will include experiential learning, case studies, slides, and videos demonstrating EMDR-facilitated play, storytelling, and imagination exercises. Participants will learn to recognize the impact of early trauma on development, trust, and relationships. They will learn to use post traumatic behaviors and trauma history to guide treatment, and to choose interweaves, positive cognitions, and stories that facilitate healing. The workshop will present ways by which EMDR can help children develp healthy “inner parents.”
Keywords: Children Stressors Survivors Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
409. Weirauch-Schmachtenberg, P. (2010, July). Solving a destructive mother-child relationship after a birth trauma: A case study. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
How can we process a long lasting, chronic symptomatic and dysfunctional communication structure? I would like to invite
you to take part in a healing and touching process. This presentation uses a case study with a 9 year old boy and his mother.
It illustrates how trauma therapeutic approaches and techniques could be powerful tools to process traumatic events, in this
case a birth trauma. Systematic ideas for improving effectiveness of therapy are discussed. One focus is how to write a certain
“Trauma Story” for children and parents / foster parents and its application.
Keywords: Case Study Birth Trauma Mother-Child Relationship
Accuracy Verified: Yes
410. Dworkin, M. (2010, March). Solving transference and counter-transference with dissociative disorders in EMDR. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Chair, Michael Paterson
This workshop will focus on the types of transference and counter-transference that arise in
EMDR with dissociative clients and teach solutions. Procedural modifications have been the
focus in dealing with pathological dissociation in EMDR treatment. Separately, transference
and counter-transference with dissociative patients have been written about extensively by
experts in the dissociation field. Research findings about the effects of mirror neurons and
embedded simulation on the inter-subjective field of patient and therapist have also been
published. Strategies for dealing with these transference and counter-transference in EMDR
treatment have received little attention even though this population has intense transference,
and can activate intense counter-transference. These issues may begin during an evaluation
of the presenting problems. Strategies for identifying and using transference to enhance
dual awareness during history taking will be demonstrated. An elongated preparation phase
to develop enough trust and stabilization before exploring traumatic memories can limit
induced transference. Different parts of a dissociative patient may have different kinds of
transferences. These transferences may cause the patient to withdraw, cling or attack;
affecting the therapist’s abilities to stay attuned and focused on the work in different phases
of EMDR. Strategies of attunement to the activated part of the client will be demonstrated
in order to repair or prevent ruptures of attunement. Interactions are bi-directional, and
different (transferential) parts may activate dissociative parts of the therapist. Strategies to
somatically identify and use these counter-transferential activations in the therapist will be
taught through body based awarenesses. R/D/I strategies can be used to limit countertransference
to remain grounded and attuned. Transference and counter-transference during
the assessment phase will be identified and solutions presented. During the Desensitization
phase under-accessing or over-accessing target memories; abreaction vs. vehement emotions
will be discussed as unacknowledged dissociative moments with indications for inducing
transference, counter-transference, or both. Decisions need be made collaboratively whether
to process or contain these events. Understanding and dealing with dilemmas of dissociative
enactments are crucial to keeping the healing process going. These inter-subjective issues
may be most intense during the first four phases, but some problems may continue into
Installation and the Body Scan. Problems and solutions during Incomplete Closure and the
Re-evaluation phases will be given. Activated parts in the patient may cling or be angry with
the therapist at the end of an EMDR session. Failure or defectiveness parts of the therapist
may become activated as well. Solutions to these issues that occur during different phases
will be taught so that participants will leave the workshop with additional strategies to use
with their dissociative patients. Attunement to dissociative parts, identifying transference
and counter-transference binds; The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire ;
Compartmentalization; use of self soothing skills; using Relational, Empathic, and
Transferential Interweaves; identifying moments of projective identification and enactments,
and then to use them to deepen EMDR will be taught, as well as innovative inter-subjective
strategies . Case examples and awareness exercises will used throughout the workshop to
facilitate intellectual and experiential learning.
Keywords: Counter-transference Dissociative Disorders Transference
Accuracy Verified: Yes
411. Dworkin, M. (2009, August). Solving transference and countertransference with dissociative disorders in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on transference and countertransference problems and solutions in EMDR with dissociative clients. There will be a short literature review on procedural modifications in dealing with dissociation in EMDR, and transference and countertransference with dissociative patients. Research findings on mirror neurons and embodied simulation will be taught to enhance the participant’s understanding of the neurobiological substrates for attunement and resonance, and for solving transference and countertransference with dissociatives in EMDR when ruptures to relatedness occurs. Identifying and using transference reactions to enhance dual awareness will be demonstrated in history taking. Enhancements in preparation phase will be shown through case example to limit induced transference. Transference and countertransference during the assessment phase will be identified and solutions offered. In the Desensitization phase EMDR processing may induce transference, countertransference, or both (even with procedural modifications). Intersubjective challenges seem to be more intense during phases 1 -4 and 7-8. Activated parts in the patient may cling or be angry with the therapist at the end of an EMDR session, or during Re-evaluation. Failure or defectiveness parts of the therapist may become activated then as well. Different parts of a dissociative patient may appear with different kinds of transferences during different EMDR phases. These transferences challenge therapist’s abilities to stay attuned. Strategies of attunement to the activated part of the patient will be demonstrated in order to repair or prevent ruptures to the alliance and to understand the nature of the dissociated communication. Bi-directional interactions may activate parts of the patient and therapist without conscious awareness. Strategies to somatically identify and use these countertransferential activations will be taught through experiential exercises so that the therapist may have a more in depth understanding of the dissociative patient’s communications. R/D/I strategies will be reviewed and applied to the therapist to limit countertransference activations. Dealing with dissociative enactments are crucial to identify ruptures to the therapeutic alliance, restore attunement and resonance, uncover dissociative messages that can be used during EMDR processing.. Solutions to the problems that occur during different EMDR phases will be taught using lecture, discussion, case examples, written and experiential exercises so that participants will leave the workshop with additional strategies. Solutions include how to maintain attunement to dissociative parts during transferential activations while enhancing dual awareness; how to identify transference and countertransference problems during phases 1-4 and 7-8 and use them as additional sources of dissociated communications that can be used in EMDR processing ; how to use the Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire to identify and process countertransference problems ; how to use compartmentalization strategies using R/D/I to limit countertransference activations; how to develop self soothing skills for the therapist’s dissociated parts; how and when to use Relational, Empathic, and Transferential Interweaves during Desensitization; and how to identify moments of enactments, and using EMDR strategies to deepen the EMDR experience .
Keywords: Countertransference Transference
Accuracy Verified: Yes
412. Settle, C. (2008, June). Speciality topics on using EMDR with children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop focuses on specialty topics for children under ten including the advanced application of EMDR
with other clinical, behavioural, regulatory, medical, and educational issues with recommendations for
procedural considerations and additional treatment modalities used in conjunction with the EMDR protocol.
Information will be provided through handouts, case presentations, and videos on how EMDR can be used to
assist the child in lessening, managing, or eliminating symptomatology in these following areas: 1. Attention
Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)—information will be presented on targeting social and academic
challenges that can reduce anxiety and improve focus and self-control), 2. Sensory Integration Dysfunction
(SID)—identifying and reprocessing sensory difficulties will be taught to help the child achieve reduction in
hypersensitivity, 3. Tics—targeting the child’s anxiety can result in the reduction of tics, 4. Trichotillomania—a
specific procedure will be presented to assist in decreasing or eliminating the incidence of hair-pulling, 5. School
refusal behaviour—case conceptualization will be explored to assist in targeting behaviour and improve school
attendance, 6. Gifted and talented—techniques for reprocessing emotional and sensory targets will be
demonstrated to assist the child in bridging their intellectual, emotional, and social challenges, 7. Regulatory
issues—skills for combining EMDR with behavioural and educational techniques will be discussed to help the
child reduce or eliminate eating, sleeping, or urinary/bowel difficulties, 8. Traumatic brain injury—targeting the
22
precipitating event and the ongoing medical traumas utilized with a parent narrative protocol can reduce the
child’s anxiety and improve functioning.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
413. van der Weele, J., & With, A. (2007, June). Stabilization groups with ethnic minority women after domestic violence: Presentation of a model based on structural theory of dissociation, EMDR, intercultural comunication and expressive artwork. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Alternative to violence has developed a group treatment model structured by the theory of structural dissociation and EMDR trauma treatment theory. Woman with ethnic minority background received short terms group treatment at a shelter for victims of domestic violence at an outpatient clinic and at a domestic violence family treatment center. The groups were supplements to individual therapy/counseling. We have had 10 groups; one with only Pakistani women, several mixed ethnic minority cultural groups with translation and groups in “simple Norwegian.” Recruitment was enhanced by the policy of sharing of symptoms and problems today with no obligation to share about personal past. The model has low drop out rate and therapist working with the individuals report more effective treatment sessions. For some women the group becomes the preferred choice of treatment. We discovered that early phase trauma work can be done in a group format with severely and recently traumatized women. Methods used are resource installation and safe place work, increase awareness of negative/positive cognitions, butterfly hug, nightmare protocol, expressive art therapy techniques as grounding, breathing techniques working with personal borders, working with imagination and playfulness. Structural therapy of dissociation concepts as ANP/EP structures and mental capacity, working from here and now, focusing on the ANP above EP's are woven into how the therapists regulate the group process and plan content. The theory organizes how we handle flashbacks, current acute crisis and how we focus on the womens’ personal trauma. We also teach about the effect of violence in relationships, the need to work on personal safety and the needs of children in the aftermath of violence. Theory from the field of intercultural communication gave us guidelines in working with women from high context, indirect and collectivistic cultures. A workbook for the clients on violence, PTSD symptoms and stabilisation treatment has been developed in the aftermath of these groups and is translated into several languages. We will present the material at the conference in the structure of the early fase trauma treatment group format. Showing in vivo how we apply the theory to severely traumatized women. We will share some of our favorite group exercises, metaphors and group rituals. Our goal is: 1. to show how the theory of structural dissociation serves as guideline for organizing and resulting treatment with severely traumatized clients in groups. 2. Give insight into typical adjustments that have been made to tailor treatment to ethnic minority populations. 3. Explain how expressive art work needs to make adjustments to the population of severely traumatized women. 4. Finally show how the group uses elements from EMDR and enhances individual EMDR work. In our experience, the stabilisation groups have integrated the heart, mind and body in the work of healing with a population that is often found difficult to treat effectively. We hare started to retain other therapists in using the model and are in the process of applying for a research grant.
Keywords: Artwork Domestic Violence Dissociation Ethnic Intercultural Communication Minority Stabilization Women
Accuracy Verified: Yes
414. Lo Iacono, S. (2008, Novembre). Stato di coscienza e paradigma: Un confronto tra 2 descrizioni sistemiche dei processi di cambiamento osservati in una psicoterapia integrate con EMDR [State of consciousness and paradigm: A comparison between 2 descriptions - Systemic change processes observed in psychotherapy integrated with EMDR]. Poster presentato al Applicazioni Cliniche dell'EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In questa presentazione la psicoterapia integrata con EMDR viene definita sulla base delle due tecniche principali di questa metodologia clinica:
1. le attivit� di Focalizzazioni Mentali Multiple su immagini, cognizioni e sensazioni corporee e sul qui ed ora della relazione terapeutica
pi�.
2. la Stimolazione Bilaterale Alternata su un canale sensoriale.
Vengono, quindi, confrontate due differenti descrizioni sintetiche, Paradigma e Stato di Coscienza, dei processi di cambiamento osservati nel paziente in una psicoterapia con EMDR. La descrizione sintetica come cambiamento di Paradigma viene effettuata in stretto parallelo con le definizioni originali di Paradigma date dallo stesso Kuhn.
La seconda descrizione sintetica degli stessi processi di cambiamento viene effettuata dopo aver definito un modello di Stato di Coscienza come prodotto di tre fattori: stato fisico chimico dell'organismo, stato mentale dell'organismo e condizioni fisiche e sociali dell'ambiente. Nelle conclusioni si evidenzia come la descrizione sintetica di Salto di Paradigma possa render conto solo dei cambiamenti di ambito cognitivo mentre restano escluse da questa descrizione i cambiamenti inerenti le emozioni e le sensazioni corporee che si osservano in una psicoterapia integrata con EMDR.
La descrizione sintetica come cambiamento dello Stato di Coscienza potrebbe, invece, essere utile a comprender meglio i modi in cui il cambiamento � indotto ed a distinguere il ruolo delle attivit� di Focalizzazioni Mentali Multiple da quello della Stimolazione Bilaterale Alternata e quindi a riflettere e ad intervenire, sia in contesti clinici che di ricerca, sulle due tecniche prevalenti della psicoterapia con EMDR.
In this presentation, the integrated psychotherapy with EMDR is defined on the basis of two Main technical methodology of this trial: 1. Multiple Mental activities focusing on images, cognitions and bodily sensations and on the here and now of the therapeutic relationship more. 2. Alternating Bilateral Stimulation on a sensory channel. Are then compared two different brief descriptions, model and state of consciousness, processes of change observed in the patient in psychotherapy with EMDR. Description summarized as a change of paradigm is carried out in close parallel with the definitions original paradigm given by Kuhn. The second summary description of these processes of change is made after a model for state of consciousness as the product of three factors: state
physical chemist body, mental body and physical and social environment. In conclusions noted as a concise description of paradigm shifts can realize only of changes in the cognitive field and are excluded from this description the Changes related emotions and bodily sensations that are observed in psychotherapy integrated with EMDR. The outline as a change of consciousness, but it could be useful to understand better the ways in which change is induced and to distinguish the role of activities Focus from that of the Multiple Mental Stimulation alternative two and then
reflect and act, whether in clinical research, the two prevailing techniques psychotherapy with EMDR.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
41